B.C Kuo Solutions 1

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 947

Ninth Edition

l
ua
an
M
ns
tio
lu
So

Farid Golnaraghi • Benjamin C. Kuo


Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 2 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
C
Chapter 2

2
2‐1  (a)   −10;   
Poless:  s = 0, 0, −1, −   (b)  Poles:  s = −2,, −2; 

    Zeross:  s = −2, ∞, ∞, ∞.             Zeros:  s = 0.

                   The pole and zero at s = −1 ccancel each otther. 

    

( Poles:  s = 0, −1 + j, −1 − j; 
(c)     (d)  Poles:  s = 0, −1, −2, ∞. 

    Zeross:  s = −2. 

    

2
2-2) a)

b)

c)

2
2-3)

M
MATLAB code
e: 

2‐1 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
clear all;

s = tf('s')

'Generated transfer function:'

Ga=10*(s+2)/(s^2*(s+1)*(s+10))

'Poles:'

pole(Ga)

'Zeros:'

zero(Ga)

'Generated transfer function:'

Gb=10*s*(s+1)/((s+2)*(s^2+3*s+2))

'Poles:';

pole(Gb)

'Zeros:'

zero(Gb)

'Generated transfer function:'

Gc=10*(s+2)/(s*(s^2+2*s+2))

'Poles:';

pole(Gc)

'Zeros:'

zero(Gc)

'Generated transfer function:'

Gd=pade(exp(-2*s),1)/(10*s*(s+1)*(s+2))

'Poles:';

pole(Gd)

'Zeros:'

zero(Gd)

2‐2 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 

Poles and zeros of the above functions:  

(a)  

Poles:     0     0   ‐10    ‐1 

Zeros:    ‐2 

(b)    

Poles:     ‐2.0000   ‐2.0000   ‐1.0000 

Zeros:     0    ‐1 

(c) 

Poles: 

     0           

  ‐1.0000 + 1.0000i 

  ‐1.0000 ‐ 1.0000i 

Zeros:    ‐2 

Generated transfer function: 

(d) using first order Pade approximation for exponential term 

Poles: 

        0           

  ‐2.0000           

  ‐1.0000 + 0.0000i 

  ‐1.0000 ‐ 0.0000i 

Zeros: 

     1 

2‐3 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2-4) Mathematical representation:

In all cases substitute and simplify. The use MATLAB to verify.

10 22 + ω 2 1 + ω 2 102 + ω 2
R= ;
−ω 2 (ω 2 + 1)(ω 2 + 100)
ω
10( jω + 2)
φ1 = tan −1 2 + ω
2 2
−ω ( jω + 1)( jω + 10)
2
2
10( jω + 2) ( − jω + 1)(− jω + 10) 22 + ω 2
= ×
−ω ( jω + 1)( jω + 10) (− jω + 1)(− jω + 10)
2
−ω
10( jω + 2)( − jω + 1)(− jω + 10)
φ2 = tan −1 1 + ω
2
a)   =  
−ω (ω + 1)(ω + 100)
2 2 2 1
jω + 2 − jω + 1 − jω + 10 1+ ω2
=R
22 + ω 2 1 + ω 2 102 + ω 2 −ω
φ3 = tan −1 10 + ω
2 2
= R(e jφ1 e jφ2 e jφ3 )
10
102 + ω 2
φ = φ1 + φ2 + φ3

10 1 + ω 2 9 + ω 2
R= ;
(ω 2 + 1) 2 (ω 2 + 9)
−ω
10
−1 1 + ω
2
( jω + 1) ( jω + 3)
2 φ1 = tan
1
10 (− jω + 1)(− jω + 1)(− jω + 3) 1+ ω2
= ×
( jω + 1)( jω + 1)( jω + 3) ( − jω + 1)(− jω + 1)(− jω + 3) −ω
10(− jω + 1)(− jω + 1)(− jω + 3) −1 1 + ω
2
b) = φ = tan
1
 
(ω 2 + 1) 2 (ω 2 + 9)
2

− jω + 1 − jω + 1 − jω + 3 1+ ω2
= R
1+ ω2 1+ ω2 9 + ω2 −ω
φ3 = tan −1 9 + ω
2
= R (e jφ1 e jφ2 e jφ3 )
3
9 + ω2
φ = φ1 + φ2 + φ3

2‐4 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
10
jω ( j 2ω + 2 − ω 2 )
−10 j (2 − ω 2 − j 2ω )
= ×
ω ( j 2ω + 2 − ω 2 ) (2 − ω 2 − j 2ω )
10(−2ω − (2 − ω 2 ) j )
c) =
ω (4ω 2 + (2 − ω 2 ) 2 )
−2ω − (2 − ω 2 ) j
=R
4ω 2 + (2 − ω 2 ) 2

  = R (e )   

10 4ω 2 + (2 − ω 2 ) 2 10
R= = ;
ω (4ω + (2 − ω ) ) ω 4ω + (2 − ω 2 ) 2
2 2 2 2

−2 − ω 2  
4ω 2 + (2 − ω 2 ) 2
φ = tan −1 −2ω
4ω + (2 − ω 2 ) 2
2

1
R= ;
10ω 2 + ω 2 1 + ω 2
2

e −2 jω
−ω
10 jω ( jω + 1)( jω + 2)
φ = tan −1 22 + ω 2
− j (− jω + 1)(− jω + 2) −2 jω 1 2
= e
d) 10ω (ω 2 + 1)(ω 2 + 2) 2 + ω2  
2

− jω + 2 − jω + 1 −2 jω − jπ / 2 −ω
=R e
2 + ω 1+ ω
2 2 2
φ2 = tan −1 1 + ω
2

1
= R (e jφ1 e jφ2 e jφ3 )
  1+ ω2
φ = φ1 + φ2 + φ3

MATLAB code: 

clear all;

s = tf('s')

'Generated transfer function:'

Ga=10*(s+2)/(s^2*(s+1)*(s+10))

figure(1)

2‐5 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Nyquist(Ga)

'Generated transfer function:'

Gb=10*s*(s+1)/((s+2)*(s^2+3*s+2))

figure(2)

Nyquist(Gb)

'Generated transfer function:'

Gc=10*(s+2)/(s*(s^2+2*s+2))

figure(3)

Nyquist(Gc)

'Generated transfer function:'

Gd=pade(exp(-2*s),1)/(10*s*(s+1)*(s+2))

figure(4)

Nyquist(Gd)

Nyquist plots (polar plots):  

Part(a) 

2‐6 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Nyquist Diagram
15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15
-300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0
Real Axis
 

Part(b) 
Nyquist Diagram
1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5
Real Axis
 

Part(c) 

2‐7 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

Nyquist Diagram
80

60

40

20
Imaginary Axis

-20

-40

-60

-80
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0
Real Axis
 

Part(d) 

Nyquist Diagram
2.5

1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5

-2

-2.5
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4
Real Axis
 

2‐8 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2-5) In all cases find the real and imaginary axis intersections.

10 10(− jω + 2) 10 2 − jω
G ( jω ) = = = ;
( jω − 2) (ω + 4)
2
(ω 2 + 4) (ω 2 + 4)
2
Re {G ( jω )} = cos φ = ,
(ω 2 + 4)
−ω
a) Im {G ( jω )} = sin φ = ,
(ω 2 + 4)
2
(ω 2 + 4)
φ = tan −1 −ω
(ω 2 + 4)
10
R=
(ω 2 + 4)

lim ω →0 G ( jω ) = 5; φ = tan −1 1 = −90o


−0
lim ω →∞ G ( jω ) = 0; φ = tan −1 0 = −180o
−1
Real axis intersection @ jω = 0
Imaginary axis int er sec tion does not exist.

b&c) =1 0o

∞ =0 -180o

Therefore:

Re{ G(jω) } =

Im {G(jω)} =

2‐9 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
If Re{G(jω )} = 0 Ö

0
If Im{ G(jω )} = 0 Ö 0

If ω = ωn Ö
90

If ω = ωn and ξ = 1 Ö

If ω = ωn and ξ 0 Ö

If ω = ωn and ξ ∞ Ö 0

d) G(jω) =

limω G jω = - 90o

limω ∞G jω = -180o

e) | |

G(jω) = + = tan-1 (ω T) – ω L

2‐10 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2‐6 

 MATLAB code: 

clear all;

s = tf('s')

%Part(a)

Ga=10/(s-2)

figure(1)

nyquist(Ga)

%Part(b)

zeta=0.5; %asuuming a value for zeta <1

wn=2*pi*10 %asuuming a value for wn

Gb=1/(1+2*zeta*s/wn+s^2/wn^2)

figure(2)

nyquist(Gb)

%Part(c)

zeta=1.5; %asuuming a value for zeta >1

wn=2*pi*10

Gc=1/(1+2*zeta*s/wn+s^2/wn^2)

figure(3)

nyquist(Gc)

%Part(d)

T=3.5 %assuming value for parameter T

Gd=1/(s*(s*T+1))

figure(4)

nyquist(Gd)

2‐11 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
%Part(e)

T=3.5

L=0.5

Ge=pade(exp(-1*s*L),2)/(s*T+1)

figure(5)

hold on;

nyquist(Ge)

notes: In order to use Matlab Nyquist command, parameters needs to be assigned with values, and Pade 
approximation needs to be used for exponential term in part (e). 

Nyquist diagrams are as follows: 

2‐12 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Part(a) 

Nyquist Diagram
2.5

1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5

-2

-2.5
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis
 

Part(b) 

Nyquist Diagram
1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Real Axis
 

2‐13 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 

Part(c) 

Nyquist Diagram
0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2
Imaginary Axis

-0.2

-0.4

-0.6

-0.8
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Real Axis
 

Part(d) 

2‐14 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

Nyquist Diagram
60

40

20
Imaginary Axis

-20

-40

-60
-3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0
Real Axis
 

Part(e) 

Nyquist Diagram
0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2
Imaginary Axis

-0.2

-0.4

-0.6

-0.8
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Real Axis
 

2‐15 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2-7) a) G(jω) =
. .

Steps for plotting |G|:

(1) For ω < 0.1, asymptote is

Break point: ω = 0.5


Slope = -1 or -20 dB/decade
(2) For 0.5 < ω < 10
Break point: ω = 10
Slope = -1+1 = 0 dB/decade
(3) For 10 < ω < 50:
Break point: ω = 50
Slope = -1 or -20 dB/decade
(4) For ω > 50
Slope = -2 or -40 dB/decade

Steps for plotting G

(1) = -90o

0: 90
(2) =
∞ 0

0: 0
.
(3) =
.
∞: 90
.

0: 90
.
(4) =
.
∞ 0
.

b) Let’s convert the transfer function to the following form:

G(jω) = . Ö G(s) =
.

Steps for plotting |G|:

(1) Asymptote: ω < 1 |G(jω)| 2.5 / ω


Slope: -1 or -20 dB/decade
| | 2.5

2‐16 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
(2) ωn =2 and ξ = 0.1 for second-order pole
break point: ω = 2
slope: -3 or -60 dB/decade
| | 5

Steps for plotting G(jω):

(1) for term 1/s the phase starts at -90o and at ω = 2 the phase will be -180o
(2) for higher frequencies the phase approaches -270o

c) Convert the transfer function to the following form:

0.01 1
0.01 1
9
for term , slope is -2 (-40 dB/decade) and passes through | | 1

(1) the breakpoint: ω = 1 and slope is zero


(2) the breakpoint: ω = 2 and slope is -2 or -40 dB/decade
|G(jω)|ω = 1 = 2ξ = 0.01 below the asymptote
|G(jω)|ω = 1 = = = 50 above the asymptote
ξ .

Steps for plotting G:

(1) phase starts from -180o due to

(2) G(jω)|ω =1 = 0
(3) G(jω)|ω = 2 = -180o

d) G(jω) = ω ω
ξ ω ω

Steps for plotting the |G|:

(1) Asymptote for <1 is zero

(2) Breakpoint: = 1, slope = -1 or -10 dB/decade

(3) As ξ is a damping ratio, then the magnitude must be obtained for various ξ when
0≤ξ≤1

2‐17 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
The high frequency slope is twice that of the asymptote for the single-pole case

Steps for plotting G:

(1) The phase starts at 0o and falls -1 or -20 dB/decade at = 0.2 and approaches -180o

at = 5. For > 5, the phase remains at -180o.

(2) As ξ is a damping ratio, the phase angles must be obtained for various ξ when
0≤ξ≤1

2‐8) Use this part to confirm the results from the previous part. 

 MATLAB code: 

s = tf('s')

'Generated transfer function:'

Ga=2000*(s+0.5)/(s*(s+10)*(s+50))

figure(1)

bode(Ga)

grid on;

'Generated transfer function:'

Gb=25/(s*(s+2.5*s^2+10))

figure(2)

bode(Gb)

grid on;

'Generated transfer function:'

Gc=(s+100*s^2+100)/(s^2*(s+25*s^2+100))

figure(3)

bode(Gc)

grid on;

2‐18 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

'Generated transfer function:'

zeta = 0.2

wn=8

Gd=1/(1+2*zeta*s/wn+(s/wn)^2)

figure(4)

bode(Gd)

grid on;

'Generated transfer function:'

t=0.3

'from pade approzimation:'

exp_term=pade(exp(-s*t),1)

Ge=0.03*(exp_term+1)^2/((exp_term-1)*(3*exp_term+1)*(exp_term+0.5))

figure(5)

bode(Ge)

grid on;

Part(a) 

2‐19 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

Bode Diagram
60

40

Magnitude (dB)
20

-20

-40

-60
0

-45
Phase (deg)

-90

-135

-180
-2 -1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)
 

Part(b) 

Bode Diagram
50
Magnitude (dB)

-50

-100
-90

-135
Phase (deg)

-180

-225

-270
-1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)
 

2‐20 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 

Part(c) 

Bode Diagram
60

40
Magnitude (dB)

20

-20

-40
0

-45
Phase (deg)

-90

-135

-180
-1 0 1
10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)
 

Part(d) 

2‐21 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

Bode Diagram
10

Magnitude (dB)
-10

-20

-30

-40

-50
0

-45
Phase (deg)

-90

-135

-180
-1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)
 

Part(e) 

Bode Diagram
0

-20
Magnitude (dB)

-40

-60

-80

-100

-120
0

-90
Phase (deg)

-180

-270
-1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

2‐22 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2-9)  

a) 

⎡ −1 2 0 ⎤ ⎡0 0 ⎤
⎡ u1 (t ) ⎤
       A = 0 −2 3 ⎥
⎢ B = 1 0⎥
⎢ u (t ) = ⎢ ⎥ 
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎣ u 2 (t ) ⎦
⎢⎣ −1 −3 −1⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 0 1 ⎥⎦

b) 

1 2 0 2 0
2 0 1 0 1
3 4 1 0 0

2-10) We know that:



1
2
2

Partial integration of equation (1) gives:


∞ ∞
1 ′

Ö sG s g 0 g′ t

Ö sG s – g 0

Differentiation of both sides of equation (1) with respect to s gives:


∞ ∞

∞ ∞

Comparing with equation (1), we conclude that:

2‐23 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

2-11) Let g(t) = ∞


then

Using Laplace transform and differentiation property, we have X(s) = sG(s)

Therefore G(s) = , which means:


1

2-12) By Laplace transform definition:


Now, consider τ = t - T, then:


∞ ∞

Which means: ↔

2-13) Consider:

f(t) = g1(t) g2(t) =

By Laplace transform definition:

By using time shifting theorem, we have:

2‐24 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

Let’s consider g(t) = g1(t) g2(t)

By inverse Laplace Transform definition, we have

1
2

Then

Where

therefore:

1
G s G s
2

2-14) a) We know that

= = sG(s) + g(0)

When s Æ ∞ , it can be written as:

2‐25 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

As

Therefore: 0

b) By Laplace transform differentiation property:

As

∞ 0

Therefore

0 ∞ 0

which means:

2‐15) 

 MATLAB code: 

clear all;

syms t

s=tf('s')

f1 = (sin(2*t))^2

L1=laplace(f1)

2‐26 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
% f2 = (cos(2*t))^2 = 1-(sin(2*t))^2 ===> L(f2)=1/s-L(f1) ===>

L2= 1/s - 8/s/(s^2+16)

f3 = (cos(2*t))^2

L3=laplace(f3)

'verified as L2 equals L3'

2
MATLAB solution for  L sin 2t  is:  { }
8/s/(s^2+16) 

2
{ 2
}
Calculating  L cos 2t  based on  L sin 2t   { }
{ }
L cos 2 2t = (s^^3 + 8 s)/( s^4 + 16 s^2) 

2
{
verifying  L cos 2t :  }
(8+s^2)/s/(s^2+16) 

2‐16) (a)              (b)                           (c)   

5 4s 1 4
     G ( s ) =              G ( s ) = +                     G ( s ) =  
( s + 5) 2
(s 2
+4 ) s+2 2
s + 4s + 8

         (d)              (e) 

1 1
      G ( s ) = 2
s +4
      G ( s) = ∑e kT ( s + 5 )
=
1− e
− T ( s +5 )
 
k =0

2‐27 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2‐17) Note: %section (e) requires assignment of T and a numerical loop calculation

 MATLAB code: 

clear all;

syms t u

f1 = 5*t*exp(-5*t)

L1=laplace(f1)

f2 = t*sin(2*t)+exp(-2*t)

L2=laplace(f2)

f3 = 2*exp(-2*t)*sin(2*t)

L3=laplace(f3)

f4 = sin(2*t)*cos(2*t)

L4=laplace(f4)

%section (e) requires assignment of T and a numerical loop calculation

(a)     g (t ) = 5te −5t u s (t )


 

Answer: 5/(s+5)^2 

(b)     g ( t ) = ( t sin 2t + e −2t )us ( t )  

Answer: 4*s/(s^2+4)^2+1/(s+2) 

(c)     g ( t ) = 2e −2t sin 2t u s (t )  

Answer: 4/(s^2+4*s+8)     

2‐28 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
(d)     g ( t ) = sin 2t cos 2t u s (t )  

Answer: 2/(s^2+16) 


(e)     g ( t ) = ∑e −5 kT
δ ( t − kT )   where δ(t) = unit‐impulse function 
k =0

%section (e) requires assignment of T and a numerical loop calculation

2‐18  (a)  

g (t ) = u s (t ) − 2u s (t − 1) + 2u s ( t − 2) − 2u s (t − 3) + L
−s
1 1− e
G(s) = (1 − 2e − s + 2e −2 s − 2e −3s + L) =
     
s (
s 1+ e
−s

gT (t ) = u s (t ) − 2u s (t − 1) + u s (t − 2) 0≤t≤2

1 1
(1 − 2e − s + e −2 s ) = (1 − e − s )
2
GT ( s ) =
s s

∞ ∞ −s
1 1− e
     g ( t ) = ∑g T
( t − 2 k )u s ( t − 2 k ) G( s) = ∑ s (1 − e − s 2 −2 ks
) e =
s(1 + e
−s
)
 
k =0 k =0

          (b) 

              g (t ) = 2tu s (t ) − 4(t − 0.5)u s (t − 0.5) + 4(t − 1)u s (t − 1) − 4(t − 1.5)u s (t − 1.5) + L  

2 ( −0.5s )  
2 1− e
       G ( s ) = ( 1 − 2e
−0.5 s
+ 2e
−s
− 2e
−1.5 s
) s 2 1 + e−0.5s
+L =
s
2
( )
       gT ( t ) = 2tu s ( t ) − 4( t − 0.5)u s ( t − 0.5) + 2( t − 1)u s ( t − 1) 0 ≤ t ≤ 1 

2 2
(1 − 2e−0.5 s + e− s ) = s 2 (1 − e−0.5 s )
2
       GT ( s ) = 2
 
s

∞ ∞
2 ( −0.5 s
2 1− e ) 
       g (t ) = ∑ gT (t − k )us (t − k ) G ( s) = ∑ (1 − e )
−0.5 s 2
e
− ks
= 2
s (1 + e
k =0 k =0 s
2 −0.5 s
)
 

2‐19)     

       g ( t ) = ( t + 1)u s ( t ) − ( t − 1)u s ( t − 1) − 2u s ( t − 1) − ( t − 2 )u s ( t − 2) + ( t − 3)u s ( t − 3) + u s ( t − 3)  

2‐29 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

                                    

1 1
           G ( s ) =
s
2 (1 − e − s − e −2 s + e −3s ) + s (1 − 2e − s + e −3s )  
2-20)

1 1
1

2-21)

1
1

2-22) 0 0 0

0 0

Ö 2 2 2 2

2‐30 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Ö 2 2 2 2

2‐23

MATLAB code: 

clear all;

syms t u s x1 x2 Fs

f1 = exp(-2*t)

L1=laplace(f1)/(s^2+5*s+4);

Eq2=solve('s*x1=1+x2','s*x2=-2*x1-3*x2+1','x1','x2')

f2_x1=Eq2.x1

f2_x2=Eq2.x2

f3=solve('(s^3-s+2*s^2+s+2)*Fs=-1+2-(1/(1+s))','Fs')

Here is the solution provided by MATLAB: 

Part (a): F(s)=1/(s+2)/(s^2+5*s+4) 

  

Part (b):    X1(s)= (4+s)/(2+3*s+s^2) 

           X2(s)= (s‐2)/(2+3*s+s^2) 

  

       Part (c):     F(s) = s/(1+s)/(s^3+2*s^2+2) 

2‐31 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2‐24)

MATLAB code: 

 
clear all;

syms s Fs

f3=solve('s^2*Fs-Fs=1/(s-1)','Fs')

Answer from MATLAB: Y(s)= 1/(s-1)/(s^2-1)

2‐25)

MATLAB code: 

clear all;

syms s CA1 CA2 CA3

v1=1000;

v2=1500;

v3=100;

k1=0.1

k2=0.2

k3=0.4

f1='s*CA1=1/v1*(1000+100*CA2-1100*CA1-k1*v1*CA1)'

f2='s*CA2=1/v2*(1100*CA1-1100*CA2-k2*v2*CA2)'

f3='s*CA3=1/v3*(1000*CA2-1000*CA3-k3*v3*CA3)'

Sol=solve(f1,f2,f3,'CA1','CA2','CA3')

CA1=Sol.CA1

CA3=Sol.CA2

CA4=Sol.CA3

2‐32 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Solution from MATLAB: 

CA1(s) = 
1000*(s*v2+1100+k2*v2)/(1100000+s^2*v1*v2+1100*s*v1+s*v1*k2*v2+1100*s*v2+1100*k2*v2+k1*v1*s*v2+
1100*k1*v1+k1*v1*k2*v2) 

CA3(s) = 

1100000/(1100000+s^2*v1*v2+1100*s*v1+s*v1*k2*v2+1100*s*v2+1100*k2*v2+k1*v1*s*v2+1100*k1*v1+k1*
v1*k2*v2) 

CA4 (s)= 

1100000000/(1100000000+1100000*s*v3+1000*s*v1*k2*v2+1100000*s*v1+1000*k1*v1*s*v2+1000*k1*v1*k
2*v2+1100*s*v1*k3*v3+1100*s*v2*k3*v3+1100*k2*v2*s*v3+1100*k2*v2*k3*v3+1100*k1*v1*s*v3+1100*k1
*v1*k3*v3+1100000*k1*v1+1000*s^2*v1*v2+1100000*s*v2+1100000*k2*v2+1100000*k3*v3+s^3*v1*v2*v3+
1100*s^2*v1*v3+1100*s^2*v2*v3+s^2*v1*v2*k3*v3+s^2*v1*k2*v2*v3+s*v1*k2*v2*k3*v3+k1*v1*s^2*v2*v3
+k1*v1*s*v2*k3*v3+k1*v1*k2*v2*s*v3+k1*v1*k2*v2*k3*v3) 

 2-26) (a) 
1 1 1 1 1 −2t 1 −3t
  G( s) = − + g (t ) = − e + e t ≥ 0 
3s 2( s + 2) 3( s + 3) 3 2 3

(b)     

−2.5 5 2.5 −t −t −3t


  G( s) = + 2
+ g ( t ) = −2.5e + 5te + 2.5e t ≥ 0 
s + 1 ( s + 1) s+3

(c) 

  G(s) = ( 50
s

s +1
20

30 s + 20
s +4
2 ) e
−s
[
g ( t ) = 50 − 20 e
− ( t −1)
− 30 cos 2(t − 1) − 5 sin 2(t − 1) ] us (t − 1)  

(d) 
1 s −1 1 1 s
  G( s) = − 2
= + 2
− 2
  Taking the inverse Laplace transform, 
s s + s+2 s s + s+2 s + s+2

  g (t ) = 1 + 1.069e
−0.5t
[sin 1.323t + sin (1.323t − 69.3o )] = 1 + e−0.5t (1.447 sin 1.323t − cos1.323t ) t ≥ 0 

2 −t
(e)  g ( t ) = 0.5t e t ≥ 0 

(f)Try using MATLAB

>> b=num*2

2‐33 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
b=

2 2 2

>>num =

1 1 1

>> denom1=[1 1]

denom1 =

1 1

>> denom2=[1 5 5]

denom2 =

1 5 5

>> num*2

ans =

2 2 2

>> denom=conv([1 0],conv(denom1,denom2))

denom =

1 6 10 5 0

>> b=num*2

b=

2 2 2

>> a=denom

a=

1 6 10 5 0

>> [r, p, k] = residue(b,a)

r=

-0.9889

2‐34 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2.5889

-2.0000

0.4000

p=

-3.6180

-1.3820

-1.0000

k=[]

If there are no multiple roots, then

The number of poles n is

b r r r
= 1 + 2 + ... + n + k
a s + p1 s + p2 s + pn

In this case, p1 and k are zero. Hence,

0.4 0.9889 2.5889 2


G ( s) = − + −
s s + 3.6180 s + 1.3820 s + 1

g (t ) = 0.4 − 0.9889e −3.618t + 1.3820e −2.5889t − 2e − t

(g)

Ö G s 2e 2e 2e 1

(h)

Ö 3

2‐35 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
(i)

2‐27

MATLAB code: 

 
clear all;

syms s

f1=1/(s*(s+2)*(s+3))

F1=ilaplace(f1)

f2=10/((s+1)^2*(s+3))

F2=ilaplace(f2)

f3=10*(s+2)/(s*(s^2+4)*(s+1))*exp(-s)

F3=ilaplace(f3)

f4=2*(s+1)/(s*(s^2+s+2))

F4=ilaplace(f4)

f5=1/(s+1)^3

F5=ilaplace(f5)

f6=2*(s^2+s+1)/(s*(s+1.5)*(s^2+5*s+5))

F6=ilaplace(f6)

s=tf('s')

f7=(2+2*s*pade(exp(-1*s),1)+4*pade(exp(-2*s),1))/(s^2+3*s+2) %using Pade command


for exponential term

2‐36 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
[num,den]=tfdata(f7,'v') %extracting the polynomial values

syms s

f7n=(-2*s^3+6*s+12)/(s^4+6*s^3+13*s^2+12*s+4) %generating sumbolic function for


ilaplace

F7=ilaplace(f7n)

f8=(2*s+1)/(s^3+6*s^2+11*s+6)

F8=ilaplace(f8)

f9=(3*s^3+10^s^2+8*s+5)/(s^4+5*s^3+7*s^2+5*s+6)

F9=ilaplace(f9)

Solution from MATLAB for the Inverse Laplace transforms: 

1
Part (a):   G ( s) =
s( s + 2)( s + 3)  

G(t)=‐1/2*exp(‐2*t)+1/3*exp(‐3*t)+1/6 

To simplify: 

syms t 

digits(3) 

vpa(‐1/2*exp(‐2*t)+1/3*exp(‐3*t)+1/6) 

 ans =‐.500*exp(‐2.*t)+.333*exp(‐3.*t)+.167 

10
Part (b):  G ( s) =  
( s + 1) 2 ( s + 3)

G(t)= 5/2*exp(‐3*t)+5/2*exp(‐t)*(‐1+2*t) 

2‐37 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
100( s + 2)
Part (c):   G( s) = 2
e− s
s( s + 4 )( s + 1)  

G(t)=Step(t‐1)*(‐4*cos(t‐1)^2+2*sin(t‐1)*cos(t‐1)+4*exp(‐1/2*t+1/2)*cosh(1/2*t‐1/2)‐4*exp(‐t+1)‐cos(2*t‐2)‐

2*sin(2*t‐2)+5) 

2( s + 1)
Part (d):  G ( s) =
s( s 2 + s + 2 )  

G(t)= 1+1/7*exp(‐1/2*t)*(‐7*cos(1/2*7^(1/2)*t)+3*7^(1/2)*sin(1/2*7^(1/2)*t)) 

To simplify: 

syms t 

digits(3) 

vpa(1+1/7*exp(‐1/2*t)*(‐7*cos(1/2*7^(1/2)*t)+3*7^(1/2)*sin(1/2*7^(1/2)*t))) 

 ans = 1.+.143*exp(‐.500*t)*(‐7.*cos(1.32*t)+7.95*sin(1.32*t)) 

1
Part (e):    G ( s) =
( s + 1) 3  

G(t)= 1/2*t^2*exp(‐t) 

2( s 2 + s + 1)
Part (f):   G( s) =
. )( s 2 + 5s + 5)  
s( s + 15

G(t)= 4/15+28/3*exp(‐3/2*t)‐16/5*exp(‐5/2*t)*(3*cosh(1/2*t*5^(1/2))+5^(1/2)*sinh(1/2*t*5^(1/2))) 

2 + 2 se − s + 4e −2 s
Part (g): G ( s ) =
s 2 + 3s + 2  

2‐38 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
G(t)= 2*exp(‐2*t)*(7+8*t)+8*exp(‐t)*(‐2+t) 

2s + 1
Part (h):  G ( s) =
s + 6 s 2 + 11s + 6  
3

G(t)= ‐1/2*exp(‐t)+3*exp(‐2*t)‐5/2*exp(‐3*t) 

3s 3 + 10 s 2 + 8s + 5
Part (i):   G ( s) = 4
s + 5 s 3 + 7 s 2 + 5s + 6  

G(t)=  ‐7*exp(‐2*t)+10*exp(‐3*t)‐

1/10*ilaplace(10^(2*s)/(s^2+1)*s,s,t)+1/10*ilaplace(10^(2*s)/(s^2+1),s,t)+1/10*sin(t)*(10+dirac(t)*(‐exp(‐

3*t)+2*exp(‐2*t))) 

2‐39 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2-28) Ax t Bu t

a)

b)

3 2

2 2

2-29) (a)             (b) 


Y (s) 3s + 1 Y (s) 5
= 3 2
       = 4 2
 
R( s) s + 2 s + 5s + 6 R( s) s + 10 s + s + 5

  (c)            (d) 
−s
Y (s) s ( s + 2) Y (s) 1 + 2e
    = 4 3 2
     = 2
 
R( s) s + 10 s + 2 s + s + 2 R( s) 2s + s + 5

e) 1

Ö 5 2 2

By using Laplace transform, we have:

4 5 2

As X s e Y s , then

2‐40 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2 1
4

Then:

f) By using Laplace transform we have:

2
2 2 2

As a result:

2‐30) 

After taking the Laplace transform, the equation was solved in terms of Y(s), and consecutively was divided by 
input R(s) to obtain Y(s)/R(s): 

MATLAB code:  

clear all;

syms Ys Rs s

sol1=solve('s^3*Ys+2*s^2*Ys+5*s*Ys+6*Ys=3*s*Rs+Rs','Ys')

Ys_Rs1=sol1/Rs

sol2=solve('s^4*Ys+10*s^2*Ys+s*Ys+5*Ys=5*Rs','Ys')

Ys_Rs2=sol2/Rs

sol3=solve('s^3*Ys+10*s^2*Ys+2*s*Ys+2*Ys/s=s*Rs+2*Rs','Ys')

Ys_Rs3=sol3/Rs

sol4=solve('2*s^2*Ys+s*Ys+5*Ys=2*Rs*exp(-1*s)','Ys')

Ys_Rs4=sol4/Rs

2‐41 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
%Note: Parts E&F are too complicated with MATLAB, Laplace of integral is not
executable in MATLAB.....skipped

MATLAB Answers: 

Part (a):   Y(s)/R(s)= (3*s+1)/(5*s+6+s^3+2*s^2); 

Part (b):  Y(s)/R(s)= 5/(10*s^2+s+5+s^4) 

Part (c):   Y(s)/R(s)= (s+2)*s/(2*s^2+2+s^4+10*s^3) 

Part (d):  Y(s)/R(s)= 2*exp(‐s)/(2*s^2+s+5) 

%Note: Parts E&F are too complicated with MATLAB, Laplace of integral is not
executable in MATLAB.....skipped

2‐31 

MATLAB code:  

clear all;

s=tf('s')

%Part a

Eq=10*(s+1)/(s^2*(s+4)*(s+6));

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

[r,p] = residue(num,den)

%Part b

Eq=(s+1)/(s*(s+2)*(s^2+2*s+2));

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

[r,p] = residue(num,den)

%Part c

Eq=5*(s+2)/(s^2*(s+1)*(s+5));

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

2‐42 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
[r,p] = residue(num,den)

%Part d

Eq=5*(pade(exp(-2*s),1))/(s^2+s+1); %Pade approximation oreder 1 used

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

[r,p] = residue(num,den)

%Part e

Eq=100*(s^2+s+3)/(s*(s^2+5*s+3));

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

[r,p] = residue(num,den)

%Part f

Eq=1/(s*(s^2+1)*(s+0.5)^2);

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

[r,p] = residue(num,den)

%Part g

Eq=(2*s^3+s^2+8*s+6)/((s^2+4)*(s^2+2*s+2));

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

[r,p] = residue(num,den)

%Part h

Eq=(2*s^4+9*s^3+15*s^2+s+2)/(s^2*(s+2)*(s+1)^2);

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

[r,p] = residue(num,den)

The solutions are presented in the form of two vectors, r and p, where for each case, the partial fraction 
expansion is equal to: 

2‐43 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
b( s ) r r r
= 1 + 2 + ... + n
a( s ) s − p1 s − p 2 s − pn  

Following are r and p vectors for each part: 

Part(a): 

r =0.6944 

   ‐0.9375 

    0.2431 

    0.4167 

p =‐6.0000 

     ‐4.0000 

         0 

         0 

Part(b): 

r =0.2500           

  ‐0.2500 ‐ 0.0000i 

  ‐0.2500 + 0.0000i 

   0.2500           

p =‐2.0000           

  ‐1.0000 + 1.0000i 

2‐44 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
  ‐1.0000 ‐ 1.0000i 

        0           

Part(c): 

r =0.1500 

    1.2500 

   ‐1.4000 

    2.0000 

p = ‐5 

    ‐1 

     0 

     0 

Part(d): 

r =10.0000           

  ‐5.0000 ‐ 0.0000i 

  ‐5.0000 + 0.0000i 

p =‐1.0000           

  ‐0.5000 + 0.8660i 

  ‐0.5000 ‐ 0.8660i 

2‐45 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 

Part(e): 

r =110.9400 

 ‐110.9400 

  100.0000 

p =‐4.3028 

   ‐0.6972 

         0 

Part(f): 

r =0.2400 + 0.3200i 

   0.2400 ‐ 0.3200i 

  ‐4.4800           

  ‐1.6000           

   4.0000           

p =‐0.0000 + 1.0000i 

  ‐0.0000 ‐ 1.0000i 

  ‐0.5000           

  ‐0.5000           

        0           

2‐46 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Part(g): 

r =‐0.1000 + 0.0500i 

  ‐0.1000 ‐ 0.0500i 

   1.1000 + 0.3000i 

   1.1000 ‐ 0.3000i 

p =0.0000 + 2.0000i 

   0.0000 ‐ 2.0000i 

  ‐1.0000 + 1.0000i 

  ‐1.0000 ‐ 1.0000i 

Part(h): 

r =5.0000 

   ‐1.0000 

    9.0000 

   ‐2.0000 

    1.0000 

p =‐2.0000 

   ‐1.0000 

   ‐1.0000 

         0 

         0 

2‐47 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2‐32) 

MATLAB code:  

clear all;

syms s

%Part a

Eq=10*(s+1)/(s^2*(s+4)*(s+6));

ilaplace(Eq)

%Part b

Eq=(s+1)/(s*(s+2)*(s^2+2*s+2));

ilaplace(Eq)

%Part c

Eq=5*(s+2)/(s^2*(s+1)*(s+5));

ilaplace(Eq)

%Part d

exp_term=(-s+1)/(s+1) %pade approcimation

Eq=5*exp_term/((s+1)*(s^2+s+1));

ilaplace(Eq)

%Part e

Eq=100*(s^2+s+3)/(s*(s^2+5*s+3));

ilaplace(Eq)

%Part f

Eq=1/(s*(s^2+1)*(s+0.5)^2);

ilaplace(Eq)

2‐48 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

%Part g

Eq=(2*s^3+s^2+8*s+6)/((s^2+4)*(s^2+2*s+2));

ilaplace(Eq)

%Part h

Eq=(2*s^4+9*s^3+15*s^2+s+2)/(s^2*(s+2)*(s+1)^2);

ilaplace(Eq)

MATLAB Answers: 

Part(a): 

G(t)= ‐15/16*exp(‐4*t)+25/36*exp(‐6*t)+35/144+5/12*t 

To simplify: 

syms t 

digits(3) 

vpa(‐15/16*exp(‐4*t)+25/36*exp(‐6*t)+35/144+5/12*t) 

ans =‐.938*exp(‐4.*t)+.694*exp(‐6.*t)+.243+.417*tPart(b): 

G(t)= 1/4*exp(‐2*t)+1/4‐1/2*exp(‐t)*cos(t) 

Part(c): 

G(t)= 5/4*exp(‐t)‐7/5+3/20*exp(‐5*t)+2*t 

2‐49 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 

Part(d): 

G(t)= ‐5*exp(‐1/2*t)*(cos(1/2*3^(1/2)*t)+3^(1/2)*sin(1/2*3^(1/2)*t))+5*(1+2*t)*exp(‐t) 

Part(e): 

G(t)= 100‐800/13*exp(‐5/2*t)*13^(1/2)*sinh(1/2*t*13^(1/2)) 

Part(f): 

G(t)= 4+12/25*cos(t)‐16/25*sin(t)‐8/25*exp(‐1/2*t)*(5*t+14) 

Part(g): 

G(t)= ‐1/5*cos(2*t)‐1/10*sin(2*t)+1/5*(11*cos(t)‐3*sin(t))*exp(‐t) 

Part(h): 

G(t)= ‐2+t+5*exp(‐2*t)+(‐1+9*t)*exp(‐t) 

2‐50 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2-33) (a)  Poles are at   s = 0, − 15
. + j16583
. , − 15
. − j16583
.         One poles at s = 0.  Marginally stable. 

         (b)  Poles are at  s = −5, − j 2 , j 2              Two poles on  jω  axis. Marginally stable. 

         (c)   Poles are at  s = −0.8688, 0.4344 + j 2.3593, 0.4344 − j 2.3593       Two poles in RHP.  Unstable. 

         (d)  Poles are at  s = −5, − 1 + j , − 1 − j              All poles in the LHP. Stable. 

          (e)  Poles are at   s = −13387
. , 16634
. + j 2.164, 16634
. − j 2.164        Two poles in RHP.  Unstable. 

          (f)  Poles are at  s = −22.8487 ± j 22.6376, 213487


. ± j 22.6023        Two poles in RHP.  Unstable. 

2-34) Find the Characteristic equations and then use the roots command.

(a)

p= [ 1 3 5 0]

sr = roots(p)

p=

1 3 5 0

sr =

-1.5000 + 1.6583i

-1.5000 - 1.6583i

(b) p=conv([1 5],[1 0 2])

sr = roots(p)

p=

1 5 2 10

2‐51 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
sr =

-5.0000

0.0000 + 1.4142i

0.0000 - 1.4142i

(c)

>> roots([1 5 5])

ans =

-3.6180

-1.3820

(d) roots(conv([1 5],[1 2 2]))

ans =

-5.0000

-1.0000 + 1.0000i

-1.0000 - 1.0000i

(e) roots([1 -2 3 10])

ans =

1.6694 + 2.1640i

1.6694 - 2.1640i

-1.3387

2‐52 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
(f) roots([1 3 50 1 10^6])

-22.8487 +22.6376i

-22.8487 -22.6376i

21.3487 +22.6023i

21.3487 -22.6023i

Alternatively

Problem 2‐34 

MATLAB code:  

% Question 2-34,

clear all;

s=tf('s')

%Part a

Eq=10*(s+2)/(s^3+3*s^2+5*s);

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

roots(den)

%Part b

Eq=(s-1)/((s+5)*(s^2+2));

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

roots(den)

%Part c

Eq=1/(s^3+5*s+5);

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

roots(den)

2‐53 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
%Part d

Eq=100*(s-1)/((s+5)*(s^2+2*s+2));

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

roots(den)

%Part e

Eq=100/(s^3-2*s^2+3*s+10);

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

roots(den)

%Part f

Eq=10*(s+12.5)/(s^4+3*s^3+50*s^2+s+10^6);

[num,den]=tfdata(Eq,'v');

roots(den)

MATLAB answer: 

Part(a)
 
 

        0           

  ‐1.5000 + 1.6583i 

  ‐1.5000 ‐ 1.6583i 

Part(b)
 
 

  ‐5.0000           

2‐54 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
  ‐0.0000 + 1.4142i 

  ‐0.0000 ‐ 1.4142i 

Part(c)
 
 

   0.4344 + 2.3593i 

   0.4344 ‐ 2.3593i 

  ‐0.8688           

Part(d)
 
 

  ‐5.0000           

  ‐1.0000 + 1.0000i 

  ‐1.0000 ‐ 1.0000i 

Part(e)
 
 

   1.6694 + 2.1640i 

   1.6694 ‐ 2.1640i 

  ‐1.3387           

Part(f)
 
 

2‐55 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 ‐22.8487 +22.6376i 

 ‐22.8487 ‐22.6376i 

  21.3487 +22.6023i 

  21.3487 ‐22.6023i 

2-35)

  (a)   s 3 + 25 s 2 + 10 s + 450 = 0     Roots:   −25.31, 0.1537 + j 4.214, 0.1537 − 4.214  

     Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 10
2
s 25 450
      250 − 450     Two sign changes in the first column. Two roots in RHP. 
1
s = −8 0
25
0
s 450

3 2
         (b)    s + 25 s + 10 s + 50 = 0     Roots:   −24.6769, − 0.1616 + j1.4142, − 0.1616 − j1.4142  

      Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 10
2
s 25 50
       250 − 50     No sign changes in the first column. No roots in RHP. 
1
s =8 0
25
0
s 50

         (c)   s 3 + 25 s 2 + 250 s + 10 = 0    Roots:   −0.0402, − 12.48 + j 9.6566, − j 9.6566  

      

     Routh Tabulation: 

2‐56 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3
s 1 250
2
s 25 10
      6250 − 10     No sign changes in the first column. No roots in RHP. 
1
s = 249.6 0
25
0
s 10

4 3 2
           (d)   2 s + 10 s + 5.5 s + 5.5 s + 10 = 0              Roots:   −4.466, − 1116
. , 0.2888 + j 0.9611, 0.2888 − j 0.9611 

       

     Routh Tabulation: 

4
s 2 5.5 10
3
      s 10 5.5        
2 55 − 11
s = 4.4 10
10

1 24.2 − 100
s = −75.8
      4.4         
0
s 10

     Two sign changes in the first column. Two roots in RHP. 

         (e)   s 6 + 2 s 5 + 8 s 4 + 15 s 3 + 20 s 2 + 16 s + 16 = 0      Roots:   −1.222 ± j 0.8169, 0.0447 ± j1153


. , 0.1776 ± j 2.352  

       

       Routh Tabulation: 

6
s 1 8 20 16
5
s 2 15 16
        16 − 15 40 − 16  
4
s = 0.5 = 12
2 2
3
s − 33 − 48

2‐57 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2 −396 + 24
s = 11.27 16
−33
1 −5411
. + 528
          s = −116
. 0       
11.27
0
s 0

       Four sign changes in the first column. Four roots in RHP. 

4 3 2
           (f)    s + 2 s + 10 s + 20 s + 5 = 0           Roots:   −0.29, − 1788
. , 0.039 + j 3105
. , 0.039 − j 3105
.  

        

       Routh Tabulation: 

4
s 1 10 5
3
s 2 20
        20 − 20  
2
s =0 5
2
2
s ε 5 Replace 0 in last row by ε

1 20ε − 10 10
s ≅−
        ε ε       Two sign changes in first column. Two roots in RHP. 
0
s 5

(g)

s8 1 8 20 16 0

s7 2 12 16 0 0

s6 2 12 16 0 0

s5 0 0 0 0 0

2 12 16

12 60 64

2‐58 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
s5 12 60 64 0

s4 2 16 0 0
3
s3 28 64 0 0

s2 0.759 0 0 0

s1 28 0

s0 0

2-36) Use MATLAB roots command

a) roots([1 25 10 450])

ans =

-25.3075

0.1537 + 4.2140i

0.1537 - 4.2140i

b) roots([1 25 10 50])

ans =

-24.6769

-0.1616 + 1.4142i

-0.1616 - 1.4142i

c) roots([1 25 250 10])

ans =

-12.4799 + 9.6566i

-12.4799 - 9.6566i

2‐59 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
-0.0402

d) roots([2 10 5.5 5.5 10])

ans =

-4.4660

-1.1116

0.2888 + 0.9611i

0.2888 - 0.9611i

e) roots([1 2 8 15 20 16 16])

ans =

0.1776 + 2.3520i

0.1776 - 2.3520i

-1.2224 + 0.8169i

-1.2224 - 0.8169i

0.0447 + 1.1526i

0.0447 - 1.1526i

f) roots([1 2 10 20 5])

ans =

0.0390 + 3.1052i

0.0390 - 3.1052i

-1.7881

-0.2900

g) roots([1 2 8 12 20 16 16])

2‐60 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
ans =

0.0000 + 2.0000i

0.0000 - 2.0000i

-1.0000 + 1.0000i

-1.0000 - 1.0000i

0.0000 + 1.4142i

0.0000 - 1.4142i

Alternatively use the approach in this Chapter’s Section 2‐14: 

1. Activate MATLAB 

2. Go to the directory containing the ACSYS software.  

3. Type in  

Acsys 

 
4. Then press the “transfer function Symbolic button 

2‐61 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

 
5. Enter the characteristic equation in the denominator and press the “Routh‐Hurwitz” push‐
button.

RH =

[ 1, 10]

[ 25, 450]

[ -8, 0]

[ 450, 0]

Two sign changes in the first column. Two roots in RHP=> UNSTABLE

2-37) Use the MATLAB “roots” command same as in the previous problem.

2‐62 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2-38) To solve using MATLAB, set the value of K in an iterative process and find the roots such that at
least one root changes sign from negative to positive. Then increase resolution if desired.

Example: in this case 0<K<12 ( increase resolution by changing the loop to: for K=11:.1:12)

for K=0:12 

roots([1 25 15 20 K]) 

end 

K=

ans =

-24.4193

-0.2904 + 0.8572i

-0.2904 - 0.8572i

K=

ans =

2‐63 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

-24.4192

-0.2645 + 0.8485i

-0.2645 - 0.8485i

-0.0518

K=

ans =

-24.4191

-0.2369 + 0.8419i

-0.2369 - 0.8419i

-0.1071

K=

2‐64 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
ans =

-24.4191

-0.2081 + 0.8379i

-0.2081 - 0.8379i

-0.1648

K=

ans =

-24.4190

-0.1787 + 0.8369i

-0.1787 - 0.8369i

-0.2237

K=

2‐65 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

ans =

-24.4189

-0.1496 + 0.8390i

-0.1496 - 0.8390i

-0.2819

K=

ans =

-24.4188

-0.1215 + 0.8438i

-0.1215 - 0.8438i

-0.3381

K=

2‐66 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

ans =

-24.4188

-0.0951 + 0.8508i

-0.0951 - 0.8508i

-0.3911

K=

ans =

-24.4187

-0.0704 + 0.8595i

-0.0704 - 0.8595i

-0.4406

K=

2‐67 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
9

ans =

-24.4186

-0.0475 + 0.8692i

-0.0475 - 0.8692i

-0.4864

K=

10

ans =

-24.4186

-0.0263 + 0.8796i

-0.0263 - 0.8796i

-0.5288

K=

2‐68 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

11

ans =

-24.4185

-0.0067 + 0.8905i

-0.0067 - 0.8905i

-0.5681

K=

12

ans =

-24.4184

0.0115 + 0.9015i

0.0115 - 0.9015i

-0.6046

Alternatively use the approach in this Chapter’s Section 2‐14: 

2‐69 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
1. Activate MATLAB 

2. Go to the directory containing the ACSYS software.  

3. Type in  

Acsys 

 
4. Then press the “transfer function Symbolic button 

2‐70 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

 
5. Enter the characteristic equation in the denominator and press the “Routh‐Hurwitz” push‐
button. 

RH = 

  

[            1,           15,            k] 

[           25,           20,            0] 

[         71/5,            k,            0] 

[ ‐125/71*k+20,            0,            0] 

[            k,            0,            0] 

6. Find the values of K to make the system unstable following the next steps. 

2‐71 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Alternative Problem 2‐36 

Using ACSYS toolbar under “Transfer Function Symbolic”, the Routh‐Hurwitz option can be used to generate RH 
matrix based on denominator polynhomial. The system is stable if and only if the first column of this matrix 
contains NO negative values. 

MATLAB code: to calculate the number of right hand side poles 

%Part a

den_a=[1 25 10 450]

roots(den_a)

%Part b

den_b=[1 25 10 50]

roots(den_b)

%Part c

den_c=[1 25 250 10]

roots(den_c)

%Part d

den_d=[2 10 5.5 5.5 10]

roots(den_d)

%Part e

den_e=[1 2 8 15 20 16 16]

roots(den_e)

%Part f

den_f=[1 2 10 20 5]

roots(den_f)

2‐72 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

%Part g

den_g=[1 2 8 12 20 16 16 0 0]

roots(den_g)

  

using ACSYS, the denominator polynomial can be inserted, and by clicking on the “Routh‐Hurwitz” button, the R‐
H chart can be observed in the main MATLAB command window: 

Part(a): for the transfer function in part (a), this chart is: 

RH chart = 

[   1,  10] 

[  25, 450] 

[  ‐8,   0] 

[ 450,   0] 

Unstable system due to ‐8 on the 3rd row. 

2 complex conjugate poles on right hand side. All the poles are: 

‐25.3075           

 0.1537 + 4.2140i    and    0.1537 ‐ 4.2140i 

2‐73 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

 
 

Part (b):  

RH chart: 

[  1, 10] 

[ 25, 50] 

[  8,  0] 

[ 50,  0] 

Stable system >> No right hand side pole 

Part (c):  

2‐74 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
RH chart: 

[      1,    250] 

[     25,     10] 

[ 1248/5,      0] 

[     10,      0] 

Stable system >> No right hand side pole 

Part (d):  

RH chart: 

[       2,    11/2,      10] 

[      10,    11/2,       0] 

[    22/5,      10,       0] 

[ ‐379/22,       0,       0] 

[      10,       0,       0] 

Unstable system due to ‐379/22 on the 4th row. 

2 complex conjugate poles on right hand side. All the poles are: 

  ‐4.4660           

  ‐1.1116           

   0.2888 + 0.9611i 

   0.2888 ‐ 0.9611i 

2‐75 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 

Part (e):  

RH chart: 

[      1,      8,     20,     16] 

[      2,     15,     16,      0] 

[    1/2,     12,     16,      0] 

[    ‐33,    ‐48,      0,      0] 

[ 124/11,     16,      0,      0] 

[ ‐36/31,      0,      0,      0] 

[     16,      0,      0,      0] 

Unstable system due to ‐33 and ‐36/31 on the 4th and 6th row. 

4 complex conjugate poles on right hand side. All the poles are: 

   0.1776 + 2.3520i 

   0.1776 ‐ 2.3520i 

  ‐1.2224 + 0.8169i 

  ‐1.2224 ‐ 0.8169i 

   0.0447 + 1.1526i 

   0.0447 ‐ 1.1526i 

Part (f):  

RH chart: 

[                1,               10,                5] 

[                2,               20,                0] 

2‐76 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
[              eps,                5,                0] 

[ (‐10+20*eps)/eps,                0,                0] 

[                5,                0,                0] 

Unstable system due to ((‐10+20*eps)/eps) on the 4th. 

2 complex conjugate poles slightly on right hand side. All the poles are: 

   0.0390 + 3.1052i 

   0.0390 ‐ 3.1052i 

  ‐1.7881           

  ‐0.2900       

Part (g):  

RH chart: 

[    1,    8,   20,   16,    0] 

[    2,   12,   16,    0,    0] 

[    2,   12,   16,    0,    0] 

[   12,   48,   32,    0,    0] 

[    4, 32/3,    0,    0,    0] 

[   16,   32,    0,    0,    0] 

[  8/3,    0,    0,    0,    0] 

[   32,    0,    0,    0,    0] 

[    0,    0,    0,    0,    0] 

Stable system >> No right hand side pole 

2‐77 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
6 poles wt zero real part: 

        0           

        0           

   0.0000 + 2.0000i 

   0.0000 ‐ 2.0000i 

  ‐1.0000 + 1.0000i 

  ‐1.0000 ‐ 1.0000i 

   0.0000 + 1.4142i 

   0.0000 ‐ 1.4142i 

2‐78 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 (a)   s 4 + 25 s 3 + 15 s 2 + 20 s + K = 0  

     Routh Tabulation: 

4
s 1 15 K
3
      s 25 20  
2 375 − 20
s = 14.2 K
25

1 284 − 25 K
s = 20 − 176
. K 20 − 176
. K > 0 or K < 1136
.
      14.2  
0
s K K>0

     Thus, the system is stable for 0 < K < 11.36. When K = 11.36, the system is marginally stable. The  

2 2
     auxiliary equation is  A( s ) = 14.2 s + 11.36 = 0.  The solution of A(s) = 0 is  s = −0.8.  The  

     frequency of oscillation is 0.894 rad/sec. 

4 3 2
         (b)   s + Ks + 2 s + ( K + 1) s + 10 = 0  

     Routh Tabulation: 
4
s 1 2 10
3
       s K K +1 K>0 
2 2K − K − 1 K −1
s = 10 K >1
K K
2
1 −9 K − 1 2
s − 9K − 1 > 0
       K −1  
0
s 10

       

2 2
      The conditions for stability are:  K > 0, K > 1, and  −9 K − 1 > 0 . Since  K  is always positive, the  

      last condition cannot be met by any real value of K. Thus, the system is unstable for all values of K. 

2‐79 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 

3 2
         (c)   s + ( K + 2 ) s + 2 Ks + 10 = 0  

     Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 2K
2
s K+2 10 K > −2
      2
2 K + 4 K − 10  
1 2
s K + 2K − 5 > 0
K+2
0
s 10

    

2
      The conditions for stability are:  K > −2 and  K + 2 K − 5 > 0  or (K +3.4495)(K − 1.4495) > 0,  

      or K > 1.4495. Thus, the condition for stability is K > 1.4495.  When K = 1.4495 the system is  

2 2
      marginally stable. The auxiliary equation is   A( s ) = 3.4495 s + 10 = 0.  The solution is  s = −2.899 .  

      The frequency of oscillation is 1.7026 rad/sec. 

3 2
         (d)   s + 20 s + 5 s + 10 K = 0  

     Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 5
2
s 20 10 K
      100 − 10 K  
1
s = 5 − 0.5K 5 − 0.5K > 0 or K < 10
20
0
s 10 K K>0

     The conditions for stability are:  K > 0 and K < 10. Thus, 0 < K < 10.  When K = 10, the system is 

2
     marginally stable. The auxiliary equation is  A( s ) = 20 s + 100 = 0. The solution of the auxiliary  

2
     equation is  s = −5.  The frequency of oscillation is 2.236 rad/sec. 

2‐80 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 

4 3 2
         (e)   s + Ks + 5 s + 10 s + 10 K = 0  

     Routh Tabulation: 

4
s 1 5 10 K
3
      s K 10 K>0  
2 5 K − 10
s 10 K 5K − 10 > 0 or K > 2
K

50 K − 100 2
− 10 K 3
1 K 50 K − 100 − 10 K 3
s = 5 K − 10 − K > 0
      5K − 10 5 K − 10  
K
0
s 10 K K>0

3
 The conditions for stability are:  K > 0,  K > 2, and  5 K − 10 − K > 0.    

Use Matlab to solve for k from last condition 

>> syms k 

>> kval=solve(5*k‐10+k^3,k); 

 >> eval(kval) 

kval = 

   1.4233           

  ‐0.7117 + 2.5533i 

  ‐0.7117 ‐ 2.5533i 

So K>1.4233. 

     Thus, the conditions for stability is: K > 2 

2‐81 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
4 3 2
         (f)   s + 12.5 s + s + 5 s + K = 0  

     Routh Tabulation: 

4
s 1 1 K
3
      s 12.5 5  
2 12.5 − 5
s = 0.6 K
12.5

1 3 − 12.5 K
s = 5 − 20.83 K 5 − 20.83 K > 0 or K < 0.24
      0.6  
0
s K K>0

                  The condition for stability is  0 < K < 0.24.  When K = 0.24 the system is marginally stable. The auxiliary 

2 2
     equation is  A( s ) = 0.6 s + 0.24 = 0.  The solution of the auxiliary equation is  s = −0.4.  The frequency of 

     oscillation is 0.632 rad/sec. 

2-39)
3 2
The characteristic equation is  Ts + ( 2T + 1) s + ( 2 + K ) s + 5 K = 0  

  Routh Tabulation: 

3
s T K+2 T >0
   
2
s 2T + 1 5K T > −1 / 2

1 ( 2T + 1)( K + 2 ) − 5 KT
s K (1 − 3T ) + 4T + 2 > 0
  2T + 1  
0
s 5K K>0

      

4T + 2
   The conditions for stability are:  T > 0,  K > 0, and   K < .  The regions of stability in the 
3T − 1

2‐82 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
   T‐versus‐K parameter plane is shown below. 

     

2‐40  Use the approach in this Chapter’s Section 2‐14: 

1. Activate MATLAB 

2. Go to the directory containing the ACSYS software.  

3. Type in  

Acsys 

2‐83 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

 
4. Then press the “transfer function Symbolic button.” 

2‐84 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
5. Enter the characteristic equation in the denominator and press the “Routh‐Hurwitz” push‐
button. 

RH = 

  

[1,                                                                                 50000,                 24*k] 

[600,                                                                                     k,                  80*k] 

[‐1/600*k+50000,                                               358/15*k,                        0] 

[ (35680*k‐1/600*k^2)/(‐1/600*k+50000),           80*k,                        0] 

[ 24*k*(k^2‐21622400*k+5000000000000)/(k‐30000000)/(35680*k‐1/600*k^2)*(‐1/600*k+50000),                           
0,                                                                                     0] 

[80*k,                                                                                 0,                          0] 

6. Find the values of K to make the system unstable following the next steps.  

(a)  Characteristic equation:   s 5 + 600 s 4 + 50000 s 3 + Ks 2 + 24 Ks + 80 K = 0  

     Routh Tabulation: 

5
s 1 50000 24 K
4
      s 600 K 80 K  
7
3 3 × 10 − K 14320 K 7
s K < 3 × 10
600 600
2
2 21408000 K − K
s 7
80 K K < 21408000
3 × 10 − K
16 11 2
1 −7.2 × 10 + 3113256
. × 10 K − 14400 K 2 7 12
      s K − 2.162 × 10 K + 5 × 10 < 0 
600(21408000 − K )
0
s 80 K K>0

2‐85 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
     Conditions for stability: 

3 7
     From the  s  row:    K < 3 × 10  

2 7
     From the  s  row:    K < 2.1408 × 10  

1 2 7 12 5 7
     From the  s  row:      K − 2.162 × 10 K + 5 × 10 < 0 or ( K − 2.34 × 10 )( K − 2.1386 × 10 ) < 0  

5 7
    Thus,       2.34 × 10 < K < 2.1386 × 10  

0
     From the  s  row:    K > 0 

5 7
    Thus, the final condition for stability is:  2.34 × 10 < K < 2.1386 × 10  

5
     When  K = 2.34 × 10     ω = 10.6   rad/sec. 

7
     When  K = 2.1386 × 10     ω = 188.59   rad/sec. 

      (b)  Characteristic equation:     s 3 + ( K + 2 ) s 2 + 30 Ks + 200 K = 0  

   

     Routh tabulation: 

3
s 1 30 K
2
s K+2 200 K K > −2
      2  
1 30 K − 140 K
s K > 4.6667
K+2
0
s 200 K K>0

     Stability Condition:              K > 4.6667 

2 2
     When K = 4.6667, the auxiliary equation is   A( s ) = 6.6667 s + 933.333 = 0 .  The solution is  s = −140.  

     The frequency of oscillation is 11.832 rad/sec. 

3 2
         (c)  Characteristic equation:  s + 30 s + 200 s + K = 0  

      

2‐86 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
     Routh tabulation: 

3
s 1 200
2
s 30 K
      6000 − K  
1
s K < 6000
30
0
s K K>0

     Stabililty Condition:  0 < K < 6000  

2 2
     When K = 6000, the auxiliary equation is  A( s ) = 30 s + 6000 = 0.  The solution is  s = −200.  

     The frequency of oscillation is 14.142 rad/sec. 

3 2
         (d)  Characteristic equation:     s + 2 s + ( K + 3) s + K + 1 = 0  

     Routh tabulation: 

3
s 1 K+3
2
s 2 K +1
      K +5  
1
s K > −5
30
0
s K +1 K > −1

     Stability condition:  K > −1.  When K = −1 the zero element occurs in the first element of the 

0
      s  row. Thus, there is no auxiliary equation. When K = −1, the system is marginally stable, and one 

     of the three characteristic equation roots is at s = 0.  There is no oscillation. The system response  

     would increase monotonically. 

2‐87 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2‐42  State equation:  Open‐loop system:  x& ( t ) = Ax ( t ) + Bu ( t )  

⎡1 −2 ⎤ ⎡0 ⎤
      A=⎢ ⎥ B= ⎢ ⎥ 
⎣10 0 ⎦ ⎣1 ⎦

               Closed‐loop system:  x& ( t ) = ( A − BK )x ( t )  

⎡ 1 −2 ⎤
      A − BK = ⎢  
⎣10 − k1 − k 2 ⎥⎦

         Characteristic equation of the closed‐loop system: 

s −1 2
sI − A + BK = = s + ( k 2 − 1) s + 20 − 2k1 − k 2 = 0  
2
   
−10 + k1 s + k2

         Stability requirements: 

        k 2 − 1 > 0 or k 2 > 1  

        20 − 2k1 − k 2 > 0 or k 2 < 20 − 2k1  

         Parameter plane: 

     

2‐43)  Characteristic equation of closed‐loop system: 

s −1 0
sI − A + BK = 0 −1 = s + ( k 3 + 3 ) s + ( k 2 + 4 ) s + k1 = 0  
3 2
  s
k1 k2 + 4 s + k3 + 3

     

2‐88 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 Routh Tabulation: 

k2 + 4
3
s 1

k3 + 3 k 3 +3>0 or k 3 > −3
2
s k1
      (k + 3 )( k 2 + 4 ) − k1  
s
1 3
(k + 3) ( k + 4 ) − k > 0
k3 + 3
3 2 1

k >0
0
s k 1 1

     Stability Requirements: 

           k3 > −3, k1 > 0, (k 3


+ 3 )( k 2 + 4 ) − k1 > 0  

2‐44  (a)  Since A is a diagonal matrix with distinct eigenvalues, the states are decoupled from each other. The  

    second row of B is zero; thus, the second state variable,  x 2  is uncontrollable. Since the uncontrollable  

    state has the eigenvalue at −3 which is stable, and the unstable state  x3  with the eigenvalue at −2 is  

    controllable, the system is stabilizable. 

         (b)  Since the uncontrollable state  x1 has an unstable eigenvalue at 1, the system is no stabilizable. 

2-45) a)

If , then or

If , then 1 . As a result:

1
1 1

2‐89 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

1
b Ö

As a result:

1 1

Y ( s) G ( s) H (s) ( K p + K d s)
= =
X ( s ) (1 + G ( s ) H ( s )) ((τ s + 1)( s 2 − g / l ) + K p + K d s )
( K p + K d s)
=
(τ s + (τ (− g / l ) + 1) s 2 + K d s − g / l + K p )
3

c) lets choose 10 0.1.

Use the approach in this Chapter’s Section 2‐14: 

1. Activate MATLAB 

2. Go to the directory containing the ACSYS software.  

3. Type in  

Acsys 

2‐90 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

 
4. Then press the “transfer function Symbolic button.” 

2‐91 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

 
5. Enter the characteristic equation in the denominator and press the “Routh‐Hurwitz” push‐
button. 

RH =

[ 1/10, kd]

[ eps, kp-10]

[ (-1/10*kp+1+kd*eps)/eps, 0]

[ kp-10, 0]

For the choice of g/l or τ the system will be unstable. The quantity τ g/l must be >1.

Increase τ g/l to 1.1 and repeat the process.

2‐92 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
d) Use the ACSYS toolbox as in section 2-14 to find the inverse Laplace transform. Then plot
the time response by selecting the parameter values. Or use toolbox 2-6-1.

Use the approach in this Chapter’s Section 2‐14: 

1. Activate MATLAB 

2. Go to the directory containing the ACSYS software.  

3. Type in  

Acsys 

 
4. Then press the “transfer function Symbolic button.” 

2‐93 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

 
5. Enter the characteristic equation in the denominator and press the “Inverse Laplace Transform” 
push‐button. 

----------------------------------------------------------------

Inverse Laplace Transform

----------------------------------------------------------------

2‐94 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
G(s) =

[ kd kp ]

[------------------------ ------------------------------]

[ 3 3 ]

[1/10 s + s kd + kp - 10 1/10 s + s kd + kp - 10]

G(s) factored:

[ kd kp ]

[10 -------------------------- 10 --------------------------]

[ 3 3 ]

[ s + 10 s kd + 10 kp - 100 s + 10 s kd + 10 kp - 100]

Inverse Laplace Transform:

g(t) =
matrix([[10*kd*sum(1/(3*_alpha^2+10*kd)*exp(_alpha*t),_alpha=RootOf(_Z^3+10*_Z*kd
+10*kp-
100)),10*kp*sum(1/(3*_alpha^2+10*kd)*exp(_alpha*t),_alpha=RootOf(_Z^3+10*_Z*kd+1
0*kp-100))]])

While MATLAB is having a hard time with this problem, it is easy to see the solution will be unstable
for all values of Kp and Kd. Stability of a linear system is independent of its initial conditions. For
different values of g/l and τ, you may solve the problem similarly – assign all values (including Kp and
Kd) and then find the inverse Laplace transform of the system. Find the time response and apply the
initial conditions.

Lets chose g/l=1 and keep τ=0.1, take Kd=1 and Kp=10.

2‐95 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Y (s) G (s) H (s) ( K p + K d s)
= =
X ( s ) (1 + G ( s ) H ( s )) ((τ s + 1)( s 2 − g / l ) + K p + K d s )
(10 + s ) (10 + s )
= =
(0.1s + (0.1(−1) + 1) s + s − 1 + 10) (0.1s + 0.9 s 2 + s + 9)
3 2 3

Using ACSYS:

RH =

[ 1/10, 1]

[ 9/10, 9]

[ 9/5, 0]

[ 9, 0]

Hence the system is stable

----------------------------------------------------------------

Inverse Laplace Transform

----------------------------------------------------------------

G(s) =

s + 10

-------------------------

3 2

1/10 s + 9/10 s + s + 9

2‐96 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
G factored:

Zero/pole/gain:

10 (s+10)

-----------------

(s+9) (s^2 + 10)

Inverse Laplace Transform:

g(t) = -10989/100000*exp(-
2251801791980457/40564819207303340847894502572032*t)*cos(79057/25000*t)+868757373/25000
0000*exp(-
2251801791980457/40564819207303340847894502572032*t)*sin(79057/25000*t)+10989/100000*ex
p(-9*t)

Use this MATLAB code to plot the time response:

for i=1:1000 

t=0.1*i; 

tf(i)=‐10989/100000*exp(‐
2251801791980457/40564819207303340847894502572032*t)*cos(79057/25000*t)+868757373/250
000000*exp(‐
2251801791980457/40564819207303340847894502572032*t)*sin(79057/25000*t)+10989/100000*e
xp(‐9*t); 

end 

figure(3) 

plot(1:1000,tf) 

2‐97 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

 
2‐52) USE MATLAB 

syms t 

f=5+2*exp(‐2*t)*sin(2*t+pi/4)‐4*exp(‐2*t)*cos(2*t‐pi/2)+3*exp(‐4*t) 

F=laplace(f) 

cltF=F/(1+F) 

 f = 

 5+2*exp(‐2*t)*sin(2*t+1/4*pi)‐4*exp(‐2*t)*sin(2*t)+3*exp(‐4*t) 

  

F = 

(8*s^3+44*s^2+112*s+160+8*2^(1/2)*s^2+16*2^(1/2)*s+2^(1/2)*s^3)/s/(s^2+4*s+8)/(s+4) 

cltF =  

2‐98 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
(8*s^3+44*s^2+112*s+160+8*2^(1/2)*s^2+16*2^(1/2)*s+2^(1/2)*s^3)/s/(s^2+4*s+8)/(s+4)/(1+(8*s^3
+44*s^2+112*s+160+8*2^(1/2)*s^2+16*2^(1/2)*s+2^(1/2)*s^3)/s/(s^2+4*s+8)/(s+4)) 

syms s 

cltFsimp=simplify(cltF) 

Next type the denominator into ACSYS Routh‐Hurwitz program. 

char=collect(s^4+16*s^3+68*s^2+144*s+160+8*2^(1/2)*s^2+16*2^(1/2)*s+2^(1/2)*s^3) 

char = 

160+s^4+(16+2^(1/2))*s^3+(8*2^(1/2)+68)*s^2+(16*2^(1/2)+144)*s 

>> eval(char) 

ans = 

160+s^4+4901665356903357/281474976710656*s^3+2790603031573437/35184372088832*s^2+293
1340519928765/17592186044416*s 

>> sym2poly(ans) 

ans = 

    1.0000   17.4142   79.3137  166.6274  160.0000 

Hence the Characteristic equation is: 

Δ = s 4 + 17.4142 s 3 + 79.3137 s 2 + 166.6274 s + 160  

USE ACSYS Routh‐Hurwitz tool as described in previous problems and this Chapter’s section 2‐14. 

RH = 

  

[                  1,                                                      5581205465083989*2^(‐46),                                               160] 

[87071/5000,                                                      5862680441794645*2^(‐45),                                                 0] 

[427334336632381556219/6127076924293382144,              160,                                                                0] 

2‐99 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
[ 238083438912827127943602680401244833403/1879436288300987963959490983755776000,                               
0,                                                                             0] 

[                          160,                                                                             0,                                                               0] 

The first column is all positive, and the system is STABLE. 

For the other section 

syms s 

G=(s+1)/(s*(s+2)*(s^2+2*s+2)) 

g=ilaplace(G) 

G = 

 (s+1)/s/(s+2)/(s^2+2*s+2) 

 g = 

 1/4‐1/2*exp(‐t)*cos(t)+1/4*exp(‐2*t) 

cltG=G/(1+G) 

cltG = 

(s+1)/s/(s+2)/(s^2+2*s+2)/(1+(s+1)/s/(s+2)/(s^2+2*s+2)) 

  

cltGsimp=simplify(cltG) 

cltGsimp = 

(s+1)/(s^4+4*s^3+6*s^2+5*s+1) 

Next type the denominator into ACSYS Routh‐Hurwitz program. 

2‐100 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 2 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
RH = 

  

[     1,     6,     1] 

[     4,     5,     0] 

[  19/4,     1,     0] 

[ 79/19,     0,     0] 

[     1,     0,     0] 

STABLE 

2‐101 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Chapter 3__________________________________________________________________________

3-1) a)

b)

c)

G H
d) Feedback ratio =

e)

3-2)

Characteristic equation: 1 2 1 0

Ö 3 2 1 0

3‐1 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3-3)

G 1

1 − G1 H 1

H2
G2

G1
1 − G1 H 1

G1G2 H2
G3 +
1 − G1 H 1 G2

1
1 1
1

3‐2 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3-4)

G2
1 + G 2 G3 H 3

+ G2
X G1 G3 Y
1 + G2G3 H 3 + G2 H 2
-

H1

3‐3 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
+ G1G2 G3
X Y
1 + G 2 G3 H 3 + G 2 H 2
-

H1
G3

3
3-5)

3‐4 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3-6) MATLAB

syms s 
G=[2/(s*(s+2)),10;5/s,1/(s+1)] 
H=[1,0;0,1] 
A=eye(2)+G*H 
B=inv(A) 
Clp=simplify(B*G) 

G=

[ 2/s/(s+2), 10]
[ 5/s, 1/(s+1)]

H=
1 0
0 1

A=

[ 1+2/s/(s+2), 10]
[ 5/s, 1+1/(s+1)]

B=

[ s*(s+2)/(s^2-48*s-48), -10/(s^2-48*s-48)*(s+1)*s]
[ -5/(s^2-48*s-48)*(s+1), (s^2+2*s+2)*(s+1)/(s+2)/(s^2-48*s-48)]

Clp =

[ -2*(24+25*s)/(s^2-48*s-48), 10/(s^2-48*s-48)*(s+1)*s]
[ 5/(s^2-48*s-48)*(s+1), -(49*s^2+148*s+98)/(s+2)/(s^2-48*s-48)]

3‐5 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3-7)

33-8)

3‐6 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3-9)

3
3-10)

3
3-11)

3‐7 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3-12)

3-13)

syms t 
f=100*(1‐0.33*exp(‐6*t)‐0
0.7*exp(‐10*t)) 
F=laplace(f) 
syms s 
F=eval(F)   
Gc=F*s 
M=30000 
syms K 
Olp=simplify(KK*Gc/M/s) 
Kt=0.15 
Clp= simplify(Olp/(1+Olp*KKt)) 
s=0 
Ess=eval(Clp) 
 
 
f = 
100‐30*exp(‐6 6*t)‐70*exp(‐‐10*t) 
  
F = 
80*(11*s+75)/s/(s+6)/(s+110) 
  
ans = 

3‐8 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
(880*s+6000)/s/(s+6)/(s+110) 
 
Gc = 
 (880*s+6000)/(s+6)/(s+100) 
 
M = 
       30000 
  
Olp = 
1/375*K*(11**s+75)/s/(s+66)/(s+10) 
 
Kt = 
    0.1500 
  
Clp = 
2
20/3*K*(11*s s+75)/(2500*s^3+40000*ss^2+150000*ss+11*K*s+75*K) 
 
s
s = 
     0 
  
E
Ess = 
2
20/3 

3
3-14)

3‐9 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

3-15)

‐1 ‐1
Note: If  G(s) = g(t), then  {e‐asG(s)} = u(t ‐ a) • g(t ‐ a) 

syms t s 
f=100*(1‐0.3*exp(‐6*(t‐0.5))) 
F=laplace(f)*exp(‐0.5*s) 
F=eval(F)   
Gc=F*s 
M=30000 
syms K 
Olp=simplify(K*Gc/M/s) 
Kt=0.15 
Clp= simplify(Olp/(1+Olp*Kt)) 
s=0 
Ess=eval(Clp) 
digits (2) 
Fsimp=simplify(expand(vpa(F))) 
Gcsimp=simplify(expand(vpa(Gc))) 
Olpsimp=simplify(expand(vpa(Olp))) 
Clpsimp=simplify(expand(vpa(Clp))) 
 
f = 
100‐30*exp(‐6*t+3) 
 
F = 
(100/s‐30*exp(3)/(s+6))*exp(‐1/2*s) 
 
F = 
(100/s‐2650113767660283/4398046511104/(s+6))*exp(‐1/2*s) 
 
Gc = 
(100/s‐2650113767660283/4398046511104/(s+6))*exp(‐1/2*s)*s 
   
M = 
       30000 
  
Olp = 
‐1/131941395333120000*K*(2210309116549883*s‐2638827906662400)/s/(s+6)*exp(‐1/2*s) 
 
Kt = 
    0.1500 
  
Clp = 

3‐10 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
2
20/3*K*(2210 03091165498 883*s‐263882 279066624000)*exp(‐1/2*s)/(‐87960930 022208000000*s^2‐
5
52776558133 324800000*s+ +2210309116 6549883*K*eexp(‐1/2*s)*s‐‐2638827906 6662400*K*exxp(‐1/2*s)) 
 
s = 
     0 
  
Ess = 
 2
20/3 
   
Fsimp = 
‐.10e3*exp(‐.550*s)*(5.*s‐6
6.)/s/(s+6.) 
  
Gcsimp = 
‐.10e3*exp(‐.550*s)*(5.*s‐6
6.)/(s+6.) 
  
Olpsimp = 
‐.10e‐2*K*exp p(‐.50*s)*(17
7.*s‐20.)/s/(s++6.) 
  
Clpsimp = 
 5
5.*K*exp(‐.50
0*s)*(15.*s‐117.)/(‐.44e4*ss^2‐.26e5*s+1
11.*K*exp(‐.550*s)*s‐13.*K
K*exp(‐.50*s))) 

3-16)

3‐11 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3-17)

3-18)

1
5 6 3 0.5
1
0.5
1
0.5 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

0.5 0.5
0.5 0.5

0.5
u1 0.5 z1
1
3
0.5
1/s -1 1/s 1/s x1 0.5
-6
0.5 0.5 x3 x2 0.5
1 -5
1.5 1
u2 0.5 0.5
-0.5 z2

3‐12 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3-19)

Ö
Ö

B1

B0 1/s 1 1/s
u y
x
-A1

-A0

3-20)

3‐13 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 

3
3-21)

3
3-22)

3‐14 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 

33-23)

3‐15 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3-24)

3
3-25)

3
3-26)

3
3-27)

3‐16 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 

33-28)

3‐17 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
33-29)

3‐18 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3-30) Use Mason’ss formula:

3-31) MATLAB

syms s K 
G=100//(s+1)/(s+5) 
g=ilaplace(G/s) 
H=K/s 
YN=simmplify(G/(1+G*H)) 
Yn=ilapplace(YN/s) 
 
G = 
 100/(ss+1)/(s+5) 
  
g = 
 ‐25*exxp(‐t)+5*expp(‐5*t)+20 
 
H = 
K/s 

3‐19 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
YN = 
  
100*s/(s^3+6*s^2+5*s+100*K) 
 
Apply Routh‐Hurwitz within Symbolic tool of ACSYS (see chapter 3) 
 

 
RH = 
  
[         1,         5] 
[         6,     100*k] 
[ ‐50/3*k+5,         0] 
[     100*k,         0] 
Stability requires: 0<k<3/10. 

   

3‐20 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3‐32) 

   

3‐21 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3‐33) M
MATLAB solu
utions are in
n 3‐34. 

 
 
3‐34) M
MATLAB 
clear all
p = [1
1 5 6 10] % Define polynomial
p s^3+5*s^2
2+6*s+10=0
roots(
(p)
G=tf(1
1,p)
step(G
G)

   

3‐22 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
p = 
     1     5     6    10 
 
ans = 
  ‐4.1337           
  ‐0.4331 + 1.4938i 
  ‐0.4331 ‐ 1.4938i 
Transfer function: 
          1 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s^3 + 5 s^2 + 6 s + 10 
 

3‐23 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Alternatively:
clear all
syms s
G=1/( s^3 + 5*s^2 + 6*s + 10)
y=ilaplace(G/s)
s=0
yfv=eval(G)

G =
1/(s^3+5*s^2+6*s+10)

y =
1/10+1/5660*sum((39*_alpha^2-91+160*_alpha)*exp(_alpha*t),_alpha =
RootOf(_Z^3+5*_Z^2+6*_Z+10))

s =
0

yfv =
0.1000
 
Problem finding the inverse Laplace. 
Use Toolbox 2‐5‐1 to find the partial fractions to better find inverse Laplace  
clear all
B=[1]
A = [1 5 6 10 0] % Define polynomial s*(s^3+5*s^2+6*s+10)=0
[r,p,k]=residue(B,A)

B =
1
A =
1 5 6 10 0

r =
-0.0152
-0.0424 + 0.0333i
-0.0424 - 0.0333i
0.1000
p =
-4.1337
-0.4331 + 1.4938i
-0.4331 - 1.4938i
0
k =
[] 
1 −0.0152 −0.0424 + 0.0333i −0.0424 - 0.0333i
So partial fraction of Y is: + + +  
s s − 4.1337 s − 0.4331 + 1.4938i s − 0.4331 - 1.4938i

3‐24 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3‐35) M
MATLAB solu
utions are in
n 3‐36. 

 
   

3‐25 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3‐36) 
clear all
p = [1 4 3 5 1] % Define polynomial s^4+4*s^3+3*s^2+5*s+1=0
roots(p)
G=tf(1,p)
step(G)

p =
1 4 3 5 1

ans =
-3.5286
-0.1251 + 1.1250i
-0.1251 - 1.1250i
-0.2212

Transfer function:
1
-----------------------------
s^4 + 4 s^3 + 3 s^2 + 5 s + 1

3‐26 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
Alternatively:
clear all
syms s t
G=1/(s^4+4*s^3+3*s^2+5*s+1)
y=ilaplace(G/s)
s=0
yfv=eval(G)

G =
1/(s^4+4*s^3+3*s^2+5*s+1)

y =
1-
1/14863*sum((3955*_alpha^3+16873+14656*_alpha^2+7281*_alpha)*exp(_alpha*t),_alp
ha = RootOf(_Z^4+4*_Z^3+3*_Z^2+5*_Z+1))

s =
0

yfv =
1

Problem finding the inverse Laplace. 
Use Toolbox 2‐5‐1 to find the partial fractions to better find inverse Laplace  
clear all
B=[1]
A = [1 4 3 5 1] % Define polynomial s^4+4*s^3+3*s^2+5*s+1=0
[r,p,k]=residue(B,A)

B =
1
A =
1 4 3 5 1

r =
-0.0235
-0.1068 + 0.0255i
-0.1068 - 0.0255i
0.2372

p =
-3.5286
-0.1251 + 1.1250i
-0.1251 - 1.1250i
-0.2212

k =
[]

3‐27 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chapter 3 Solution
ns  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 

3-37)

3-38) MATLAB
M
Use TFFcal in ACSY
YS (go to ACSYS foldeer and type in
n TFcal in th
he MATLAB
B Command
d
Windoow).
TFcal

3‐28 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

Alternatively use toolboxes 3-3-1 and 3-3-2


clear all
syms s
G1=100
G2=(s+1)/(s+2)
G3=10/s/(s+20)
G4=(101*s^3+2122*s^2+2040*s)/10/(s+1)
H1=1
H2=1
simplify(G1*G2*G3/(1+G1*G2*H1+G1*G2*H2+G1*G2*G3))

G1 =
100

G2 =
(s+1)/(s+2)

G3 =
10/s/(s+20)

G4 =
(101/10*s^3+1061/5*s^2+204*s)/(s+1)

H1 =
1

H2 =
1

ans =
1000*(s+1)/(201*s^3+4222*s^2+5040*s+1000)

clear all
TF=tf([1000 1000],[201 4222 5040 1000])
step(TF)

3‐29 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

3-39)
clear all
syms s
P1 = 2*s^6+9*s^5+15*s^4+25*s^3+25*s^2+14*s+6 % Define polynomial
P2 = s^6+8*s^5+23*s^4+36*s^3+38*s^2+28*s+16 % Define polynomial
solve(P1, s)
solve(P2, s)
collect(P2-P1)
collect(P2+P1)
collect((P1-P2)*P1)
P1 =
2*s^6+9*s^5+15*s^4+25*s^3+25*s^2+14*s+6

P2 =
s^6+8*s^5+23*s^4+36*s^3+38*s^2+28*s+16

ans =

3‐30 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
-1
-3
i*2^(1/2)
-i*2^(1/2)
-1/4+1/4*i*7^(1/2)
-1/4-1/4*i*7^(1/2)

ans =
-2
-4
i
-i
-1+i
-1-i

ans =

-s^6-s^5+8*s^4+11*s^3+13*s^2+14*s+10

ans =

3*s^6+17*s^5+38*s^4+61*s^3+63*s^2+42*s+22

ans =

-60+2*s^12+11*s^11+8*s^10-54*s^9-195*s^8-471*s^7-796*s^6-1006*s^5-1027*s^4-
848*s^3-524*s^2-224*s

Alternative:
clear all
P1 = [2 9 15 25 25 14 6] % Define polynomial
roots(P1)
P2 = [1 8 23 36 38 28 16] % Define polynomial
roots(P2)

P1 =
2 9 15 25 25 14 6

ans =
-3.0000
-0.0000 + 1.4142i
-0.0000 - 1.4142i
-1.0000
-0.2500 + 0.6614i
-0.2500 - 0.6614i

3‐31 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
P2 =
1 8 23 36 38 28 16

ans =

-4.0000
-2.0000
-1.0000 + 1.0000i
-1.0000 - 1.0000i
0.0000 + 1.0000i
0.0000 - 1.0000i

3-40)
clear all
syms s
P6 = (s+1)*(s^2+2)*(s+3)*(2*s^2+s+1) % Define polynomial
P7 = (s^2+1)*(s+2)*(s+4)*(s^2+s+1) % Define polynomial
digits(2)
vpa(solve(P6, s))
vpa(solve(P7, s))
collect(P6)
collect(P7)

P6 =
(s+3)*(s+1)*(2*s^2+s+1)*(s^2+2)

P7 =
(s^2+1)*(s+2)*(s+4)*(s^2+s+1)

ans = -1.
-3.
1.4*i
-1.4*i
-.25+.65*i
-.25-.65*i

ans = -2.
-4.
i
-1.*i
-.50+.85*i
-.50-.85*i

ans =
2*s^6+9*s^5+15*s^4+25*s^3+25*s^2+14*s+6

ans =
8+s^6+7*s^5+16*s^4+21*s^3+23*s^2+14*s

3‐32 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3‐41) 

Use Toolbox 2‐5‐1 to find the partial fractions  

clear all
B= conv(conv(conv([1 1],[1 0 2]),[1 4]),[1 10])
A= conv(conv(conv([1 0],[1 2]),[1 2 5]),[2 1 4])
[r,p,k]=residue(B,A)

B =
1 15 56 70 108 80

A =
2 9 26 45 46 40 0

r =
-1.0600 - 1.7467i
-1.0600 + 1.7467i
0.9600
-0.1700 + 0.7262i
-0.1700 - 0.7262i
2.0000

p =
-1.0000 + 2.0000i
-1.0000 - 2.0000i
-2.0000
-0.2500 + 1.3919i
-0.2500 - 1.3919i
0

k =
[]

3‐33 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
3‐42) Use toolbox 3‐3‐2 
 
clear all
B= conv(conv(conv([1 1],[1 0 2]),[1 4]),[1 10])
A= conv(conv(conv([1 0],[1 2]),[1 2 5]),[2 1 4])
G1=tf(B,A)
YR1=G1/(1+G1)
pole(YR1)

B = 
     1    15    56    70   108    80 
A = 
     2     9    26    45    46    40     0 
Transfer function: 
  s^5 + 15 s^4 + 56 s^3 + 70 s^2 + 108 s + 80 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
2 s^6 + 9 s^5 + 26 s^4 + 45 s^3 + 46 s^2 + 40 s 
Transfer function: 
2 s^11 + 39 s^10 + 273 s^9 + 1079 s^8 + 3023 s^7 + 6202 s^6 + 9854 s^5 + 12400 s^4   
                                                     + 11368 s^3 + 8000 s^2 + 3200 s 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
4 s^12 + 38 s^11 + 224 s^10 + 921 s^9 + 2749 s^8 + 6351 s^7 + 11339 s^6 + 16074 s^5  
                                         + 18116 s^4 + 15048 s^3 + 9600 s^2 + 3200 s 
ans = 
        0           
  ‐0.7852 + 3.2346i 
  ‐0.7852 ‐ 3.2346i 
  ‐2.5822           
  ‐1.0000 + 2.0000i 
  ‐1.0000 ‐ 2.0000i 
  ‐2.0000           
  ‐0.0340 + 1.3390i 
  ‐0.0340 ‐ 1.3390i 
  ‐0.2500 + 1.3919i 
  ‐0.2500 ‐ 1.3919i 
  ‐0.7794           

C= [1 12 47 60]
D= [4 28 83 135 126 62 12]
G2=tf(D,C)
YR2=G2/(1+G2)
pole(YR2)
C =
1 12 47 60

3‐34 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
D =
4 28 83 135 126 62 12

Transfer function:
4 s^6 + 28 s^5 + 83 s^4 + 135 s^3 + 126 s^2 + 62 s + 12
-------------------------------------------------------
s^3 + 12 s^2 + 47 s + 60

Transfer function:

4 s^9+76 s^8+607 s^7+2687 s^6+7327 s^5+12899 s^4+14778 s^3+10618 s^2


+ 4284 s + 720
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 s^9+76 s^8+607 s^7+2688 s^6+7351 s^5+13137 s^4+16026 s^3+14267 s^2+9924
s+4320

ans =

-5.0000
-4.0000
0.0716 + 0.9974i
0.0716 - 0.9974i
-1.4265 + 1.3355i
-1.4265 - 1.3355i
-3.0000
-2.1451 + 0.3366i
-2.1451 - 0.3366i

3-43) Use Toolbox 3-3-1


G3=G1+G2
G4=G1-G2
G5=G4/G3
G6=G4/(G1*G2)

G3=G1+G2
G4=G1-G2
G5=G4/G3
G6=G4/(G1*G2)

Transfer function:

8 s^12 + 92 s^11 + 522 s^10 + 1925 s^9 + 5070 s^8 + 9978 s^7 + 15154 s^6 +
18427 s^5

+ 18778 s^4 + 16458 s^3 + 13268 s^2 + 10720 s +


4800

3‐35 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 s^9 + 33 s^8 + 228 s^7 + 900 s^6 + 2348 s^5 + 4267 s^4 + 5342 s^3 + 4640 s^2

+
2400 s

Transfer function:

-8 s^12 - 92 s^11 - 522 s^10 - 1925 s^9 - 5068 s^8 - 9924 s^7 - 14588 s^6

- 15413 s^5 - 9818 s^4 - 406 s^3 + 7204 s^2 + 9760 s +


4800

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 s^9 + 33 s^8 + 228 s^7 + 900 s^6 + 2348 s^5 + 4267 s^4 + 5342 s^3 + 4640 s^2

+
2400 s

Transfer function:

-16 s^21 - 448 s^20 - 5904 s^19 - 49252 s^18 - 294261 s^17 - 1.346e006 s^16

- 4.906e006 s^15 - 1.461e007 s^14 - 3.613e007 s^13 - 7.482e007 s^12

- 1.3e008 s^11 - 1.883e008 s^10 - 2.234e008 s^9 - 2.078e008 s^8 -


1.339e008 s^7

- 2.674e007 s^6 + 6.595e007 s^5 + 1.051e008 s^4 + 8.822e007 s^3 +


4.57e007 s^2

+
1.152e007 s

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 s^21 + 448 s^20 + 5904 s^19 + 49252 s^18 + 294265 s^17 + 1.346e006 s^16

+ 4.909e006 s^15 + 1.465e007 s^14 + 3.643e007 s^13 + 7.648e007 s^12

+ 1.369e008 s^11 + 2.105e008 s^10 + 2.803e008 s^9 + 3.26e008 s^8 +


3.343e008 s^7

+ 3.054e008 s^6 + 2.493e008 s^5 + 1.788e008 s^4 + 1.072e008 s^3 +


4.8e007 s^2

3‐36 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 3 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
+
1.152e007 s

Transfer function:

-16 s^21 - 448 s^20 - 5904 s^19 - 49252 s^18 - 294261 s^17 - 1.346e006 s^16

- 4.906e006 s^15 - 1.461e007 s^14 - 3.613e007 s^13 - 7.482e007 s^12

- 1.3e008 s^11 - 1.883e008 s^10 - 2.234e008 s^9 - 2.078e008 s^8 -


1.339e008 s^7

- 2.674e007 s^6 + 6.595e007 s^5 + 1.051e008 s^4 + 8.822e007 s^3 +


4.57e007 s^2

+
1.152e007 s

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 s^20 + 308 s^19 + 5270 s^18 + 54111 s^17 + 379254 s^16 + 1.955e006 s^15

+ 7.778e006 s^14 + 2.471e007 s^13 + 6.416e007 s^12 + 1.383e008 s^11

+ 2.504e008 s^10 + 3.822e008 s^9 + 4.919e008 s^8 + 5.305e008 s^7 +


4.73e008 s^6

+ 3.404e008 s^5 + 1.899e008 s^4 + 7.643e007 s^3 + 1.947e007 s^2 +


2.304e006 s

3‐37 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Chapter 4__________________________________________________________________________

4-1) When the mass is added to spring, then the spring will stretch from position O to position L.

The total potential energy is:

1
2
where y is a displacement from equilibrium position L.

The gravitational energy is:

The kinetic energy of the mass-spring system is calculated by:

1
2

As we know that , then

By differentiating from above equation, we have:

0
since KL = mg, therefore:
0

As y cannot be zero because of vibration, then 0

4‐1 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

4-2)

KU

KL

4-3) a) Rotational kinetic energy:

Translational kinetic energy:

Relation between translational displacement and rotational displacement:

1
2

Potential energy:

As we know , then:

4‐2 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

1 1 1
2 2 2

By differentiating, we have:
0

Since cannot be zero, then 0

b)

c)

1 1 1
2 2 2

where at the maximum energy.

1 1
2 2
Then:

1 1
2 2
Or:

4‐3 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

J
d) G (s) =  
(ms + K )
2

% select values of m, J and K


%Step input
K=10;
J=10;
M=1;
G=tf([10],[1 0 10])
step(G,10)
xlabel( 'Time(sec)');
ylabel('Amplitude');

Transfer function: 
   10 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s^2 + 10 
 

4‐4 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

4-44) 

   (a)  Force equaations: 

⎛ dy1 − dy2 ⎞ + K y − y
2
d y1 dy1
f (t ) = M 1 + B1 + B3 ⎜ ⎟ ( 1 2)
dt
2
dt ⎝ dt dt ⎠
            
⎛ d 2⎞
2
dy1 dy d y2 dy2
B3 ⎜ − ⎟ + K ( y1 − y2 ) + M 2 2 + B2
⎝ dt ddt ⎠ dt dt

      Rearraange the equattions as follows: 

2
d y1 (B + B3 ) dy1 B3 dyy 2 K f
2
=− 1
+ − (y 1
− y2 ) +
dt M1 dt M 1 dt
d M1 M1
          
2
d y2 B3 dy1 (B + B3 ) dy2 K
2
= − 2
+ (y1
− y2 )
dt M 2 dt M2 dtt M2

     (i)  Staate diagram:  SSince  y1 − y 2  appears as one
a  unit, the minimum number of integrators is three. 

4‐5 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

dy 2 dy1
           State equations:  Define the state variables as  x1 = y1 − y 2 , x 2 = , x3 = . 
dt dt

dx1 dx2 K (B + B3 ) B3 dx3 K B3 (B + B3 ) 1


  = − x2 + x3 = x1 − 2
x2 + x3 =− x1 + x2 − 1
x3 + f  
dt dt M2 M2 M2 dt M1 M1 M1 M

dy 2 dy1
  (ii)  State variables:   x1 = y 2 , x 2 = , x3 = y1 , x 4 = . 
dt dt

           State equations: 

dx1 dx 2 K B2 + B3 K B3
      = x2 =− x1 − x2 + x3 + x4  
dt dt M2 M2 M2 M2

dx3 dx 4 K B3 K B1 + B3 1
      = x4 = x1 + x2 − x3 − x4 + f 
dt dt M1 M1 M1 M1 M1

    State diagram: 

    Transfer functions: 

M 2 s + ( B2 + B3 ) s + K
2
Y1 ( s )
=
F (s) {
s M 1 M 2 s + [( B1 + B3 ) M 2 + ( B2 + B3 ) M 1 ] s + [ K ( M 1 + M 2 ) + B1 B2 + B2 B3 + B1 B3 ] s + ( B1 + B2 ) K
3 2
}
   
Y2 ( s ) B3 s + K
=
F (s) {
s M 1 M 2 s + [ ( B1 + B3 ) M 2 + ( B2 + B3 ) M 1 ] s + [ K ( M 1 + M 2 ) + B1 B2 + B2 B3 + B1 B3 ] s + ( B1 + B2 ) K
3 2
}
             (b)  Force equations: 

4‐6 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

2
d y1 (B + B2 ) dy1 B2 dy 2 1 dy2 dy1 K
    2
=− 1
+ + f = − y2  
dt M dt M dt M dt dt B2

       (i)  State diagram: 

             
Define the outputs 
of the integrators 
as state variables, 
dy
x1 = y 2 , x 2 = 1
dt

               
 
State equations: 

dx1 K dx 2 K B1 1
    =− x1 + x 2 =− x1 − x2 + f 
dt B2 dt M M M

dy1
       (ii) State equations:  State variables:   x1 = y 2 , x 2 = y1 , x3 = . 
dt

dx1 K dx 2 dx3 K B1 1
    =− x1 + x3 = x3 =− x1 − x3 + f 
dt B2 dt dt M M M

             

           Transfer functions: 

Y1 ( s) B2 s + K Y2 ( s ) B2
  = =  
F ( s ) s ⎡⎣ MB2 s + ( B1 B2 + KM ) s + ( B1 + B2 ) K ⎤⎦
2
F (s) MB2 s + ( B1 B2 + KM ) s + ( B1 + B2 ) K
2

  (c)   Force equations: 

dy1 dy2 1
2
d y2 (B + B2 ) dy2 B1 dy2 B1 dy1 K
    = + f 2
=− 1
+ + − y2  
dt dt B1 dt M dt M dt M dt M

           (i)  State diagram: 

4‐7 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

     

    State equatio
ons:  Define thee outputs of integrators as sttate variables.

dx1 dxx 2 K B2 1
      = x2 =− x1 − x2 + f
dt d
dt M M M

dy 2
         (ii)  State equations:  state variaables:   x1 = y1 , x 2 = y 2 , x3 = . 
dt

dx1 1 dx 2 dxx3 K B2 1
    = x3 + f = x3 =− x2 − x3 + f
dt B1 dt d
dt M M M

    State diagram
m: 

    Transfer funcctions: 

Ms + ( B1 + B2 ) s + K
2
Y1 ( s ) Y2 ( s ) 1
    = =  
F (s) (
B1 s Ms + B2 s + K
2
) F (s) Ms + B2 s + K
2

4-55)

4‐8 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

   (a)  Force equaations: 
2
1 d y2 B dy 2 K1 + K 2 K2
         y1 = ( f + Mg ) + y 2 2
=− − y2 + y1 
K2 dt M dt M M

            Staate diagram: 

            
Staate equations:  
Deffine the state 
varriables as:  
dy
x1 = y 2 , x 2 = 2
d
dt

     
 
dx1 d 2
dx K1 B 1
= x2 =− x1 − x2 + ( f + Mg )  
dtt dt M M M

           Transfer function
ns: 

2
Y1 ( s ) s + Bs + K1 + K 2 Y2 ( s ) 1
      = 2
= 2
 
F ( s) K 2 ( Ms + Bs + K1 ) F ( s) Mss + Bs + K1

  (b)  Forcce equations: 

⎛ dy1 − dy2 ⎞ + K1 y − y − B2 y − y − B2 dy2  


2
dy1 1 dy 2 K1 d y2 B1
  = [ f (t ) + Mg ] + − (y − y2 ) = ⎜ ⎟ ( 1 2) ( 1 2)
M ⎝ dt dt ⎠ M
1 2
dt B1 dt B1 dt M M dt

          Statte diagram:  (W
With minimum number of inttegrators) 

4‐9 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

         To obtain the transsfer functions Y1 ( s ) / F ( s ) and Y2 ( s ) / F ( s ),  we need to redefine the sttate variables aas: 

  x1 = y 2 , x 2 = dy 2 / dtt , and x3 = y1 .  

          Statte diagram: 

    Transfer funcctions: 

Ms + ( B1 + B2 ) s + K1 Bs + K1
2
Y1 ( s ) Y2 ( s )
    = =  
F (s) s
2
[ MB
M s + (B B
1 1 2
+ MK1 )] F (s) s
2
[ MB
M s + (B B
1 1 2
+ MK1 )]

4-66) a)

y1
y2
K ( y1 − y 2 )
m K ( y1 − y 2 ) M F

μmgy& 2 μMgy&1

b) From Newtton’s Law:

If y1 and y2 are considerred as a posiition and v1 and


a v2 as vellocity variabbles

Then:

The output equation cann be the veloocity of the engine,


e whicch means

4‐10 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

c)

Obtaining requires solving above equation with respect to Y2(s)

From the first equation:

Substituting into the second equation:

By solving above equation:

1
2

d)

0 0 1 0
0 0 0 1 0
0
0 1

0 0

0001 0

4-7) (a)  Force equations: 

⎛ dy1 − dy2 ⎞ ⎛ dy1 − dy2 ⎞ = M d y2 + B dy2  


2

       f (t ) = K h ( y1 − y2 ) + Bh ⎜ ⎟ K h ( y1 − y 2 ) + Bh ⎜ ⎟
⎝ dt dt ⎠ ⎝ dt dt ⎠ 2 t
dt dt

dy 2
           (b)  State variables:    x1 = y1 − y 2 , x 2 =  
dt

4‐11 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

              State equations: 

dx1 Kh 1 dx 2 Bt 1
       =− x1 + f (t ) =− x2 + f (t )  
dt Bh Bh dt M M

4-8)

α2
α1

For the left pendulum:

sin

sin sin cos sin sin cos

Ö 0
Ö sin sin sin cos

For the right pendulum, we can write the same equation:

sin sin sin cos

since the angles are small:

sin
cos 1 0
Ö Ö
sin 0
cos 1

4-9) a)

4‐12 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Fy

θ m
x(t) Fx

mg
M
f
θ

b) If we consider the coordinate of centre of gravity of mass m as (xg, yg),

Then sin and cos

From force balance, we have:

Ö cos sin
From the torque balance, we have:
cos sin sin
Where:
cos
cos sin
Substituting these equation:
cos sin

4-10) a)

4‐13 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Fy1 Fy 2

Fx1 Fx 2

m1 g
m2 g

θ1 θ2

b) Kinetic energy

(i) For lower pendulum:

1 1
sin cos
2 2

For upper pendulum:

1 1
sin cos
2 2

For the cart:

(ii) Potential energy:

For lower pendulum: cos

For upper pendulum: cos

For the cart: 0

(iii) Total kinetic energy:

Total potential energy:

4‐14 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

The Lagrangian equation of motion is:

Substituting T and U into the Lagrangian equation of motion gives:

cos cos sin sin


cos sin
cos sin

4-11) a) From the Lagrangian equation of motion:

sin 0

b) As:

Then

sin 0

If we linearize the equation about beam angle α = 0, then sinα ≈ α and sinθ ≈ θ

Then:

4‐15 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

c) Considering

Then the state-space equation is described as:

0
0 1
0 0

mgd
d) G ( s) =  
( s L( J / r 2 + m))
2

clear all
% select values of m, d, r, and J
%Step input
g=10;
J=10;
M=1;
D=0.5;
R=1;
L=5;
G=tf([M*g*D],[L*(J/R^2+M) 0 0])
step(G,10)
xlabel( 'Time(sec)');
ylabel('Amplitude');

Transfer function:
5
------
55 s^2

4‐16 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

4-12) If the aircraft is at a constant altitude and velocity, and also the change in pitch angle does not
change the speed, then from longitudinal equation, the motion in vertical plane can be written as:

sin

cos

Where u is axial velocity, ω is vertical velocity, q is pitch rate, and θ is pitch angle.

Converting the Cartesian components with polar inertial components and replace x, y, z by T, D,
and L. Then we have:

1
cos sin
1
sin cos

Where α = θ – γ is an attack angle, V is velocity, and γ is flight path angle.

4‐17 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

It should be mentioned that T, D, L and M are function of variables α and V.

Refer to the aircraft dynamics textbooks, the state equations can be written as:

b) The Laplace transform of the system is:

By using Laplace transform, we have:

1
2
3

From equation (1):

Substituting in equation (2) and solving for q(s):

Substituting above expression in equation (3) gives:

If we consider sin , then

By using Laplace transform:

Which gives:

4‐18 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

For plotting
g state flow diagram, equation
u (4) muust be rewritten as:

or

S the state flow diagram


So, m will plotteed as:

ml 1/Ms 1 1/s
u y
x
-B/M

-K

Also look at seection 4-11

4-113) (a)   Torque equation:      State d
diagram: 
2
d θ B dθ 1
        2
=− + T (t )  
dt J dt J

       State equations: 

dx1 dx 2 B 1
        = x2 =− x2 + T   
dt dt J J

       Transsfer function: 

Θ( s ) 1
        =  
T ( s) s( Js + B )

          (b)   Torque equations: 

d θ1 dθ 2
2
K 1
        2
=− (θ 1
− θ2 ) + T K (θ 1 − θ 2 ) = B  
dt J J dt

       State diagram:  (minimum numbeer of integratorrs) 

4‐19 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

      State equations: 

dx1 K dx 2 K 1
        =− x1 + x 2 =− x1 + T 
dt B dt J J

dθ 1
      State equations:  Let  x1 = θ 2 , x 2 = θ 1 , and x3 = . 
dt

dx1 K K dx 2 dx3 K K 1
        =− x1 + x2 = x3 = x1 − x2 + T 
dt B B dt dt J J J

      State diagram: 

          Tran
nsfer functionss: 

Θ1 ( s ) B +K
Bs Θ2 ( s) K
            = =  
T (s) (
s BJs + JKs + BK
2
) T (s) (
s BJs + JK
2
Ks + BK )
  (c)  Torqque equationss: 

d θ1 d θ2
2 2

           T (t ) = J 1 2
+ K (θ 1 − θ 2 ) K (θ 1 − θ 2 ) = J 2 2
dt dt

          Statte diagram: 

4‐20 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

dθ 2 dθ 1
  e equations: sttate variables::    x1 = θ 2 , x 2 =
       State , x3 = θ 1 , x 4 = . 
dt d
dt

dx1 dx 2 K K d 3
dx d 4
dx K K 1
    = x2 =− x1 + x3 = x4 = x1 − x3 + T 
dt dt J2 J2 dt dt J1 J1 J1

  nsfer functionss: 
       Tran

Θ1 ( s ) J2s + K Θ2 ( s)
2
K
    = =  
s ⎡⎣ J 1 J 2 s + K ( J 1 + J 2 ) ⎤⎦ s ⎡⎣ J 1 J 2 s + K ( J 1 + J 2 ) ⎤⎦
2 2 2 2
T (s) T (s)

  (d)  Torque equationss: 

d θm d θ1 d θ2
2 2 2

            T (t ) = J m 2
+ K1 (θ m − θ 1 ) + K 2 (θ m − θ 2 ) K1 (θ m − θ 1 ) = J 1 2
K 2 (θ m − θ 2 ) = J 2 2
  
dt dt dt

           

4‐21 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

 State diiagram:   

 
dθ 1 dθ m dθ 2
ons:   x1 = θ m − θ 1 , x 2 =
 State equatio , x3 = , x 4 = θ m − θ 2 , x5 = . 
dtt dt dt

dx1 dx 2 K1 dx3 K1 K2 1 dx 4 dx5 K2


    = − x 2 + x3 = x1 =− x1 − x4 + T = x3 − x5 = x4  
dt dt J1 dt Jm Jm Jm dt dtt J2

    Transfer funcctions: 

Θ1 ( s ) K1 ( J 2 s + K 2 )
2

=
s ⎣⎡ s + ( K1 J 2 J m + K 2 J 1 J m + K1 J 1 J 2 + K 2 J 1 J 2 ) s + K1 K 2 ( J m + J 1 + J 2 ) ⎤⎦
2 4 2
T (s)
     
Θ2 (s) K 2 ( J 1 s + K1 )
2

=
s ⎡⎣ s + ( K1 J 2 J m + K 2 J 1 J m + K1 J 1 J 2 + K 2 J 1 J 2 ) s + K1 K 2 ( J m + J 1 + J 2 ) ⎤⎦
2 4 2
T (s)

  (e)  Torqque equationss: 

d 2θ m K1 K2 1 d θ1
2
K1 B1 dθ 1 d θ2
2
K2 B2 dθ 2
 
2
=− (θ m − θ1 ) − (θ m − θ 2 ) + T = (θ m
− θ1 ) − 2
= (θ m
− θ1 ) −
dt Jm Jm Jm d
dt
2
J1 J 1 dt dt J2 J 2 dt

         State diagram
m: 

4‐22 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

dθ 1 dθ m dθ 2
                SState variabless:   x1 = θ m − θ 1 , x 2 = , x3 = , x 4 = θ m − θ 2 , x5 = . 
dt dt dt

      State equatio
ons: 
dx1 dx 2 K1 B dx3 K1 K2 1 dx4 dx5 K2 B2
  = − x 2 + x3 = x1 − 1 x 2 =− x1 − x4 + T = x3 − x 5 = x4 − x5
dt dt J1 J1 dt Jm Jm Jm dt dt J2 J2

    Transfer funcctions: 

   
Θ1 ( s )
=
(
K1 J 2 s + B2 s + K 2
2
) Θ2 (s)
=
(
K 2 J 1 s + B1 s + K1
2
)
T (s) Δ(s) T (s) Δ(s)

Δ ( s ) = s { J 1 J 2 J m s + J m ( B1 + B2 ) s + [( K1 J 2 + K 2 J 1 ) J m + ( K1 + K 2 ) J 1 J 2 + B1 B2 J m ] s
2 4 3 2

     
+ [( B1 K 2 + B2 K1 ) J m + B1 K 2 J 2 + B2 K1 J 1 ] s + K1 K 2 ( J m + J 1 + J 2 )}

4-114)    

d θ1 d θ3
2 2
N1 N3 N1
Tm (t ) = J m 2
+ T1 T1 = T2 T3 = T4 T4 = J L 2
T2 = T3 θ2 = θ1
dt N2 N4 dt N2
(a))       
N1 N 3 N3 N3 d θ3
2
d θ1
2

N1 N 3 ⎡ N1 N 3 ⎤ ⎤ d 2θ 1
2

θ3 = θ1 T2 = T4 = JL Tm = J m + T4
= ⎢ m ⎢
J + ⎥ JL ⎥ 2
⎢⎣ ⎣ N 2 N 4 ⎦ ⎥⎦ dt
2 2
N2 N4 N4 N4 dt dt N2 N4

         

4‐23 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

(b) 

d θ1 d θ2 d θ3
2 2 2
N1 N3
Tm = J m 2
+ T1 T2 = J 2 2
+ T3 T4 = ( J 3 + J L ) 2
T1 = T2 T3 = T4
dt dt dt N2 N4
       
d θ2 d θ2 d θ3
2 2 2
N1 N1 N 3 N3 N3
θ2 = θ1 θ3 = θ1 T2 = J 2 2
+ T4 = J 2 2
+ (J 3
+ JL ) 2
N2 N2 N4 dt N4 dt N4 dt

d θ1
2
N1 ⎛ ⎡ ⎛ N1 ⎞
d θ2
2
2
⎛ N1 N 3 ⎞
N3
2
⎤ d 2θ1 d θ3 ⎞
2

      Tm (t ) = J m 2 + ⎜ J 2 2 + ( J 3 + J 4 ) 2 ⎟ = ⎢ J m + ⎜ ⎟ J 2 + ⎜ ⎟ ( J 3 + J L ) ⎥ dt 2  
dt N2 ⎝ dt N4 dt ⎠ ⎣⎢ ⎝ N2 ⎠ ⎝ N2 N4 ⎠ ⎦⎥

4-15) (a) 
2 2
d θm d θL N1
        Tm = J m 2
+ T1 T2 = J L 2
+ TL T1 = T2 = nT2 θ m N1 = θ L N 2  
dt dt N2

d θm d θL ⎛ J m + nJ ⎞ α + nT nTm − n TL
2 2 2

        Tm = J m + nJ L + nTL = ⎜ L ⎟
Thus, α L =  
⎝ n ⎠
L L
Jm + n JL
2 2 2
dt dt

∂α L J mTL Jm
       Set  
∂n
= 0. (Tm ( 2
)
− 2 nTL ) J m + n J L − 2 nJ L nTm − n J L = 0     Or,    n + ( 2
) 2
n− = 0 
J LTm JL

      
2 2 2
∗ J mTL J mTL + 4 J m J LTm
  Optimal gear ratio:  n =− +     where the + sign has been chosen. 
2 J LTm 2 J LTm

           

 (b)   When  TL = 0 , the optimal gear ratio is 


          n = Jm / J L  

4-16)   (a)  Torque equation about the motor shaft:   Relation between linear and rotational displacements: 

2 2
d θm 2 d θm dθ m
       Tm = J m 2
+ Mr 2
+ Bm         y = rθ m  
dt dt dt

           (b)  Taking the Laplace transform of the equations in part (a), with zero initial conditions, we have 

           Tm ( s ) = J m + Mr ( 2
)s Θ 2
m
( s ) + Bm sΘ m ( s ) Y (s) = rΘm (s)  

4‐24 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

                    Transffer function: 

Y ( s) r
      =
Tm ( s ) (
s ⎡⎣ J m + Mr
r
)s + B m
⎤⎦

4-117)   (a) 

d θm
2

       Tm = J m 2
+ r ( T1 − T2 ) T1 = K 2 ( rθ m − rθ p ) = K 2 ( rθ m − y ) T2 = K1 ( y − rθ m )  
dt

d θm
2 2 2
d y d y
         T1 − T2 = M 2
us, Tm = J m
Thu 2
+ r ( K1 + K 2 )( rθ m − y ) M 2
= ( K1 + K 2 )( rθ m − y )  
dt dtt dt

            (c)  State equations: 

dx1 dx2 K1 + K 2 dx3 − r ( K1 + K 2 ) 1


         = rx3 − x2 = x1 = x1 + Tm  
dt dt M dt Jm Jm

            (d)  Transfer function: 

Y ( s) r ( K1 + K 2 )
      =  
s ⎡⎣ J m Ms + ( K1 + K 2 )(( J m + rM ) ⎤⎦
2 2
Tm ( s )

             (e)  Charaacteristic equaation: 

            s
2
⎡⎣ J m Ms 2 + ( K1 + K 2 )( J m + rM ) ⎤⎦ = 0  

4-118) (a)  Systeem equations: 

4‐25 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

dω m dia
         Tm = K i ia = ( J m + J L ) + Bmω m ea = Ra ia + La + K bω m y = nθ m y = y ( t − TD )  
dt dt

d
         TD = (sec) e = r −b b = Ks y E a ( s ) = KGc ( s ) E ( s )  
V

       Blockk diagram: 

  (b)  Forw
ward‐path transfer function
n: 

− TD s
Y (s) KK i nGc ( s )e
            =  
E (s) s {( Ra + La s ) [( J m + J L ) s + Bm ] + K b K i }

          Clossed‐loop transsfer function: 

− TD s
Y ( s) KK
K i nGc ( s )e
            =  
s ( Ra + La s ) [ ( J m + J L ) s + Bm ] + K b K i s + KGc ( s ) K i ne
− TD s
R(s)

4-119) (a)  Torquue equations: 

d θm dθ m d θL dθ L
2 2

         Tm (t ) = J m 2
+ Bm + K (θ m − θ L ) K (θ m − θ L ) = J L 2
+ BL  
dt dt dt dt

       

  State diagram: 

4‐26 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

            (b)  Transsfer functions: 

Θ L ( s) Θm (s) J L s + BL s + K
2
K
                 = = Δ ( s ) = s ⎡⎣ J m J L s + ( Bm J L + BL J m ) s + ( KJ m + KJ L + Bm BL ) s + Bm K ⎤⎦  
3 2

Tm ( s ) Δ(s) Tm ( s ) Δ( s)

             (c)  Charaacteristic equaation:        Δ( s ) = 0  

Tm
dy‐state perforrmance:     Tm ( t ) = Tm = constant.
              (d)  Stead t Tm ( s ) = . 
s

J L s + BL s + K
2
1
         lim ω m (t ) = lim sΩ m ( s ) = lim =  
J m J L s + ( Bm J L + BL J m ) s + ( KJ
K m + KJ L + Bm BL ) s + Bm K
3 2
t →∞ s →0 s →0 Bm

         Thuss, in the steadyy state, ω m = ω L . 

  (e)  Thee steady‐state vvalues of ω m and
a ω L  do not depend on  J m and J L . 

4-220)   (a)  Torqque equation:  (About the ceenter of gravityy C) 
2
d θ
           J 2
= Ts d 2 sin δ + Fd d1 Fa d1 = J α α 1 = K F d1θ sin δ ≅ δ  
dt
2 2
d θ d θ
         Thuss,   J 2
= Ts d 2δ + K F d1θ J 2
− K F d1θ = Ts d 2δ  
dt dt
2
             (b)   Js Θ ( s ) − K F d1Θ ( s ) = Ts d 2 Δ ( s )  

            (c)   With
h C and P intercchanged, the torque equation about C is: 

dθ dθ
2 2

      Ts ( d1 + d 2 ) δ + Fα d 2 = J 2
Ts ( d1 + d 2 ) δ + K F d 2θ = J 2
 
dt dt

4‐27 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Θ( s ) Ts ( d1 + d 2 )
               Js Θ ( s ) − K F d 2 Θ ( s ) = Ts ( d1 + d 2 ) Δ ( s ) =
2
             
Δ(s) Js − K F d 2
2

4-21)   (a)  Nonlinear differential equations: 
dx ( t ) dv ( t )
            = v(t ) = − k ( v ) − g ( x ) + f ( t ) = − Bv ( t ) + f ( t )  
dt dt

e( t ) e( t 0
        With  Ra = 0 ,   φ ( t ) = = K f i f ( t ) = K f i f ( t ) = K f ia ( t ) Then, ia ( t ) =  
Kb v ( t ) Kb K f v ( t )

2
Ki e ( t ) dv ( t ) Ki 2
         f ( t ) = Kiφ ( t )ia ( t ) = 2 2
. Thus, = − Bv ( t ) + 2 2
e (t )  
Kb K f v (t ) dt Kb K f v (t )

            (b)  State equations:   ia ( t )  as input. 

dx ( t ) dv ( t ) 2
        = v (t ) = − Bv ( t ) + Ki K f ia ( t )  
dt dt

             (c)  State equations:  φ ( t )  as input. 

2 φ (t )
f ( t ) = K i K f ia ( t ) ia ( t ) = i f ( t ) =
Kf
         
dx ( t ) dv ( t ) Ki 2
= v (t ) = − Bv ( t ) + φ (t )
dt dt Kf

4‐28 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

4-22) Define as the angle between mass m and the horizontal axis (positive in c..c.w. direction):

θ=ωt ym

Use Newton’s second law:

y + &&
m( && ym ) = − Fm
( M − m) &&
y = Fm − By& − Ky
ym = −eω 2 sin ωt
&&

My&& + By& + Ky = meω 2 sin ωt

Where M is the Mass of the overall block system. M-m is the mass of the block alone.

Y meω 2
G ( s) = =
R Ms 2 + Bs + K
Zero i.c. and input r (t ) = sin ωt

Note θ = ωt . So in case of a step response as asked in the question, ω is a step input and angle θ increases
with time – i.e. it is a ramp function. Hence, ym is a sinusoidal function, where the Laplace transform of a
ω
sine function is sin(ωt ) = 2
s + ω2

Pick values of the parameters and run MATLAB. See toolbox 5-8-2
clear all
m=20.5 %kg
M=60 %kg
K=100000 %N/m
Om=157 %rad/s
B=60 %N-m/s
e=0.15 %m
G=tf([m*e*Om^2],[M B K])
t=0:0.01:1;
u=1*sin(Om*t);
lsim(G,u,t)
xlabel( 'Time(sec)');
ylabel('Amplitude');

4‐29 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

m =
20.5000

M =
60

K =
100000

Om =
157

B =
60

e =
0.1500

Transfer function:
7.58e004
----------------------
60 s^2 + 60 s + 100000

4‐30 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

4-23) a) summation of vertical forces gives:

2 1
0 2

If we consider and , then:

2
0

The state-space model is:

0 0 1 0
0 0 0 1 0
2 0
0 0 1

0 0 0

b)

By applying Laplace transform for equations (1) and (2), we obtain:

Which gives:

and

Therefore:

2 2

4-24) a) Summation of vertical forces gives:

Consider and , then

4‐31 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

So, the state-space model of the system is:


0 0 1 0
0 0 0 1 0
0
1

b) The Laplace transform of the system is defined by:

where

as a result:

Substituting into above equation:

4-25) a) According to the circuit:

0
2 2
0
2 2
0
2 2
By using Laplace transform we have:

4‐32 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

V s V s V s V s
CsV s 0
2R 2R
Cs V s Cs
V s V s V s V s 0
2 R 2
Cs V s V s
V s V s 0
2 2R
From above equations:

1
V s V s V s
2 RCS 1
RCS
V s V s V s
2 RCS 1

Substituting V1(s) and V2(s) into preceding equations, we obtain:

1
4 1

b) Measuring Vout requires a load resistor, which means:

i1 i2 RL
Vin VC1 VC 2

Then we have:

When

If RL >>R, then

4‐33 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

By using Laplace transform we have:

Therefore:

can be obtained by substituting above expressions into the first equation of the state variables
of the system.

4-26) a) The charge q is related to the voltage across the plate:

The force fv produced by electric field is:

2
Since the electric force is opposes the motion of the plates, then the equation of the motion is written
as:

The equations for the electric circuit are:

As we know, and , then:

4‐34 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Since , then :

b) As then

If 1

Then the transfer function is:

4‐35 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

If 1

Then the transfer function is:

4-27) a) The free body diagram is:

where F is required force for holding the core in the equilibrium point against magnetic
field

b) The current of inductor, i, and the force, F, are function of flux, Φ, and displacement, x.

Also, we know that

4‐36 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

The total magnetic field is:

,
2

where W is a function of electrical and mechanical power exerted to the inductor, so:

∂W Φ
i
∂Φ L x
∂W Φ
F
∂x 2L x

As v = , then:

1
2
c) Changing the flux requires a sinusoidal movement, and then we can conclude that:

if the inductance is changing relatively, then L(x) = Lx, where L is constant.

Also, the current is changing with the rate of changes in displacement. It means:

i Bx

So:

Substituting these equations into the state-space equations gives:

1
2
Therefore:

V s 2
tan ω 1
F s B

4‐37 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

4-28) a) The free body diagram is:

where F is the external force required for holding the plate in the equilibrium point against the
electrical field.

b) The voltage of capacitors, , and the force, , are function of charge, , and displacement, .

Also, we know

The total electrical force between plates is:

,
2

Where W is a function of electrical and mechanical power exerted to the capacitor, so:

As , then:

1
2
c) The same as Problem 4.28,

Consider:

Then solve the equations.

4‐38 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

4-29) According to the circuit:


_ _

or

As an op-amp is modeled with the following equation:


_
1
Then:

1
1 1
1

4-30) a) Positive feedback ratio:

b) Negative feedback ratio:

c) According to the circuit:

Therefore:

4‐39 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

As
10
1
then:

10
1
1

which gives:

1
10 1 10

It is stable when 1 10 0 which means: 10

4-31) a) If the drop voltage of Rin is called v1

Then:

Also:
0

Then:

Substituting this expression into the above equation gives:

1
1 0

As a result:

4‐40 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

1 1
1

Or
1

b) If the dropped voltage across resistor Rf is called vf, then


0

0
As a result:

Substituting into the second equation gives:

or

As a result:
1
1

4-32) The heat flow-in changes with respect to the electric power as:

where R is the resistor of the heater.

The heat flow-out can be defined as:

where Kf is the heat flow coefficient between actuator and air, T1 and T2 are temperature of
actuator and ambient.

4‐41 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Since the temperature changes with the differences in heat flows:

1 1 1

where C is the thermal capacitor.

The displacement of actuator is changing proportionally with the temperature differences:

If we consider the T2 is a constant for using inside a room, then

Therefore:

By linearizing the right hand side of the equation around point


1
2 1

Or

2 1

If we consider the right hand side of the above equation as two inputs to the system as: 2
and 1 or , then:

2
1

4-33) Due to insulation, there is no heat flow through the walls. The heat flow through the sides is:

4‐42 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

2
, 1
ln
2
, 2
ln

Where T1 and T2 are the temperature at the surface of each cylinder.

As , , , then from equation (1) and (2), we obtain:

ln
, 3
2

The conduction or convection at:

: 4
: 5

: 6

The thermal capacitance dynamics gives:

, 7

Where

According to the equation (7) and (8), T1 and Tf are state variables.

Substituting equation (3), (4), (5) and (6) into equation (7) and (8) gives the model of the system.

4-34) As heat transfer from power supply to enclosure by radiation and conduction, then:

2
1 1 1 1

4‐43 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Also the enclosure loses heat to the air through its top. So:

Where

And Ct is the convective heat transfer coefficient and At is the surface area of the enclosure.

The changes if the temperature of heat sink is supposed to be zero, then:

Therefore where , as a result:

According to the equations (1) and (4), Tp and Te are state variables. The state model of the system
is given by substituting equations (2), (3), and (6) into these equations give.

4-35) If the temperature of fluid B and A at the entrance and exit are supposed to be and , and
TAN and TAX, respectively. Then:

1
2

The thermal fluid capacitance gives:

From thermal conductivity:

5
ln
1 1
2

4‐44 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

Where Ci and Co arre convectivve heat transffer coefficiennt of the inner and outerr tube; Ai andd Ao are
the surfface of innerr and outer tuube; Ri and Ro are the raadius of inneer and outer tube.
t

Substittuting equations (1), (2), and (5) intoo equations (3) and (4) giives the statee model of thhe
system
m.

4-336) (a)  Blockk diagram: 

            (b)  Transfer function: 

−τ D s
Ω( s ) K1 K 4 e
      =
Js + ( JK L + B ) s + K 2 B + K 3 K 4 e
−τ D s
α ( s)
2

            (c)  Characteristic equattion: 

Js + ( JK L + B ) s + K 2 B + K 3 K 4 e
−τ D s
= 0 
2
     

            (d)  Transfer function: 

Ω( s ) K1 K 4 ( 2 − τ D s )
        ≅    
α (s) Δ( s)

        Charaacteristic equaation:            

Δ ( s ) ≅ J τ D s + ( 2 J + JK 2τ D + Bτ D ) s + ( 2 JK 2 + 2 B − τ D K 2 B − τ D K 3 K 4 ) s + 2 ( K 2 B + K 3 K 4 ) = 0
3 2
    

4-337) The tottal potential energy is:

1 1
2 2
The tottal kinetic en
nergy is:

4‐45 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Therefore:

2
As a result:
2

So, the natural frequency of the system is calculated by:

Also, by assuming sin and substituting into yields the same result
when calculated for maximum displacement.

4-38) If the height of the reservoir, the surge tank and the storage tank are assumed to be H, h1 and h2,
then potential energy of reservoir and storage tank are:

For the pipeline we have:

The surge tank dynamics can be written as:

At the turbine generator, we have:

where I is a known input and Q2-v is the fluid flow transfer between point 2 and valve. The
behaviour of the valve in this system can be written as:

4‐46 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

| |

Regarding Newton’s Law:

According to above equations, it is concluded that Q and h1 are state variables of the system.

The state equations can be rewritten by substituting P2, Pv, Ps and Q2-v from other equations.

4-39)

If the beam rotate around small angle of α cos 1 , then

where A and E are cross sectional area and elasticity of the cable; H is the distance between point
O and the bottom of well, and y is the displacement.

On the other hand, Newton’s Law gives:

4‐47 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Pa Aω

Bv 2

Pb Aω

where B is the viscous friction coefficient, Aw is the cross sectional area of the well; P1 and P2 are
pressures above and below the mass m.

The dynamic for the well can be written as two pipes separating by mass m:

Pb Aω

Ps Aω

Q
Q y
Ff

Pa Aω P1 Aω
a b)

0
8
0

Where D is the distance between point O and ground, Ps is the pressure at the surface and known.
If the diameter of the well is assumed to be r, the Ff for the laminar flow is

32

Therefore:

4‐48 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

32

32

The state variables of the system are ω, v, y, Q, Q1.

4-40) For the hydraulic amplifier, we have:

As a result

where N is a constant and A is the cross sectional area.

For the walking beam:

For the spring:

The angular velocity of the lever is assumed as:

0 0

The moments of inertia of the lever are calculated as:

sin
cos sin
cos
0
cos sin

where L is the length of lever and r is the offset from the center of rotation.

According to the equation of angular motion:

4‐49 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Also:

sin cos
2
Due to force balance, we can write:

sin sin
2
Therefore can be calculated form above equations.

On the other hand, sin , and and , the dynamic of the system is:

where B is the viscous friction coefficient, and n1 and n2 are constant.

The state variables of the systems are α ,yp, ω and ω2.

4‐50 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

4-41) If the capacitances of the tanks are assumed to be C1 and C2 respectively, then

Therefore:
1

Asa result:
1 1 1
0
1 1
0

4-42) The equation of motion is:

Considering gives:

or

4-43) (a)  Block diagram: 
 

4‐51 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

           (b)  Transffer function: 

TAO ( s ) KM KR 3.51
      = =  
Tr ( s ) (1 + τ s )((1 + τ s ) + K
c s m
KR 20 s + 122 s + 4.51
2

4-444)

Sysstem equations: 

d θm dθ m d θL dθ L
2 2

  Tm (t ) = J m 2
+ Bm + K (θ m − θ L ) K (θ m − θ L ) = J L 2
+ Bp  
dt dt dt d
dt

Eθ L
uation:      eo =
          Output equ  
20π

     State diiagram: 

  Transferr 
fun
nction: 

   
 
ΘL (s) K
=
s ⎡⎣ J m J L s + ( Bm J L + B p J m ) s + ( J m K + J L K + Bm B p ) s + Bm K ⎤⎦
3 2
Tm ( s )
Eo ( s ) KE / 20π
=
s ⎡⎣ J m J L s + ( Bm J L + B p J m ) s + ( J m K + J L K + Bm B p ) s + Bm K ⎤⎦
3 2
Tm ( s )

4-445)    (a)  Statte equations: 
dθ L dω L K2 K2 dθ t dω t K1 K1
         =ωL = θm − θL = ωt = θm − θt 
dt dtt JL JL dt dtt Jt Jt

4‐52 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

dθ m dω m Bm (K + K2 ) K1 K2 1
         = ωm =− ωm − 1
θm + θt + θL + Tm  
dt dtt Jm Jm Jm Jm Jm

         (b)  State ddiagram: 

   

            (c)  Transffer functions: 

          
Θ L (s)
=
(
K 2 J t s + K1
2
) Θt ( s)
=
(
K1 J L s + K 2
2
) Θm (s)
=
J t J L s + ( K1 J L + K 2 J t ) s + K1 K 2
4 2

 
Tm ( s ) Δ(s) Tm ( s ) Δ(s) Tm ( s ) Δ(s)

Δ ( s ) = s[ J m J L s + Bm J L J t s + ( K1 J L J t + K 2 J L J t + K1 J m J L + K 2 J m J t ) s
5 4 3

       
+ Bm J L ( K1 + K 2 ) s + K1 K 2 ( J L + J t + J m ) s + Bm K1 K 2 ] = 0
2

            (d)  Charaacteristic equattion:  Δ s ) = 0 . 
Δ(

4-446)

         (a)  Transffer function: 

Ec ( s ) 1 + R2 Cs
        G(s) = =  
E (s) 1 + ( R1 + R2 ) Cs

          (b)  Block diagram: 

4‐53 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

           (c)  Forward‐path transfer function: 

Ωm (s) K (1 + R2 Cs )
        =  
E (s) [1 + ( R 1
+ R2 ) Cs ] ( K b K i + Ra J L s )

              (d)  Closed‐loop transfer function: 

Ωm (s) K φ K (1 + R2 Cs )
      =  
Fr ( s ) [1 + ( R 1
+ R2 ) Cs ] ( K b K i + Ra J L s ) + K φ KK e N (1 + R2 Cs )

Ec ( s ) (1 + R Cs )
  (e)      Gc ( s ) = = 2
 
E (s) R1Cs

     

Forward‐path transfer function: 

Ωm (s) K (1 + R2 Cs )
        =  
E (s) R1Cs ( K b K i + Ra J L s )

          Closed‐loop transfer function: 

Ωm (s) K φ K (1 + R2 Cs )
      =  
Fr ( s ) R1Cs ( K b K i + Ra J L s ) + K φ KK e N (1 + R2 Cs )

Ke = 36 pulses / rev = 36 / 2π pulses / rad = 5.73 pulses / rad.


               (f)   f r = 120 pulses / sec ω m = 200 RPM = 200(2π / 60 ) rad / sec  
f ω = NK eω m = 120 pulses / sec = N ( 36 / 2π ) 200(2π / 60 ) = 120 N pulses / sec

         Thus, N = 1.  For  ω m = 1800 RPM, 120 = N ( 36 / 2π )1800(2π / 60) = 1080 N . Thus, N = 9. 

4-47) If the incremental encoder provides a pulse at every edge transition in the two signals of channels
A and B, then the output frequency is increased to four times of input frequency.

4-48)   (a)   

−1 ⎛ K H (s) ⎞ − K1 ⎛ H i (s) ⎞
⎜ 1 + K1 H e ( s ) + 1 i ⎟ ⎜ H e (s) + ⎟
Ωm (s) B + Js ⎝ Ra + La s ⎠ B + Js ⎝ Ra + La s ⎠
                   = ≅ =0 
TL ( s ) ωr =0
Δ( s) Δ(s)

  Thus, 

4‐54 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

H i (s) H i (s)
      H e (s) = − = − ( Ra + La s )  
Ra + La s H e (s)

K1 K i
Ωm ( s) (R + La s )( B + Js )
             (b)      = a
 
Ωr (s) TL = 0
Δ( s)

K1 K b K1 H i ( s ) K1 K i K b H e ( s )
Δ ( s ) = 1 + K1 H e ( s ) + + +
(R a
+ La s )( B + Js ) Ra + La s (R a
+ La s )( ( B + Js )
          
K1 K b K1 K i
= 1+ +
(R a
+ La s )( B + Js ) (R a
+ La s )( B + Js )

Ωm (s) K1 K i 1
           = ≅  
Ωr ( s) TL = 0
(R a
+ La s )( B + Js ) + K i K b + K1 K i K b H e ( s ) Kb H e (s)

4-49) (a)  Cause‐and‐effect equations:  θe = θ r −θ o e = K sθ e ea = Ke  

dia Ra 1
=− ia + (e a
− eb ) Tm = K i ia
dt La La
d θm Bm dθ m
2
1 nK L Tm
          2
=− + Tm − ( nθ m
− θo ) T2 = θ 2 = nθ m  
dt J m dt J Jm n
d θo
2
KL
2
= (θ 2
− θo )
dt JL

       State variables:      x1 = θ o , x 2 = ω o , x3 = θ m , x 4 = ω m , x5 = ia  

       State equations: 

dx1 dx 2 KL nK L dx3
= x2 =− x1 + x3 = x4
dt dt JL JL dt
           
2
dx 4 nK L n KL Bm Ki dx5 KK s Kb Ra KK s
=− x1 − x3 − x4 + x5 =− x1 − x4 − x5 + θr
dt Jm Jm Jm Jm dt La La La La

            (b)  State diagram: 

4‐55 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

  (c)  Forw
ward‐path tran
nsfer function: 

Θo ( s) KK s K i nK L
=
           Θ e ( s )
4 3
(
s ⎡⎣ J m J L La s + J L ( Ra J m + Bm J m + Bm La ) s + n K L La J L + K L J m La + Bm Ra J L s +  
2
) 2

(n R K J
2
a L L )
+ Ra K L J m + Bm K L La s + K i K b K L + Ra Bm K L ⎤⎦

          Clossed‐loop transsfer function: 

Θo ( s) KK s K i nK L
=
           Θ r ( s )
5 4
(
J m J L La s + J L ( Ra J m + Bm J m + Bm La ) s + n K L La J L + K L J m La + Bm Ra J L s +          
2
) 3

(n R K J
2
a L L )
+ Ra K L J m + Bm K L La s + ( K i K b K L + Ra Bm K L ) s + nKK s K i K L
2

   (d)   K L = ∞, θ o = θ 2 = nθ m . J L is reflected to motor side so J T = J m + n 2 J L .  

           

 Staate equations:: 

dω m Bm Ki dθ m dia Ra KK s KK s Kb
            =− ωm + ia = ωm =− ia + θr − nθ m − ωm 
dtt JT JT dt dt La La La La

           State diagram: 

4‐56 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

           Forrward‐path traansfer function
n: 

Θo ( s ) KK s K i n
              =
Θe ( s) s ⎡⎣ J T La s + ( Ra J T + Bm La ) s + Ra Bm + K i K b ⎤⎦
2

           Closed‐loop transsfer function: 

Θo ( s) KK s K i n
               =  
Θr (s) J T La s + ( Ra J T + Bm La ) s + ( Ra Bm + K i K b ) s + KK s K i n
3 2

                From paart (c), when  K L = ∞, all the terms withoutt K L in Θ o ( s ) / Θ e ( s ) and Θ o ( s ) / Θ r ( s ) cann be neglectedd. 

   The sam
me results as ab
bove are obtained. 

4-550) (a)  System equations: 

dv dia dis dis dia


  f = K i ia = M T + BT v ea = Ra ia + ( La + Las ) − Las + eb 0 = Rs is + ( Ls + Las ) − Las  
dt dt dt dt dt

             (b)  Take the Laplace traansform on bo
oth sides of thee last three equ
uations, with zero initial cond
ditions, we havve 

K i I a ( s ) = ( M T s + BT ) V ( s ) Ea ( s ) = [ Ra + ( La + Las ) s ] I a ( s ) − Las sI s ( s ) + K bV ( s )
     
0 = − Las sI a ( s ) + [ Rs + s ( Ls + Las )] I s ( s )

         Rearrranging these equations, wee get 

Ki V (s) Ki
V (s) = I a (s) Y (s) = = I a (s)
M T s + BT s s ( M T s + BT )
     
1 Las s
I a (s) = [E ( s ) + Las sI s ( s ) − K bV ( s ) ] I s (s) = I a (s)
Ra + ( La + Las ) s Ra + ( La + Las ) s
a

        

diagram: 
  Block d

4‐57 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

  (c)  Trannsfer function:: 

Y (s) K i [ Rs + ( Ls + Las ) s ]
  =
s [ Ra + ( La + Las ) s ] [ Rs + ( Ls + Las ) s ] ( M T s + BT ) + K i K b [ Rs + ( La + Las ) s ] − Las s (M s + BT )
2 2
Ea ( s ) T

4-551) (a)  Causee‐and‐effect eqquations: 

ea − eb
θe = θr −θL e = K sθ e K s = 1 V/rrad ea = Ke ia =
Ra
      
dω m 1 Bm KL dω L KL
Tm = K i ia = Tm − ω− (θ m
−θL ) = (θ m
−θL ) eb = K bω m
dt
d Jm Jm Jm dt JL

15.5
          Kb = 15.5 V / KRPM = = 0.148 V / rad / sec  
1000 × 2π / 60

          Statte equations: 

dθ L dω L KL KL dθ m dω m Bm KL 1 Ki
  = ωL = θm − θL = ωm =− ωm − θL + ( KK θs e
− K bω m )  
dt dt JL JL dt dt Jm Jm J m Ra

  (b)  Statte diagram: 

  (c)  Forw
ward‐path tran
nsfer function: 

K i KK
Ks KL
           G(ss ) =             
s ⎡⎣ J m J L Ra s + ( Bm Ra + K i K b ) J L s + Ra K L ( J L + J m ) s + K L ( Bm Ra + K i K b ) ⎤⎦
3 2

4‐58 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

J m Ra J L = 0.03 × 115
. × 0.05 = 0.001725 Bm Ra J L = 10 × 115
. × 0.05 = 0.575 Ki Kb J L = 21 × 0.148 × 0.05 = 0.1554  

  Ra K L J L = 115
. × 50000 × 0.05 = 2875 Ra K L J m = 115
. × 50000 × 0.03 = 1725 Ki KK s K L = 21 × 1 × 50000 K = 1050000 K  

  K L ( Bm Ra + K i K b ) = 50000(10 × 1.15 + 21 × 0.148) = 730400  

608.7 × 10 K
6

      G(s) =  
(
s s + 423.42 s + 2.6667 × 10 s + 4.2342 × 10
3 2 6 8
)
  (d)  Closed‐loop transfer function:    
ΘL (s) G(s) K i KK s K L
                      M ( s ) = = =  
Θr ( s) 1 + G(s) J m J L Ra s + ( Bm Ra + K i K b ) J L s + Ra K L ( J L + J m ) s + K L ( Bm Ra + K i K b ) s + K i KK s K L
4 3 2

8
6.087 × 10 K
    M ( s) = 4 3 6 2 8 8
 
s + 423.42 s + 2.6667 × 10 s + 4.2342 × 10 s + 6.087 × 10 K

           Characteristic equation roots: 

K =1 K = 2738 K = 5476
s = −1.45 s = ± j1000 s = 405 ± j1223.4
     
s = −159.88 s = −2117
. ± j1273.5 s = −617.22 ± j1275
s = −13105
. ± j1614.6

4-52)   (a)  Nonlinear differential equations: 
dx ( t ) dv ( t )
            = v(t ) = − k ( v ) − g ( x ) + f ( t ) = − Bv ( t ) + f ( t )  
dt dt
e( t ) e( t 0
        With  Ra = 0 ,   φ ( t ) = = K f i f ( t ) = K f i f ( t ) = K f ia ( t ) Then, ia ( t ) =  
Kb v ( t ) Kb K f v ( t )

2
Ki e ( t ) dv ( t ) Ki 2
         f ( t ) = Kiφ ( t )ia ( t ) = 2 2
. Thus, = − Bv ( t ) + 2 2
e (t )  
Kb K f v (t ) dt Kb K f v (t )

            (b)  State equations:   ia ( t )  as input. 

dx ( t ) dv ( t ) 2
        = v (t ) = − Bv ( t ) + Ki K f ia ( t )  
dt dt

             (c)  State equations:  φ ( t )  as input. 

4‐59 
 
Automatic Conttrol Systems, 9th Edition   Chapteer 4 Solutionss    Golnarraghi, Kuo 

2 φ (t )
f ( t ) = K i K f ia ( t ) ia ( t ) = i f ( t ) =
Kf
         
dx ( t ) dv ( t ) Ki 2
= v (t ) = − Bv ( t ) + φ (t )
dt dt Kf

4-553)   (a)  Diffeerential equations: 

d θm dθ m ⎛ dθ m − dθ L ⎞  
2

      K i ia = J m + Bm + K (θ m − θ L ) + B ⎜ ⎟
dt
2
dt ⎝ dt
d dt ⎠

⎛ dθ m − dθ L ⎞ = ⎛ J d θ L + B dθ L ⎞
2

      K (θ m − θ L ) + B ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ L 2 ⎟ + TL  
⎝ dt dt ⎠ ⎝
L
dt dt ⎠

             (b)  Take the Laplace traansform of thee differential eq
quations with zero initial con
nditions, we geet 

( )
K i I a ( s ) = J m s + Bm s + Bs + K Θ m ( s ) + ( Bs + K ) Θ L ( s )
2

                        
( Bs + K ) Θ m ( )
( s ) − ( Bs + K ) Θ L ( s ) = J L s + BL sΘ L ( s ) + TL ( s)
2
s

  a Θ L ( s )  from the last two
      Solving for  Θ m ( s ) and o equations, wee have 

Ki Bs + K
Θm (s) = I a (s) + Θ L (s)
J m s + ( Bm + B ) s + K J m s + ( Bm + B ) s + K
2 2

       
Bss + K TL ( s )
Θ L (s) = Θm (s) −
J L s + ( BL + B ) s + K J L s + ( BL + B ) s + K
2 2

        Signaal flow graph: 

4‐60 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

  (c)  Transfer matrix: 

⎡Θm (s) ⎤ 1 ⎡ K i ⎡⎣ J L s + ( BL + B ) s + K ⎤⎦ Bs + K ⎤ ⎡ I a (s) ⎤


2

    ⎢ Θ (s) ⎥ = Δ (s) ⎢ K i ( Bs + K )
⎥⎢ ⎥ 
J m s + ( Bm + B ) s + K ⎦ ⎣ −TL ( s ) ⎦
⎣ L ⎦ ⎣
2
o

         Δ o ( s ) = J L J m s + [ J L ( Bm + B ) + J m ( BL + B )] s + [ BL Bm + ( BL + BM ) B + ( J m + J L ) K ] s + K ( BL + B ) s  
3 3 2
 

4-54) As can be estimated by:

1 2
2
1 2
2
Therefore:

2
2 1 1

As a result:
Poles: , ,

zeros:

4-55) By approximating :

1
2
1
2
a)
1
2
1 1
2
Therefore:
1
2
1 1
2

4‐61 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

b)

1 1
2 2 2 4
1 1
2
3 2
2 2 1 2 1 4 1 2
2 1
4 4
2 1

4-56) MATLAB

clear all 
L=1 
T=0.1 
G1=tf([‐1/2 1],conv([0.1 1],[1/2 1])) 
figure(1) 
step(G1) 
G2=tf([‐1 ‐1 4 4], conv (conv ([1 2],[1 2]),conv([1 1],[1 1]))) 
figure(2) 
step(G2) 
 
L = 
     1 
 
T = 
    0.1000 
  
Transfer function: 
     ‐0.5 s + 1 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
0.05 s^2 + 0.6 s + 1 
  
Transfer function: 
     ‐s^3 ‐ s^2 + 4 s + 4 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s^4 + 6 s^3 + 13 s^2 + 12 s + 4 

4‐62 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

⎡ L⎤
4-57) 4‐23  (a)  Differential equations:   ⎢ L ( y ) =  
⎣ y ⎥⎦

d L ( y )i ( t ) dL( y ) dy ( t ) L di ( t ) L dy ( t ) L di ( t )
        e ( t ) = Ri ( t ) + = Ri ( t ) + i ( t ) + = Ri ( t ) − 2
i(t ) +  
dt dy dt y dt y dt y dt
2 2
Ki ( t ) di ( t ) dy ( t ) d y(t )
         My ( t ) = Mg − 2
At equilibrium, = 0, = 0, 2
= 0 
y (t ) dt dt dt

4‐63 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Eeq dy eq Eeq K
        Thus,    ieq = =0 yeq =  
R dt R Mg

dy
            (b)  Define the state variables as    x1 = i, x 2 = y, and x3 = . 
dt

Eeq Eeq K
        Then,  x1eq = x 2eq = x3eq = 0  
R R Mg

         The differential equations are written in state equation form: 

2
dx1 R x1 x3 x2 dx 2 dx3 K x1
          =− x1 x 2 + + e = f1 = x3 = f 2 = g− 2
= f3 
dt L x2 L dt dt M x2

  (c)  Linearization: 

∂f1 R x3eq Eeq K ∂f1 R x1 x3 Eeq ∂f1 x1eq Mg


             =− x 2eq + =− =− x1eq − 2
+ =0 = =    
∂x1 L x 2eq L Mg ∂x 2 L x2 L ∂x 3 x 2eq K

∂f1 x 2 eq 1 K Eeq ∂f 2 ∂f 2 ∂f 2 ∂f 2
           = = =0 =0 =1 = 0 
∂e L L Mg R ∂x1 ∂x 2 ∂x 3 ∂e

2
∂f 3 2 K x1eq 2 Rg ∂f 3 2 K x1eq 2 Rg Mg ∂f 3
            =− 2
=− = 3
= = 0 
∂x1 M x 2 eq Eeq ∂x 2 M x 2eq Eeq K ∂e

∗ ∗
           The linearized state equations about the equilibrium point are written as:     Δx& = A Δx + B Δe  

⎡ Eeq K Mg ⎤ ⎡ Eeq K ⎤
⎢− 0 ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ L Mg K ⎥
⎢ RL Mg ⎥
A =⎢ 0 ⎥ B =⎢ ⎥ 
∗ ∗
      0 0 0
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ 2 Rg 2 Rg Mg ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥
⎢ − E 0 ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ eq
Eeq K ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

4-58)

(a)  Differential equations: 
2 2
d y1 ( t ) dy1 ( t ) Ki ( t ) 2 1
      M1 2
= M1 g − B − 2
+ Ki ( t ) 2
 
dt dt y1 ( t ) y 2 ( t ) − y1 ( t )

4‐64 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

2 2
d y2 (t ) 2 dy 2 ( t ) Ki ( t )
      M2 2
= M2 g − B − 2
 
dt dt y 2 ( t ) − y1 ( t )

dy1 dy 2
        Define the state variables as   x1 = y1 , x 2 = , x3 = y 2 , x 4 = . 
dt dt

        The state equations are: 

2 2 2
dx1 dx2 Ki Ki dx3 dx4 Ki
    = x2 M1 = M 1 g − Bx2 − + = x4 M2 = M 2 g − Bx4 −  
dt dt x1
2
(x 3
− x1 )
2
dt dt (x 3
− x1 )
2

dx1 dx 2 dx3 dx 4
       At equilibrium,  = 0, = 0, = 0, = 0. Thus, x 2eq = 0 and x 4 eq = 0. 
dt dt dt dt
2 2 2
KI KI KI
      M1g − + =0 M2g − = 0   
X1
2
(X 3
− X1 )
2
(X 3
− X1 )
2

       Solving for I, with  X 1 = 1, we have 

⎛ ( M1 + M 2 ) g ⎞  
1/ 2
⎛ M + M2 ⎞
1/ 2

      Y2 = X 3 = 1 + ⎜ 1 ⎟ I =⎜ ⎟
⎝ M2 ⎠ ⎝ K ⎠

  (b)  Nonlinear state equations: 
2 2
dx1 dx2 B K Ki dx3 dx4 B Ki
= x2 =g− x2 − i + = x4 =g− x4 −
2
                    
M 1 ( x3 − x1 ) M 2 ( x3 − x1 )
2 2 2
dt dt M1 M 1 x1 dt dt M2

    

  (c)  Linearization: 

∂ f1 ∂ f1 ∂ f1 ∂ f1 ∂ f1
=0 =0 =0 =0 =0
∂ x1 ∂ x2 ∂ x3 ∂ x4 ∂i
          
∂ f2 ∂ f2 ∂ f2 −2 KI ∂ f2
2 2 2
2 KI 2 KI B
= + =− = =0
∂ x1 M1 ( X 3 − X1 ) ∂ x2 ∂ x3 M1 ( X 3 − X1 ) ∂ x4
3 3 3
M 1 x1 M1

∂ f2 2 KI⎛ −1 1 ⎞ ∂ f3 ∂ f3 ∂ f3 ∂ f3 ∂ f3
         = ⎜ 2+ 2 ⎟
=0 =0 =0 =1 =0 
∂i M1 ⎝ X1 ( X 3 − X1 ) ⎠ ∂ x1 ∂ x2 ∂ x3 ∂ x4 ∂i

∂ f4 −2 KI ∂ f4 ∂ f4 ∂ f4 ∂ f4 −2 KI
2 2
2 KI B
        = =0 = =− =  
∂ x1 M 2 ( X 3 − X1 ) ∂ x2 ∂ x3 M 2 ( X 3 − X1 ) ∂ x4 ∂i M 2 ( X 3 − X1 )
3 3 2
M2

            Linearized state equations:    M1 = 2, M 2 = 1, g = 32.2, B = 0.1, K = 1. 

4‐65 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

1/ 2
⎛ 32.2(1 + 2) ⎞ X = 96.6 X = 9.8285 X
        I = ⎜ X1 =
1
= 1 
  ⎟
⎝ ⎠
1 1 1
1 9.8285

  ( )
        X 3 = 1 + 1 + 2 X 1 = 2.732 X 1 = Y2 = 2.732 X 3 − X 1 = 1.732  

⎡ 0 1 0 0 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 2 KI ⎛⎜ 1 + ⎞ −B −2 KI ⎡ 0 0 ⎤
2 2
1 1 0
3 ⎟
0 ⎥
⎢ M1 ⎝ X1 ( X 3 − X1 ) ⎠
3
M1 M1 ( X 3 − X1 )
3
⎥ ⎢ 115.2 −0.05 −18.59 0 ⎥
          A = ⎢

⎥ = ⎢ ⎥ 
⎢ 0 0 0 1 ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 0 1 ⎥
⎢ ⎢ ⎥
−2 KI − B ⎥ ⎣ −37.18 0 37.18 −0.1⎦
2 2
2 KI
⎢ 0 ⎥
⎢⎣ M 2 ( X 3 − X1 ) M 2 ( X 3 − X1 ) M 2 ⎥⎦
3 3

⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
⎢ 2 KI ⎛⎜ −1 + 1 ⎞⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ M 1 ⎝ X 12 ( X 3 − X 1 )2 ⎟⎠ ⎥ ⎢ −6.552 ⎥
⎥=⎢ ⎥ 

           B = ⎢
⎢ 0 ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥
⎢ −2 KI ⎥ ⎣ −6.552 ⎥⎦

⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ M 2 ( X 3 − X1 ) ⎦⎥
2

4-59) a)

F3
θ
F1 F2

b) The equation of the translational motion is:

4‐66 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

The equation of rotational motion is:

where

Also, the relation between rotational and translational motion defines:

Therefore, substituting above expression into the first equation gives:

2
The resulted state space equations are:
2
2

c) According to generalized elements:


1) Viscous friction can be replaced by a resistor where R = B
2) Spring can be replaced by a capacitor where
3) Mass M and m can be replaced by two inductors where and . Then the
angular velocity is measured as a voltage of the inductor L2
4) The gear will be replaced by a transformer with the ratio of
5) The term Mg is also replaced by an input voltage of

4‐67 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

4-60) As the base is not moving then the model can be reduced to:

Therefore:

1) As , they can be replaced by a inductor with L = m


2) Friction B can be replaced by a resistor where R = B
3) Spring can be replaced by a capacitor where
4) The force F is replaced by a current source where Is = F

4-61)

V2

| |

A
C
ρg

4‐68 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

4-62) Recall Eq. (4-324)

Z (s) −1
= 2
&&
Y ( s ) s + 2ζω n s + ω n 2

ω = 1,
Set Y&&( s ) = impulse , pick n for simplicity.
ς =1

clear all
G=tf([-1],[1 2 1])
figure(1)
impulse(G)

Transfer function:
-1
-------------
s^2 + 2 s + 1

4‐69 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 4 Solutions     Golnaraghi, Kuo 

4-63)

Use Eq. (4-329).

Kmr
Ra
Z (s) = Va ( s )
⎛ La ⎞ 2 K m Kb
⎜ s + 1⎟ ( Js + Bs + K ) + s
⎝ Ra ⎠ Ra
⎛ La ⎞
⎜ s + 1⎟ r
− ⎝ Ra ⎠ mrY&&( s )
⎛ La ⎞ 2 K m Kb
⎜ s + 1⎟ ( Js + Bs + K ) + s
R
⎝ a ⎠ R a

La
For =0 (very small) the format of the equation is similar to Eq. (4-324), and we expect the same
Ra
Kmr
Ra
response for the disturbance input. Except, Z ( s ) = Va ( s ) can be used to reduce the
K K
( Js + Bs + K ) + m b s
2

Ra
effects of disturbance. See Chapter 6.

4‐70 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Chapter 5

5‐1  (a)  ζ ≥ 0.707 ω n ≥ 2 rad / sec         (b)   0 ≤ ζ ≤ 0.707 ω n ≤ 2 rad / sec  

   
 

       (c)  ζ ≤ 0.5 1 ≤ ω n ≤ 5 rad / sec         (d)   0.5 ≤ ζ ≤ 0.707 ω n ≤ 0.5 rad / sec  

 
 

5‐2  (a)  Type 0              (b)  Type 0            (c)  Type 1            (d)  Type 2            (e)  Type 3            (f)  Type 3 

(g) type 2 (h) type 1

 
2
5‐3  (a)   K p = lim G ( s ) = 1000     K v = lim sG ( s ) = 0     K a = lim s G ( s ) = 0  
s→ 0 s→ 0 s→ 0

 
2
       (b)   K p = lim G ( s ) = ∞     K v = lim sG ( s ) = 1    K a = lim s G ( s ) = 0  
s→ 0 s→ 0 s→ 0

5‐1 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

 
2
       (c)   K p = lim G ( s ) = ∞     K v = lim sG ( s ) = K     K a = lim s G ( s ) = 0  
s→ 0 s→ 0 s→ 0

 
2
       (d)   K p = lim G ( s ) = ∞     K v = lim sG ( s ) = ∞     K a = lim s G ( s ) = 1 
s→ 0 s→ 0 s→ 0

 
2
       (e)   K p = lim G ( s ) = ∞     K v = lim sG ( s ) = 1    K a = lim s G ( s ) = 0  
s→ 0 s→ 0 s→ 0

2
       (f)   K p = lim G ( s ) = ∞     K v = lim sG ( s ) = ∞     K a = lim s G ( s ) = K  
s→ 0 s→ 0 s→ 0

5‐4  (a)   Input         Error Constants     Steady‐state Error   

          ________________________________________________________________________________ 

        u s ( t )                  K p = 1000                    1 1001 

       tu s ( t )                   K v = 0              ∞ 

     ∞ 
2
    t us (t ) / 2                 K a = 0        

         (b)      Input         Error Constants      Steady‐state Error 

          ________________________________________________________________________________ 

        u s ( t )                   K p = ∞                    0 

       tu s ( t )                    K v = 1                          1 

      ∞ 
2
    t us (t ) / 2                  K a = 0        

          (c)   Input          Error Constants        Steady‐state Error 

          ________________________________________________________________________________ 

        u s ( t )                     K p = ∞                0 

5‐2 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

       tu s ( t )                       K v = K                     1/ K  

       ∞ 
2
    t us (t ) / 2                    K a = 0        

    The above results are valid if the value of K corresponds to a stable closed‐loop system. 

          (d)   The closed‐loop system is unstable. It is meaningless to conduct a steady‐state error analysis. 

           (e)       Input           Error Constants         Steady‐state Error 

           ________________________________________________________________________________ 

        u s ( t )         K p = ∞                0 

       tu s ( t )         K v = 1                1 

        ∞ 
2
    t us (t ) / 2                     Ka = 0               

            (f)    Input           Error Constants          Steady‐state Error 

           ________________________________________________________________________________ 

        u s ( t )          Kp = ∞              0 

       tu s ( t )            K v = ∞                0 

2
    t us (t ) / 2          K a = K              1/ K  

    The closed‐loop system is stable for all positive values of K. Thus the above results are valid. 

G( s) s +1
5‐5  (a)   K H = H ( 0) = 1    M ( s) = = 3 2
   
1+ G( s) H ( s) s + 2 s + 3s + 3

          a0 = 3, a1 = 3, a2 = 2, b0 = 1, b1 = 1. 

     Unit‐step Input: 

1⎛ b0 K H ⎞ 2
        ess = ⎜1 − a ⎟= 3 
KH ⎝ 0 ⎠

5‐3 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

      Unit‐ramp input: 

        a0 − b0 K H = 3 − 1 = 2 ≠ 0. Thus e ss = ∞.  

         

  Unit‐parabolic Input: 

        a0 − b0 K H = 2 ≠ 0 and a1 − b1 K H = 1 ≠ 0. Thus e ss = ∞. 

        

       (b)   K H = H ( 0) = 5  

G( s) 1
      M ( s) = = 2
  a0 = 5, a1 = 5, b0 = 1, b1 = 0.  
1+ G( s) H ( s) s + 5s + 5

       Unit‐step Input: 

1 ⎛ b0 K H ⎞ 1⎛ 5⎞
        ess = ⎜1 − a ⎟ = 5 ⎜1 − 5 ⎟ = 0  
KH ⎝ 0 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠

         Unit‐ramp Input: 

        i = 0: a0 − b0 K H = 0 i = 1: a1 − b1 K H = 5 ≠ 0  

a1 − b1 K H 15
        e ss = = =  
a0 K H 25 5

         Unit‐parabolic Input: 

        e ss = ∞  

        (c)   K H = H ( 0) = 1 / 5 

G( s) s+5
         M ( s ) = = 4 3 2
        The system is stable. 
1+ G( s) H ( s) s + 15s + 50 s + s + 1

        a0 = 1, a1 = 1, a2 = 50, a3 = 15, b0 = 5, b1 = 1  

          Unit‐step Input: 

1 ⎛ b0 K H ⎞ ⎛ 5/5⎞
        ess = ⎜1 − a ⎟ = 5 ⎜1 − 1 ⎟ = 0  
KH ⎝ 0 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠

          Unit‐ramp Input: 

5‐4 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

        i = 0: a0 − b0 K H = 0 i = 1: a1 − b1 K H = 4 / 5 ≠ 0  

a1 − b1 K H 1− 1/ 5
        e ss = = = 4 
a0 K H 1/ 5

          Unit‐parabolic Input: 

        e ss = ∞  

        (d)   K H = H ( 0 ) = 10  

G( s) 1
           M ( s ) = = 3 2
  The system is stable. 
1+ G( s) H ( s) s + 12 s + 5s + 10

        a0 = 10, a1 = 5, a2 = 12, b0 = 1, b1 = 0, b2 = 0  

          Unit‐step Input: 

1 ⎛ b0 K H ⎞ 1 ⎛ 10 ⎞
        ess = ⎜1 − a ⎟ = 10 ⎜ 1 − 10 ⎟ = 0  
KH ⎝ 0 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠

          Unit‐ramp Input: 

        i = 0: a0 − b0 K H = 0 i = 1: a1 − b1 K H = 5 ≠ 0  

a1 − b1 K H 5
        e ss = = = 0.05  
a0 K H 100

          Unit‐parabolic Input: 

        e ss = ∞  

s+4
5‐6  (a)   M ( s ) = 4 3 2
  K H = 1    The system is stable. 
s + 16 s + 48 s + 4 s + 4

      a0 = 4, a1 = 4, a2 = 48, a3 = 16, b0 = 4, b1 = 1, b2 = 0, b3 = 0  

     Unit‐step Input: 

1 ⎛ b0 K H ⎞ ⎛ 4⎞
           ess = ⎜1 − a ⎟ = ⎜1 − 4 ⎟ = 0  
KH ⎝ 0 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠

      Unit‐ramp input: 

           i = 0: a0 − b0 K H = 0 i = 1: a1 − b1 K H = 4 − 1 = 3 ≠ 0  

5‐5 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

a1 − b1 K H 4 −1 3
           e ss = = =  
a0 K H 4 4

      Unit‐parabolic Input: 

        e ss = ∞  

K ( s + 3)
         (b)   M ( s ) = 3 2
   K H = 1    The system is stable for  K > 0.  
s + 3s + ( K + 2) s + 3K

            a0 = 3 K , a1 = K + 2, a2 = 3, b0 = 3 K , b1 = K  

      Unit‐step Input: 

1 ⎛ b0 K H ⎞ ⎛ 3K ⎞
           ess = ⎜1 − a ⎟ = ⎜ 1 − 3K ⎟ = 0  
KH ⎝ 0 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠

      Unit‐ramp Input: 

           i = 0: a0 − b0 K H = 0 i = 1: a1 − b1 K H = K + 2 − K = 2 ≠ 0  

a1 − b1 K H K + 2− K 2
           e ss = = =  
a0 K H 3K 3K

      Unit‐parabolic Input: 

         e ss = ∞  

    The above results are valid for K > 0. 

s+5 10 s H ( s)
         (c)   M ( s ) = 4 3 2
H ( s) = K H = lim = 2 
s + 15 s + 50 s + 10 s s+5 s→ 0 s

        a0 = 0, a1 = 10, a2 = 50, a3 = 15, b0 = 5, b1 = 1 

     Unit‐step Input: 

1 ⎛ a2 − b1 K H ⎞ 1 ⎛ 50 − 1 × 2 ⎞
          ess = ⎜ a ⎟= ⎜ ⎟ = 2.4  
KH ⎝ 1 ⎠ 2⎝ 10 ⎠

      Unit‐ramp Input:   

5‐6 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

           e ss = ∞  

      Unit‐parabolic Input: 

        e ss = ∞  

K ( s + 5)
         (d)   M ( s ) = 4 3 2
K H = 1               The system is stable for 0 < K < 204. 
s + 17 s + 60 s + 5 Ks + 5 K

      a0 = 5 K , a1 = 5K , a2 = 60, a3 = 17, b0 = 5K , b1 = K  

      

   Unit‐step Input: 

⎛ b0 K H
1 ⎞ ⎛ 5K ⎞
          ess = ⎜1 − a ⎟ = ⎜ 1 − 5K ⎟ = 0  
KH ⎝ 0 ⎠ ⎝ ⎠

      Unit‐ramp Input: 

           i = 0: a0 − b0 K H = 0 i = 1: a1 − b1 K H = 5 K − K = 4 K ≠ 0  

a1 − b1 K H 5K − K 4
          e ss = = =  
a0 K H 5K 5

      Unit‐parabolic Input:   

          e ss = ∞  

     

    The results are valid for 0 < K < 204. 

5‐7 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-7)

1
3 2 5 1
5 1 5 11 5
1
2 3

Ö Type of the system is zero

Pole: s = -2.2013 + 1.8773i, s = -2.2013 - 1.8773i, and s = -0.5974

Zero: s = -1

5-8)

5( s + 1)
s ( s + 2)( s + 3)

5 1
2 3

a) Position error: lim G s lim ∞

b) Velocity error: lim lim

c) Acceleration error: lim lim 0

5-9) a) Steady state error for unit step input:

Referring to the result of problem 5-8, ∞Î 0

b) Steady state error for ramp input:

5‐8 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Regarding the result of problem 5-8, Î ∞

c) Steady state error for parabolic input:

Regarding the result of problem 5-8, 0Î ∞ ∞

5-10)

4( s + 1)
s 2 ( s + 2)

a) Step error constant: lim ∞

b) Ramp error constant: lim ∞

c) Parabolic error constant: lim 2

5-11) 3 4

where x1 is a unit step input, x2 is a ramp input, and x3 is a unit parabola input. Since the system
is linear, then the effect of X(s) is the summation of effect of each individual input.

That is: ∞ ∞ 3 ∞ 4 ∞

So:

Ö 4 2

5‐9 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-12) The step input response of the system is:

1 1 1 1
1

Therefore:
1
1
1
The rise time is the time that unit step response value reaches from 0.1 to 0.9. Then:

1 . .
1
It is obvious that tr > 0, then:

1 . .
0
1

As |k| < 1, then 0

. . . .
Therefore 0 or

which yields: 0

5‐13)   

Y ( s) KG p ( s ) 20 s 100 K
    G( s) = = =   Type‐1 system. 
E ( s) 1 + Kt G p ( s ) 20 s(1 + 0.2 s + 100 Kt )

5K
  Error constants:    K p = ∞, K v = , Ka = 0 
1 + 100 Kt

           

1
         (a)   r ( t ) = u s ( t ):     e ss = = 0 
1+ K p

1 1 + 100 Kt
       (b)   r ( t ) = tu s ( t ):     e ss = =  
Kv 5K

1
       (c)   r ( t ) = t 2u s ( t ) / 2: e ss = = ∞ 
Ka

5‐10 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐14     

100 Y ( s) KG p ( s )
    G p ( s) = G( s) = =  
(1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.5s ) E ( s) 20 s 1 + Kt G p ( s )

100 K
    G( s) =    
20 s (1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.5 s ) + 100 Kt

5K
  Error constants:    K p = ∞, K v = , Ka = 0 
1 + 100 Kt

1
         (a)   r ( t ) = u s ( t ):     e ss = = 0 
1+ K p

1 1 + 100 Kt
       (b)   r ( t ) = tu s ( t ):     e ss = =  
Kv 5K

1
       (c)   r ( t ) = t 2u s ( t ) / 2: e ss = = ∞ 
Ka

   Since the system is of the third order, the values of K and  Kt  must be constrained so that the system is  

    stable. The characteristic equation is 

s + 12 s + ( 20 + 2000 K t ) s + 100 K = 0  
3 2
       

      Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 20 + 2000 Kt
2
s 12 100 K
       240 + 24000 Kt − 100 K  
1
s
12
0
s 100 K

1 + 100 K t 1
        Stability Conditions:  K > 0     12 (1 + 100 K t ) − 5 K > 0 or >  
5K 12

      Thus, the minimum steady‐state error that can be obtained with a unit‐ramp input is 1/12. 

   

5‐11 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐15  (a)  From Figure 3P‐29, 

K1 K 2 K i K b + KK1 K i K t
1+ +
Θo ( s) Ra + La s (R + La s )( Bt + J t s )
      = a
 
Θr (s) K1 K 2 K i K b + KK1 K i K t KK s K1 K i N
1+ + +
Ra + La s (Ra
+ La s )( Bt + J t s ) s ( Ra + La s )( Bt + J t s )

Θo (s) s [( Ra + La s )( Bt + J t s ) + K1 K 2 ( Bt + J t s ) + K i K b + KK1 K i K t ]
        =  
Θr (s) La J t s + ( La Bt + Ra J t + K1 K 2 J t ) s + ( Ra Bt + K i K b + KK i K1 K t + K1 K 2 Bt ) s + KK s K1 K i N
3 2

1
        θ r ( t ) = u s ( t ), Θ r ( s ) = lim sΘ e ( s ) = 0     
s s→ 0

        Provided that all the poles of  sΘ e ( s )  are all in the left‐half s‐plane. 

2
          (b)  For a unit‐ramp input,  Θ r ( s ) = 1 / s . 

Ra Bt + K1 K 2 Bt + Ki Kb + KK1 Ki Kt
      e ss = lim θ e ( t ) = lim sΘ e ( s ) =  
t →∞ s→ 0 KK s K1 Ki N

      if the limit is valid. 

   

5‐12 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐16  (a)  Forward‐path transfer function:  [n(t) = 0]: 

K (1 + 0.02 s )
Y ( s) s ( s + 25)
2
K (1 + 0.02 s )
      G (s) = = =    Type‐1 system. 
E (s)
1+ 2
KK t s (
s s + 25s + KK t
2
)
s ( s + 25)

1
      Error Constants:  K p = ∞, Kv = , Ka = 0  
Kt

1 1
      For a unit‐ramp input,  r ( t ) = tu s ( t ), R( s ) = 2
, e ss = lim e( t ) = lim sE ( s ) = = Kt  
s t →∞ s→ 0 Kv

    Routh Tabulation: 

KK t + 0.02 K
3
s 1
2
s 25 K
   
1 25 K ( K t + 0.02 ) − K  
s
25
0
s K

    Stability Conditions:  K >0 25 ( K t + 0.02 ) − K > 0 or K t > 0.02  

           (b)  With r(t) = 0,  n( t ) = u s ( t ), N ( s ) = 1 / s.  

     System Transfer Function with N(s) as Input: 

K
Y (s) s ( s + 25) K
2

        = = 3  
K (1 + 0.02 s ) KK t s s + 25 s + K ( K t + 0.02 ) s + K
2
N (s)
1+ 2 + 2
s ( s + 25) s ( s + 25)

     Steady‐State Output due to n(t): 

           y ss = lim y ( t ) = lim sY ( s ) = 1     if the limit is valid. 


t →∞ s→ 0

5‐13 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐17  You may use MATLAB in all Routh Hurwitz calculations. 

1. Activate MATLAB 

2. Go to the directory containing the ACSYS software.  

3. Type in  

Acsys 

4. Then press the “transfer function Symbolic” and enter the Characteristic equation 

5. Then press the “Routh Hurwitz” button 

6. For example look at below Figures 

 
 

   

5‐14 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

(a)   n( t ) = 0, r ( t ) = tu s ( t ).  

     Forward‐path Transfer function: 

Y (s) K ( s + α )( s + 3)
      G(s) = =    Type‐1 system. 
E ( s) n=0 (
s s −1
2
)
      Ramp‐error constant:    K v = lim sG ( s ) = −3 Kα  
s→ 0

1 1
      Steady‐state error:    e ss = =−  
Kv 3Kv

3 2
      Characteristic equation:  s + Ks + [ K ( 3 + α ) − 1] s + 3αK = 0  

      Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 3 K + αK − 1
2
s K 3αK
       K ( 3 K + αK − 1) − 3αK  
1
s
K
0
s 3αK

1 + 3K
3 K + αK − 1 − 3α > 0 or K>
       Stability Conditions:  3+α  
αK > 0

             (b)  When r(t) = 0,  n( t ) = u s ( t ), N ( s ) = 1 / s.  

K ( s + 3)
Y (s) s −1
2
Ks ( s + 3)
          Transfer Function between n(t) and y(t):   = =  
N (s) K ( s + α )( s + 3) s 3 + Ks 2 + [ K ( s + α ) − 1]s + 3α K
r =0
1+
s s −1
2
( )
            Steady‐State Output due to n(t): 

        y ss = lim y ( t ) = lim sY ( s ) = 0     if the limit is valid. 


t →∞ s→ 0

   

5‐15 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐18   
− πζ
2
1−ζ
      Percent maximum overshoot = 0.25 = e  
  Thus 

πζ 1 − ζ = − ln 0.25 = 1.386 π ζ = 1.922 (1 − ζ ) 


2 2 2 2
     

  Solving for ζ  from the last equation, we have ζ  = 0.404. 

π π
  Peak Time t max = = 0.01 sec.     Thus,       ω n = = 343.4 rad / sec  
2 2
ω n 1− ζ 0.01 1 − ( 0.404)

  Transfer Function of the Second‐order Prototype System: 

2
Y ( s) ωn 117916
        = 2 2
= 2
 
R( s ) s + 2ζω n s + ω n s + 277.3s + 117916

   

5‐16 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Extended MATLAB solutions of problems similar to 5‐19‐5‐27 appear later 
on – e.g. 5‐58 
5‐19   Closed‐Loop Transfer Function:      Characteristic equation: 

Y (s) 25 K
= s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K = 0  
2
      
s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K
2
R(s)

            For a second‐order prototype system, when the maximum overshoot is 4.3%,  ζ = 0.707. 

      ω n = 25 K , 2ζω n = 5 + 500 Kt = 1.414 25 K  

           Rise Time:   

2
1 − 0.4167ζ + 2.917ζ 2.164
    tr = = = 0.2 sec Thus ω n = 10.82 rad / sec  
ωn ωn

2
ωn (10.82)
2
10.3
  Thus,  K= = = 4.68 5 + 500 Kt = 1.414ω n = 15.3          Thus       Kt = = 0.0206  
25 25 500

  With   K = 4.68 and Kt = 0.0206, the system transfer function is  

Y ( s) 117
          = 2
 
R( s ) s + 15.3s + 117

           Unit‐step Response: 

                 

y = 0.1 at t = 0.047  sec. 

                y = 0.9 at t = 0.244  sec. 

t r = 0.244 − 0.047 = 0.197   sec.                     


 
            y max = 0.0432 ( 4.32% max. overshoot)  

5‐17 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐20  Closed‐loop Transfer Function:        Characteristic Equation: 

Y (s) 25 K
= s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K = 0  
2
        
s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K
2
R(s)

πζ
= − ln 0.1 = 2.3 π ζ = 5.3 (1 − ζ )
2 2 2
  When Maximum overshoot = 10%,     
1−ζ
2

  Solving for ζ , we get  ζ  = 0.59. 

  The Natural undamped frequency is  ω n = 25K Thus, 5+ 500 Kt = 2ζω n = 118


. ω n 

  Rise Time: 

2
1 − 0.4167ζ + 2.917ζ 17696
.
    tr = = 0.1 = sec. Thus ω n = 17.7 rad / sec  
ωn ωn

2
ωn 15.88
    K= = 12.58 Thus Kt = = 0.0318  
25 500

  With K = 12.58  and   Kt = 0.0318,  the system transfer function is 

Y ( s) 313
          = 2
 
R( s ) s + 20.88 s + 314.5

  Unit‐step Response: 

                      y = 0.1 when t = 0.028 sec. 

                      y = 0.9 when t = 0.131 sec. 

                       t r = 0.131 − 0.028 = 0.103  sec. 

                       

                       y max = 11
. (10% max. overshoot )  

5‐18 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐21  Closed‐Loop Transfer Function:      Characteristic Equation: 

Y ( s) 25 K
= s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K = 0  
2
  2
     
R( s ) s + ( 5 + 500 Kt ) s + 25 K

πζ
= − ln 0.2 = 1.61 π ζ = 2.59 (1 − ζ ) 
2 2 2
  When Maximum overshoot = 20%,   
1−ζ
2

  Solving for ζ , we get  ζ = 0.456.  

  The Natural undamped frequency  ω n = 25 K 5 + 500 Kt = 2ζω n = 0.912ω n  

  Rise Time: 

2
1 − 0.4167ζ + 2.917ζ 1.4165 1.4165
    tr = = 0.05 = sec. Thus, ω n = = 28.33  
ωn ωn 0.05

2
ωn
    K= = 32.1 5 + 500 Kt = 0.912ω n = 25.84 Thus, Kt = 0.0417  
25

    With K = 32.1  and   Kt = 0.0417,   the system transfer function is 

Y ( s) 802.59
          = 2
 
R( s ) s + 25.84 s + 802.59

Unit‐step Response: 

                y = 0.1  when  t = 0.0178  sec. 

                y = 0.9  when  t = 0.072  sec. 

                t r = 0.072 − 0.0178 = 0.0542 sec. 

                y max = 1.2 ( 20% max. overshoot )  

5‐19 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐22  Closed‐Loop Transfer Function:      Characteristic Equation: 

Y (s) 25 K
= s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K = 0  
2
      
s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K
2
R(s)

2
. + 0.125ζ + 0.469ζ
11
  Delay time   t d ≅ = 0.1 sec.  
ωn

1.423
  When Maximum overshoot = 4.3%,  ζ = 0.707. td = = 0.1 sec.       Thus   ω n = 14.23 rad/sec. 
ωn

2 2

K =⎜
⎛ ω n ⎞ = ⎛ 14.23 ⎞ = 8.1 5 + 500 K = 2ζω = 1.414ω = 20.12      Thus    K = 1512
.
= 0.0302  
  ⎟ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 5 ⎠ ⎝ 5 ⎠ t
t n n
500

  With  K = 20.12  and   Kt = 0.0302 , the system transfer function is 

Y ( s) 202.5
          = 2
 
R( s ) s + 20.1s + 202.5

  Unit‐Step Response: 

                When y = 0.5,  t = 0.1005  sec. 

                Thus,   t d = 0.1005   sec. 

                 

                y max = 1043
. ( 4.3% max. overshoot )  

   

5‐20 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐23  Closed‐Loop Transfer Function:        Characteristic Equation: 

Y (s) 25 K
= s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K = 0  
2
        
s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K
2
R(s)

2
. + 0.125ζ + 0.469ζ
11 1337
. 1337
.
  Delay time    t d ≅ = 0.05 =         Thus, ω n = = 26.74  
ωn ωn 0.05

2 2
⎛ ω ⎞ ⎛ 26.74 ⎞ = 28.6   5 + 500 K = 2ζω = 2 × 0.59 × 26.74 = 3155
K =⎜ n ⎟ =⎜ Thus Kt = 0.0531 
  ⎟ .
⎝ 5 ⎠ ⎝ 5 ⎠ t n

  With K = 28.6  and   Kt = 0.0531, the system transfer function is  

Y ( s) 715
        = 2
 
R( s ) s + 3155
. s + 715

  Unit‐Step Response: 

                y = 0.5  when  t = 0.0505  sec. 

                Thus,   t d = 0.0505  sec. 

                y max = 11007
. (10.07% max. overshoot )  

   

5‐21 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐24  Closed‐Loop Transfer Function:        Characteristic Equation: 

Y (s) 25 K
= s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K = 0  
2
        
s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K
2
R(s)

  For Maximum overshoot = 0.2,  ζ = 0.456 . 

2
. + 0.125ζ + 0.469ζ
11 1.2545
  Delay time   t d = = = 0.01  sec. 
ωn ωn

  Natural Undamped Frequency  ω n =
1.2545 ⎛ ω ⎞ 15737.7 = 629.5  
= 125.45  rad/sec.   Thus,   K = ⎜ n ⎟ =
0.01 ⎝ 5 ⎠ 25

  5 + 500 Kt = 2ζω n = 2 × 0.456 × 125.45 = 114.41  Thus,   Kt = 0.2188  

  With K = 629.5  and  Kt = 0.2188 , the system transfer function is 

Y ( s) 15737.7
          = 2
 
R( s ) s + 114.41s + 15737.7

  Unit‐step Response: 

                  y = 0.5  when  t = 0.0101 sec. 

                  Thus,   t d = 0.0101  sec. 

                  y max = 1.2 ( 20% max. overshoot )  

5‐22 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐25  Closed‐Loop Transfer Function:        Characteristic Equation: 

Y (s) 25 K
= s + ( 5 + 5000 K t ) s + 25 K = 0  
2
        
s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K
2
R(s)

    ζ = 0.6 2ζω n = 5 + 500 Kt = 1.2ω n  

3.2 3.2 3.2


  Settling time   t s ≅ = = 0.1  sec.  Thus,  ω n = = 53.33 rad / sec  
ζω n 0.6ω n 0.06

2
1.2ω n − 5 ωn
      Kt = = 0.118 K= = 113.76  
500 25

  System Transfer Function: 

Y ( s) 2844
          = 2
 
R( s ) s + 64 s + 2844

  Unit‐step Response: 

                y(t) reaches 1.00 and never exceeds this 

                value at t = 0.098 sec.   

                Thus,  t s = 0.098  sec. 

   

5‐23 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐26  (a)  Closed‐Loop Transfer Function:      Characteristic Equation: 

Y (s) 25 K
= s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K = 0  
2
              
s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K
2
R(s)

       For maximum overshoot = 0.1,  ζ = 0.59. 5 + 500 Kt = 2ζω n = 2 × 0.59ω n = 118


. ω n 

3.2 3.2 3.2


       Settling time:     t s = = = 0.05   sec.    ωn = = 108.47  
ζω n 0.59ω n 0.05 × 0.59

2
. ωn −5
118 ωn
           Kt = = 0.246 K= = 470.63  
500 25

     System Transfer Function: 

Y ( s) 11765.74
          = 2
 
R( s ) s + 128 s + 11765.74

     Unit‐Step Response: 

                y(t) reaches 1.05 and never exceeds  

                this value at t = 0.048 sec. 

                Thus,   t s = 0.048  sec. 

            (b)  For maximum overshoot = 0.2,  ζ = 0.456. 5 + 500 Kt = 2ζω n = 0.912ω n  

3.2 3.2 3.2


        Settling time   t s = = = 0.01 sec. ω n = = 701.75 rad / sec  
ζω n 0.456ω n 0.456 × 0.01

0.912ω n − 5
        Kt = = 1.27       
500

        System Transfer Function: 

Y ( s) 492453
        = 2
 
R( s ) s + 640 s + 492453

        Unit‐Step Response: 

5‐24 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

       

                y(t) reaches 1.05 and never  

                exceeds this value at t = 0.0074 sec. 

                Thus,   t s = 0.0074 sec. This is less 

                than the calculated value of 0.01 sec. 

   

5‐25 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐27  Closed‐Loop Transfer Function:        Characteristic Equation: 

Y (s) 25 K
= s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K = 0  
2
        
s + ( 5 + 500 K t ) s + 25 K
2
R(s)

4.5ζ 3.1815
  Damping ratio  ζ = 0.707.  Settling time   t s = = = 0.1  sec.  Thus,  ω n = 31815
.   rad/sec. 
ωn ωn

2
ωn
      5 + 500 Kt = 2ζω n = 44.986 Thus, Kt = 0.08   K= = 40.488  

  System Transfer Function: 

Y ( s) 1012.2
          = 2
 
R( s ) s + 44.986 s + 1012.2

  Unit‐Step Response:    The unit‐step response reaches 0.95 at  t = 0.092  sec. which is the measured  t s . 

   

                 

               

5‐26 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐28  (a)  When ζ = 0.5 , the rise time is 


2
1 − 0.4167ζ + 2.917ζ 1521
.
      tr ≅ = = 1  sec.    Thus  ω n = 1.521  rad/sec. 
ωn ωn

      The second‐order term of the characteristic equation is written 

2 2 2
      s + 2ζω n s + ω n = s + 1521
. s + 2.313 = 0  

3 2
      The characteristic equation of the system is        s + ( a + 30 ) s + 30 as + K = 0  

2
       Dividing the characteristic equation by    s + 1521
. s + 2.313,  we have 

   

         

     For zero remainders,     28.48 a = 45.63 Thus, a = 16


.        K = 65.874 + 2.313a = 69.58  

       Forward‐Path Transfer Function: 

69.58
          G( s) =  
s( s + 16
. )( s + 30)

       Unit‐Step Response: 

                  y  = 0.1 when t = 0.355  sec. 

                  y  = 0.9 when t = 1.43  sec. 

                   

                  Rise Time:   

                  t r = 1.43 − 0.355 = 1075


.   sec. 

5‐27 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

        

              (b)  The system is type 1. 

          (i)  For a unit‐step input,   e ss = 0. 

K 60.58 1
             (ii)  For a unit‐ramp input,          K v = lim sG ( s ) = = = 1.45 e ss = = 0.69  
s→ 0 30 a 30 × 16
. Kv

5‐29  (a)  Characteristic Equation: 
3 2
                     s + 3 s + ( 2 + K ) s − K = 0  

       Apply the Routh‐Hurwitz criterion to find the range of K for stability. 

    Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 2+ K
2
s 3 −K
    6 + 4K  
1
s
3
0
s −K

    Stability Condition:  ‐1.5 < K < 0        This simplifies the search for K for two equal roots. 

          When K = −0.27806, the characteristic equation roots are: −0.347,  

          −0.347, and −2.3054. 

          (b)  Unit‐Step Response:  (K = −0.27806) 

   

5‐28 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

          (c)  Unit‐Step Response  (K = −1) 
 
 

   The step responses in (a) and (b) all have a negative undershoot for small values of t. This is due to the 

   zero of G(s) that lies in the right‐half s‐plane. 

   

5‐29 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐30  (a)  The state equations of the closed‐loop system are: 

dx1 dx 2
    = − x1 + 5x 2 = −6 x1 − k1 x1 − k 2 x 2 + r  
dt dt

       The characteristic equation of the closed‐loop system is 

s +1 −5
Δ= = s + (1 + k 2 ) s + ( 30 + 5k1 + k 2 ) = 0  
2
     
6 + k1 s + k2

2
       For ω n = 10 rad / sec, 30 + 5k1 + k 2 = ω n = 100. Thus 5k1 + k 2 = 70  

k2
           (b)  For ζ = 0.707, 2ζω n = 1 + k 2 . Thus ω n = 1 + . 
1.414

(1 + k ) 2

ωn = = 30 + 5k1 + k 2 k 2 = 59 + 10 k1  
2 2 2
      Thus
2

           (c)  For  ω n = 10 rad / sec and ζ = 0.707,  

      5k1 + k 2 = 100 and 1 + k 2 = 2ζω n = 14.14 Thus k 2 = 1314


.  

      Solving for  k1 , we have k1 = 1137


. . 

           (d)  The closed‐loop transfer function is 

Y (s) 5 5
      = =  
s + ( k 2 + 1) s + ( 30 + 5k1 + k 2 ) s + 14.14 s + 100
2 2
R(s)

5
       For a unit‐step input,  lim y ( t ) = lim sY ( s ) = = 0.05  
t →∞ s→ 0 100

           (e)  For zero steady‐state error due to a unit‐step input, 

      30 + 5k1 + k 2 = 5 Thus 5k1 + k 2 = −25  

5‐30 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

       Parameter Plane  k1 versus  k 2 : 

5‐31  (a)  Closed‐Loop Transfer Function      (b)  Characteristic Equation: 

Y (s) 100 ( K P + K D s ) 2
        =                   s + 100 K D s + 100 K P = 0  
s + 100 K D s + 100 K P
2
R(s)

       The system is stable for  K P > 0 and K D > 0.  

           (b)  For  ζ = 1, 2ζω n = 100 K D . 

    ω n = 10 K P Thus 2ω n = 100 K D = 20 K P K D = 0.2 K P  

           (c)  See parameter plane in part (g). 

5‐31 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

           (d)  See parameter plane in part (g). 

−2
           (e)  Parabolic error constant    K a = 1000 sec  

K a = lim s G ( s ) = lim100 ( K P + K D s ) = 100 K P = 1000 Thus K P = 10  


2
   
s→0 s →0

           (f)  Natural undamped frequency  ω n = 50   rad/sec. 

      ω n = 10 K P = 50 Thus K P = 25  

  

           (g)  When  K P = 0,  

100 K D s 100 K D
      G( s) = 2
=   (pole‐zero cancellation) 
s s

   

5‐32 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐32  (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

Y (s) KK i 10 K
                      G ( s ) = = =  
E (s) s [ Js (1 + Ts ) + K i K t ] (
s 0.001s + 0.01s + 10 K t
2
)
K 1 Kt
       When  r ( t ) = tu s ( t ), K v = lim sG ( s ) = e ss = =  
s→ 0 Kt Kv K

            

         (b)  When r(t) = 0 

Y (s) 1 + Ts 1 + 0.1s
      = =  
Td ( s ) s [ Js (1 + Ts ) + K i K t ] + KK i (
s 0.001s + 0.01s + 10 K t + 10 K
2
)
1 1
         For   Td ( s ) = lim y ( t ) = lim sY ( s ) =      if the system is stable. 
s t →∞ s→ 0 10 K

           (c)  The characteristic equation of the closed‐loop system is 

3 2
        0.001s + 0.01s + 0.1s + 10 K = 0  

       The system is unstable for K > 0.1.  So we can set K to just less than 0.1. Then, the minimum value of  

       the steady‐state value of y(t) is 

1 +
          =1  
10 K K = 0.1

       However, with this value of K, the system response will be very oscillatory. The maximum overshoot 

       will be nearly 100%. 

           (d)  For K = 0.1, the characteristic equation is 

3 2 3 2 4
             0.001s + 0.01s + 10 Kt s + 1 = 0 or s + 10 s + 10 Kt s + 1000 = 0  

5‐33 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

       For the two complex roots to have real parts of −2/5. we let the characteristic equation be written as 

    (
         ( s + a ) s + 5s + b = 0
2
) or s + ( s + 5) s + (5a + b) s + ab = 0  
3 2

4
       Then,   a + 5 = 10 a=5 ab = 1000 b = 200 5a + b = 10 Kt Kt = 0.0225  

       The three roots are:  s = − a = −5 s = − a = −5 s = −2.5 ± j13.92  

. . . . .
5-33) Rise time: 0.56

.
Peak time: 0.785
√ .

.
Maximum overshoot: . 0.095
.
Settling time: 0 0.69

.
Ö 1.067
.

5‐34 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-34)

K
s ( Js + a + KK f )

Ö exp 0.2 Î ξ = 0.456


Ö 0.1 Î ω n = 0.353

0.125
Ö
2 5.42
. .
Ö 5.49
.
Ö 19.88

5‐35 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-35) a)

6.5

1
6.5 2

.
Ö 1
Ö 6.5 1
Ö
. .

Substituting into equation (2) gives:


7.5 6.5
6.5 6.5
Since the system is multi input and multi output, there are 4 transfer functions as:

, , ,

To find the unit step response of the system, let’s consider


6.5
6.5 2
6.5 √6.5
1 1
2 1
2 2√6.5

By looking at the Laplace transform function table:

1
1 sin 1
1

where cos

b)

5‐36 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Therefore:

As a result:

which means:

1
1
The unit step response is:
1
1
Therefore as a result:
1
1 sin 1
1
where ω n = 1 and ξ ω n = 1 / 2

c)

Therefore:

1 1

As a result, the step response of the system is:

1
1

By looking up at the Laplace transfer function table:

5‐37 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

where ω n = 1, and 2ξ ω n = 1 Î ξ = 1 / 2

sin 1

where θ = cos-1 (2ξ 2 -1) = cos-1(0.5), therefore,

2 √3
1 sin
√3 2

5-36) MATLAB CODE


(a)

clear all
Amat=[-1 -1;6.5 0]
Bmat=[1 1;1 0]
Cmat=[1 0;0 1]
Dmat=[0 0;0 0]
disp(' State-Space Model is:')
Statemodel=ss(Amat,Bmat,Cmat,Dmat)
[mA,nA]=size(Amat);
rankA=rank(Amat);
disp(' Characteristic Polynomial:')
chareq=poly(Amat);

% p = poly(A) where A is an n-by-n matrix returns an n+1 element


%row vector whose elements are the coefficients of the characteristic
%polynomialdet(sI-A). The coefficients are ordered in descending powers.

[mchareq,nchareq]=size(chareq);
syms 's';

poly2sym(chareq,s)
disp(' Equivalent Transfer Function Model is:')

Hmat=Cmat*inv(s*eye(2)-Amat)*Bmat+Dmat

Since the system is multi input and multi output, there are 4 transfer functions as:

, , ,

To find the unit step response of the system, let’s consider

6.5
6.5

5‐38 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Let’s obtain this term and find Y2(s) time response for a step input.

H22=Hmat(2,2)
ilaplace(H22/s)
Pretty(H22)
H22poly=tf([13/2],chareq)
step(H22poly)

H22 =

13/(2*s^2+2*s+13)

ans =

1-1/5*exp(-1/2*t)*(5*cos(5/2*t)+sin(5/2*t))

13
---------------
2
2 s + 2 s + 13

Transfer function:
6.5
-------------
s^2 + s + 6.5

To find the step response H11, H12, and H21 follow the same procedure.
Other parts are the same.

5‐39 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-37) Impulse response:


.
a) and 1 , therefore,
.

sin 1
1
b)

sin 1
1
c)
1
1 sin 1
1
where α = cos-1 ξ

5-38) Use the approach in 5-36 except:


H22=Hmat(2,2)
ilaplace(H22)
Pretty(H22)
H22poly=tf([13/2],chareq)
impulse(H22poly)

H22 =

13/(2*s^2+2*s+13)

ans =

13/5*exp(-1/2*t)*sin(5/2*t)

13
---------------
2
2 s + 2 s + 13

Transfer function:
6.5
-------------
s^2 + s + 6.5

5‐40 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Other parts are the same.

5-39) a) The displacement of the bar is:

sin

Then the equation of motion is:

As x is a function of θ and changing with time, then

cos

If θ is small enough, then sin θ ≈ θ and cos θ ≈ 1. Therefore, the equation of motion is
rewritten as:

5‐41 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

(b) To find the unit step response, you can use the symbolic approach shown in Toolbox 2-1-1:

clear all
%s=tf(‘s’);
syms s B L K
Theta=B*s/s/L/(B*s+K)
ilaplace(Theta)

Theta =
B/L/(B*s+K)

ans =
1/L*exp(-K*t/B)

Alternatively, assign values to B L K and find the step response – see solution to problem 5-36.

5‐40  (a)   Kt = 10000 oz - in / rad  

      The Forward‐Path Transfer Function: 

9 × 10 K
12

G(s) =
     
(
s s + 5000 s + 1.067 × 10 s + 50.5 × 10 s + 5.724 × 10
4 3 7 2 9 12
)  
9 × 10 K
12

=
s ( s + 116)( s + 4883)( s + 41.68 + j 3178.3)( s + 41.68 − j 3178.3)

      Routh Tabulation: 

5 7 12
s 1 1.067 × 10 5.724 × 10
4 9 12
s 5000 50.5 × 10 9 × 10 K
        
3 5 12 9
s 5.7 × 10 5.72 × 10 − 18
. × 10 K 0
2 8 7 12
s 2.895 × 10 + 1579
. × 10 K 9 × 10 K

13 12 9 2
1 16.6 × 10 + 8.473 × 10 K − 2.8422 × 10 K
s
                    29 + 1579
. K  
0 12
s 9 × 10 K

5‐42 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

 
1 2
       From the  s  row, the condition of stability is  165710 + 8473 K − 2.8422 K > 0  

2
       or      K − 298114
. K − 58303.427 < 0 or ( K + 19.43)( K − 3000.57 ) < 0  

       Stability Condition:    0 < K < 3000.56 

       The critical value of K for stability is 3000.56.  With this value of K, the roots of the characteristic 

       equation are:  −4916.9,     −41.57 + j3113.3,     −41.57 + j3113.3,   −j752.68,  and  j752.68 

           (b)   K L = 1000   oz‐in/rad.  The forward‐path transfer function is 

9 × 10 K
11

G(s) =
          
(
s s + 5000 s + 1.582 × 10 s + 5.05 × 10 s + 5.724 × 10
4 3 6 2 9 11
)  
9 × 10 K
11

=
s (1 + 116.06)( s + 4882.8)( s + 56.248 + j1005)( s + 56.248 − j1005)

           (c)  Characteristic Equation of the Closed‐Loop System: 

5 4 6 3 9 2 11 11
    s + 5000 s + 1.582 × 10 s + 5.05 × 10 s + 5.724 × 10 s + 9 × 10 K = 0  

   

       Routh Tabulation: 

5 6 11
s 1 1.582 × 10 5.724 × 10
4 9 11
s 5000 5.05 × 10 9 × 10 K
         
3 5 11 8
s 5.72 × 10 5.724 × 10 − 18
. × 10 K 0
2 7 6 11
s 4.6503 × 10 + 15734
. × 10 K 9 × 10 K

18 15 14 2
1 26.618 × 10 + 377.43 × 10 K − 2.832 × 10 K
s 7 6
        4.6503 × 10 + 15734
. × 10 K  
0 11
s 9 × 10 K

5‐43 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

1 4 2
       From the  s  row, the condition of stability is  26.618 × 10 + 3774.3 K − 2.832 K > 0  

2
       Or,  K − 1332.73 K − 93990 < 0 or ( K − 1400 )( K + 67.14 ) < 0  

       Stability Condition:    0 < K < 1400 

       The critical value of K for stability is 1400.  With this value of K, the characteristic equation root are: 

    −4885.1,     −57.465 + j676,       −57.465 − j676,    j748.44,    and    −j748.44 

           (c)   K L = ∞. 

      Forward‐Path Transfer Function: 

nK s K i K
G(s) = JT = J m + n J L  
2
     
s ⎡⎣ La J T s + ( Ra J T + Rm La ) s + Ra Bm + K i K b ⎤⎦
2

891100 K 891100 K
                = =  
(
s s + 5000 s + 566700
2
) s ( s + 116)( s + 4884)

       Characteristic Equation  of the Closed‐Loop System: 

     

3 2
      s + 5000 s + 566700 s + 891100 K = 0  

     

   Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 566700
2
s 5000 891100 K
     
1
s 566700 − 178.22 K
0
s 8991100 K

1
       From the  s  row, the condition of K for stability is  566700 − 178.22K > 0.   

5‐44 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

       Stability Condition:    0 < K < 3179.78 

       The critical value of K for stability is  3179.78.  With K = 3179.78, the characteristic equation roots are 

          −5000,   j752.79,  and  −j752.79.   

       When the motor shaft is flexible,  K L  is finite, two of the open‐loop poles are complex.  As the shaft 

       becomes stiffer,   K L  increases, and the imaginary parts of the open‐loop poles also increase. When 

        K L = ∞ ,  the shaft is rigid, the poles of the forward‐path transfer function are all real. Similar effects 

       are observed for the roots of the characteristic equation with respect to the value of  K L .  

5‐41  (a)   

100( s + 2 )
    Gc ( s ) = 1 G( s) = 2
K p = lim G ( s ) = −200  
s −1 s→ 0

       When d(t) = 0, the steady‐state error due to a unit‐step input is 

1 1 1
        e ss = = =− = −0.005025 
1+ K p 1 − 200 199

           (b) 

s +α 100( s + 2)( s + α )
    Gc ( s ) = G(s) = Kp = ∞ ess = 0  
s (
s s −1
2
)
 

         (c)  
α =5 maximum overshoot = 5.6%
         α = 50 maximum overshoot = 22%  
α = 500 maximum overshoot = 54.6%

5‐45 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

        As the value of α  increases, the maximum overshoot increases because the damping effect of the 

          zero at   s = −α  becomes less effective. 

    Unit‐Step Responses: 

1
  (d)    r ( t ) = 0 and Gc ( s ) = 1. d ( t ) = u s ( t ) D( s ) =  
s

       System Transfer Function: (r = 0) 
 

Y ( s) 100( s + 2)
      = 3 2
 
D( s ) r =0
s + 100 s + (199 + 100α ) s + 200α

         Output Due to Unit‐Step Input: 

100( s + 2 )
         Y ( s) =  
3 2
s s + 100 s + (199 + 100α ) s + 200α

200 1
                      y ss = lim y ( t ) = lim sY ( s ) = =  
t →∞ s→ 0 200α α

           (e)    r ( t ) = 0, d ( t ) = u s ( t )  

s +α
          Gc ( s ) =  
s

5‐46 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

      System Transfer Function [r(t) = 0] 

Y ( s) 100 s( s + 20 1
      = 3 2
D( s ) =  
D( s ) r =0
s + 100 s + (199 + 100α ) s + 200α s

     

          y ss = lim y ( t ) = lim sY ( s ) = 0  
t →∞ s→ 0

           (f)  

Y ( s) 100 s( s + 2 )
α =5 = 3 2
D( s ) r =0
s + 100 s + 699 s + 1000

Y ( s) 100 s( s + 2)
       α = 50 = 3 2
 
D( s ) r =0
s + 100 s + 5199 s + 10000

Y ( s) 100 s( s + 2)
α = 5000 = 3 2
D( s ) r =0
s + 100 s + 50199 s + 100000

   

Unit‐Step Responses: 

           (g)  As the value of α  increases, the output response y(t) due to r(t) becomes more oscillatory, and the 

       overshoot is larger.  As the value of α  increases, the amplitude of the output response y(t) due to d(t)  

       becomes smaller and more oscillatory. 

5‐47 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐42  (a)  Forward‐Path Transfer function:     Characteristic Equation: 

H ( s) 10 N N 2
        G ( s ) = = ≅   s + s + N = 0 
E ( s) s( s + 1)( s + 10) s( s + 1)

        

2
       N=1:   Characteristic Equation:  s + s + 1 = 0     ζ = 0.5 ω n = 1  rad/sec. 

− πζ
1−ζ
2
π
        Maximum overshoot = e = 0.163   (16.3%)     Peak time   t max = = 3.628   sec. 
2
ω n 1− ζ

2
          N=10:  Characteristic Equation:  s + s = 10 = 0 ζ = 0.158 ω n = 10  rad/sec. 

− πζ
1−ζ
2
π
       Maximum overshoot = e = 0.605   (60.5%)      Peak time   t max = = 1006
.   sec. 
2
ω n 1− ζ

          (b)  Unit‐Step Response:  N = 1 

        

5‐48 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

       

Second‐order System    Third‐order System 

  Maximum overshoot           0.163                0.206 

  Peak time             3.628   sec.                3.628  sec. 

    Unit‐Step Response:  N = 10 

        Second‐order System    Third‐order System 

  Maximum overshoot               0.605                  0.926 

  Peak time                 1.006  sec.                1.13    sec. 

   

5‐49 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐43    Unit‐Step Responses: 

       When  Tz  is small, the effect is lower overshoot due to improved damping. When Tz  is very large, the 

       overshoot becomes very large due to the derivative effect.  Tz  improves the rise time, since 1 + Tz s  is a 

       derivative control or a high‐pass filter. 

5‐50 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐44   Unit‐Step Responses 

1
  The effect of adding the pole at  s = −  to G(s) is to increase the rise time and the overshoot. The system is 
Tp

  less stable. When  T p > 0.707 , the closed‐loop system is stable. 

   

5‐51 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-45) You may use the ACSYS software developed for this book. For description refer to Chapter 9. We
use a MATLAB code similar to toolbox 2-2-1 and those in Chapter 5 to solve this problem.

(a) Using Toolbox 5-9-3


clear all
num = [];
den = [0 -0.55 -1.5];
G=zpk(num,den,1)
t=0:0.001:15;
step(G,t);
hold on;
for Tz=[1 5 20];
t=0:0.001:15;
num = [-1/Tz];
den = [0 -0.55 -1.5];
G=zpk(num,den,1)
step(G,t);
hold on;
end
xlabel('Time(secs)')
ylabel('y(t)')
title('Unit-step responses of the system')

Zero/pole/gain:
1
------------------
s (s+0.55) (s+1.5)

Zero/pole/gain:
(s+1)
------------------
s (s+0.55) (s+1.5)

Zero/pole/gain:
(s+0.2)
------------------
s (s+0.55) (s+1.5)

Zero/pole/gain:
(s+0.05)
------------------
s (s+0.55) (s+1.5)

5‐52 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

(b)
clear all
for Tz=[0 1 5 20];
t=0:0.001:15;
num = [Tz 1];
den = [1 2 2];
G=tf(num,den)
step(G,t);
hold on;
end
xlabel('Time(secs)')
ylabel('y(t)')
title('Unit-step responses of the system')

Transfer function:
1
-------------
s^2 + 2 s + 2

Transfer function:
s + 1
-------------
s^2 + 2 s + 2

Transfer function:
5 s + 1
-------------
s^2 + 2 s + 2

5‐53 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Transfer function:
20 s + 1
-------------
s^2 + 2 s + 2

Follow the same procedure for other parts.

5-46) Since the system is linear we use superposition to find Y, for inputs X and D

First, consider D = 0

k K
Js + a

Kf

Then

;
1

5‐54 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Kk
s ( Js + a + KK f k )

 
According to above block diagram:

1
1 1

Now consider X = 0, then:


K Kf
+1
Js + a s

Accordingly,

and

In this case, E(s) = D-KY(s)


1
1 1

5‐55 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Now the steady state error can be easily calculated by:


1
1/ : lim
1
1
lim lim 0
1

1 1
: lim –
1
1
lim
1

lim –

(c) The overall response is obtained through superposition

Y ( s) = Y ( s) D =0 + Y ( s ) X =0
y (t ) = y (t ) d (t ) =0 + y (t ) x (t ) =0

MATLAB
clear all
syms s K k J a Kf
X=1/s;
D=1/s^2
Y=K*k*X/(s*(J*s+a+K*k*Kf)+K*k)+k*(Kf+s)*D/(s*(J*s+a)+k*(Kf+s)*K)
ilaplace(Y)
D =
1/s^2
Y =
K*k/s/(s*(J*s+a+K*k*Kf)+K*k)+k*(Kf+s)/s^2/(s*(J*s+a)+k*(Kf+s)*K)
ans =

1+t/K+1/k/K^2/Kf/(a^2+2*a*K*k+K^2*k^2-
4*J*K*k*Kf)^(1/2)*sinh(1/2*t/J*(a^2+2*a*K*k+K^2*k^2-4*J*K*k*Kf)^(1/2))*exp(-
1/2*(a+K*k)/J*t)*(a^2+a*K*k-2*J*K*k*Kf)-cosh(1/2*t/J*(a^2+2*a*K*k*Kf+K^2*k^2*Kf^2-
4*J*K*k)^(1/2))*exp(-1/2*(a+K*k*Kf)/J*t)-(a+K*k*Kf)/(a^2+2*a*K*k*Kf+K^2*k^2*Kf^2-
4*J*K*k)^(1/2)*sinh(1/2*t/J*(a^2+2*a*K*k*Kf+K^2*k^2*Kf^2-4*J*K*k)^(1/2))*exp(-
1/2*(a+K*k*Kf)/J*t)+1/k/K^2/Kf*a*(-1+exp(-
1/2*(a+K*k)/J*t)*cosh(1/2*t/J*(a^2+2*a*K*k+K^2*k^2-4*J*K*k*Kf)^(1/2)))

5‐56 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 


5-47)    (a)  Find the  ∫ e(t )dt when e(t) is the error in the unit step response. 
0


As the system is stable then ∫0
e(t )dt will converge to a constant value: 

∞ E ( s)

0
e(t )dt = lim s
s →0 s
= lim E ( s )  
s →0

Y ( s) G ( s) ( A s + 1)( A2 s + 1)...( An s + 1)
= = 1 n≤m  
X ( s) 1 + G ( s) ( B1 s + 1)( B2 s + 1)...( Bm s + 1)      

Try to relate this to Equation (5-40).

G ( s) 1
E ( s ) = X ( s) − Y ( s) = X (s) − X (s) = X (s)
1 + G ( s) 1 + G (s)
⎛ ( A s + 1)( A2 s + 1)...( An s + 1) ⎞ ⎛ ( B1s + 1)( B2 s + 1)...( Bm s + 1) − ( A1s + 1)( A2 s + 1)...( An s + 1) ⎞
= ⎜1 − 1 ⎟ X (s) = ⎜ ⎟ X (s)
⎝ ( B1s + 1)( B2 s + 1)...( Bm s + 1) ⎠ ⎝ ( B1s + 1)( B2 s + 1)...( Bm s + 1) ⎠
1 ⎛ ( B s + 1)( B2 s + 1)...( Bm s + 1) − ( A1s + 1)( A2 s + 1)...( An s + 1) ⎞
lim E ( s ) = lim ⎜ 1 ⎟
s →0 s →0 s
⎝ ( B1s + 1)( B2 s + 1)...( Bm s + 1) ⎠
= ( B1 + B2 + L + Bm ) − ( A1 + A2 + L + An )

⎛ ( B1s + 1)( B2 s + 1)...( Bm s + 1) ⎞


G ( s) = ⎜ ⎟ −1
⎝ ( B1s + 1)( B2 s + 1)...( Bm s + 1) − ( A1s + 1)( A2 s + 1)...( An s + 1) ⎠
⎛ ( A1s + 1)( A2 s + 1)...( An s + 1) ⎞
G ( s) = ⎜ ⎟
⎝ ( B1s + 1)( B2 s + 1)...( Bm s + 1) − ( A1s + 1)( A2 s + 1)...( An s + 1) ⎠

1 ⎛ ( A s + 1)( A2 s + 1)...( An s + 1) ⎞
ess = lim s ⎜ 1 − 1 ⎟=0
s →0 s ⎝ ( B1s + 1)( B2 s + 1)...( Bm s + 1) ⎠

5‐57 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

1 1
(b) Calculate  =  
K lim sG ( s )
s→ 0

Recall 

G ( s) 1
E ( s ) = X ( s) − Y ( s) = X ( s) − X (s) = X (s)
1 + G(s) 1 + G(s)
Hence
 
1 1 1 1
lim E ( s ) = lim X ( s ) = lim = lim =
s →0 s →0 1 + G ( s ) s → 0 s + sG ( s ) s →0 sG ( s ) Kv
Ramp Error Constant

5‐58 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-48)

10 10
25 10 35 25 10

Comparing with the second order prototype system and matching denominators:

25 10
35 2

exp 0.25 1.386 0.210


1 1
3.2
0.1 80, 0 0.69

Let ξ = 0.4 and ω n = 80

Then

2 35 29
56.25

clear all
p=29;
K=56.25;
num = [10 10*K];
den = [1 35+p 25*p+10*K];
G=tf(num,den)
step(G);
xlabel('Time(secs)')
ylabel('y(t)')
title('Unit-step responses of the system')

Transfer function:
10 s + 562.5
-----------------
s^2 + 64 s + 1288

5‐59 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-49) According to the maximum overshoot:

which should be less than t, then

or 1

π /t
ωn 1 − ξ 2

−π /t ωn 1 − ξ 2

5‐60 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-50) Using a 2nd order prototype system format, from Figure 5-15, ωn is the radial distance from the
complex conjugate roots to the origin of the s-plane, then ωn with respect to the origin of the
shown region is ωn≈ 3.6.

Therefore the natural frequency range in the region shown is around 2.6 ≤ ωn ≤ 4.6

On the other hand, the damping ratio ζ at the two dashed radial lines is obtained from:
ζ cos /2 sin
ζ cos /2 sin

The approximation from the figure gives:

ζ 0.56
ζ 0.91

Therefore 0.56 ≤ ζ ≤ 0.91

b)

As Kp=2, then:

2
2 1 2

If the roots of the characteristic equations are assumed to be lied in the centre of the shown
region:

3 2
Ö 6 13 0
3 2

Comparing with the characteristic equation:

2 1 6 2
2 13 3.25

c) The characteristic equation

2 0

is a second order polynomial with two roots. These two roots can be determined by two terms
2(p+KKp) and KKpKI which includes four parameters. Regardless of the p and Kp values, we can
always choose K and so that to place the roots in a desired location.

5‐61 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-51) a)

By substituting the values:

0.2
0.109

b) Speed of the motor is

0.2
0.109
.
lim 10 19.23
.

(c)
0.2
0.109

d)
0.2
0.109
0.2
0.109

As a result:

0.2
0.109 0.2

e) As exp 0.2 , then, ξ = 0.404


.
According to the transfer function, 2 0.109, then 0.14 /
.

where 0.2 Ö K<0.0845

. . .
f) As , then 0.6,
as 0.2 , therefore; 1

5‐62 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

g) MATLAB
clear all
for K=[0.5 1 2];
t=0:0.001:15;
num = [0.2*K];
den = [1 0.109 0.2*K];
G=tf(num,den)
step(G,t);
hold on;
end
xlabel('Time(secs)')
ylabel('y(t)')
title('Unit-step responses of the system')

Transfer function:
0.1
-------------------
s^2 + 0.109 s + 0.1

Transfer function:
0.2
-------------------
s^2 + 0.109 s + 0.2

Transfer function:
0.4
-------------------
s^2 + 0.109 s + 0.4

5‐63 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Rise time decreases with K increasing.

Overshoot increases with K.

5‐64 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-52) exp 0.1, therefore, ξ = 0.59

. .
As , then, 3.62
. .

1 3

3 3

Therefore: 

3 3 2

If p is a non-dominant pole; therefore comparing both sides of above equation and:

2 3
2 3

If we consider p = 10a (non-dominant pole), ξ = 0.6 and ωn = 4, then:

4.8 10 3
48 16 3
160 160
8.3
89.8
83
clear all
K=160;
a=8.3;
b=89.8;
p=83;
num = [K K*a];
den = [1 3+b 3*b+K K*a];
G=tf(num,den)
step(G);
xlabel('Time(secs)')
ylabel('y(t)')
title('Unit-step responses of the system')

Transfer function:
160 s + 1328
-------------------------------
s^3 + 92.8 s^2 + 429.4 s + 1328

5‐65 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Both Overshoot and settling time values are met. No need to adjust parameters.

5-53) For the controller and the plant to be in series and using a unity feedback loop we have:

MATLAB

USE toolbox 5-8-3

clear all 
num=[‐1 ‐2 ‐3]; 
denom=[‐3+sqrt(9‐40) ‐3‐sqrt(9‐40) ‐0.02+sqrt(.004‐.07) ‐0.02‐sqrt(.004‐.07) ‐10]; 
G=zpk(num,denom,60) 
rlocus(G) 
 
Zero/pole/gain: 
             60 (s+1) (s+2) (s+3) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+10) (s^2  + 0.04s + 0.0664) (s^2  + 6s + 40) 
 

5‐66 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

 
Note the system has two dominant complex poles close to the imaginary axis. Lets zoom in the root locus diagram and 
use the cursor to find the parameter values. 

5‐67 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

 
 
As shown for K=0.933 the dominant closed loop poles are at ‐0.46±j 0.626 AND OVERSHOOT IS 
ALMOST 10%. 
 
Increasing K will push the poles closer towards less dominant zeros and poles. As a process the design process becomes less 
trivial and more difficult. 
 
To confirm use  

M=feedback(G*.933,1) %See toolbox 5‐4‐2 
step(M) 
Zero/pole/gain: 

                 55.98 (s+3) (s+2) (s+1) 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

(s+7.048) (s^2  + 0.9195s + 0.603) (s^2  + 8.072s + 85.29) 

5‐68 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

 
 
To reduce rise time, the poles have to move to left to make the secondary poles more dominant. As  
a result the little bump in the left hand side of the above graph should rise. Try K=3: 
 
>> M=feedback(G*3,1) 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
                 180 (s+3) (s+2) (s+1) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+5.01) (s^2  + 1.655s + 1.058) (s^2  + 9.375s + 208.9) 
  
>> step(M) 

**Try a higher K value, but looking at the root locus and the time plots, it appears that the
overshoot and rise time criteria will never be met simultaneously.

5‐69 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

 
 
K=5

M=feedback(G*5,1) %See toolbox 5-4-2


step(M)

Zero/pole/gain:
300 (s+3) (s+2) (s+1)
---------------------------------------------------------
(s+4.434) (s^2 + 1.958s + 1.252) (s^2 + 9.648s + 329.1)

5‐70 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐71 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-54) Forward‐path Transfer Function: 
M ( s) K
    G( s) = = 3 2
 
1− M ( s) s + ( 20 + a ) s + ( 200 + 20a ) s + 200a − K

            For type 1 system,    200a − K = 0          Thus       K = 200a 

            Ramp‐error constant: 

K 200 a
           K v = lim sG ( s ) = = = 5  Thus     a = 10  K = 2000 
s→ 0 200 + 20a 200 + 20 a

MATLAB Symbolic tool can be used to solve above. We use it to find the roots for the next part: 

>> syms s a K 

>>solve(5*200+5*20*a‐200a) 

ans = 

10 

>> D=(s^2+20*s+200)*s+a)) 

 D = 

(s^2+20*s+200)*(s+a) 

>> expand(D) 

ans = 

s^3+s^2*a+20*s^2+20*s*a+200*s+200*a 

>> solve(ans,s) 

ans = 

       ‐a 

 ‐10+10*i 

 ‐10‐10*i           

            The forward‐path transfer function is     The controller transfer function is 

5‐72 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

       G ( s ) =
2000
         Gc ( s ) =
G(s)
=
(
20 s + 10 s + 100
2

(
s s + 30 s + 400
2
) Gp (s) (s 2
+ 30 s + 400 )
 

             The maximum overshoot of the unit‐step response is 0 percent. 

MATLAB
clear all
K=2000;
a=10;
num = [];
den = [-10+10i -10-10i -a];
G=zpk(num,den,K)
step(G);
xlabel('Time(secs)')
ylabel('y(t)')
title('Unit-step responses of the system')

Zero/pole/gain:
2000
-------------------------

(s+10) (s^2 + 20s + 200)

Clearly PO=0.

5‐73 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-55)

Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

M ( s) K
    G( s) = = 3 2
 
1− M ( s) s + ( 20 + a ) s + ( 200 + 20a ) s + 200a − K

            For type 1 system,    200a − K = 0          Thus       K = 200a 

            Ramp‐error constant: 

K 200 a
           K v = lim sG ( s ) = = = 9  Thus     a = 90  K = 18000 
s→ 0 200 + 20a 200 + 20 a

MATLAB Symbolic tool can be used to solve above. We use it to find the roots for the next part: 

>> syms s a K 

solve(9*200+9*20*a‐200*a) 

 ans = 

 90 

>>D=(s^2+20*s+200)*s+a)) 

 D = 

(s^2+20*s+200)*(s+a) 

>> expand(D) 

ans = 

s^3+s^2*a+20*s^2+20*s*a+200*s+200*a 

>> solve(ans,s) 

ans = 

       ‐a 

 ‐10+10*i 

 ‐10‐10*i           

 The forward‐path transfer function is      The controller transfer function is 

5‐74 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

       G ( s ) =
18000
         Gc ( s ) =
G(s)
=
(
180 s + 10 s + 100
2

(
s s + 110 s + 2000
2
) Gp ( s) ( s + 110s + 2000 )
2

             The maximum overshoot of the unit‐step response is 4.3 percent. 
             From the expression for the ramp‐error constant, we see that as a or K goes to infinity,  Kv  approaches 10.  
             Thus the maximum value of  Kv  that can be realized is 10.  The difficulties with very large values of K and 
             a are that a high‐gain amplifier is needed and unrealistic circuit parameters are needed for the controller. 
clear all
K=18000;
a=90;
num = [];
den = [-10+10i -10-10i -a];
G=zpk(num,den,K)
step(G);
xlabel('Time(secs)')
ylabel('y(t)')
title('Unit-step responses of the system')

Zero/pole/gain:
18000
-------------------------
(s+90) (s^2 + 20s + 200)

PO is less than 4.

5‐75 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-56) (a)  Ramp‐error Constant: 

MATLAB 

clear all 
syms s Kp Kd kv 
Gnum=(Kp+Kd*s)*1000 
Gden= (s*(s+10)) 
G=Gnum/Gden 
Kv=s*G 
s=0 
eval(Kv) 
 
Gnum = 
 1000*Kp+1000*Kd*s 
   
Gden = 
 s*(s+10) 
   
G = 
 (1000*Kp+1000*Kd*s)/s/(s+10) 
   
Kv = 
 (1000*Kp+1000*Kd*s)/(s+10) 
  
 s = 
     0 
  
ans = 
 100*Kp 
 

1000 ( K P + K D s ) 1000 K P
    K v = lim s = = 100 K P = 1000   Thus  K P = 10  
s →0 s ( s + 10) 10

Kp=10 

clear s 

syms s 

Mnum=(Kp+Kd*s)*1000/s/(s+10) 

Mden=1+(Kp+Kd*s)*1000/s/(s+10) 

5‐76 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Kp = 

    10 

Mnum = 

(10000+1000*Kd*s)/s/(s+10) 

Mden = 

1+(10000+1000*Kd*s)/s/(s+10) 

ans = 

(s^2+10*s+10000+1000*Kd*s)/s/(s+10) 

s + (10 + 1000 K D ) s + 1000 K P = 0  


2
      Characteristic Equation: 

Match with a 2nd order prototype system 

      ω n = 1000 K P = 10000 = 100  rad/sec    2ζω n = 10 + 1000 K D = 2 × 0.5 × 100 = 100  

solve(10+1000*Kd‐100) 

 ans = 

 9/100      

90
 Thus    KD = = 0.09  
1000

 Use the same procedure for other parts. 

 (b) For   K v = 1000 and ζ = 0.707 ,  and from part (a), ω n = 100  rad/sec,  

131.4
        2ζω n = 10 + 1000 K D = 2 × 0.707 × 100 = 141.4   Thus  KD = = 0.1314  
1000

            (c)  For   K v = 1000 and ζ = 1.0 , and from part (a), ω n = 100  rad/sec, 

190
        2ζω n = 10 + 1000 K D = 2 × 1 × 100 = 200     Thus  KD = = 0.19   
1000

5‐77 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-57)  The ramp‐error constant: 

1000 ( K P + K D s )
    K v = lim s = 100 K P = 10, 000 Thus K P = 100  
s →0 s ( s + 10)

1000 (100 + K D s )
             The forward‐path transfer function is:  G(s) =  
s ( s + 10)

clear all
for KD=0.2:0.2:1.0;
num = [-100/KD];
den = [0 -10];
G=zpk(num,den,1000);
M=feedback(G,1)
step(M);
hold on;
end
xlabel('Time(secs)')
ylabel('y(t)')
title('Unit-step responses of the system')  

Zero/pole/gain: 

     1000 (s+500) 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

(s^2  + 1010s + 5e005) 

Zero/pole/gain: 

   1000 (s+250) 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

(s+434.1) (s+575.9) 

Zero/pole/gain: 

  1000 (s+166.7) 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

(s+207.7) (s+802.3)  

5‐78 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Zero/pole/gain: 

   1000 (s+125) 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

(s+144.4) (s+865.6) 

 Zero/pole/gain: 

   1000 (s+100) 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

(s+111.3) (s+898.7) 

               

Use the cursor to obtain the PO and tr values. 

For part b the maximum value of KD results in the minimum overshoot.

5‐79 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-58) (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

4500 K ( K P + K D s )
G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =  
s ( s + 361.2)

4500 KK P
   Ramp Error Constant:  K v = lim sG ( s ) = = 12.458 KK P  
s→ 0 361.2

1 0.0802
        e ss = = ≤ 0.001         Thus      KK P ≥ 80.2           Let      K P = 1 and K = 80.2  
Kv KK P

clear all
KP=1;
K=80.2;
figure(1)
num = [-KP];
den = [0 -361.2];
G=zpk(num,den,4500*K)
M=feedback(G,1)
step(M)
hold on;
for KD=00.0005:0.0005:0.002;
num = [-KP/KD];
den = [0 -361.2];
G=zpk(num,den,4500*K*KD)
M=feedback(G,1)
step(M)
end
xlabel('Time(secs)')
ylabel('y(t)')
title('Unit-step responses of the system')  

Zero/pole/gain:
360900 (s+1)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
s (s+361.2)

Zero/pole/gain:
360900 (s+1)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
(s+0.999) (s+3.613e005)

Zero/pole/gain:
180.45 (s+2000)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
s (s+361.2)

Zero/pole/gain:
180.45 (s+2000)

5‐80 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
(s^2 + 541.6s + 3.609e005)

Zero/pole/gain:
360.9 (s+1000)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
s (s+361.2)

Zero/pole/gain:
360.9 (s+1000)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
(s^2 + 722.1s + 3.609e005)

Zero/pole/gain:
541.35 (s+666.7)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
s (s+361.2)

Zero/pole/gain:
541.35 (s+666.7)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
(s^2 + 902.5s + 3.609e005)

Zero/pole/gain:
721.8 (s+500)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
s (s+361.2)

Zero/pole/gain:
721.8 (s+500)
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐
(s^2 + 1083s + 3.609e005)

5‐81 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

            KD            tr   (sec)         ts   (sec)   Max Overshoot (%) 

            0          0.00221        0.0166                 37.1

        0.0005          0.00242        0.00812                 21.5

        0.0010            0.00245        0.00775                 12.2

        0.0015          0.0024         0.0065                   6.4

        0.0016          0.00239        0.00597                   5.6

        0.0017          0.00238        0.00287                   4.8

        0.0018          0.00236        0.0029                   4.0

        0.0020          0.00233        0.00283                   2.8

5‐82 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-59) The forward‐path Transfer Function:  N = 20 

200 ( K P + K D s )
        G(s) =  
s ( s + 1)( s + 10)

  To stabilize the system, we can reduce the forward‐path gain.  Since the system is type 1, reducing the 

  gain does not affect the steady‐state liquid level to a step input.  Let   K P = 0.05  

200 ( 0.05 + K D s )
        G(s) =  
s ( s + 1)( s + 10)

ALSO try other Kp values and compare your results.

clear all
figure(1)
KD=0
num = [];
den = [0 -1 -10];
G=zpk(num,den,200*0.05)
M=feedback(G,1)
step(M)
hold on;
for KD=0.01:0.01:0.1;
KD
num = [-0.05/KD];
G=zpk(num,den,200*KD)
M=feedback(G,1)
step(M)
end
xlabel('Time(secs)')
ylabel('y(t)')
title('Unit-step responses of the system')

 
 
KD = 
     0 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
      10 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
                10 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+10.11) (s^2  + 0.8914s + 0.9893) 
 
KD = 
    0.0100 
  

5‐83 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Zero/pole/gain: 
   2 (s+5) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
 
Zero/pole/gain: 
             2 (s+5) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+9.889) (s^2  + 1.111s + 1.011) 
  
KD = 
    0.0200 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
  4 (s+2.5) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
            4 (s+2.5) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+9.658) (s^2  + 1.342s + 1.035) 
 
 
KD = 
    0.0300 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
 6 (s+1.667) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
           6 (s+1.667) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+9.413) (s^2  + 1.587s + 1.062) 
  
KD = 
    0.0400 
 
 
Zero/pole/gain: 
  8 (s+1.25) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
  
 
Zero/pole/gain: 
           8 (s+1.25) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+9.153) (s^2  + 1.847s + 1.093) 
  

5‐84 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

KD = 
    0.0500 
 
Zero/pole/gain: 
   10 (s+1) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
        10 (s+1) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+8.873) (s+1.127) (s+1) 
  
KD = 
    0.0600 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
12 (s+0.8333) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
        12 (s+0.8333) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+8.569) (s+1.773) (s+0.6582) 
  
KD = 
    0.0700 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
14 (s+0.7143) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
        14 (s+0.7143) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+8.232) (s+2.221) (s+0.547) 
  
KD = 
    0.0800 
 
Zero/pole/gain: 
 16 (s+0.625) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
        16 (s+0.625) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+7.85) (s+2.673) (s+0.4765) 
  

5‐85 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

KD = 
    0.0900 
 
Zero/pole/gain: 
18 (s+0.5556) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
  
 
Zero/pole/gain: 
        18 (s+0.5556) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+7.398) (s+3.177) (s+0.4255) 
  
KD = 
    0.1000 
 
Zero/pole/gain: 
  20 (s+0.5) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s (s+1) (s+10) 
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
          20 (s+0.5) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+0.3861) (s+3.803) (s+6.811) 
 

5‐86 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

   Unit‐step Response Attributes: 

            KD             ts      (sec) Max Overshoot  (%)

          0.01            5.159              12.7

          0.02            4.57                7.1

          0.03            2.35                3.2

          0.04            2.526                0.8

          0.05            2.721                0

          0.06            3.039                0

          0.10            4.317                0

   When   K D = 0.05  the rise time is 2.721 sec, and the step response has no overshoot.   

5‐87 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-60) (a)   For   e ss = 1,  

200 ( K P + K D s )
      K v = lim sG ( s ) = lim s = 20 K P = 1            Thus     K P = 0.05  
s →0 s→0 s ( s + 1)( s + 10)

        

       Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

200 ( 0.05 + K D s )
              G ( s ) =  
s ( s + 1)( s + 10)

Because of the choice of Kp this is the same as previous part.

5-61)

(a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 


100 ⎜ K P +
KI ⎞
⎟ 100 ( K P s + K I )
        G ( s ) =
⎝ s ⎠  For  K v = 10, K v = lim sG ( s ) = lim s = K I = 10  
s + 10 s + 100
2
s →0 s →0
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
   

       Thus    K I = 10.  

100 ( K P s + K I ) 100 ( K P s + 10 )
Gcl ( s ) = =  
s + 10 s + 100 s + 100 ( K P s + K I )
2 2
s + 10 s + 100(1 + K P ) s + 1000
3 3

        (b)  Let the complex roots of the characteristic equation be written as    s = −σ + j15 and s = −σ − j15. 

       The quadratic portion of the characteristic equation is 
2
(
s + 2σ s + σ + 225 = 0  
2
)
s + 10 s + (100 + 100 K P ) s + 1000 = 0  
3 2
       The characteristic equation of the system is 

       The quadratic equation must satisfy the characteristic equation. Using long division and solve for zero 

       remainder condition. 

5‐88 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

s + (10 − 2σ )

     s + 2σ s + σ + 225 s + 10 s + (100 + 100 K P ) s + 1000  


2 2 3 2
 

s + 2σ s + σ + 225 s
3 2
( 2
)

(
(10 − 2σ ) s + 100 K P − σ − 125 s + 1000
2
) 2

                    
(10 − 2σ ) s + ( 20σ − 4σ ) s + (10 − 2σ ) ( s + 225 )
2 2 2

        (100 K P )
+ 3σ − 20σ − 125 s + 2σ − 10σ + 450σ − 1250  
2 3 2

3 2
       For zero remainder,  2σ − 10σ + 450σ − 1250 = 0         (1) 

2
       and      100 K P + 3σ − 20σ − 125 = 0         (2) 

       The real solution of Eq. (1) is  σ = 2.8555 .  From Eq. (2), 

2
125 + 20σ − 3σ
        KP = = 15765
.  
100

       The characteristic equation roots are:    s = −2.8555 + j15, − 2.8555 − j15, and s = −10 + 2σ = −4.289  

         (c)  Root Contours: 

    Dividing both sides of  s + 10 s + (100 + 100 K P ) s + 1000 = 0 by the terms that do not contain Kp we have: 


3 2
 

100 K P s
  1+ = 1 + Geq    
s + 10 s + 100 s + 1000
3 2

100 K P s 100 K P s
Geq ( s ) = =      
s + 10 s + 100 s + 1000
3 2
( s + 10 ) ( s 2
+ 100 )
Root Contours: See Chapter 9 toolbox 9‐5‐2 for more information 

clear all
Kp =.001;
num = [100*Kp 0];
den = [1 10 100 1000];
rlocus(num,den)

5‐89 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5‐90 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-62) (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function:


100 ⎜ K P +
KI ⎞
⎟ 100 ( K P s + K I )
       G ( s ) =
⎝ s ⎠          For  K = 10, K v = lim sG ( s ) = lim s = K I = 10  
s + 10 s + 100
2 v
s →0 s →0
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
       Thus the forward‐path transfer function becomes 

100 (10 + K P s )
             G(s) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
100 ( K P s + K I ) 100 ( K P s + 10 )
Gcl ( s ) = =  
s + 10 s + 100 s + 100 ( K P s + K I )
2 2
s + 10 s + 100(1 + K P ) s + 1000
3 3

 
clear all
for Kp=.4:0.4:2;
num = [100*Kp 1000];
den =[1 10 100 0];
[numCL,denCL]=cloop(num,den);
GCL=tf(numCL,denCL);
step(GCL)
hold on;
end
 

5‐91 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Use the curser to find the maximum overshoot and rise time.  For example when  Kp = 2, PO=43 and  tr100%=0.152 
sec.  

Transfer function: 

       200 s + 1000 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

s^3 + 10 s^2 + 300 s + 1000 

5‐92 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-63)

  (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

100 ( K P s + K I )
      G(s) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
        For   K v = 100,  

100 ( K P s + K I )
           K v = lim sG ( s ) = lim s = K I = 100   Thus    K I = 100.  
s →0 s →0
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
s + 10 s + (100 + 100 K P ) s + 100 K I = 0  
3 2
           (b)  The characteristic equation is 

       Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 100 + 100 K P
2
s 10 10,000
               For stability,   100 K P − 900 > 0 Thus KP > 9 
1
s 100 K P − 900 0
0
s 10,000

7. Activate MATLAB 

8. Go to the directory containing the ACSYS software.  

9. Type in  

Acsys 

10. Then press the “transfer function Symbolic” and enter the Characteristic equation 

11. Then press the “Routh Hurwitz” button 

5‐93 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

 
RH = 

  

[                                   1,                          100+100*kp] 

[                                  10,                               10000] 

[                         ‐900+100*kp,                                   0] 

[ (‐9000000+1000000*kp)/(‐900+100*kp),                                   0] 

           

   

5‐94 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

    Root Contours: 

100 K P s 100 K P s
        Geq ( s ) = 3 2
=  
s + 10 s + 100 s + 10,000 ( s + 23.65)( s − 6.825 + j19.4)( s − 6.825 − j19.4)

Root Contours: See Chapter 9 toolbox 9‐5‐2 for more information 

clear all
Kp =.001;
num = [100*Kp 0];
den = [1 10 100 10000];
rlocus(num,den)

5‐95 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

  (c)   K I = 100  

100 ( K P s + 100 )
        G(s) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
          The following maximum overshoots of the system are computed for various values of  K P .  

clear all
Kp=[15 20 22 24 25 26 30 40 100 1000];
[N,M]=size(Kp);
for i=1:M
num = [100*Kp(i) 10000];
den = [1 10 100 0];
[numCL,denCL]=cloop(num,den);
GCL=tf(numCL,denCL);
figure(i)
step(GCL)
end
 

     KP       15      20     22      24     25     26     30     40     100    1000

5‐96 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

     ymax    1.794    1.779  1.7788     1.7785 1.7756 1.779 1.782 1.795  1.844    1.859

        When  KP = 25,      minimum ymax = 1.7756 

Use: close all to close all the figure windows.

5‐97 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-64) MATLAB solution is the same as 5-63.

(a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

100 ( K P s + K I ) 100 K I
    G(s) =   For   K v = = 10, K I = 10  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
) 100

              (b)  Characteristic Equation:  ( )
s3 + 10 s 2 + 100 K + 1 s + 1000 = 0  
P

          Routh Tabulation: 

   

3
s 1 100 + 100 K P
2
s 10 1000
                For stability,    KP > 0 
1
s 100 K P 0
0
s 1000

          Root Contours:   

100 K P s
        Geq ( s ) = 3 2
 
s + 10 s + 100 s + 1000

   

5‐98 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

  (c)  The maximum overshoots of the system for different values of  K P  ranging from 0.5 to 20 are  

           computed and tabulated below. 

    KP     0.5      1.0     1.6     1.7    1.8   1.9   2.0   3.0   5.0     10             20

   ymax  1.393  1.275  1.2317  1.2416  1.2424 1.2441 1.246  1.28 1.372  1.514  1.642

           

          When  KP = 1.7,    maximum ymax = 1.2416 

5-65)  

KDs + KPs + KI ⎛ KI 2 ⎞
2
KI
      Gc ( s ) = K P + K D s + = = (1 + K D 1 s ) ⎜ K P 2 + ⎟ 
s s ⎝ s ⎠

      where 
      K P = K P 2 + K D1 K I 2 K D = K D1 K P 2 KI = KI 2  

     Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =
100 (K D s2 + KP s + KI )
      (
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)      

     And rename the ratios:  K D / K P = A, KI / KP = B  

Thus   

KI
K v = lim sG ( s ) = 100 = 100
      s →0 100  
K I = 100

5‐99 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

ForKD being sufficiently small: 

    Forward‐path Transfer Function:             Characteristic Equation: 

100 ( K P s + 100 )
            G ( s ) = s + 10 s + (100 + 100 K P ) s + 10, 000 = 0  
3 2
       
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
   For stability, Kp>9.  Select Kp =10 and observe the response. 

clear all
Kp=10;
num = [100*Kp 10000];
den =[1 10 100 0];
[numCL,denCL]=cloop(num,den);
GCL=tf(numCL,denCL)
step(GCL)

Transfer function:
1000 s + 10000
-----------------------------
s^3 + 10 s^2 + 1100 s + 10000

Obviously by increasing Kp more oscillations will occur. Add KD to reduce oscillations. 

clear all
Kp=10;
Kd=2;
num = [100*Kd 100*Kp 10000];
den =[1 10 100 0];
[numCL,denCL]=cloop(num,den);
GCL=tf(numCL,denCL)
step(GCL)
 

5‐100 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Transfer function:
200 s^2 + 1000 s + 10000
------------------------------
s^3 + 210 s^2 + 1100 s + 10000
     

    Unit‐step Response      

The rise time seems reasonable. But we need to increase Kp to improve approach to steady state. 

Increase Kp to Kp=30. 

clear all
Kp=30;
Kd=1;
num = [100*Kd 100*Kp 10000];
den =[1 10 100 0];
[numCL,denCL]=cloop(num,den);
GCL=tf(numCL,denCL)
step(GCL)

Transfer function:
100 s^2 + 3000 s + 10000
------------------------------
s^3 + 110 s^2 + 3100 s + 10000
 

5‐101 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

To obtain a better response continue adjusting KD and KP.

5‐102 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-66) This problem has received extended treatment in Chapter 6, Control Lab – see Section 6-6.

For the sake simplicity, this problem we assume the control force f(t) is applied in parallel to the
spring K and damper B. We will not concern the details of what actuator or sensors are used.

Lets look at Figure 4-84 and equations 4-322 and 4-323.

xc
mc
mc
ks cs
ks cs x
xw m
mw

mw k c
kw kw cw
  y y
cw

(a) (b) (c)

Figure 4-84 Quarter car model realization: (a) quarter car, (b) 2 degree of

freedom, and (c) 1 degree of freedom model.

The equation of motion of the system is defined as follows: 

mx&&(t ) + cx& (t ) + kx (t ) = cy& (t ) + ky (t ) (4-322)

which can be simplified by substituting the relation z(t) = x(t)‐y(t) and non‐dimensionalizing the coefficients to 

the form 

z (t ) + 2ζω n z& (t ) + ω n 2 z (t ) = − &&


&& y (t ) (4-323)

The Laplace transform of Eq. (4‐323) yields the input output relationship 

5‐103 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Z (s) −1
= 2 (4-324)
Y&&( s ) s + 2ζω n s + ω n 2

Now let’s apply control – see section 6-6 for more detail.

x
m

k c
k f(t)
y

For simplicity and better presentation, we have scaled the control force as kf(t) we rewrite (4-324) as:

mx&&(t ) + cx& (t ) + kx(t ) = cy& (t ) + ky (t ) + kf (t )


z (t ) + 2ζωn z& (t ) + ωn 2 z (t ) = − &&
&& y (t ) + ωn 2 f (t )
(4-324)
s 2 + 2ζωn s + ωn 2 = − A( s ) + ωn 2 F ( s )
A( s ) = Y&&( s )

Setting the controller structure such that the vehicle bounce Z ( s ) = X ( s ) − Y ( s ) is minimized:
⎛ K ⎞
F (s) = 0 − ⎜ K P + K D s + I ⎟ Z (s)
⎝ s ⎠

Z (s) −1
=
A( s ) ⎛ K ⎞
s 2 + 2ζωn s + ωn 2 ⎜ 1 + K P + K D s + I ⎟
⎝ s ⎠

Z (s) −s
= 3
A( s ) s + 2ζωn s + ωn ( (1 + K P ) s + K D s 2 + K I )
2 2

See Equation (6-4).

For proportional control KD=KI=0.

5‐104 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Pick ς = 0.707 and ωn = 1 for simplicity. This is now an underdamped system.

Use MATLAB to obtain response now.


clear all
Kp=1;
Kd=0;
Ki=0;
num = [-1 0];
den =[1 2*0.707+Kd 1+Kp Ki];
G=tf(num,den)
step(G)

Transfer function:
-s
---------------------
s^3 + 1.414 s^2 + 2 s

Adjust parameters to get the desired response if necessary.

The process is the same for parts b, c and d.

5‐105 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-67) Replace F(s) with

⎛ K ⎞
F ( s ) = X ref − ⎜ K P + K D s + I ⎟ X ( s )
⎝ s ⎠
B
2ζωn =
M
K
ωn 2 =
M
X ( s) 1
=
X ref ( s ) ⎛ K ⎞
s 2 + 2ζωn s + ⎜ ωn 2 + K P + K D s + I ⎟
⎝ s ⎠

Use MATLAB to obtain response now.


clear all
Kp=1;
Kd=0;
Ki=0;
B=10;
K=20;
M=1;
omega=sqrt(K/M);
zeta=(B/M)/2/omega;
num = [1 0];
den =[1 2*zeta*omega+Kd omega^2+Kp Ki];
G=tf(num,den)
step(G)
ransfer function:
s
-------------------
s^3 + 10 s^2 + 21 s

T0 achieve the proper response, adjust controller gains accordingly.

5‐106 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-68) From problem 4-3

a) Rotational kinetic energy:

Translational kinetic energy:

Relation between translational displacement and rotational displacement:

1
2

Potential energy:

As we know , then:

1 1 1
2 2 2

By differentiating, we have:
0

Since cannot be zero, then 0

b)

c)

5‐107 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

1 1 1
2 2 2

where at the maximum energy.

1 1
2 2
Then:

1 1
2 2
Or:

J
d) G (s) =  
(ms + K )
2

% select values of m, J and K


K=100;
J=5;
m=25;
G=tf([J],[m 0 K])
Pole(G)
impulse(G,10)
xlabel( 'Time(sec)');
ylabel('Amplitude');

Transfer function:
5
------------
25 s^2 + 100

ans =
0 + 2.0000i
0 - 2.0000i

5‐108 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Uncontrolled

With a proportional controller one can adjust the oscillation amplitude the transfer function is
rewritten as:

JK p
Gcl ( s ) =  
(ms + K + JK p )
2

% select values of m, J and K


Kp=0.1
K=100;
J=5;
m=25;
G=tf([J*Kp],[m 0 (K+J*Kp)])
Pole(G)
impulse(G,10)
xlabel( 'Time(sec)');
ylabel('Amplitude');

5‐109 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Kp =
0.1000

Transfer function:
0.5
--------------
25 s^2 + 100.5

ans =
0 + 2.0050i
0 - 2.0050i

A PD controller must be used to damp the


oscillation and reduce overshoot. Use Example
5-11-1 as a guide.

5‐110 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

5-69) From Problem 4-6 we have:

a)

y2 y1
K ( y1 − y 2 )
K ( y1 − y 2 )

μmgy& 2 μMgy&1

b) From Newton’s Law:

If y1 and y2 are considered as a position and v1 and v2 as velocity variables

Then:

The output equation can be the velocity of the engine, which means

c)

Obtaining requires solving above equation with respect to Y2(s)

From the first equation:

Substituting into the second equation:

5‐111 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

By solving above equation:

1
2

Replace Force F with a proportional controller so that F=K(Z-Zref):

KP   
Zref                  _                               F                                              Z 

1
2

1
2 1

5-70) Also see derivations in 4-9.

x(t) 

            F 

     M   

θ 

Here is an alternative representation including friction (damping) μ. In this case the angle θ is
measured differently.

Let’s find the dynamic model of the system:

5‐112 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

1)
2)

Let . If Φ is small enough then 1 and , therefore

which gives:
Φ s
F s

Ignoring friction 0.
Φ s
F s
where

Ignoring actuator dynamics (DC motor equations), we can incorporate feedback control using a
series PD compensator and unity feedback. Hence,

KP+KDs   
R                   _                                   F                                              Φ 

F ( s) = K p ( R ( s ) − Φ ) − K D s ( R ( s ) − Φ )

The system transfer function is:

Φ A( K p + KDs)
= 2
R (s + K D s + A ( K p − B )

Control is achieved by ensuring stability (Kp>B)

5‐113 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Use Routh Hurwitz to establish stability first. Use Acsys to do that as


demonstrated in this chapter problems. Also Chapter 2 has many examples.

Use MATLAB to simulate response:


clear all
Kp=10;
Kd=5;
A=10;
B=8;
num = [A*Kd A*Kp];
den =[1 Kd A*(Kp-B)];
G=tf(num,den)
step(G)

Transfer function:
50 s + 100
--------------
s^2 + 5 s + 20

Adjust parameters to achieve desired response. Use THE PROCEDURE in Example 5-11-1.

You may look at the root locus of the forward path transfer function to get a better perspective.

5‐114 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

Φ A ( K p + K D s ) AK D ( z + s )
= =
E s 2 − AB s 2 − AB
fix z and vary K D .

clear all
z=100;
Kd=0.01;
A=10;
B=8;
num = [A*Kd A*Kd*z];
den =[1 0 -(A*B)];
G=tf(num,den)
rlocus(G)

Transfer function:
0.1 s + 10
----------
s^2 – 80

For z=10, a large KD=0.805 results in: 

5‐115 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition  Chapter 5 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 

clear all
Kd=0.805;
Kp=10*Kd;
A=10;
B=8;
num = [A*Kd A*Kp];
den =[1 Kd A*(Kp-B)];
G=tf(num,den)
pole(G)
zero(G)
step(G)

Transfer function:
8.05 s + 80.5
-------------------
s^2 + 0.805 s + 0.5

ans =

-0.4025 + 0.5814i
-0.4025 - 0.5814i

ans =

-10

Looking at dominant poles we expect to see an oscillatory response with overshoot


close to desired values.

For a better design, and to meet rise time criterion, use Example 5-
11-1.

5‐116 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Chapter 6 THE CONTROL LAB

Part 1) Solution to Lab questions within Chapter 6

6-4-1 Open Loop Speed

1. Open loop speed response using SIMLab:


a. +5 V input:

The form of response is like the one that we expected; a second order system response with overshoot and
oscillation. Considering an amplifier gain of 2 and K b = 0.1 , the desired set point should be set to 2.5 and as
seen in the figure, the final value is approximately 50 rad/sec which is armature voltage divided by K b . To find
the above response the systems parameters are extracted from:

Ra J m Ra J m − k b k mτ m
τm = , B= = 0.000792kg ⋅ m 2 / sec
Ra B + k b k m Raτ m

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

b. +15 V input:

c. –10 V input:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

2. Study of the effect of viscous friction:

The above figure is plotted for three different friction coefficients (0, 0.001, 0.005) for 5 V armature input. As
seen in figure, two important effects are observed as the viscous coefficient is increased. First, the final steady
state velocity is decreased and second the response has less oscillation. Both of these effects could be predicted
from Eq. (5-114) by increasing damping ratio ζ.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

3. Additional load inertia effect:

As the overall inertia of the system is increased by 0.005 / 5.2 2 and becomes 1.8493 × 10 −3 kg.m2, the
mechanical time constant is substantially increased and we can assume the first order model for the motor
(ignoring the electrical sub-system) and as a result of this the response is more like an exponential form. The
above results are plotted for 5 V armature input.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

4. Reduce the speed by 50% by increasing viscous friction:

As seen in above figure, if we set B=0.0075 N.s/m the output speed drop by half comparing with the case that
B=0 N.s/m. The above results are plotted for 5 V armature input.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

5. Study of the effect of disturbance:

Repeating experiment 3 for B=0.001 N.s/m and TL =0.05 N.m result in above figure. As seen, the effect of
disturbance on the speed of open loop system is like the effect of higher viscous friction and caused to decrease
the steady state value of speed.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6. Using speed response to estimate motor and load inertia:

Using first order model we are able to identify system parameters based on unit step response of the system. In
above plot we repeated the experiments 3 with B=0.001 and set point voltage equal to 1 V. The final value of the
speed can be read from the curve and it is 8.8, using the definition of system time constant and the cursor we read
63.2% of speed final value 5.57 occurs at 0.22 sec, which is the system time constant. Considering Eq. (5-116),
and using the given value for the rest of parameters, the inertia of the motor and load can be calculated as:

τ m ( Ra B + K m K b ) 0.22(1.35 × 0.001 + 0.01)


J= = = 1.8496 × 10 −3 kg.m2
Ra 1.35

We also can use the open loop speed response to estimate B by letting the speed to coast down when it gets to the
steady state situation and then measuring the required time to get to zero speed. Based on this time and energy
conservation principle and knowing the rest of parameters we are able to calculate B. However, this method of
identification gives us limited information about the system parameters and we need to measure some parameters
directly from motor such as Ra , K m , K b and so on.
So far, no current or voltage saturation limit is considered for all simulations using SIMLab software.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

7. Open loop speed response using Virtual Lab:


a. +5 V:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

b. +15 V:

c. –10 V:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Comparing these results with the part 1, the final values are approximately the same but the shape of responses is
closed to the first order system behavior. Then the system time constant is obviously different and it can be
identified from open loop response. The effect of nonlinearities such as saturation can be seen in +15 V input with
appearing a straight line at the beginning of the response and also the effects of noise and friction on the response
can be observed in above curves by reducing input voltage for example, the following response is plotted for a 0.1
V step input:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

8. Identifying the system based on open loop response:

Open loop response of the motor to a unit step input voltage is plotted in above figure. Using the definition of
time constant and final value of the system, a first order model can be found as:

9
G(s) = ,
0.23s + 1

where the time constant (0.23) is found at 5.68 rad/sec (63.2% of the final value).

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-4-2 Open Loop Sine Input

9. Sine input to SIMLab and Virtual Lab (1 V. amplitude, and 0.5, 5, and 50 rad/sec frequencies)

a. 0.5 rad/sec (SIMLab):

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

b. 5 rad/sec (SIMLab):

c. 50 rad/sec (SIMLab):

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

d. 0.5 rad/sec (Virtual Lab):

e. 5 rad/sec (Virtual Lab):

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

f. 50 rad/sec (Virtual Lab):

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

10. Sine input to SIMLab and Virtual Lab (20 V. amplitude)


a. 0.5 rad/sec (SIMLab):

b. 5 rad/sec (SIMLab):

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

c. 50 rad/sec (SIMLab):

d. 0.5 rad/sec (Virtual Lab):

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

e. 5 rad/sec (Virtual Lab):

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

f. 5 rad/sec (Virtual Lab):

In both experiments 9 and 10, no saturation considered for voltage and current in SIMLab software. If
we use the calculation of phase and magnitude in both SIMLab and Virtual Lab we will find that as
input frequency increases the magnitude of the output decreases and phase lag increases. Because of
existing saturations this phenomenon is more sever in the Virtual Lab experiment (10.f). In this
experiments we observe that M = 0.288 and ϕ = −93.82 o for ω = 50.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-4-3 Speed Control


11. Apply step inputs (SIMLab)
In this section no saturation is considered either for current or for voltage.

a. +5 V:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

b. +15 V:

c. -10 V:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

12. Additional load inertia effect:


a. +5 V:

b. +15 V:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

c. -10 V:

13. Study of the effect of viscous friction:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

As seen in above figure, two different values for B are selected, zero and 0.0075. We could change the
final speed by 50% in open loop system. The same values selected for closed loop speed control but as
seen in the figure the final value of speeds stayed the same for both cases. It means that closed loop
system is robust against changing in system’s parameters. For this case, the gain of proportional
controller and speed set point are 10 and 5 rad/sec, respectively.

14. Study of the effect of disturbance:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Repeating part 5 in section 6-4-1 for B=0.001 and TL =0.05 N.m result in above figure. As seen, the effect of
disturbance on the speed of closed loop system is not substantial like the one on the open loop system in part 5,
and again it is shown the robustness of closed loop system against disturbance. Also, to study the effects of
conversion factor see below figure, which is plotted for two different C.F. and the set point is 5 V.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

By decreasing the C.F. from 1 to 0.2, the final value of the speed increases by a factor of 5.

15. Apply step inputs (Virtual Lab)


a. +5 V:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

b. +15 V:

c. –10 V:
6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

As seen the responses of Virtual Lab software, they are clearly different from the same results of
SIMLab software. The nonlinearities such as friction and saturation cause these differences. For
example, the chattering phenomenon and flatness of the response at the beginning can be considered as
some results of nonlinear elements in Virtual Lab software.

6-4-4 Position Control

16. 160 o step input (SIMLab)

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

17. –0.1 N.m step disturbance

18. Examine the effect of integral control

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

In above figure, an integral gain of 1 is considered for all curves. Comparing this plot with the previous
one without integral gain, results in less steady state error for the case of controller with integral part.

19. Additional load inertia effect (J=0.0019, B=0.004):

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

20. Set B=0:

21. Study the effect of saturation

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

The above figure is obtained in the same conditions of part 20 but in this case we considered ± 10 V. and
± 4 A. as the saturation values for voltage and current, respectively. As seen in the figure, for higher
proportional gains the effect of saturations appears by reducing the frequency and damping property of
the system.

22. Comments on Eq. 5-126

After neglecting of electrical time constant, the second order closed loop transfer function of position
control obtained in Eq. 5-126. In experiments 19 through 21 we observe an under damp response of a
second order system. According to the equation, as the proportional gain increases, the damped
frequency must be increased and this fact is verified in experiments 19 through 21. Experiments16
through 18 exhibits an over damped second order system responses.

23. In following, we repeat parts 16 and 18 using Virtual Lab:

Study the effect of integral gain of 5:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Ch. 6 Problem Solutions

Part 2) Solution to Problems in Chapter 6

6-1. In order to find the current of the motor, the motor constant has to be separated from the electrical
component of the motor.

The response of the motor when 5V of step input is applied is:

a) The steady state speed: 41.67rad/sec


b) It takes 0.0678 second to reach 63% of the steady state speed (26.25rad/sec). This is the time
constant of the motor.
c) The maximum current: 2.228A
6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

11.2

The steady state speed at 5V step input is 50rad/sec.

a) It takes 0.0797 seconds to reach 63% of the steady state speed (31.5rad/sec).
b) The maximum current: 2.226A
c) 100rad/sec

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-3

a) 50rad/sec
b) 0.0795 seconds
c) 2.5A. The current
d) When Jm is increased by a factor of 2, it takes 0.159 seconds to reach 63% of its steady state
speed, which is exactly twice the original time period . This means that the time constant has
been doubled.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-4

Part 1: Repeat problem 6-1 with TL = -0.1Nm

a) It changes from 41.67 rad/sec to 25 rad/sec.


b) First, the speed of 63% of the steady state has to be calculated.
41.67 - (41.67 - 25) × 0.63 = 31.17 rad/sec.
The motor achieves this speed 0.0629 seconds after the load torque is applied
c) 2.228A. It does not change

Part 2: Repeat problem 6-2 with TL = -0.1Nm

a) It changes from 50 rad/sec to 30 rad/sec.


b) The speed of 63% of the steady state becomes
50 - (50 - 30) × 0.63 = 37.4 rad/sec.
The motor achieves this speed 0.0756 seconds after the load torque is applied
c) 2.226A. It does not change.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Part 3: Repeat problem 6-3 with TL = -0.1Nm

a) It changes from 50 rad/sec to 30 rad/sec.


b) 50 - (50 - 30) × 0.63 = 37.4 rad/s
The motor achieves this speed 0.0795 seconds after the load torque is applied. This is the same
as problem 6-3.
c) 2.5A. It does not change
d) As TL increases in magnitude, the steady state velocity decreases and steady state current
increases; however, the time constant does not change in all three cases.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-4 The steady state speed is 4.716 rad/sec when the amplifier input voltage is 5V:

6-6

a) 6.25 rad/sec.
b) 63% of the steady state speed: 6.25 × 0.63 = 3.938 rad/sec
It takes 0.0249 seconds to reach 63% of its steady state speed.
c) The maximum current drawn by the motor is 1 Ampere.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-7
a) 9.434 rad/sec.
b) 63% of the steady state speed: 9.434 × 0.63 = 5.943 rad/sec
It takes 0.00375 seconds to reach 63% of its steady state speed.
c) The maximum current drawn by the motor is 10 Amperes.
d) When there is no saturation, higher Kp value reduces the steady state error and decreases the rise
time. If there is saturation, the rise time does not decrease as much as it without saturation.
Also, if there is saturation and Kp value is too high, chattering phenomenon may appear.

6-8

a) The steady state becomes zero. The torque generated by the motor is 0.1 Nm.
b) 6.25 - (6.25 - 0) × 0.63 = 2.31 rad/sec. It takes 0.0249 seconds to reach 63% of its new steady
state speed. It is the same time period to reach 63% of its steady state speed without the load
torque (compare with the answer for the Problem 6-6 b).

11-9 The SIMLab model becomes

The sensor gain and the speed input are reduced by a factor of 5. In order to get the same result as
Problem 6-6, the Kp value has to increase by a factor of 5. Therefore, Kp = 0.5.
The following graphs illustrate the speed and current when the input is 2 rad/sec and Kp = 0.5.
6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-10

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

a) 1 radian.
b) 1.203 radians.
c) 0.2215 seconds.

6-11

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

a) The steady state position is very close to 1 radian.


b) 1.377 radians.
c) 0.148 seconds.
It has less steady state error and a faster rise time than Problem 6-10, but has larger overshoot.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-12

Different proportional gains and their corresponding responses are shown on the following graph.

As the proportional gain gets higher, the motor has a faster response time and lower steady state error,
but if it the gain is too high, the motor overshoot increases. If the system requires that there be no
overshoot, Kp = 0.2 is the best value. If the system allows for overshoot, the best proportional gain is
dependant on how much overshoot the system can have. For instance, if the system allows for a 30%
overshoot, Kp = 1 is the best value.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-13 Let Kp = 1 is the best value.

As the derivative gain increases, overshoot decreases, but rise time increases.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-14

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-15

There could be many possible answers for this problem. One possible answer would be
Kp= 100
Ki= 10
Kd= 1.4

The Percent Overshoot in this case is 3.8%.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-16
0.1 Hz

0.2 Hz

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

0.5 Hz

1 Hz

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

2Hz

5Hz

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

10Hz

50Hz

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

As frequency increases, the phase shift of the input and output also increase. Also, the amplitude of the
output starts to decrease when the frequency increases above 0.5Hz.

6-17

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

As proportional gain increases, the steady state error decreases.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-18

Considering fast response time and low overshoot, Kp=1 is considered to be the best value.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-19 It was found that the best Kp = 1

As Kd value increases, the overshoot decreases and the rise time increases.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-20 From the “Experiment” Menu select the Open Loop Sine Input” option.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Double click on the “Sine wave” block and choose the input values.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Run simulation in SIMULINK.


Change run time to 20 sec (default is
5 sec)

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Calculate the Gain and Phase values by entering the input frequency. Repeat the process for other
frequency values and use the calculated gain and phase values to plot the frequency response of the
system.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-21)

Select the Speed Control option in Virtual Lab Experiment Window.


Enter the Step Input and Controller Gain values by double clicking on their respective blocks.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Run simulation, and repeat the process for different gain values. Observe the steady state value change
with K.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-22)

Select the Position Control option in Virtual Lab Experiment Window.


Enter the Step Input and Controller Gain values by double clicking on their respective blocks.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Run simulation, and repeat the process for different gain values.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-23) If we choose Kp= 1, Ki= 0, and Kd= 0, we get

Increase Kd=0.1 we get:

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-24) Here Kp=275 and Kd=12.

Next Kp=275 and Kd=20.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

You may try other parts and make observations.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-25) a)

Change variables displayed using “Setup Axes” if desired.


b) Next use the Model Parameters button and change k to 15 as shown. Simulate the response and
show the desire variables.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

c) A sample response

d)

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

Other parts are trivial and follow section 6-6.

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition Chapter 6 Solutions Golnaraghi, Kuo

6-1
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Chapter 7

7-1 (a) P ( s ) = s 4 + 4 s 3 + 4 s 2 + 8 s Q( s ) = s + 1

Finite zeros of P(s): 0, −3.5098, −0.24512 ± j1.4897

Finite zeros of Q(s): −1

Asymptotes: K > 0: 60 o , 180 o , 300 o K < 0: 0 o , 120 o , 240 o

Intersect of Asymptotes:
−3.5 − 0.24512 − 0.24512 − ( −1)
σ1 = = −1
4 −1

(b) P ( s ) = s 3 + 5 s 2 + s Q( s ) = s + 1

Finite zeros of P(s) : 0, −4.7912, −0.20871

Finite zeros of Q(s): −1

Asymptotes: K > 0: 90 o , 270 o K < 0: 0 o , 180 o

Intersect of Asymptotes:
−4.7913 − 0.2087 − ( −1)
σ1 = = −2
3−1

(c) P ( s ) = s 2 3 2
Q( s ) = s + 3s + 2 s + 8

Finite zeros of P(s): 0, 0

Finite zeros of Q(s): −3.156, 0.083156 ± j15874


.

Asymptotes: K > 0: 180 o K < 0: 0 o

7‐1 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(d) P ( s ) = s 3 + 2 s 2 + 3 s ( )
Q( s) = s − 1 ( s + 3)
2

Finite zeros of P(s): 0, − 1 ± j1.414

Finite zeros of Q(s): 1, −1, −3

Asymptotes: There are no asymptotes, since the number of zeros of P(s) and
Q(s) are

equal.

(e) P ( s ) = s 5 + 2 s 4 + 3 s 3 2
Q( s ) = s + 3s + 5

Finite zeros of P(s): 0, 0, 0, − 1 ± j1.414

Finite zeros of Q(s): −15


. ± j16583
.

Asymptotes: K > 0: 60 o , 180 o , 300 o K < 0: 0 o , 120 o , 240 o

Intersect of Asymptotes:
−1 − 1 − ( −15)
. − ( −15)
. 1
σ1 = =
5− 2 3

(f) P ( s ) = s 4 + 2 s 2 + 10 Q( s ) = s + 5

Finite zeros of P(s): −1.0398 ± j1.4426, 10398


. ± j1.4426

Finite zeros of Q(s): −5

Asymptotes: K > 0: 60 o , 180 o , 300 o K < 0: 0 o , 120 o , 240 o

Intersect of Asymptotes:
−10398
. − 10398
. + 10398
. + 10398
. − ( −5) −5
σ1 = =
4 −1 3

 
7‐2 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-2(a) MATLAB code:


s = tf('s')
num_GH=(s+1);
den_GH=(s^4+4*s^3+4*s^2+8*s);
GH_a=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(1);
rlocus(GH_a)
GH_p=pole(GH_a)
GH_z=zero(GH_a)
n=length(GH_p) %number of poles of G(s)H(s)
m=length(GH_z) %number of zeros of G(s)H(s)
%Asymptotes angles:
k=0;
Assymp1_angle=+180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
Assymp2_angle=-180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
k=1;
Assymp3_angle=+180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
%Asymptotes intersection point on real axis:
sigma=(sum(GH_p)-sum(GH_z))/(n-m)

Root Locus
6

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6
-8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4
Real Axis

Assymp1_angle = 60
Assymp2_angle = -60
Assymp3_angle = 180

7‐3 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

sigma = -1.0000 (intersect of asymptotes)


7-2(b) MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
'Generating the transfer function:'
num_GH=(s+1);
den_GH=(s^3+5*s^2+s);
GH_a=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(1);
rlocus(GH_a)
GH_p=pole(GH_a)
GH_z=zero(GH_a)
n=length(GH_p) %number of poles of G(s)H(s)
m=length(GH_z) %number of zeros of G(s)H(s)
%Asymptotes angles:
k=0;
Assymp1_angle=+180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
Assymp2_angle=-180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
%Asymptotes intersection point on real axis:
sigma=(sum(GH_p)-sum(GH_z))/(n-m)

Root Locus
10

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8

-10
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

Assymp1_angle = 90
Assymp2_angle = -90

7‐4 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

sigma = -2 (intersect of asymptotes)

7-2(c) MATLAB code:


s = tf('s')
'Generating the transfer function:'
num_GH=(s^3+3*s^2+2*s+8);
den_GH=(s^2);
GH_a=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(1);
rlocus(GH_a)
GH_p=pole(GH_a)
GH_z=zero(GH_a)
n=length(GH_p) %number of poles of G(s)H(s)
m=length(GH_z) %number of zeros of G(s)H(s)
%Asymptotes angles:
k=0;
Assymp1_angle=+180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
%Asymptotes intersection point on real axis:
sigma=(sum(GH_p)-sum(GH_z))/(n-m)

Root Locus
2

1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5

-2
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

7‐5 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Assymp1_angle = 180
sigma = -3.0000 (intersect of asymptotes)

7-2(d) MATLAB code:


s = tf('s')
'Generating the transfer function:'
num_GH=((s^2-1)*(s+3));
den_GH=(s^3+2*s^2+3*s);
GH_a=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(1);
rlocus(GH_a)
GH_p=pole(GH_a)
GH_z=zero(GH_a)
n=length(GH_p) %number of poles of G(s)H(s)
m=length(GH_z) %number of zeros of G(s)H(s)

Root Locus
1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5
Real Axis

No asymptotes

7‐6 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-2(e) MATLAB code:


s = tf('s')
'Generating the transfer function:'
num_GH=(s^2+3*s+5);
den_GH=(s^5+2*s^4+3*s^3);
GH_a=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(1);
rlocus(GH_a)
GH_p=pole(GH_a)
GH_z=zero(GH_a)
n=length(GH_p) %number of poles of G(s)H(s)
m=length(GH_z) %number of zeros of G(s)H(s)
%Asymptotes angles:
k=0;
Assymp1_angle=+180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
Assymp2_angle=-180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
k=1;
Assymp3_angle=+180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
%Asymptotes intersection point on real axis:
sigma=(sum(GH_p)-sum(GH_z))/(n-m)

Root Locus
6

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6
-8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4
Real Axis

Assymp1_angle = 60

7‐7 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Assymp2_angle = -60
Assymp3_angle = 180
sigma = 0.3333 (intersect of asymptotes)

7-2(f) MATLAB code:


s = tf('s')
'Generating the transfer function:'
num_GH=(s+5);
den_GH=(s^4+2*s^2+10);
GH_a=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(1);
rlocus(GH_a)
xlim([-20 20])
ylim([-20 20])
GH_p=pole(GH_a)
GH_z=zero(GH_a)
n=length(GH_p) %number of poles of G(s)H(s)
m=length(GH_z) %number of zeros of G(s)H(s)
%Asymptotes angles:
k=0;
Assymp1_angle=+180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
Assymp2_angle=-180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
k=1;
Assymp3_angle=+180*(2*k+1)/(n-m)
%Asymptotes intersection point on real axis:
sigma=(sum(GH_p)-sum(GH_z))/(n-m)

7‐8 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
20

15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15

-20
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
Real Axis

Assymp1_angle = 60
Assymp2_angle = -60
Assymp3_angle = 180
sigma = 1.6667 (intersect of asymptotes)

7-3) Consider

As the asymptotes are the behavior of G(s)H(s) when |s|Æ∞ , then

|s| > |zi| for i = 1,2,…,m and |s| > |pi| for i = 1,2,…,n

therefore ‫ ס‬G(s)H(s)

According to the condition on angles:

‫ ס‬G(s)H(s) =

7‐9 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

If we consider , then:

‫ ס‬G(s)H(s) =

or

7-4) If , then each point on root locus must satisfy the characteristic equation of

If and , then

or

If the roots of above expression is considered as si for i = 1,2,…,(n-m), then

since the intersect of (n-m) asymptotes lies on the real axis of the s-plane and is
real, therefore

7-5) Poles of GH is s = 0, -2, -1 + j, -1 – j, therefore the center of asymptotes:

The angles of asymptotes:

7‐10 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 


σ × σ

7‐11 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-6 (a) Angles of departure and arrival.

K > 0: −θ 1 − θ 2 − θ 3 + θ 4 = −180o

−θ 1 − 90 − 45 + 90 = −180
o o o o

θ 1 = 135
o

K < 0: −θ 1 − 90o − 45o + 90o = 0o  

θ 1 = −45
o

(b) Angles of departure and arrival.

−θ 1 − θ 2 − θ 3 + θ 4 = −180
o
K > 0:

−θ 1 − 135 − 90 + 90 = 0
o o o o
K < 0:

θ 1 = −135
o

7‐12 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(c) Angle of departure:

−θ 1 − θ 2 − θ 3 + θ 4 = −180
o
K > 0:

−θ 1 − 135 − 90 − 45 = −180
o o o o

θ 1 = −90
o

(d) Angle of departure

−θ 1 − θ 2 − θ 3 − θ 4 = −180
o
K > 0:

−θ 1 − 135 − 135 − 90 = −180


o o o o

θ 1 = −180
o

7‐13 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(e) Angle of arrival

θ 1 + θ 6 − θ 2 − θ 3 − θ 4 − θ 5 = −360
o
K < 0:

θ 1 + 90 − 135 − 135 − 45 − 26.565 = −360


o o o o o o

θ 1 = −108.435
o

7‐14 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-7) a) ‫ ס‬G(s)H(s) =  

we know that

therefore

As a result, θ D = ‫ ס‬G(s)H’(s) – 180o = 180 + , when -180o = 180o

b) Similarly:

‫ ס‬G(s)H(s) =

Therefore:

As a result, θ =180 –

7-8) zeros: and poles:

Departure angles from:

7‐15 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Arrival angles at

7-9)  (a)            (b) 

       (c)              (d) 

7‐16 
 

 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐17 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐18 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-10) The breaking points are on the real axis of and must satisfy

If and α is a breakaway point, then

Finding α where K is maximum or minimum , therefore

or

5 4 3 2
7-11) (a) Breakaway-point Equation: 2 s + 20 s + 74 s + 110 s + 48 s = 0

Breakaway Points: −0.7275, − 2.3887

6 5 4 3 2
(b) Breakaway-point Equation: 3 s + 22 s + 65 s + 100 s + 86 s + 44 s + 12 = 0

Breakaway Points: −1, − 2.5

6 5 4 3 2
(c) Breakaway-point Equation: 3 s + 54 s + 347.5 s + 925 s + 867.2 s − 781.25 s − 1953 = 0

7‐19 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Breakaway Points: − 2.5, 109


.

6 5 4 3 2
(d) Breakaway-point Equation: − s − 8 s − 19 s + 8 s + 94 s + 120 s + 48 = 0

Breakaway Points: −0.6428, 2.1208

7-12) (a) 

K ( s + 8)
      G( s) H ( s) =  
s( s + 5)( s + 6)

     
o o o o
    Asymptotes:  K > 0:  90 and 270     K < 0:   0 and 180  

     Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 − 5 − 6 − ( −8 )
          σ1 = = −15
.    
3−1

    Breakaway‐point Equation: 

3 2
          2 s + 35 s + 176 s + 240 = 0  

    Breakaway Points:    −2.2178, − 5.5724, − 9.7098  

  Root Locus Diagram: 

7‐20 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

   

7‐12  (b) 

K
      G( s) H ( s) =            
s( s + 1)( s + 3)( s + 4 )

o o o o o o o o
    Asymptotes:  K > 0:  45 , 135 , 225 , 315   K < 0:  0 , 90 , 180 , 270  

    Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 − 1− 3 − 4
          σ1 = = −2  
4

3 2
    Breakaway‐point Equation:  4 s + 24 s + 38 s + 12 = 0  

    Breakaway Points:    −0.4189, − 2, − 3.5811 

       Root Locus Diagram:   

7‐21 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐12  (c)   

K( s + 4)
    G( s) H ( s) = 2 2
 
s ( s + 2)

     

    Asymptotes:  K > 0:  60 o , 180 o , 300 o     K < 0: 


o o o
0 , 120 , 240  

     Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 + 0 − 2 − 2 − ( −4 )
          σ1 = = 0   
4 −1

     Breakaway‐point Equation:   

4 3 2
          3 s + 24 s + 52 s + 32 s = 0  

     Breakaway Points:    0, − 1085
. , − 2, − 4.915  

     Root Locus Diagram:     

      

7‐22 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐12  (d)   

K ( s + 2)
    G( s) H ( s) = 2
 
s( s + 2 s + 2 )

    Asymptotes:  K > 0:  90 o , 270 o    


o
K < 0:    0 , 180  
o

     Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 − 1 − j − 1 − j − ( −2 )
          σ1 = = 0 
3−1

3 2
                 Breakaway‐point Equation:  2s + 8s + 8s + 4 = 0  

    Breakaway Points:    −2.8393   The other two solutions are not breakaway points. 

     

7‐23 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Root Locus Diagram 

   

7‐12  (e)   

K ( s + 5)
    G(s) H (s) =  
(
s s + 2s + 2
2
)
    Asymptotes:  K > 0:   90 o , 270 o     K < 0: 
o o
0 , 180  

     Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 − 1 − j − 1 − j − ( −5)
             σ 1 = = 15
.  
3−1

     Breakaway‐point Equation: 

3 2
                 2 s + 17 s + 20 s + 10 = 0  

     Breakaway Points:           −7.2091                  The other two solutions are not breakaway points. 

7‐24 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

        

7‐12  (f) 

K
    G(s) H (s) =  
(
s ( s + 4 ) s + 2s + 2
2
)
o o o o o o o o
    Asymptotes:   K > 0:  45 , 135 , 225 , 315   K < 0:   0 , 90 , 180 , 270  

     Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 − 1− j − 1+ j − 4
          σ1 = = −15
.  
4
3 2
     Breakaway‐point Equation:  4 s + 18 s + 20 s + 8 = 0  

     Breakaway Point:    −3.0922    The other solutons are not breakaway points.   

         

7‐25 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

7‐12  (g) 
2
K( s + 4)
    G( s) H ( s) = 2 2
 
s ( s + 8)

     Asymptotes:  K > 0:  90 o , 270 o   o


    K < 0:       0 , 180  
o

      Intesect of Asymptotes: 

0 + 0 − 8 − 8 − ( −4 ) − ( −4 )
          σ1 =  
4−2

      

5 4 3 2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 20 s + 160 s + 640 s + 1040 s = 0  

      Breakaway Points:  0,   −4,   −8,    −4 − j4,   −4 + j4 

7‐26 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

   

7‐12  (h) 

K
    G( s) H ( s) = 2 2
 
s ( s + 8)

      

     Asymptotes:  K > 0:    45o , 135o , 225o , 315o                  K < 0:    0 o , 90 o , 180 o , 270 o  

      Intersect of Asymptotes: 

−8 − 8
          σ1 = = −4  
4
3 2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 12 s + 32 s = 0  

      Breakaway Point:    0,   −4,   −8 

7‐27 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐12  (i)   

    G(s) H (s) =
(
K s + 8s + 20
2

s ( s + 8)
2 2

    Asymptotes:   K > 0:    90 o , 270 o  K < 0:    0 o , 180 o  

     Intersect of Asymptotes: 

−8 − 8 − ( −4 ) − ( −4 )
          σ1 = = −4  
4−2

5 4 3 2
     Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 20 s + 128 s + 736 s + 1280 s = 0  

     Breakaway Points:    −4, − 8, − 4 + j 4.9, − 4 − j 4.9  

7‐28 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

         (j)   

2
Ks
    G(s) H (s) =  
(s 2
−4 )
 

     Since the number of finite poles and zeros of  G ( s ) H ( s )  are the same, there are no asymptotes. 

     Breakaway‐point Equation:    8 s = 0  

     Breakaway Points:          s = 0 

7‐29 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐12  (k) 

    G(s) H (s) =
K s −4 ( 2
)  
(s 2
+1 )( s 2
+4 )
     Asymptotes:  K > 0:    90 o , 270 o     K < 0: 
o o
0 , 180  

−2 + 2
      Intersect of Asymptotes:  σ1 = = 0 
4−2
6 4 2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  s − 8 s − 24 s = 0  

      Breakaway Points:    0, 3.2132, − 3.2132, j15246


. , − j15246
.  

7‐30 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐12  (l) 

K ( s − 1)
2

    G(s) H (s) =  
(s 2
+1 )( s 2
+4 )
o o o o
     Asymptotes:   K > 0:  90 , 270     K < 0:    0 , 180  

      Intersect of Asymptotes: 

−1 + 1
          σ1 = = 0 
4−2

5 3
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  s − 2s − 9s = 0  

      Breakaway Points:    −2.07, 2.07, − j1.47, j1.47  

7‐31 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

         (m)   

K ( s + 1)( s + 2)( s + 3)
    G( s) H ( s) = 3
 
s ( s − 1)

     

7‐32 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
o o
    Asymptotes:   K > 0:  180    K < 0:        0  

6 5 4 3 2
    Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 12 s + 27 s + 2 s − 18 s = 0  

    Breakaway Points:    −1.21,    −2.4,    −9.07,    0.683,    0,    0 

7‐33 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

          (n)   

K ( s + 5)( s + 40)
    G( s) H ( s) = 3
 
s ( s + 250)( s + 1000)

   

      Asymptotes:  K > 0:  60 o , 180 o , 300 o   K < 0: 


o o
0 , 120 , 240  
o

       Intersect of asymptotes: 

0 + 0 + 0 − 250 − 1000 − ( −5) − ( −40 )


          σ1 = = −40167
.  
5− 2

6 5 8 4 10 3 11 2
       Breakaway‐point Equation:    3750 s + 335000 s + 5.247 × 10 s + 2.9375 × 10 s + 1875
. × 10 s = 0  

       Breakaway Points:  −7.288,    −712.2,    0,    0 

7‐34 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐12  (o)   

K ( s − 1)
    G( s) H ( s) =  
s( s + 1)( s + 2 )

     Asymptotes:  K > 0:  90 o , 270 o     K < 0: 


o o
0 , 180  

       

7‐35 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
      Intersect of Asymptotes:   

−1 − 2 − 1
          σ1 = = −2  
3−1

3
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  s − 3s − 1 = 0  

      Breakaway Points;    −0.3473,    −1.532,    1.879 

7‐36 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
7-13(a) MATLAB code: 10

num=[1 7]; 8
den=conv([1 0],[1 5]);
6
den=conv(den,[1 6]);
mysys=tf(num,den) 4

rlocus(mysys); 2

Imaginary Axis
0

-2

-4

-6

-8

-10
-8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

Root Locus
10

7-13(b) MATLAB code: 4

num=[0 1]; 2
Imaginary Axis

den=conv([1 0],[1 1]);


0
den=conv(den,[1 3]);
den=conv(den,[1 4]); -2
mysys=tf(num,den)
-4
rlocus(mysys);
-6

-8

-10
-12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8
Real Axis

7‐37 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
15

10

Imaginary Axis
7-13(c) MATLAB code: 0

num=[1 4];
-5
den=conv([1 0],[1 0]);
den=conv(den,[1 2]);
den=conv(den,[1 2]); -10

mysys=tf(num,den)
rlocus(mysys); -15
-12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8
Real Axis

Root Locus
10

2
Imaginary Axis

-2
7-13(d) MATLAB code:
-4
num=[1 2];
-6
den=conv([1 0],[1
(1+j)]); -8

den=conv(den,[1 (1-
-10
j)]); -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5
Real Axis
mysys=tf(num,den)
rlocus(mysys);

7‐38 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
25

20

15

10

5
Imaginary Axis
0

-5

-10

-15

7-13(e) MATLAB code: -20

num=[1 5]; -25


-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
den=conv([1 0],[1 Real Axis
(1+j)]);
den=conv(den,[1 (1-
j)]);
mysys=tf(num,den)
rlocus(mysys);

7‐39 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
5

7-13(f) MATLAB code: 4

num=conv([1 4],[1 4]); 3


den=conv([1 0],[1 0]);
2
den=conv(den,[1 8]);
den=conv(den,[1 8]); 1

Imaginary Axis
mysys=tf(num,den) 0
rlocus(mysys);
-1

-2

-3

-4

-5
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
Real Axis

Root Locus
10

8
7-13(g) MATLAB code:
6
num=conv([1 4],[1 4]);
den=conv([1 0],[1 0]); 4

den=conv(den,[1 8]); 2
Imaginary Axis

den=conv(den,[1 8]);
0
mysys=tf(num,den)
rlocus(mysys); -2

-4

-6

-8

-10
-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

7‐40 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
25

20

15

7-13(h) MATLAB code: 10

num=[0 1]; 5

Imaginary Axis
den=conv([1 0],[1 0]);
den=conv(den,[1 8]); 0

den=conv(den,[1 8]); -5
mysys=tf(num,den)
-10
rlocus(mysys);
-15

-20

-25
-30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
Real Axis

Root Locus
15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

7-13(i) MATLAB code:


0
num=conv([1 4-2j],[1
4+2j])
-5
den=conv([1 0],[1 0]);
den=conv(den,[1 8]);
den=conv(den,[1 8]); -10
mysys=tf(num,den)
rlocus(mysys);
-15
-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

7‐41 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
0.25

0.2

0.15

0.1

0.05

Imaginary Axis 0

7-13(j) MATLAB code: -0.05

num=conv([1 0],[1 0]); -0.1


den=conv([1 2],[1 -2]);
-0.15
mysys=tf(num,den)
rlocus(mysys); -0.2

-0.25
-2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5
Real Axis

7-13(k) MATLAB code:


num=conv([1 2],[1 -2]);
den=conv([1 -j],[1 j]);
den=conv(den,[1 -2j]);
den=conv(den,[1 2j]);
mysys=tf(num,den)

7‐42 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

rlocus(mysys);
Root Locus
5

Imaginary Axis
0

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5
-2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5
Real Axis

7-13(l) MATLAB code:


num=conv([1 1],[1 -1]); Root Locus
5
den=conv([1 -j],[1 j]);
den=conv(den,[1 -2j]); 4

den=conv(den,[1 2j]); 3
mysys=tf(num,den)
rlocus(mysys); 2

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5
-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5
Real Axis

7‐43 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
7-13(m) MATLAB code: 6

num=conv([1 1],[1 2]);


4
num=conv(num,[1 3]);
den=conv([1 0],[1 0]);
den=conv(den,[1 0]); 2

den=conv(den,[1 -1]);

Imaginary Axis
mysys=tf(num,den) 0
rlocus(mysys);
-2

-4

-6
-18 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2
Real Axis

Root Locus
1500

1000
7-13(n) MATLAB code:
num=conv([1 5],[1 40]); 500
den=conv([1 0],[1 0]);
Imaginary Axis

den=conv(den,[1 0]);
0
den=conv(den,[1 100]);
den=conv(den,[1 200]);
mysys=tf(num,den) -500

rlocus(mysys);
-1000

-1500
-1400 -1200 -1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600
Real Axis

7‐44 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
10

Imaginary Axis
7-13(o) MATLAB code: 0

num=conv([1 5],[1 40]); -2


den=conv([1 0],[1 0]);
-4
den=conv(den,[1 0]);
den=conv(den,[1 100]); -6
den=conv(den,[1 200]);
-8
mysys=tf(num,den)
rlocus(mysys); -10
-2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5
Real Axis

7-14)  (a)     Q( s ) = s + 5 ( )
P ( s ) = s s + 3s + 2 = s ( s + 1)( s + 2)  
2

     Asymptotes:  K > 0:  90 o , 270 o     K < 0: 


o
0 , 180  
o

      Intersect of Asymptotes: 

−1 − 2 − ( −5)
          σ1 = = 1 
3−1

3 2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 9 s + 15 s + 5 = 0  

      Breakaway Points:    −0.4475,    −1.609,     −6.9434 

7‐45 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐14  (b)    Q( s ) = s + 3 ε 2
ϕ
P( s) = s s + s + 2  

7‐46 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
o o o o
     Asymptotes:  K > 0:  90 , 270     K < 0:    0 , 180  

     Intersect of Asymptotes:   

−1 − ( −3)
          σ1 = = 1 
3−1

   

3 2
     Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 5s + 3s + 3 = 0  

     Breakaway Points:    −4.4798   The other solutions are not breakaway points. 

7‐47 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

   

2
7‐14  (c)  Q( s ) = 5s P ( s ) = s + 10  

o o
     Asymptotes:  K > 0:  180     K < 0:  0  

7‐48 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
2
     Breakaway‐point Equation:  5 s − 50 = 0  

     Breakaway Points:    −3.162,      3.162 

7‐49 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

7‐14  (d)  (
Q( s ) = s s + s + 2
2
) P ( s ) = s + 3s + s + 5s + 10  
4 3 2

 
o o
     Asymptotes:   K > 0:  180     K < 0:  0  

6 5 4 3 2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 2 s + 8 s + 2 s − 33 s − 20 s − 20 = 0  

      Breakaway Points:    −2,    1.784.  The other solutions are not breakaway points. 

7‐50 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐14  (e)  ( )
Q( s ) = s − 1 ( s + 2 )
2
(
P( s) = s s + 2s + 2  
2
)

7‐51 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

     Since Q( s )  and  P ( s )  are of the same order, there are no asymptotes. 

   

3 2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  6 s + 12 s + 8 s + 4 = 0  

      Breakaway Points:    −1.3848 

7‐52 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐14  (f)   Q ( s ) = ( s + 1)( s + 4) ( )
P(s) = s s − 2  
2

7‐53 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

o o
     Asymptotes:  K > 0:  180     K < 0:  0  

4 3 2
     Breakaway‐point equations:  s + 10 s + 14 s − 8 = 0  

     Breakaway Points:    −8.334,    0.623 

     

7‐54 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

7‐14  (g)  Q( s ) = s + 4 s + 5
2
P( s ) = s
2
(s 2
)
+ 8s + 16  

     Asymptotes:  K > 0:  90 o , 270 o   o o


      K < 0:          0 , 180  

      Intersect of Asymptotes:   

−8 − ( −4 )
          σ1 = = −2  
4−2

5 4 3 2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 10 s + 42 s + 92 s + 80 s = 0  

      Breakaway Points:    0, − 2, − 4, − 2 + j 2.45, − 2 − j 2.45  

7‐55 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐14  (h)  (
Q( s ) = s − 2
2
) ( s + 4) (
P( s) = s s + 2s + 2  
2
)
 

    Since  Q ( s ) and P ( s )  are of the same order, there are no asymptotes. 

7‐56 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

    Breakaway Points:  −2,    6.95 

7‐57 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

7‐14  (i)    Q( s ) = ( s + 2 )( s + 0.5) ε ϕ 
2
P( s) = s s − 1

     Asymptotes:  K > 0:  180 o     K < 0: 


o
0  

4 3 2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 5s + 4 s − 1 = 0  

       

      Breakaway Points:     −4.0205,    0.40245  The other solutions are not breakaway points. 

7‐58 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐59 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐14  (j)    Q( s) = 2s + 5 P(s) = s
2
(s 2
)
+ 2s + 1 = s
2
( s + 1)  
2

     Asymptotes:  K > 0:  60 o , 180 o , 300 o   o o


K < 0:      0 , 120 , 240  
o

      Intersect of Asymptotes;   

0 + 0 − 1 − 1 − ( −2.5) 0.5
          σ1 = = = 0.167  
4 −1 3

4 3 2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  6 s + 28 s + 32 s + 10 s = 0  

      Breakaway Points:    0,    −0.5316,    −1,    −3.135 

7‐60 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-15 ) MATLAB code:


clear all;
close all;
s = tf('s')

%a)
num_GH_a=(s+5);
den_GH_a=(s^3+3*s^2+2*s);
GH_a=num_GH_a/den_GH_a;
figure(1);
rlocus(GH_a)

7‐61 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

%b)
num_GH_b=(s+3);
den_GH_b=(s^3+s^2+2*s);
GH_b=num_GH_b/den_GH_b;
figure(2);
rlocus(GH_b)

%c)
num_GH_c= 5*s^2;
den_GH_c=(s^3+10);
GH_c=num_GH_c/den_GH_c;
figure(3);
rlocus(GH_c)

%d)
num_GH_d=(s^3+s^2+2);
den_GH_d=(s^4+3*s^3+s^2+15);
GH_d=num_GH_d/den_GH_d;
figure(4);
rlocus(GH_d)

%e)
num_GH_e=(s^2-1)*(s+2);
den_GH_e=(s^3+2*s^2+2*s);
GH_e=num_GH_e/den_GH_e;
figure(5);
rlocus(GH_e)

%f)
num_GH_f=(s+4)*(s+1);
den_GH_f=(s^3-2*s);
GH_f=num_GH_f/den_GH_f;
figure(6);
rlocus(GH_f)

%g)
num_GH_g=(s^2+4*s+5);
den_GH_g=(s^4+6*s^3+9*s^2);
GH_g=num_GH_g/den_GH_g;
figure(7);
rlocus(GH_g)

%h)
num_GH_h=(s^2-2)*(s+4);
den_GH_h=(s^3+2*s^2+2*s);
GH_h=num_GH_h/den_GH_h;

7‐62 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

figure(8);
rlocus(GH_h)

%i)
num_GH_i=(s+2)*(s+0.5);
den_GH_i=(s^3-s);
GH_i=num_GH_i/den_GH_i;
figure(9);
rlocus(GH_i)

%j)
num_GH_j=(2*s+5);
den_GH_j=(s^4+2*s^3+2*s^2);
GH_j=num_GH_j/den_GH_j;
figure(10);
rlocus(GH_j)

%k)
num_GH_k=1;
den_GH_k=(s^5+2*s^4+3*s^3+2*s^2+s);
GH_k=num_GH_k/den_GH_k;
figure(11);
rlocus(GH_k)

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(a):

Root Locus
20

15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15

-20
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

7‐63 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(b):

Root Locus
15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15
-3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(c):

7‐64 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
2

1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5

-2
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(d):

Root Locus
1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(e):

7‐65 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(f):


poles:

Asymptotes angle:

Therefore,

Departure angle from:

7‐66 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
5

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5
-18 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(g):


Poles: and zeroes:

Asymptotes angles:

Departure angles from:

7‐67 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15
-3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(h):


Poles: and zeros:

The break away points:

which means:

or

7‐68 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(i):


Poles:

breaking points:

which means :

Departure angles from:

Asymptotes angles:
or θ =

7‐69 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
2.5

1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5

-2

-2.5
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(j):

Root Locus
10

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8

-10
-10 -5 0 5
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-15(k):

7‐70 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
6

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
Real Axis

7-16) (a)   Asymptotes:  K > 0:  45o , 135o , 225o , 315o  

      Intersect of Asymptotes: 

−2 − 2 − 5 − 6 − ( −4 )
          σ1 = = −2.75  
5−1

5 4 3 2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  4 s + 65 s + 396 s + 1100 s + 1312 s + 480 = 0  

   

      Breakaway Points:    −0.6325,        −5.511        (on the RL) 

      When ζ = 0.707,   K  = 13.07 

7‐71 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐16  (b)    Asymptotes:  K > 0:  45o , 135o , 225o , 315o  

       Intersect of Asymptotes: 

7‐72 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
0 − 2 − 5 − 10
          σ1 = = −4.25  
4

3 2
       Breakaway‐point Equation:  4 s + 51s + 160 s + 100 = 0  

       When ζ = 0.707,     K = 61.5 

7‐73 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

7‐16  (c)    Asymptotes:   K > 0:    180 o  

4 3 2
       Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 4 s + 10 s + 300 s + 500 = 0  

       Breakaway Points:  −1.727    (on the RL) 

       When ζ = 0.707,   K = 9.65 

7‐74 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐75 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

o o
7‐16  (d)    K > 0:  90 , 270  

       Intersect of Asymptotes:   

−2 − 2 − 5 − 6
          σ1 = = −7.5  
4−2

       

        When ζ = 0.707,   K = 8.4  

7‐76 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-17) MATLAB code:


clear all;
close all;
s = tf('s')

%a)
num_G_a=(s+3);
den_G_a=s*(s^2+4*s+4)*(s+5)*(s+6);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
figure(1);
rlocus(G_a)

%b)

7‐77 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

num_G_b= 1;
den_G_b=s*(s+2)*(s+4)*(s+10);
G_b=num_G_b/den_G_b;
figure(2);
rlocus(G_b)

%c)
num_G_c=(s^2+2*s+8);
den_G_c=s*(s+5)*(s+10);
G_c=num_G_c/den_G_c;
figure(3);
rlocus(G_c)

%d)
num_G_d=(s^2+4);
den_G_d=(s+2)^2*(s+5)*(s+6);
G_d=num_G_d/den_G_d;
figure(4);
rlocus(G_d)

%e)
num_G_e=(s+10);
den_G_e=s^2*(s+2.5)*(s^2+2*s+2);
G_e=num_G_e/den_G_e;
figure(5);
rlocus(G_e)

%f)
num_G_f=1;
den_G_f=(s+1)*(s^2+4*s+5);
G_f=num_G_f/den_G_f;
figure(6);
rlocus(G_f)

%g)
num_G_g=(s+2);
den_G_g=(s+1)*(s^2+6*s+10);
G_g=num_G_g/den_G_g;
figure(7);
rlocus(G_g)

%h)
num_G_h=(s+3)*(s+2);
den_G_h=s*(s+1);
G_h=num_G_h/den_G_h;
figure(8);
rlocus(G_h)

7‐78 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

%i)
num_G_i=1;
den_G_i=s*(s^2+4*s+5);
G_i=num_G_i/den_G_i;
figure(9);
rlocus(G_i)

Root Locus diagram – 7-17(a):


By using “Data Cursor” tab on the figure window and clicking on the root locus diagram, gain and
damping values can be observed. Damping of ~0.707 can be observed on intersection of the root locus
diagram with two lines originating from (0,0) by angles of ArcCos(0.707) from the real axis. These
intersection points are shown for part (a) where the corresponding gain is 19. In the other figures for
section (b) to (i), similar points have been picked by the “Data Cursor”, and the gains are reported here.

Root Locus
15

10
System: G_a
Gain: 19
Pole: -0.584 + 0.589i
5 Damping: 0.704
Overshoot (%): 4.43
Imaginary Axis

Frequency (rad/sec): 0.829

System: G_a
Gain: 19
-5 Pole: -0.584 - 0.589i
Damping: 0.704
Overshoot (%): 4.43
Frequency (rad/sec): 0.829
-10

-15
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-17(b): (K = 45.5 @ damping = ~0.0707)

7‐79 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
25

20

15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15

-20

-25
-30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-17(c): (K = 12.8 @ damping = ~0.0707)

Root Locus
3

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3
-18 -16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-17(d): (K = 8.3 @ damping = ~0.0707)

7‐80 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
30

20

10
Imaginary Axis

-10

-20

-30
-8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-17(e): (K = 0 @ damping = 0.0707)

Root Locus
20

15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15

-20
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-17(f): (K = 2.33 @ damping = ~0.0707)

7‐81 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
5

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5
-7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-17(g): (K = 7.03 @ damping = ~0.0707)

Root Locus
10

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8

-10
-3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-17(h): (no solution exists for damping =0.0707)

7‐82 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
1

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2
Imaginary Axis

-0.2

-0.4

-0.6

-0.8

-1
-3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-17(i): (K = 2.93 @ damping = ~0.0707)

Root Locus
4

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3

-4
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

o o o
7-18)   (a)   Asymptotes:  K > 0:  60 , 180 , 300  

7‐83 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
      Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 − 10 − 20
          σ1 = = −10  
3
2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:   3 s + 60 s + 200 = 0   Breakaway Point:  (RL)      −4.2265,    K = 384.9 

 
o o o o
         (b)  Asymptotes:  K > 0:  45 , 135 , 225 , 315  

     Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 − 1− 3 − 5
          σ1 = = −2.25  
4
3 2
     Breakaway‐point Equation:    4 s + 27 s + 46 s + 15 = 0     

     Breakaway Points:  (RL)       −0.4258  K = 2.879,  −4.2537          K = 12.95 

7‐84 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

c) Zeros: and poles:

Angle of asymptotes:

The breakaway points: Î

Then and

d) Poles:

Angle of asymptotes:

breakaway points:

e) Zeros: and poles:

Angle of asymptotes:

7‐85 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

breakaway points: Î

f) Poles:

Angles of asymptotes:

breakaway point:

7-19) MATLAB code:


clear all;
close all;
s = tf('s')

%a)
num_G_a=1;
den_G_a=s*(s+10)*(s+20);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
figure(1);
rlocus(G_a)

%b)
num_G_b= 1;
den_G_b=s*(s+1)*(s+3)*(s+5);
G_b=num_G_b/den_G_b;
figure(2);
rlocus(G_b)

%c)
num_G_c=(s-0.5);
den_G_c=(s-1)^2;
G_c=num_G_c/den_G_c;
figure(3);
rlocus(G_c)

%d)

7‐86 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

num_G_d=1;
den_G_d=(s+0.5)*(s-1.5);
G_d=num_G_d/den_G_d;
figure(4);
rlocus(G_d)

%e)
num_G_e=(s+1/3)*(s+1);
den_G_e=s*(s+1/2)*(s-1);
G_e=num_G_e/den_G_e;
figure(5);
rlocus(G_e)

%f)
num_G_f=1;
den_G_f=s*(s^2+6*s+25);
G_f=num_G_f/den_G_f;
figure(6);
rlocus(G_f)

Root Locus diagram – 7-19(a):

Root Locus
60

40
System: G_a
Gain: 385
20 Pole: -4.23 - 1.45e-007i
Damping: 1
Overshoot (%): 0
Imaginary Axis

Frequency (rad/sec): 4.23


0

-20

-40

-60
-80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-19(b):

7‐87 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
15

10
System: G_b
Gain: 2.88
5 Pole: -0.426 - 1.02e-008i
Damping: 1
Overshoot (%): 0
Imaginary Axis

Frequency (rad/sec): 0.426


0
System: G_b
Gain: 13
Pole: -4.25 + 0.0278i
-5 Damping: 1
Overshoot (%): 0
Frequency (rad/sec): 4.25
-10

-15
-15 -10 -5 0 5 10
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-19(c):

Root Locus
0.8

0.6

System: G_c
0.4
Gain: 2
Pole: 0
0.2 Damping: -1
Overshoot (%): 0
Imaginary Axis

Frequency (rad/sec): 0
0

-0.2

-0.4

-0.6

-0.8
-0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-19(d):

7‐88 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
1.5

1
System: G_d
Gain: 1
0.5 Pole: 0.5
Damping: -1
Overshoot (%): 0
Imaginary Axis

Frequency (rad/sec): 0.5


0

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-19(e):

Root Locus
1.5

1
System: G_e System: G_e
Gain: 5.34 Gain: 0.211
0.5 Pole: -2.24 - 3.95e-008i Pole: 0.383
Damping: 1 Damping: -1
Overshoot (%): 0 Overshoot (%): 0
Imaginary Axis

Frequency (rad/sec): 2.24 Frequency (rad/sec): 0.383


0

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-19(f): (No breakaway points)

7‐89 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
25

20

15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15

-20

-25
-30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15
Real Axis

7‐90 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-20)

7‐91 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-21) MATLAB code:


clear all;
close all;
s = tf('s')

%a)
n=1;
num_G_a= 1;
den_G_a=(s+4)^n;
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
figure(n);
rlocus(G_a)

%b)
n=2;
num_G_b= 1;
den_G_b=(s+4)^n;
G_b=num_G_b/den_G_b;
figure(n);
rlocus(G_b)

%c)
n=3;
num_G_c= 1;
den_G_c=(s+4)^n;
G_c=num_G_c/den_G_c;
figure(n);
rlocus(G_c)

%d)
n=4;
num_G_d= 1;
den_G_d=(s+4)^n;
G_d=num_G_d/den_G_d;
figure(n);
rlocus(G_d)

%e)
n=5;
num_G_e= 1;
den_G_e=(s+4)^n;
G_e=num_G_e/den_G_e;
figure(n);
rlocus(G_e)

Root Locus diagram – 7-21(a):

7‐92 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2
Imaginary Axis

-0.2

-0.4

-0.6

-0.8
-16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-21(b):

Root Locus
2.5

1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5

-2

-2.5
-4.5 -4 -3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5
Real Axis

7‐93 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus diagram – 7-21(c):

Root Locus
4

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3

-4
-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

Root Locus diagram – 7-21(d):

Root Locus
1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

7‐94 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus diagram – 7-21(e):

Root Locus
5

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5
-9 -8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

7‐95 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-22)   P ( s ) = s 3 + 25 s 2 + 2 s + 100 Q ( s ) = 100 s  

o o
   Asymptotes:  Kt > 0: 90 , 270  

    Intersect of Asymptotes:  

−25 − 0
          σ1 = = −12.5  
3−1

3 2
    Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 12.5 s − 50 = 0  

    Breakaway Points:  (RL)  −2.2037,   −12.162 

7-23) MATLAB code:

7‐96 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

s = tf('s')
num_G= 100;
den_G=s^3+25*s+2*s+100;
G=num_G/den_G;
figure(1);
rlocus(G)

Root Locus diagram – 7-23:

Root Locus
30

20

10
Imaginary Axis

-10

-20

-30
-30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
Real Axis

7-24)    Characteristic equation:     s 3 + 5s 2 + Kt s + K = 0  

           (a)   K t = 0 : P(s) = s
2
( s + 5) Q(s) = 1  

        

o o o
      Asymptotes:    K > 0:  60 , 180 , 300  

      Intersect of Asymptotes:   

−5 − 0
          σ1 = = −1667
.  
3

7‐97 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
      

2
      Breakaway‐point Equation:  3 s + 10 s = 0         Breakaway Points:  0,    −3.333 

7‐98 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
3 2
 7‐24  (b)  P ( s ) = s + 5 s + 10 = 0 Q( s ) = s  

         Asymptotes:    K > 0:        90 o , 270 o  

            Intersect of Asymptotes:     

−5 − 0
            σ1 = = 0 
2 −1
3
            Breakaway‐point Equation:  2 s + 5 s − 10 = 0  

            There are no breakaway points on RL. 

7‐99 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-25)
By collapsing the two loops, and finding the overall close loop transfer function, the characteristic
equation (denominator of closed loop transfer function) can be found as:

s 3 + 5s 2 + K t s + K
1 + GH =
s 2 ( s + 5) + K t s

For part (a): Root locus diagram, part (a):


Kt =0. Therefore, assuming 15
Root Locus

Den(GH)= s 3 + 5s 2 and
10
Num(GH) =1, we can use rlocus
command to construct the root 5

locus diagram.
Imaginary Axis

For part (b): -5

K =10. Therefore, assuming


-10
Den(GH)= s 3 + 5 s 2 + 10 and
Num(GH) = s , we can use rlocus -15
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
command to construct the root Real Axis

locus diagram. Root locus diagram, part (b):


Root Locus
15

MATLAB code (7-25): 10

s = tf('s')
5
%a)
Imaginary Axis

num_G_a= 1;
den_G_a=s^3+5*s^2; 0

GH_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
figure(1); -5
rlocus(GH_a)
-10
%b)
num_G_b= s;
den_G_b=s^3+5*s^2+10; -15
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
GH_b=num_G_b/den_G_b; Real Axis
figure(2);
rlocus(GH_b)

7‐100 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-26)     P ( s ) = s 2 + 116.84 s + 1843 2


Q ( s ) = 2.05 s ( s + 5)  

o
  Asymptotes:  J L = 0: 180  

4 3 2
  Breakaway‐point Equation:  −2.05 s − 479 s − 12532 s − 37782 s = 0  

  Breakaway Points:  (RL)  0,    −204.18 

7-27) MATLAB code:

7‐101 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

s = tf('s')
num_G = (2.05*s^3 + 10.25*s^2);
den_G = (s^2 + 116.84*s + 1843);
G = num_G/den_G;
figure(1);
rlocus(G)

Root locus diagram:

Root Locus
150

100

50
Imaginary Axis

-50

-100

-150
-400 -350 -300 -250 -200 -150 -100 -50 0 50
Real Axis

7‐102 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-28) (a)    P( s ) = s ( s 2 − 1) Q ( s ) = ( s + 5)( s + 3)  

o
       Asymptotes:     K > 0:    180  

   

4 3 2
         Breakaway‐point Equation:  s + 16 s + 46 s − 15 = 0  

         Breakaway Points:  (RL)  0.5239,    −12.254    

7‐103 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐28  (b)    P( s ) = s ( s 2 + 10 s + 29 ) Q ( s ) = 10( s + 3)  

       Asymptotes:    K > 0:     90 o , 270 o  

         Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 − 10 − ( −3)
          σ1 = = −3.5  
3−1

3 2
         Breakaway‐point Equation:  20 s + 190 s + 600 s + 870 = 0      

         There are no breakaway points on the RL. 

7‐104 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-29)
Root locus diagram, part (a):
MATLAB code (7-29):
s = tf('s')
%a)
num_G_a = (s+5)*(s+3);
den_G_a = s*(s^2 - 1);
G_a = num_G_a/den_G_a;
figure(1);
rlocus(G_a)

7‐105 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

K=10;
%b) Root Locus
8
num_G_b = (3*K+K*s);
den_G_b =
6
(s^3+K*s^2+K*3*s-s);
G_b = num_G_b/den_G_b; 4
figure(2);
rlocus(G_b) 2

Imaginary Axis
0

-2

-4

-6

-8
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5
Real Axis

Root locus diagram, part (b):

Root Locus
20

15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15

-20
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

7-30) Poles: zeros:

7‐106 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Angles of asymptotes:

breakaway points:

Ö Î

MATLAB code:

s = tf('s')
num_G=(s+0.4);
den_G=s^2*(s+3.6);
G=num_G/den_G;
figure(1);
rlocus(G)

Root locus diagram: 
Root Locus
5

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3

-4

-5
-4 -3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5
Real Axis  
 

7‐31  (a)  P ( s ) = s( s + 12.5)( s + 1) Q( s ) = 83.333  

7‐107 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

 
o o o
    Asymptotes:  N > 0:  60 , 180 , 300  

    Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 − 12.5 − 1
            σ1 = = −4.5  
3

     

2
    Breakaway‐point Equation:  3s + 27 s _12.5 = 0  

    Breakaway Point:    (RL)  −0.4896 

 
2 2
7‐31  (b)  P ( s ) = s + 12.5 s + 833.333 Q ( s ) = 0.02 s ( s + 12.5)  

7‐108 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

 
o
    A > 0:      180  

4 3 2
    Breakaway‐point Equation:  0.02 s + 0.5 s + 53.125 s + 416.67 s = 0  

    Breakaway Points:      (RL) 0 

7‐31 c)  P ( s ) = s 3 + 12.5 s 2 + 1666.67 = ( s + 17.78 )( s − 2.64 + j 9.3)( s − 2.64 − j 9.3)  

7‐109 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

    Q( s ) = 0.02 s( s + 12.5)  

 
o
    Asymptotes:  Ko > 0: 180  

4 3 2
    Breakaway‐point Equation:  0.02 s + 0.5 s + 3.125 s − 66.67 s − 416.67 = 0  

    Breakaway Point:    (RL)  −5.797 

7‐110 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-32) MATLAB code:

s = tf('s')
%a)
A=50;
K0=50;
num_G_a = 250;
den_G_a = 0.06*s*(s + 12.5)*(A*s+K0);
G_a = num_G_a/den_G_a;
figure(1);
rlocus(G_a)

%b)
N=10;
K0=50;
num_G_b = 0.06*s*(s+12.5)*s
den_G_b = K0*(0.06*s*(s+12.5))+250*N;
G_b = num_G_b/den_G_b;
figure(2);
rlocus(G_b)

%c)
A=50;
N=20;
num_G_c = 0.06*s*(s+12.5);
den_G_c = 0.06*s*(s+12.5)*A*s+250*N;
G_c = num_G_c/den_G_c;
figure(3);
rlocus(G_c)

Root locus diagram, part (a):

7‐111 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
30

20

10
Imaginary Axis

-10

-20

-30
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20
Real Axis

Root locus diagram, part (b):

Root Locus
30

20

10
Imaginary Axis

-10

-20

-30
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5
Real Axis

Root locus diagram, part (c):

7‐112 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
10

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8

-10
-35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5
Real Axis

7-33) (a)   A = Ko = 100:   P ( s ) = s( s + 12.5)( s + 1) Q( s ) = 4167


.  

o o o
      Asymptotes:    N > 0:     60 180 300  

       Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 − 1 − 12.5
          σ1 = = −4.5  
3

2
       Breakaway‐point Equation:  3 s + 27 s + 12.5 = 0  

       Breakaway Points:     (RL)  −0.4896 

7‐113 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐33  (b)    P ( s ) = s 2 + 12.5 + 1666.67 = ( s + 6.25 + j 40.34 )( s + 6.25 − j 40.34 )  

         Q ( s ) = 0.02 s 2 ( s + 12.5)  

7‐114 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

   

        Asymptotes:      A > 0: 180 o  
4 3 2
          Breakaway‐point Equation:  0.02 s + 0.5 s + 103.13 s + 833.33 s = 0  

          Breakaway Points:  (RL)   0 

7‐115 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

7‐33  (c)   P ( s ) = s 3 + 12.5 s 2 + 833.33 = ( s + 15.83)( s − 1.663 + j 7.063)( s − 1.663 − j 7.063)  

       Q( s ) = 0.01s( s + 12.5)        

      Asymptotes:  Ko > 0: 180o  

4 3 2
       Breakaway‐point Equation:  0.01s + 0.15 s + 1.5625 s − 16.67 s − 104.17 = 0  

       Breakaway Point:  (RL)  −5.37 

7‐116 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-34) MATLAB code:

s = tf('s')
%a)
A=100;
K0=100;
num_G_a = 250;
den_G_a = 0.06*s*(s + 12.5)*(A*s+K0);
G_a = num_G_a/den_G_a;
figure(1);
rlocus(G_a)

%b)
N=20;
K0=50;

7‐117 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

num_G_b = 0.06*s*(s+12.5)*s
den_G_b = K0*(0.06*s*(s+12.5))+250*N;
G_b = num_G_b/den_G_b;
figure(2);
rlocus(G_b)

%c)
A=100;
N=20;
num_G_c = 0.06*s*(s+12.5);
den_G_c = 0.06*s*(s+12.5)*A*s+250*N;
G_c = num_G_c/den_G_c;
figure(3);
rlocus(G_c)

Root locus diagram, part (a):


Root Locus
30

20

10
Imaginary Axis

-10

-20

-30
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20
Real Axis

Root locus diagram, part (b):

7‐118 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
50

40

30

20

10
Imaginary Axis

-10

-20

-30

-40

-50
-30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
Real Axis

Root locus diagram, part (c):

Root Locus
8

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8
-30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5
Real Axis

7-35) a) zeros: , poles:

7‐119 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Angle of asymptotes:

Breakaway points:

Ö Î

b) There is no closed loop pole in the right half s-plane; therefore the system is stable for all K>0

c) MATLAB code:
num_G=25*(s+2)^2;
den_G=(s^2+4)*(s+5)^2;
G_a=num_G/den_G;
figure(1);
rlocus(G_a)

Root locus diagram:


Root Locus
10

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8

-10
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Real Axis

7‐120 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
2
7-36) (a)  P ( s ) = s ( s + 1)( s + 5) Q ( s ) = 1 

o o o o
    Asymptotes:   K > 0:  45 , 135 , 225 , 315  

    Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 + 0 − 1− 5
            σ1 = = −15
.  
4
3 2
    Breakaway‐point Equation:     4 s + 18 s + 10 s = 0       Breakaway point:  (RL)   0,   −3.851 

2
        (b)    P ( s ) = s ( s + 1)( s + 5) Q ( s ) = 5 s + 1 

o o o
    Asymptotes:  K > 0:  60 , 180 , 300  

    Intersect of Asymptotes:   

0 + 0 − 1 − 5 − ( −0.2) 5.8
          σ1 = =− = −193
.  
4 −1 3
4 3 2
    Breakaway‐point Equation:  15 s + 64 s + 43 s + 10 s = 0  

    Breakaway Points:     (RL)  −3.5026 

7‐121 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

   

7-37) Root locus diagram, part (a):


MATLAB code (7-37):
Root Locus
s = tf('s') 15
%a)
num_GH_a= 1;
10
den_GH_a=s^2*(s+1)*(s+
5);
GH_a=num_GH_a/den_GH_a 5

;
Imaginary Axis

figure(1); 0
rlocus(GH_a)
-5
%b)
num_GH_b= (5*s+1);
den_GH_b=s^2*(s+1)*(s+ -10
5);
GH_b=num_GH_b/den_GH_b
-15
; -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

figure(2); Real Axis

rlocus(GH_b)
Root locus diagram, part (b):

7‐122 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
20

15

10

Imaginary Axis
0

-5

-10

-15

-20
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
Real Axis

7-38) a) can be approximated by ( easy way to verify is to compare both funtions’ Taylor
series expansions)

Therefore:

Zeros: and poles:


Angle of asymptotes :

Breakaway points:
Which means: Î

b) Î

S2 1 2+2k
7‐123 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

S 3-k 0
S0 (3-k)(2+2k)
 
As a result:

Since K must be positive, the range of stability is then

c) In this problem, e −Ts term is a time delay. Therefore, MATLB PADE command is used for pade

approximation, where brings e −Ts term to the polynomial form of degree N.

s = tf('s')
T=1
N=1;
num_GH= pade(exp(-1*T*s),N);
den_GH=(s+1);
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(5);
rlocus(GH)

Root locus diagram:

7‐124 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
4

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3

-4
-4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Real Axis

7-39)
(a) P ( s ) = s 2 ( s + 1)( s + 5) + 10 = ( s + 4.893)( s + 1896
. )( s − 0.394 + j 0.96 )( s − 0.394 + j 0.96 )  

  Q( s ) = 10 s  

o o o
  Asymptotes:  Td > 0: 60 , 180 , 300  

−4.893 − 1896
. + 0.3944 + 0.3944
  Intersection of Asymptotes:    σ1 = = −2  
4 −1

  There are no breakaway points on the RL. 

7‐125 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(b) MATLAB code:


s = tf('s')
num_GH= 10*s;
den_GH=s^2*(s+1)*(s+5)+10;
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(1);
rlocus(GH)

Root locus diagram:

7‐126 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
Real Axis

7-40) (a)  K = 1:  P ( s ) = s 3 ( s + 117.23)( s + 4882.8 ) Q ( s ) = 1010( s + 1.5948 )( s + 114.41)( s + 4884 )    

o o
    Asymptotes:  K L > 0: 90 , 270  

    Intersect of Asymptotes:   

−117.23 − 4882.8 + 15948


. + 114.41 + 4884
          σ1 = = −0.126  
5− 3

    Breakaway Point:   (RL)     0 

7‐127 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

      
   

3
7‐40  (b)  K = 1000:  P ( s ) = s ( s + 117.23)( s + 4882.8 )  

3 2 5
Q ( s ) = 1010( s + 5000 s + 5.6673 × 10 s + 891089110 )
       
= 1010( s + 4921.6 )( s + 39.18 + j 423.7 )( s + 39.18 − 423.7 )

o o
       Asymptotes:  K L > 0: 90 , 270  

       Intersect of Asymptotes: 

−117.23 − 4882.8 + 49216


. + 39.18 + 39.18
          σ1 = = −0.033  
5− 3

       Breakaway‐point Equation: 

7 7 6 10 5 13 4 16 3 18 2
                       2020 s + 2.02 × 10 s + 5.279 × 10 s + 1.5977 × 10 s + 18655
. × 10 s + 1.54455 × 10 s = 0  

       Breakaway points:  (RL)  0,    −87.576 

7‐128 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-41) MATLAB code:


s = tf('s')
Ki=9;
Kb=0.636;
Ra=5;
La=.001;
Ks=1;
n=.1;
Jm=0.001;
Jl=0.001;
Bm=0;
%a)

7‐129 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

K=1;
num_G_a=((n^2*La*Jl+La*Jm)*s^3+(n^2*Ra*Jl+Ra*Jm+Bm*La)*s^2+Ra*Bm*s+Ki
*Kb*s+n*Ks*K*Ki);
den_G_a=((La*Jm*Jl)*s^5+(Jl*Ra*Jm+Jl*Bm*La)*s^4+(Ki*Kb*Jl+Ra*Bm*Jl)*s
^3);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
figure(1);
rlocus(G_a)
%b)
K=1000;
num_G_b=((n^2*La*Jl+La*Jm)*s^3+(n^2*Ra*Jl+Ra*Jm+Bm*La)*s^2+Ra*Bm*s+Ki
*Kb*s+n*Ks*K*Ki);
den_G_b=((La*Jm*Jl)*s^5+(Jl*Ra*Jm+Jl*Bm*La)*s^4+(Ki*Kb*Jl+Ra*Bm*Jl)*s
^3);
G_b=num_G_b/den_G_b;
figure(2);
rlocus(G_b)

Root locus diagram, part (a):


Root Locus
1000

800

600

400

200
Imaginary Axis

-200

-400

-600

-800

-1000
-3500 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500
Real Axis

Root locus diagram, part (b):

7‐130 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Root Locus
1000

800

600

400

200
Imaginary Axis

-200

-400

-600

-800

-1000
-4000 -3500 -3000 -2500 -2000 -1500 -1000 -500 0 500
Real Axis

7-42
(a) Characteristic Equation:       s + 5000 s + 572,400 s + 900,000 + J L 10 s + 50,000 s
3 2
( 3 2
)= 0 
3 2 2
  P ( s ) = s + 5000 s + 572, 400 s + 900,000 = ( s + 1.5945)( s + 115.6 )( s + 4882.8 )        Q ( s ) = 10 s ( s + 5000 )  

  Since the pole at −5000 is very close to the zero at −4882.8,  P ( s ) and Q( s )  can be approximated as: 

2
  P ( s ) ≅ ( s + 1.5945)( s + 115.6 ) Q ( s ) ≅ 10.24 s  

2
  Breakaway‐point Equation:  1200 s + 3775 s = 0   Breakaway Points:  (RL):  0,   −3.146 

7‐131 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(b) MATLAB code:


s = tf('s')
K=1;
Jm=0.001;
La=0.001;
n=0.1;
Ra=5;
Ki=9;
Bm=0;
Kb=0.0636;
Ks=1;

num_G_a = (n^2*La*s^3+n^2*Ra*s^2);
den_G_a = (La*Jm*s^3+(Ra*Jm+Bm*La)*s^2+(Ra*Bm+Ki*Kb)*s+n*Ki*Ks*K);
G_a = num_G_a/den_G_a;
figure(1);
rlocus(G_a)

Root locus diagram:

Root Locus
300

200

100
Imaginary Axis

-100

-200

-300
-6000 -5000 -4000 -3000 -2000 -1000 0 1000
Real Axis

7‐132 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-43)  (a)  α = 12: P ( s ) = s 2 ( s + 12 ) Q ( s ) = s + 1 

o o o o
       Asymptotes:  K > 0:  90 , 270     K < 0:  0 , 180  

       Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 + 0 − 12 − ( −1)
          σ1 = = −5.5 
3−1
3 2
       Breakaway‐point Equation:  2 s + 15 s + 24 s = 0   Breakaway Points:    0,   −2.314,   −5.186 

2
7‐43  (b)  α = 4: P( s) = s ( s + 4) Q ( s ) = s + 1 

o o o o
       Asymptotes:  K > 0:   90 , 270     K < 0:   0 , 180      

       Intersect of Asymptotes: 

0 + 0 − 4 − ( −10
          σ1 = = −15
.  
3−1
3 2
       Breakaway‐point Equation:   2 s + 7 s + 8 s = 0      Breakaway Points:  K > 0  0.  None for K < 0. 

   

7‐133 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

2
2 α +3 (α + 3) − 16α
        (c)  Breakaway‐point Equation:  2 s + (α + 3) s + 2 s = 0     Solutions:    s = − ± , s = 0 
4 4

      For one nonzero breakaway point, the quantity under the square‐root sign must equal zero.  

2
      Thus,   α − 10α + 9 = 0, α = 1 or α = 9. The answer is α = 9.   The α = 1 solution represents pole‐zero 

      cancellation in the equivalent  G ( s ).   When α = 9,  the nonzero breakaway point is at  s = −3.   σ 1 = −4.  

7‐134 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-44)
For part (c), after finding the expression for:

dk − 3 − α ± (α − 1)(α − 9)
= ,
ds 4
there is one acceptable value of alpha that makes the square root zero ( α = 9 ). Zero square root means
one answer to the breakaway point instead of 2 answers as a result of ± sign. α = 1 is not acceptable
dk 0
since it results in s = −1@ = 0 and then k = .
ds 0

MATLAB code:

s = tf('s')

%(a)
alpha=12
num_GH= s+1;
den_GH=s^3+alpha*s^2;
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(1);
rlocus(GH)

%(b)
alpha=4
num_GH= s+1;
den_GH=s^3+alpha*s^2;
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(2);
rlocus(GH)

%(c)
alpha=9
num_GH= s+1;
den_GH=s^3+alpha*s^2;
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
figure(3);
rlocus(GH)

Root locus diagram, part (a):

7‐135 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
10

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8

-10
-14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2
Real Axis

Root locus diagram, part (b):

Root Locus
10

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8

-10
-4.5 -4 -3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5
Real Axis

7‐136 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root locus diagram, part (c): (alpha=9 resulting in 1 breakaway point)

Root Locus
8

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2
Real Axis

7-45)  (a)   P ( s ) = s 2 ( s + 3) Q( s ) = s + α  

3
      Breakaway‐point Equation:     2 s + 3(1 + α ) s + 6α = 0  

       The roots of the breakaway‐point equation are: 

2
−3(1 + α ) 9(1 + α ) − 48α
        s= ±  
4 4

2
       For no breakaway point other than at  s = 0 ,  set       9(1 + α ) − 48α < 0  or  ‐ 0.333 < α < 3  

       Root Locus Diagram with No Breakaway Point other than at s = 0. 

7‐137 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐45  (b)  One breakaway point other than at s = 0:   α = 0.333, Breakaway point at s = −1.  

7‐138 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐139 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7‐45 (d)   Two breakaway points:    α > 3 :  

7-46) First we can rearrange the system as:

H 1 (s) e − st

where

Now designing a controller is similar to the designing a controller for any unity feedback system.

7‐140 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 7 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

7-47) Let the angle of the vector drawn from the zero at  s = j12 to a point   s1  on the root locuss near the zero 

             be  θ .     Let 

θ 1 = angle of the vector drawn from the pole at j10 to s1 .


θ 2 = angle of the vector drawn from the pole at 0 to s1 .
   
θ 3 = angle of the vector drawn from the pole at − j10 to s1 .
θ 4 = angle of the vector drawn from the zero at − j12 to s1 .

            Then the angle conditions on the root loci are:      

θ = θ 1 − θ 2 − θ 3 + θ 4 = odd multiples of 180


o

     
o
θ 1 = θ 2 = θ 3 = θ 4 = 90 θ =0
o
Thus,
 
 

            The root loci shown in (b) are the correct ones. 

Answers to True and False Review Questions:

6. (F) 7. (T) 8. (T) 9. (F) 10. (F) 11. (T) 12. (T) 13. (T) 14. (T)

7‐141 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Chapter 8

6.54
8‐1  (a)  K = 5    ω n = 5 = 2.24 rad / sec ζ= = 1.46 Mr = 1 ω r = 0 rad / sec  
4.48

6.54 1
         (b)  K = 21.39      ω n = 2139
. = 4.62 rad / sec ζ = = 0.707 M r = =1  
9.24 2
2ζ 1 − ζ

2
               ω r = ω n 1 − ς = 3.27 rad / sec  

6.54
         (c)  K = 100         ω n = 10 rad / sec ζ = = 0.327 M r = 1618
. ω r = 9.45 rad / sec  
20

8-2 Bode diagram (a) – k=5: data points from top to bottom indicate
MATLAB code: bandwidth BW, resonance peak Mr, and resonant frequency ωr.
% Question 8-2, System: CL_a
clear all; Frequency (rad/sec): 0.855
Bode Diagram Magnitude (dB): -3
close all; 0

s = tf('s') -10
System: CL_a
Magnitude (dB)

-20 Frequency (rad/sec): 2.25


%a) Magnitude (dB): -9.4

num_G_a= 5; -30

den_G_a=s*(s+6.54); -40
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
-50
CL_a=G_a/(1+G_a)
0
BW = bandwidth(CL_a)
bode(CL_a)
-45
Phase (deg)

%b)
figure(2); -90
System: CL_a
num_G_b=21.38; Frequency (rad/sec): 2.25
den_G_b=s*(s+6.54); -135 Phase (deg): -90.2
-1 0
10 10
G_b=num_G_b/den_G_b; Frequency (rad/sec)
CL_b=G_b/(1+G_b)
BW = bandwidth(CL_b) Bode diagram (b) – k=21.38: data points from top to bottom
bode(CL_b)
indicate bandwidth BW, resonance peak Mr, and resonant frequency
%c) ωr.
figure(3);
num_G_c=100;
den_G_c=s*(s+6.54);
G_c=num_G_c/den_G_c;

8‐1 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

CL_c=G_c/(1+G_c) System: CL_b


Frequency (rad/sec): 4.6
BW = bandwidth(CL_c) Magnitude (dB): -3
Bode Diagram
0
bode(CL_c)
System: CL_b
-20 Frequency (rad/sec): 4.62
Magnitude (dB)
Magnitude (dB): -3.03
-40

-60

-80

-100
0

-45
Phase (deg)

-90
System: CL_b
-135 Frequency (rad/sec): 4.62
Phase (deg): -89.9

-180
0 1 2
10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

Bode diagram (c) – k=100: data points from top to bottom indicate
resonance peak Mr, bandwidth BW, and resonant frequency ωr.

Bode Diagram
20

0
System: CL_c
Magnitude (dB)

Frequency (rad/sec): 9.99 System: CL_c


-20 Frequency (rad/sec): 14.3
Magnitude (dB): 3.62
Magnitude (dB): -2.96
-40

-60

-80
0

-45
Phase (deg)

-90
System: CL_c
-135 Frequency (rad/sec): 10
Phase (deg): -90

-180
-1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

8‐2 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-3) If is the input, then

where

and

Therefore:

As a result:

8-4  (a)   Mr = 2.944 ( 9.38 dB) ω r = 3 rad / sec BW = 4.495 rad / sec  

       (b)   M r = 15.34 ( 23.71 dB) ω r = 4 rad / sec BW = 6.223 rad / sec  

       (c)   M r = 4.17 (12.4 dB) ω r = 6.25 rad / sec BW = 9.18 rad / sec  

       (d)   M r = 1 ( 0 dB) ω r = 0 rad / sec BW = 0.46 rad / sec  

       (e)   M r = 157
. ( 3.918 dB) ω r = 0.82 rad / sec BW = 1.12 rad / sec  

8‐3 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

       (f)   Mr = ∞ ( unstable) ω r = 15
. rad / sec BW = 2.44 rad / sec  

       (g)   M r = 3.09 ( 9.8 dB) ω r = 1.25 rad / sec BW = 2.07 rad / sec  

       (h)   M r = 4.12 (12.3 dB) ω r = 3.5 rad / sec BW = 5.16 rad / sec  

8‐5)   

  Maximum overshoot = 0.1 Thus, ζ = 0.59  

2
1 1 − 0.416ζ + 2.917ζ
  Mr = = 105
. tr = = 0.1 sec    
2ζ 1 − ζ
2 ωn

  Thus, minimum ω n = 17.7 rad / sec Maximum M r = 105


.  

((1 − 2ζ )+ )
1/ 2

Minimum BW =  ω n 4ζ − 4ζ + 2 = 20.56 rad/sec  


2 4 2
 

8‐6)   
− πζ
2
1−ζ
  Maximum overshoot = 0.2   Thus,    0.2 = e   ζ = 0.456  

2
1 1 − 0.416ζ + 2.917ζ
  Mr = = 1.232           t r = = 0.2       Thus, minimum ω n = 14.168  rad/sec 
2ζ 1 − ζ
2 ωn

   

(( )+ )
1/ 2

Maximum  M r = 1.232   Minimum BW =  1 − 2ζ 4ζ − 4ζ + 2 = 18.7  rad/sec 


2 4 2
 

− πζ
2
1−ζ
8-7)   Maximum overshoot = 0.3   Thus,  0.3 = e   ζ = 0.358  

   

2
1 1 − 0.416ζ + 2.917ζ
  Mr = = 1.496         t r = = 0.2     Thus, minimum ω n = 6.1246  rad/sec 
2ζ 1 − ζ
2 ωn

8‐4 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

(( )+ )
1/ 2

Maximum  M r =  1.496  Minimum BW =  1 − 2ζ 4ζ − 4ζ + 2 = 1.4106  rad/sec 


2 4 2
 

8-8) (a)

At the gain crossover:

Therefore:

at ω = 1.5 Ö

(b)
MATLAB code:

%solving for k:
syms kc
omega=1.5
sol=eval(solve('0.25*kc^2=0.7079^2*((-0.25*omega^3+omega)^2+(-
0.375*omega^2+0.5*kc)^2)',kc))
%ploting bode with K=1.0370
s = tf('s')
K=1.0370;
num_G_a= 0.5*K;
den_G_a=s*(0.25*s^2+0.375*s+1);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
CL_a = G_a/(1+G_a)
BW = bandwidth(CL_a)
bode(CL_a);

Bode diagram: data point shows -3dB point at 1.5 rad/sec frequency which is the closed loop
bandwidth

8‐5 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Bode Diagram
0
System: CL_a
-20
Frequency (rad/sec): 1.5
Magnitude (dB): -3.01
Magnitude (dB) -40

-60

-80

-100

-120
0

-90
Phase (deg)

-180

-270
-2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

8-9) θ=

α = 90 – θ = 63o

Therefore:

As a result:

8‐6 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Therefore:

To change the crossover frequency requires adding gain as:

(b) MATLAB code:


s = tf('s')
%(b)
K = 0.95*2;
num_G_a = 0.5*K;
den_G_a = s*(0.25*s^2+0.375*s+1);
G_a = num_G_a/den_G_a;
CL_a = G_a/(1+G_a)
bode(CL_a);
figure(2);
sisotool

Peak mag = 2.22 can be converted to dB units by: 20*Log(2.22)= 6.9271 dB

8‐7 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

By using sisotool and importing the loop transfer function, the overall gain (0.5K) was changed until the
magnitude of the resonance in Bode was about 6.9 dB. At 0.5K=~0.95 or K=1.9, this resonance peak
was achieved as can be seen in the BODE diagram of the following figure:
Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
6 20

4 0

2 -20

0 -40

-2 -60

-4 -80
G.M.: 4.48 dB
-6 -100 Freq: 2 rad/sec
-8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -120
-90
6

4 -135

2
-180
0

-225
-180
P.M.: 59.1 deg
Freq: 1.11 rad/sec
-360 -270
-2 -1 0 1 2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

8-10)  
− πζ
1 1−ζ
2
  M r = 1.4 = Thus, ζ = 0.387    Maximum overshoot =  e = 0.2675  (26.75%) 
2
2ζ 1 − ζ

2 3
  ω r = 3 rad / sec = ω n 1 − 2ζ = 0.8367ω n  rad/sec      ω n = = 3.586 r ad/sec 
0.8367

   

π π
  t max = = = 0.95  sec    At  ω = 0, M = 0.9. 
2 2
ω n 1− ζ 3.586 1 − ( 0.387 )

8‐8 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
  This indicates that the steady‐state value of the unit‐step response is 0.9. 

  Unit‐step Response: 

8-11) a) The closed loop transfer function is:

as ,which means ξ = 0.387

According to the transfer function: ξ ω n = 0.1 Ö ω n = 0.129 rad/s


As ωn2 = 0.1K ; then, K = 10 ωn2 = 0.1669

b)

As K = 0.1664, then
which means
Accordingly PM = 42o

As , then

8‐9 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-12)  

    T      BW  (rad/sec)      Mr 

                    ________________________________________________________________ 

    0      1.14        1.54 

    0.5      1.17        1.09 

    1.0      1.26        1.00 

    2.0      1.63        1.09 

    3.0      1.96        1.29 

    4.0      2.26        1.46 

    5.0      2.52        1.63 

       _________________________________________________________________ 

8‐13) 

                 T                  BW  (rad/sec)      Mr 

                    _________________________________________________________________ 

                 0      1.14        1.54 

    0.5      1.00        2.32 

    1.0      0.90        2.65 

    2.0      0.74        2.91 

    3.0      0.63        3.18 

    4.0      0.55        3.37 

    5.0      0.50        3.62 

       _________________________________________________________________ 

8-14) The Routh array is:

8‐10 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

S3 0.25 1
S2 0.375 0.5K
S1 1-1/3 0
S0 0.5K

Therefore:

As , if GH is rearranged as:

then

which gives

where

therefore,

(c)
MATLAB code: Bode diagram:
s = tf('s')
%c)
K = 1.03697;
num_G_a = 0.5*K;
den_G_a =
s*(0.25*s^2+0.375*s+1
);
%create closed-loop
system
G_a =
num_G_a/den_G_a;

8‐11 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

CL_a = G_a/(1+G_a)
bode(CL_a); Bode Diagram
0
System: CL_a
-20
Frequency (rad/sec): 1.5
Magnitude (dB): -3.01

Magnitude (dB)
Notes: -40

-60

1 - BW is verified by finding - -80


3dB point at Freq = 1.5 rad/sec -100
in the Bode graph at calculated -120
k. 0

2- By comparison to diagram of Phase (deg)


-90

typical 2nd order poles with


different damping ratios, -180

damping ratio is approximated


as: -270
-2 -1 0 1 2
ξ = ~ .707 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

8‐12 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐15  (a) 

20
     L( s ) = Pω = 1, P = 0  
s(1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.5s )

    When ω = 0: ∠L( jω ) = −90o L( jω ) = ∞   When ω = ∞: ∠L( jω ) = −270


o
L( j ω ) = 0  

     L ( jω ) =
20
=
20 ⎡⎣ −0.6ω − jω 1 − 0.05ω
2
( 2
)⎤⎦                 Setting   Im L( jω ) = 0 
2
(
−0.6ω + jω 1 − 0.05ω
2
) 0.36ω + ω
4 2
(1 − 0.05ω )
2 2

2
     1 − 0.05ω = 0 Thus, ω = ±4.47 rad / sec    L( j 4.47 ) = −1667
.  

360
o

    Φ11 = 270 = ( Z − 0.5 Pω − P ) 180 = ( Z − 0.5 ) 180 Thus, Z = = 2   


o o o
 
180
o

     The closed‐loop system is unstable. The characteristic equation has two roots in the right‐half  

     s‐plane. 

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%a)
figure(1);
num_G_a= 20;
den_G_a=s*(0.1*s+1)*(0.5*s+1);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
nyquist(G_a)
 

  Nyquist Plot of  L( jω ): 

8‐13 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

         (b)   

10
      L( s ) =   Based on the analysis conducted in part (a), the intersect of the negative 
s(1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.5s )

       

      real axis by the  L( jω )  plot is at −0.8333, and the corresponding ω  is 4.47 rad/sec. 

   
o
δ ι o
Φ 11 = −90 = Z − 0.5 Pω − P 180 = 180 Z − 90
o
Thus, Z = 0.    The closed‐loop system is stable. 

      

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%b)
figure(1);
num_G_a= 10;
den_G_a=s*(0.1*s+1)*(0.5*s+1);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
nyquist(G_a)
 

     Nyquist Plot of  L( jω ): 

8‐14 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

         (c)   

100(1 + s )
      L( s ) =   Pω = 1, P = 0.  
s(1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.2 s )(1 + 0.5s )

      When  ω = 0: ∠L( j 0) = −90o L( j 0) = ∞     When ω = ∞: ∠L( j∞ ) = −270 o     L( j∞ ) = 0  

     When  ω = ∞: ∠L( jω ) = −270 L( j ω ) = 0       When  ω = ∞: ∠L( jω ) = −270 L( j ω ) = 0  


o o
 

       L ( jω ) =
100(1 + jω )
=
(
100(1 + jω ) ⎡⎣ 0.01ω − 0.8ω
4 2
) − jω (1 − 0.17ω )⎤⎦  
2

( 0.01ω 4
− 0.8ω
2
) + jω (1 − 0.17ω ) 2
( 0.01ω 4
− 0.8ω
2
) + ω (1 − 0.17ω )
2 2 2 2

4 2 2 4 2
       Setting  Im L( jω ) = 0 0.01ω − 0.8ω − 1 + 0.17ω = 0     ω − 63ω − 100 = 0 

2
       Thus,  ω = 64.55 ω = ±8.03  rad/sec 

⎛ 100 ⎣⎡( 0.01ω 4 − 0.8ω 2 ) + ω 2 (1 − 0.17ω 2 ) ⎦⎤ ⎞


    L( j8.03) = ⎜ ⎟ = −10  
⎜ ( 0.01ω 2 − 0.8ω 2 )2 + ω 2 (1 − 0.17ω 2 )2 ⎟
⎝ ⎠ ω =8.03

8‐15 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

     Φ 11 = 270 = ( Z − 0.5 Pω − P ) 180 = ( Z − 0.5 ) 180 Thus, Z = 2     The closed‐loop system is  


o o o
 

                   unstable. 

      The characteristic equation has two roots in the right‐half s‐plane. 

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%c)
figure(1);
num_G_a= 100*(s+1);
den_G_a=s*(0.1*s+1)*(0.2*s+1)*(0.5*s+1);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
nyquist(G_a)
 

      Nyquist Plot of  L( jω ): 

        

       

   

8‐16 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

         (d)   

10
       L( s ) = 2
    Pω = 2 P = 0 
s (1 + 0.2 s )(1 + 0.5s )

      When  ω = 0: ∠L( jω ) = −180o L( jω ) = ∞          When  ω = ∞: ∠L( jω ) = −360


o
L( jω ) = 0  

        L ( jω ) =
10
=
(
10 0.1ω − ω + j 0.7ω
4 2 3

( 0.1ω 4
−ω
2
) − j 0.7ω 3
( 0.1ω 4
−ω
2
)
2
+ 0.49ω
6

       Setting  Im L( jω ) = 0, ω = ∞.   The Nyquist plot of  L( jω )  does not intersect the real axis except at the 

       origin where ω = ∞.  

Φ 11 = ( Z − 0.5 Pω − P ) 180 = ( Z − 1) 180 Thus, Z = 2.  


o o
     

        

       The closed‐loop system is unstable.  The characteristic equation has two roots in the right‐half s‐plane. 

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%d)
figure(1);
num_G_a= 10;
den_G_a=s^2* (0.2*s+1)*(0.5*s+1);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
nyquist(G_a)
 

        

Nyquist Plot of  L( jω ): 

8‐17 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

8‐15  (e) 

3( s + 2)
       L( s ) = Pω = 1 P = 2 
(
s s + 3s + 1
3
)
 

      When  ω = 0: ∠L( j 0) = −90o L( j 0 ) = ∞      When  ω = ∞: ∠L( j∞ ) = −270


o
L( j∞ ) = 0  

        L ( jω ) =
3( jω + 2)
=
3( jω + 2) ⎡⎣ ω − 3ω( 4 2
) − jω ⎤⎦           Setting  Im L( jω ) = 0,         
(ω 4
− 3ω
2
) + jω (4 4
− 3ω
2
)
2

2

4 2 2
       ω − 3ω − 2 = 0 or ω = 3.56 ω = ±189
.  rad/sec.  . ) = 3 
L( j189

Φ11 = ( Z − 0.5 Pω − P ) 180 = ( Z − 2.5 ) 180 = −90 Thus, Z = 2  


o o o
   

        

       The closed‐loop system is unstable.  The characteristic equation has two roots in the right‐half s‐plane. 

MATLAB code:

8‐18 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

s = tf('s')
%e)
figure(1);
num_G_a= 3*(s+2);
den_G_a=s*(s^3+3*s+1);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
nyquist(G_a)
 

Nyquist Plot of  L( jω ): 

8‐15  (f) 

0.1
        L( s ) = Pω = 1 P = 0 
(
s ( s + 1) s + s + 1
2
)
 

      When  ω = 0: ∠L( j 0) = −90    When  ω = ∞: ∠L( j∞ ) = −360


o o
  L( j 0 ) = ∞   L( j∞ ) = 0  

        L ( jω ) =
0.1
=
(
0.1 ⎡⎣ ω − 2ω
4 2
) − jω (1 − 2ω )⎤⎦   2

Settiing   Im L( jω ) = 0  
(ω 4
− 2ω
2
) + jω (1 − 2ω ) 2
(ω 4
− 2ω
2
) + ω (1 − 2ω )
2 2 2 2

2
       ω = ∞ or ω = 0.5 ω = ±0.707 rad / sec L( j 0.707 ) = −0.1333  

                    Φ11 = ( Z − 0.5 Pω − P ) 180 = ( Z − 0.5 ) 180 = −90 Thus, Z = 0     The closed‐loop system is stable. 


o o o

8‐19 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%f)
figure(1);
num_G_a= 0.1;
den_G_a=s*(s+1)*(s^2+s+1);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
nyquist(G_a)

       Nyquist Plot of  L( jω ): 

        

8‐15  (g) 

100
       L( s ) = Pω = 3 P = 0 
(
s ( s + 1) s + 2
2
)
     When  ω = 0: ∠L( j 0) = −90    When  ω = ∞: ∠L( j∞ ) = −360
o o
  L( j 0 ) = ∞   L( j∞ ) = 0  

       The phase of  L( jω )  is discontinuous at  ω = 1.414  rad/sec. 

o
 
o
(
      Φ11 = 35.27 + 270 − 215.27
o o
) = 90
o
Φ11 = ( Z − 1.5 ) 180 = 90    Thus,   P11 =
o o 360
o
= 2 
180

       The closed‐loop system is unstable.  The characteristic equation has two roots in the right‐half s‐plane. 

8‐20 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%g)
figure(1);
num_G_a= 100;
den_G_a=s*(s+1)*(s^2+2);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
nyquist(G_a)
 

       Nyquist Plot of  L( jω ): 

8‐15  (h)  

10( s + 10)
       L( s ) =       Pω = 1 P = 0 
s( s + 1)( s + 100)

   

      When  ω = 0: ∠L( j 0) = −90o L( j 0 ) = ∞      When  ω = ∞: ∠L( j∞ ) = −180


o
L( j∞ ) = 0  

    L ( jω ) =
10( jω + 10)
=
(
10( jω + 10) ⎡⎣ −101ω − jω 100 − ω
2 2
)⎤⎦  
−101ω + jω (100 − ω ) (100 − ω )
2 2 2
10201ω + ω
4 2 2

8‐21 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

       Setting   Im L( jω ) = 0, ω = 0  is the only solution.  Thus, the Nyquist plot of  L( jω )  does not intersect 

       the real axis, except at the origin.  

     

     Φ 11 = ( Z − 0.5 Pω − P ) 180 = ( Z − 0.5 ) 180 = −90 Thus, Z = 0.     


o o o
 

       The closed‐loop system is stable.   

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%h)
figure(1);
num_G_a= 10*(s+10);
den_G_a=s*(s+1)*(s+100);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
nyquist(G_a)
        

8‐22 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 Nyquist Plot of  L( jω ): 

        

8-16
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%a)
figure(1);
num_G_a= 1;
den_G_a=s*(s+2)*(s+10);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
nyquist(G_a)

%b)
figure(2);
num_G_b= 1*(s+1);
den_G_b=s*(s+2)*(s+5)*(s+15);
G_b=num_G_b/den_G_b;
nyquist(G_b)

%c)
figure(3);
num_G_c= 1;
den_G_c=s^2*(s+2)*(s+10);
G_c=num_G_c/den_G_c;
nyquist(G_c)

%d)
figure(4);
num_G_d= 1;
den_G_d=(s+2)^2*(s+5);
G_d=num_G_d/den_G_d;

8‐23 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

nyquist(G_d)

%e)
figure(5);
num_G_e= 1*(s+5)*(s+1);
den_G_e=(s+50)*(s+2)^3;
G_e=num_G_e/den_G_e;
nyquist(G_e)

Nyquist graph, part(a):

Nyquist Diagram
1.5

0.5
Imaginary Axis

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-1 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0
Real Axis

Nyquist graph, part(b):

8‐24 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Nyquist Diagram
4

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3

-4
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4
Real Axis

Nyquist graph, part(c):

Nyquist Diagram
0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1
Imaginary Axis

-0.1

-0.2

-0.3

-0.4

-0.5
-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2
Real Axis

Nyquist graph, part(d):

8‐25 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Nyquist Diagram
0.04

0.03

0.02

0.01
Imaginary Axis

-0.01

-0.02

-0.03

-0.04
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4
Real Axis

Nyquist graph, part (e):

Nyquist Diagram
0.01

0.008

0.006

0.004

0.002
Imaginary Axis

-0.002

-0.004

-0.006

-0.008

-0.01
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4
Real Axis

8‐26 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-17  (a)   

K
         G ( s ) = 2
  Pω = 0 P = 0 
( s + 5)

     

o K
∠G ( 0) = 180 ( K < 0) G ( j 0) =
o
    ∠G ( j 0 ) = 0 ( K > 0 )     
25

G ( j∞ ) = 0  
o o
    G ( j∞ ) = −180    (K > 0)    ∠G ( j∞ ) = 0      (K < 0) 

         For stability,  Z = 0.       

       Φ 11 = − ( 0.5 Pω + P ) 180 = 0  


o o
 

o
         0 < K < ∞      Φ11 = 0      Stable 

o
         K < −25          Φ11 = 180  Unstable 

o
        −25 < K < 0   Φ11 = 0      Stable 
 
 

         The system is stable for  −25 < K <  ∞ . 

8‐17  (b) 

K
         G ( s ) = 3
Pω = 0 P = 0 
( s + 5)

o K
∠G ( 0) = 180 ( K < 0) G ( j 0) =
o
    ∠G ( j 0 ) = 0 ( K > 0 )     
125

∠G ( j∞ ) = 270      (K < 0)  G ( j∞ ) = 0  
o o
    G ( j∞ ) = −270    (K > 0)   

8‐27 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
       

     For stability,  Z = 0. 

    Φ 11 = − ( 0.5 Pω + P ) 180 = 0  


o o
 

o
     0 < K < 1000  Φ11 = 0   Stable 

o
     K > 1000   Φ11 = 360   Unstable 

o
     K < −125   Φ11 = 180   Unstable 

o  
    −125 < K < 0   Φ11 = 0   Stable 

    The system is stable for  −125 < K < 0. 

8‐17  (c)  

K
        G ( s ) = 4
Pω = P = 0  
( s + 5)

o K
∠G ( 0 ) = 180 ( K < 0) G ( j 0) =
o
    ∠G ( j 0 ) = 0 ( K > 0 )     
625

∠G ( j∞ ) = 180   (K < 0)      G ( j∞ ) = 0  


o o
    G ( j∞ ) = 0      (K > 0)   

8‐28 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

        For stability,  Z = 0. 

       Φ 11 = − ( 0.5 Pω + P ) 180 = 0  


o o
 

o
         0 < K < 2500         Φ11 = 0   Stable 

o
         K > 2500         Φ11 = 360     Unstable 

o
          K < −625         Φ11 = 180      Unstable 
 
o
         −625 < K < 0        Φ11 = 0   Stable 

        The system is stable for −625 < K < 2500. 

   

8-18) The characteristic equation:

or

if , the cross real axis at s = 0.1. Ö For stability

if K < 0, the Nyquist cross the real axis at .So, for stability,

therefore, the rage of stability for the system is

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')

K=1
G= K/(s^2+2*s+2);
H=1/(s+1);
GH=G*H;

sisotool

8‐29 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

K=10.15
G2= K/(s^2+2*s+2);
H2=1/(s+1);
GH2=G2*H2;
nyquist(GH2)
xlim[(-1.5,.5)]
ylim[(-1,1)]

After generating the feed-forward (G) and feedback (H) transfer functions in the MATLAB code, these
transfer functions are imported to sisotool. Nyquist diagram is added to the results of sisotool. The
overall gain of the transfer function is changed until Nyquist diagram passes through -1+0j point. Higher
values of K resulted in unstable Nyquist diagram. Therefore K<10.15 determines the range of stability
for the closed loop system.
Nyquist at margin of stability:

Nyquist Diagram
4

1
Imaginary Axis

-1

-2

-3

-4
-2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Real Axis

8-19)  

( )
s s + 2s + s + 1 + K s + s + 1 = 0  
3 2
( 2
)

8‐30 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

       Leq ( s ) =
(
K s + s +1
2
) Pω = 1 P = 0   Leq ( j 0 ) = ∞∠ − 90
o
Leq ( j∞ ) = 0∠180
o
 
(
s s + 2s + s + 1
3 2
)

       Leq ( jω ) =
(
K ⎡⎣ 1 − ω ) + jω ⎤⎦ = K ⎡⎣− (ω
2 6

4
) − jω (ω − 2ω + 1)⎤⎦  
4 2

(ω 4
−ω
2
) + jω (1 − 2ω ) 2
(ω 4
−ω
2
) + ω (1 − 2ω )
2 2 2 2

      Setting   Im Leq ( jω ) = 0  

    

4 2
       ω − 2ω + 1 = 0           

       Thus,   ω = ±1 rad/sec  are the real solutions. 

         

        Leq ( j1) = − K  

        For stability,   

o o
 
       Φ11 = − ( 0.5Pω + P )180 = −90  

       When  K = 1 the system is marginally stable. 

   

o
        K > 0   Φ11 = −90      Stable 

o
        K < 0   Φ11 = +90   Unstable 

       

   

8‐31 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

Routh Tabulation 

4
s 1 K +1 K
3
s 2 K +1

  2 K +1
s K K > −1  
2
2 2
1 K − 2K + 1 ( K − 1)
s =
K +1 K +1

0
  s              K                  K > 0 

1 2
  When K = 1 the coefficients of the  s  row are all zero.  The auxiliary equation is   s + 1 = 0   The solutions  

  are  ω = ±1 rad/sec.  Thus the Nyquist plot of  Leq ( jω )  intersects the −1 point when K = 1, when ω = ±1 

  rad/sec.  The system is stable for 0 < K <  ∞ , except at K = 1. 

8-20) Solution is similar to the previous problem. Let’s use Matlab as an alternative approach
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')

figure(1);
K=8.09
num_GH= K;
den_GH=(s^3+3*s^2+3*s+1);
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
nyquist(GH)
xlim([-1.5,.5])
ylim([-1,1])

sisotool;

8‐32 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

After generating the loop transfer function and analyzing Nyquist in MATLAB sisotool, it was found
that for values of K higher than ~8.09, the closed loop system is unstable. Following is the Nyquist
diagram at margin of stability.

Part(a), Nyquist at margin of stability:

Nyquist Diagram
1

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2
Imaginary Axis

-0.2

-0.4

-0.6

-0.8

-1
-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5
Real Axis

Part(b), Verification by Routh-Hurwitz criterion:


Using Routh criterion, the coefficient table is as follows:
S3 1 3
S2 3 K+1
S1 (8-K)/3 0
S0 K+1 0

The system is stable if the content of the 1st column is positive:


(8-K)/3>0 Æ K<8

8‐33 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

K+1>0 Æ K>-1
which is consistent with the results of the Nyquist diagrams.

8-21)  

Parabolic error constant   K a = lim s G ( s ) = lim10 ( K P + K D s ) = 10 K P = 100 Thus K P = 10  


2
 
s →0 s →0

   

2
  Characteristic Equation:        s + 10 K D s + 100 = 0  

   

10 KD s
  Geq ( s ) = 2
Pω = 2 P = 0 
s + 100

  For stability, 

o o
  Φ11 = − ( 0.5 Pω + P )180 = −180  

   

  The system is stable for   0 < K D < ∞ . 

 
 
 

8‐34 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐22  (a)   The characteristic equation is    1 + G ( s ) − G ( s ) − 2 G ( s ) 2 = 1 − 2 G ( s ) 2 = 0  

 
2
2 −2 K
         Geq ( s ) = −2 G ( s ) = 2 2
Pω = 0 P = 0 
( s + 4 ) ( s + 5)

         Geq ( jω ) =
−2 K
2

=
2
(
−2 K ⎡⎣ 400 − 120ω + ω
2 2
) − jω ( 360 − 18ω )⎤⎦  
2

( 400 − 120ω 2

4
) + jω ( 360 − 18ω ) 2
( 400 − 120ω 2

2
) + ω ( 360 − 18ω )
2 2 2

2
K
         Geq ( j 0) = ∠180
o
Geq ( j∞ ) = 0∠180
o
    Setting   Im Geq ( jω ) = 0  
200
2
K
          ω = 0 and ω = ±4.47 rad / sec Geq ( j 4.47 ) =  
800

         For stability,   

         Φ 11 = − ( 0.5 Pω + P ) 180 = 0  


o o
  

2
       The system is stable for   K < 200  

          or    K < 200  


 
 

8‐35 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐22 (b) 
4 3 2 2
Characteristic Equation:     s + 18 s + 121s + 360 s + 400 − 2 K = 0  

  Routh Tabulation 

4 2
s 1 121 400 − 2 K
3
s 18 360
  2 2  
s 101 400 − 2 K
2
1 29160 - 36 K 2
s 29160 + 36 K > 0
101

                s 0            400 − 2 K 2                                                        K 2 < 200  

  Thus for stability,    K < 200  

8‐23  (a)   
Nyquist Plot 
83.33N
         G ( s ) =  
s( s + 2)( s + 11767
. )

        For stability,   N < 3.89 

          Thus    N < 3  since N must be an integer. 

 
 
 

       

           

8‐36 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  (b) 

2500
         G ( s) =    
s( 0.06 s + 0.706)( As + 100)

        Characteristic Equation:  0.06 As 3 + ( 6 + 0.706 A) s 2 + 70.6 s + 2500 = 0    


2
As ( 0.06 s + 0.706 )
         Geq ( s ) = 2
   Since Geq ( s )  has more zeros than poles, we should sketch the Nyquist 
6 s + 70.6 s + 2500

          plot of 1/ Geq ( s )  for stability study. 

          
1
=
( 2500 − 6ω ) + j 70.6ω = ⎡⎣( 2500 − 6ω ) + j 70.6ω ⎤⎦ ( −0.706ω + j 0.06ω )  
2 2 2 3

Geq ( jω ) A ( −0.706ω − j 0.06ω ) A ( 0.498ω + 0.0036ω )


2 3 4 6

⎡ 1 ⎤
⎥ = 0    
o o
         1 / Geq ( j 0 ) = ∞∠ − 180      1 / Geq ( j∞ ) = 0∠ − 90  Setting   Im ⎢            
⎣ Geq ( jω ) ⎦
2 1 −4.23
100.156 − 0.36ω = 0 ω = ±16.68  rad/sec    =  
Geq ( j16.68) A

  For stability, 

Φ 11 = − ( 0.5 Pω + P ) 180 = −180  


o o
 

o
  For  A > 4.23 Φ11 = 180      Unstable 

   

o
  For   0 < A < 4.23     Φ11 = −180     Stable   

  The system is stable for  0 < A < 4.23. 

(c) 

8‐37 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
2500
        G ( s ) =  
s( 0.06 s + 0.706 )( 50 s + Ko )

       Characteristic Equation:  s( 0.06 s + 0.706)(50 s + Ko ) + 2500  = 0 

Ko s( 0.06 s + 0.706)
       Geq ( s ) = Pω = 0 P = 0        Geq ( j 0 ) = 0∠ 90
o o
  3 2
Geq ( j∞ ) = 0∠ − 90  
3s + 35.3s + 2500

         Geq ( jω ) =
K o ( −0.06ω + 0.706 jω )
3

=
( )(
K o −0.06ω + 0.706 jω ⎡⎣ 2500 − 35.5ω
2 2
) + j3ω 3
⎤⎦
 
( 2500 − 35.3ω ) − j3ω
2 3
( 2500 − 35.3ω ) 2 2
+ 9ω
6

4 2 2
        Setting   Im Geq ( jω ) = 0     ω + 138.45ω − 9805.55 = 0 ω = 516
. ω = ±7.18  rad/sec 

        

        Geq ( j 7.18 ) = −0.004 K o  

     For stability,   Φ 11 = − ( 0.5 Pω + P ) 180 = 0  


o o
 

       For stability,    0 < Ko < 217.4  

 
 
 

8‐38 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐24  (a)   Kt = 0:  

Y (s) 10000 K 10000 K


      G(s) = = =  
E ( s) (
s s + 10 s + 10000 K t
2
) s ( s + 10)
2

       

       The (−1, j0) point is enclosed for all  

       values of K.  The system is unstable 

       for all values of K.   

        (b)   Kt = 0.01:  

    G(s) =
10000 K
G ( jω ) =
10000 K ⎣⎡ −10ω − jω 100 − ω
2
( 2
)⎦⎤  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
) 100ω + ω
4 2
(100 − ω ) 2 2

      Setting   Im G ( jω ) = 0 ω 2 = 100 

       ω = ±10 rad / sec G ( j10 ) = −10 K  

       The system is stable for  0 < K < 0.1 

   

8‐39 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

         (c)   Kt = 0.1: 

    G( s) =
10000 K
G ( jω ) =
10000 K ⎡⎣ −10ω − jω 1000 − ω
2
( 2
)⎤⎦  
(
s s + 10 s + 1000
2
) 100ω + ω
4 2
(1000 − ω ) 2 2

    Setting   Im G ( jω ) = 0 ω 2 = 100  ω = ±31.6  rad/sec  . ) = −K 


G ( j 316

     

  For stability,  0 < K < 1 

 
 
 

8‐25)  The characteristic equation for K = 10 is: 

3 2
        s + 10 s + 10,000 Kt s + 100,000 = 0  

10,000 Kt s
  Geq ( s ) = 3 2
Pω = 0 P = 2 
s + 10 s + 100,000

  Geq ( jω ) =
10, 000 K t jω
=
(
10, 000 K t ⎣⎡ −ω + jω 10, 000 − 10ω
4 2
)⎦⎤         Setting   Im G ( jω ) = 0  
100, 000 − 10ω − jω (10, 000 − 10ω )
2 3 2 eq

2 6

8‐40 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
2
  ω = 0, ω = 10,000 

  ω = ±100 rad / sec       Geq ( j100) = − Kt  

  For stability,  

Φ 11 = − ( 0.5 Pω + P ) 180 = −360  


o o
   

  The system is stable for   Kt > 0.  

8-26)

a) Ö

b) Ö

c) Ö

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
figure(1);
J=1;
B=1;
K=1;
Kf=0
G1= K/(J*s+B);
CL1=G1/(1+G1*Kf);
H2 = 1;
G1G2 = CL1/s;
L_TF=G1G2*H2;
nyquist(L_TF)

sisotool

8‐41 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Part (a), Kf=0: by plotting the Nyquist diagram in sisotool and varying the gain, it was observed that
all values of gain (K) will result in a stable system. Location of poles in root locus diagram of the second
figure will also verify that.

Nyquist Diagram
20

15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15

-20
-1 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0
Real Axis

8‐42 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
1 40

20
0.5

0
0
-20

-0.5
-40

G.M.: Inf
-1 -60
Freq: Inf
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -80
50
-90

-50

-100 -135
0

-90
P.M.: 54.9 deg
Freq: 0.704 rad/sec
-180 -180
-2 -1 0 1 2 -2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

Part (b), Kf=0.1: The result and approach is similar to part (a), a sample of Nyquist diagram is
presented for his case as follows:
Nyquist Diagram
15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15
-1 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0
Real Axis

8‐43 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Part (c), Kf=0.2: The result and approach is similar to part (a), a sample of Nyquist diagram is
presented for his case as follows:
Nyquist Diagram
15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15
-1 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0
Real Axis

8-27)

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
figure(1);
J=1;
B=1;
K=10;
Kf=0.2
G1= K/(J*s+B);
CL1=G1/(1+G1*Kf);
H2 = 1;
G1G2 = CL1/s;
L_TF=G1G2*H2;
nyquist(L_TF)

After assigning K=10, different values of Kf has been used in the range of 0.01<K<104. The Nyquist
diagrams shows the stability of the closed loop system for all 0<K<∞. A sample of Nyquist diagram is
plotted as follows:

8‐44 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Nyquist Diagram
25

20

15

10

5
Imaginary Axis

-5

-10

-15

-20

-25
-1.4 -1.2 -1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0
Real Axis

8-28) a) K > 2 Ö system is stable

b) 0 < K < 1 and -2 < K < 0 Ö -2 < K < 1 Ösystem is stable

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%a)
figure(1);
K=1
num_GH_a= K*(s+1);
den_GH_a=(s-1)^2;
GH_a=num_GH_a/den_GH_a;
nyquist(GH_a)
%b)
figure(2);
K=1
num_GH_b= K*(s-1);
den_GH_b=(s+1)^2;
GH_b=num_GH_b/den_GH_b;
nyquist(GH_b)
8‐45 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

sisotool

Part(a): Using MATLAB sisotool, the transfer function gain can be iteratively changed in order to
obtain different phase margins. By changing the gain so that PM=0 (margin of stability), K>~2 resulted
in stable Nyquist diagram for part(a). Following two figures illustrate the sisotool and Nyquist results at
margin of stability for part (a).

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
2 10

1 5

0
0

-5
-1

-10 G.M.: -0.00581 dB


-2 Freq: 1.73 rad/sec
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -15
100
-90
P.M.: 0.0688 deg
50
-135 Freq: 1.73 rad/sec

0 -180

-50 -225
180
-270

0
-315

-180 -360
-2 -1 0 1 2 0
10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

8‐46 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Nyquist Diagram
2

1.5

Imaginary Axis 0.5

-0.5

-1

-1.5

-2
-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5
Real Axis

Part(b): Similar methodology applied as in part (a). K<1 results in closed loop stability. Following are
sisotool and Nyquist results at margin of stability (K=1):

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
1 0

0.5
-5

0
-10

-0.5

-15
G.M.: -0.00236 dB
-1 Freq: 0 rad/sec
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2
Unstable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -20
80
180
60
40
135
20
0 90
-20
-40 45
90
45 0

0
-45 P.M.: -4.01 deg
-45
Freq: 0.0233 rad/sec
-90 -90
-6 -4 -2 0 2 -2 -1 0 1
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

8‐47 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Nyquist Diagram
1

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2
Imaginary Axis

-0.2

-0.4

-0.6

-0.8

-1
-1.2 -1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4 0.6
Real Axis

8-29)  (a)  

− Td s 100
      Let   G ( s ) = G1 ( s )e    Then  G1 ( s ) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
100 100
       Let  =1 or =1 
−10ω + jω 100 − ω
2
( 2
) ⎡100ω 4 + ω 2 (100 − ω 2 )2 ⎤
1/ 2

⎣ ⎦

(100 − ω )
2
    Thus     100ω + ω = 10, 000 ω − 100ω + 10, 000ω − 10, 000 = 0  
4 2 2 6 4 2
 

      The real solution for ω  are ω = ±1 rad/sec. 

8‐48 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

⎡ 100 − ω 2 ⎤
−1
    ∠G1 ( j1) = − tan ⎢ = 264.23  
o
  ⎥
⎣ −10ω ⎦ ω =1

     Equating   ωTd =
( 264.23 o
− 180 π
o
)  
ω =1
180

84.23π
          = = 1.47  rad 
180

     Thus the maximum time delay for stability    

     is 

                              Td = 1.47  sec. 

          (b)   Td = 1  sec. 

−s − jω
100 Ke 100 Ke
       G( s) = G ( jω ) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
) (
−10ω + jω 100 − ω
2 2
)
      At the intersect on the negative real axis,  ω = 1.42  rad/sec. 

       

       G ( j1.42) = −0.7107 K . 

      The system is stable for 

     0 < K < 1.407 

 
 
 

8‐49 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐30  (a)  K = 0.1 
− Td s
10e − Td s
           G ( s ) = = G1 ( s )e  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
10 10
       Let   =1 or = 1 
−10ω + jω 100 − ω
2
( 2
) ⎡100ω 4 + ω 2 (100 − ω 2 )2 ⎤
1/ 2

⎣ ⎦

ω − 100ω + 10,000ω − 100 = 0       The real solutions for ω  is  ω = ±0.1 rad/sec. 


6 4 2
      Thus   

⎡ 100 − ω 2 ⎤ −1
     ∠G1 ( j 0.1) = − tan ⎢ = 269.43  
o
  ⎥
⎣ −10ω ⎦ ω = 0.1

      Equate    ωTd =
( 269.43 o
− 180 π
o
) = 1.56  rad      We have       Td = 15.6  sec. 
ω = 0.1
180
o

      We have the maximum time delay 

       

      for stability is  15.6 sec. 

 
 
 

8‐30   (b)   Td = 0.1  sec. 

−0.1 s −0.1 jω
100 Ke 100 Ke
    G( s) = G ( jω ) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
) (
−10ω + jω 100 − ω
2 2
)
       At the intersect on the negative real axis,  

       ω = 6.76  rad/sec.    G ( j 6.76 ) = −0.1706 K  

8‐50 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

       The system is stable for 

      0 < K < 5.86 

 
 
 

8-31)

MATLAB code:

s = tf('s')
%a)

figure(1);
K=1
num_GH_a= K;
den_GH_a=s*(s+1)*(s+1);
GH_a=num_GH_a/den_GH_a;
nyquist(GH_a)

%b)
figure(2);
K=20
num_GH_b= K;
den_GH_b=s*(s+1)*(s+1);
GH_b=num_GH_b/den_GH_b;
nyquist(GH_b)

sisotool;

8‐51 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

By using sisotool and importing the loop transfer function, different values of K has been tested which
resulted in a stable system when K<2, and unstable system for K>2. Following diagrams correspond to
margin of stability:
Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
3 30

2 20

10
1
0
0
-10
-1
-20
-2
-30
G.M.: -0.282 dB
-3 Freq: 1 rad/sec
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 -40
Unstable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -50
100
-90

0
-135
-100

-200 -180
0

-180
-225
-360 P.M.: -0.925 deg
Freq: 1.02 rad/sec
-540 -270
-1 0 1 2 0
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

Part(a): small K resulted in stable system as shown below for K=0.219:

8‐52 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
3 10

2 0

-10
1
-20
0
-30
-1
-40
-2
-50
G.M.: 19.2 dB
-3 Freq: 1 rad/sec
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 -60
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -70
0
-90

-50
-135
-100

-150 -180
0

-225
-180
P.M.: 66.3 deg
Freq: 0.21 rad/sec
-360 -270
-2 -1 0 1 2 0
10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

Nyquist Diagram
10

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8

-10
-1 -0.9 -0.8 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0
Real Axis

Part(b): Large K resulted in unstable system as shown below for K=20:

8‐53 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
3 50

40
2
30
1
20
0 10

-1 0

-10
-2
-20
G.M.: -20 dB
-3 Freq: 1 rad/sec
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 -30
Unstable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -40
-90
0

-50 -135

-100 -180
0
-90
-180 -225
-270 P.M.: -47.8 deg
-360 Freq: 2.59 rad/sec
-450 -270
-1 0 1 2 0
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

Nyquist Diagram

30

20

10
Imaginary Axis

-10

-20

-30

-15 -10 -5 0 5
Real Axis

8‐54 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

The system is stable for small value of K, since there is no encirclement of the s = -1

The system is unstable for large value of K, since the locus encirclement the twice in
CCW; which means two poles are in the right half s-plane.

8-32)  (a)  The transfer function (gain) for the sensor‐amplifier combination is 10 V/0.1 in = 100 V/in.  The velocity 

       of flow of the solution is 

3
10 in / sec
        v= = 100  in/sec 
0.1 in

       The time delay between the valve and the sensor is  Td = D / v  sec.  The loop transfer function is 

− Td s
100 Ke
        G( s) = 2
 
s + 10 s + 100

8‐55 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐56 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-33)
  (a)  The transfer function (gain) for the sensor‐amplifier combination is  1 V/0.1 in = 10 V/in.  The velocity 

       of flow of the solutions is 

3
10 in / sec
          v= = 100 in / sec  
0.1 in

       The time delay between the valve and sensor is  Td = D / v  sec. The loop transfer function is 

− Td s
10 Ke
        G( s) = 2
 
s + 10 s + 100

           (b)  K = 10: 

− jω Td
100e
G ( jω ) =
− Td s
            G ( s ) = G1 ( s )e  
(100 − ω ) + j10ω2

100
(100 − ω )
2
=1 + 100ω = 10, 000  
2 2
       Setting   
( 100 − ω
2
) + j10ω

4 2
       Thus,    ω − 100ω = 0 Real solutions: ω = 0, ω = ±10 rad / sec  

      ∠G1 ( j10) = − tan ⎜


−1 ⎛ 10ω ⎞ = −90  
2 ⎟
o
 
⎝ 100 − ω ⎠ ω =10

       Thus, 

90 π π
o
         10Td = o
=  rad 
180 2

       Thus, 

π
          Td = = 0.157  sec 
20

 
 
       Maximum   D = vTd = 100 × 0.157 = 15.7  in 

8‐57 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

           (c)  D = 10 in. 

−0.1s
D 10 10 Ke
       Td = = = 0.1 sec G( s) = 2
 
v 100 s + 10 s + 100

      The Nyquist plot of G ( jω )  intersects the negative real axis at ω = 12.09  rad/sec.  G ( j ) = −0.0773K  

       For stability, the 
maximum value of K is  12.94    . 

 
 
 

8-34)
The system (GH) has zero poles in the right of s plane: P=0.
According to Nyquist criteria (Z=N+P), to ensure the stability which means the number of right poles of
1+ GH=0 should be zero (Z=0), we need N clockwise encirclements of Nyquist diagram about -1+0j
point. That is N=-P or in other words, we need P counter-clockwise encirclement about -1+0j. In this
case, we need 0 CCW encirclements.
8-34(a) According to Nyquist diagrams, this happens when K<-1. The three Nyquist diagrams are
plotted with K=-10, K=-1, K=10 as examples:

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%a)
figure(1);
K=-10
num_G_a = K ;
8‐58 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

den_G_a =(s+1);
num_H_a = (s+2);
den_H_a = (s^2+2*s+2);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
H_a = num_H_a/den_H_a;
OL_a = G_a*H_a
nyquist(OL_a)

Case 1) Nyquist graph, K=-10: margin of stability K<-1 unstable

figure(2);
K=-1
num_G_a = K ;
den_G_a =(s+1);
num_H_a = (s+2);
den_H_a = (s^2+2*s+2);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
H_a = num_H_a/den_H_a;
%CL_a = G_a/(1 + G_a*H_a);
OL_a = G_a*H_a
nyquist(OL_a)

8‐59 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Case 2) Nyquist graph, K=-1: marginally unstable

figure(3);
K=10
num_G_a = K ;
den_G_a =(s+1);
num_H_a = (s+2);
den_H_a = (s^2+2*s+2);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
H_a = num_H_a/den_H_a;
%CL_a = G_a/(1 + G_a*H_a);
OL_a = G_a*H_a
nyquist(OL_a)

8‐60 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Case 3) Nyquist graph, K=10: stable case, -1<K no CCW encirclement about -1+0j point

8‐61 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-34 (b)
For K<-1 (unstable), there will be 1 real pole in the right hand side of s-plane for the closed loop system,
by running the following code.
K=-10
num_G_a = K ;
den_G_a =(s+1);
num_H_a = (s+2);
den_H_a = (s^2+2*s+2);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
H_a = num_H_a/den_H_a;
OL_a = G_a*H_a
nyquist(OL_a)
CL=1/(1+OL_a)
pole(CL)

K =

-10

Transfer function:
-10 s - 20
---------------------
s^3 + 3 s^2 + 4 s + 2

Transfer function:
s^3 + 3 s^2 + 4 s + 2
----------------------
s^3 + 3 s^2 - 6 s - 18

ans =

2.4495
-3.0000
-2.4495

For K=-1 (marginally unstable), there will be 2 negative complex conjugate poles and a pole at zero for
the closed loop system, by running the following code.
K=-1
num_G_a = K ;
den_G_a =(s+1);
num_H_a = (s+2);
den_H_a = (s^2+2*s+2);
8‐62 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
H_a = num_H_a/den_H_a;
OL_a = G_a*H_a
nyquist(OL_a)
CL=1/(1+OL_a)
pole(CL)

K=

-1

Transfer function:
-s - 2
---------------------
s^3 + 3 s^2 + 4 s + 2

Transfer function:
s^3 + 3 s^2 + 4 s + 2
---------------------
s^3 + 3 s^2 + 3 s

ans =

0
-1.5000 + 0.8660i
-1.5000 - 0.8660i

Note: you may also wish to use MATLAB sisotool.


See alternative solution to 8-38.

8‐63 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-34(c) The Characteristic Equation is: s3 + 3 s2 + (4+K) s + 2+2K


Using Routh criterions, the coefficient table is as follows:
s3 1 4+K
s2 3 2K+2
s1 K+10 0
s0 2K+2 0

The system is stable if the content of the 1st column is positive:


K+10>0 Æ K>-10
2K+2>0 Æ K>-1
which is consistent with the results of the Nyquist diagrams. For K>-1 system is stable.

8-35) (a)   M r = 2.06, ω r = 9.33 rad / sec, BW = 15.2 rad / sec  

         (b) 

1 4 2
        M r = = 2.06 ζ − ζ + 0.0589 = 0    The solution for  ζ < 0.707 is ζ = 0.25.  
2
2ζ 1 − ζ

2 9.33
       ω r 1 − 2ζ = 9.33 rad / sec Thus ω n = = 9.974 rad / sec  
0.9354

ωn
2
99.48 19.94
        GL ( s ) = = =         BW = 15.21 rad/sec 
s ( s + 2ζω n ) s ( s + 4.987) s (1 + 0.2005 s )

8‐64 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-36) Assuming a unity feedback loop (H=1), G(s)H(s)=G(s)


  (a)   

5
        G ( s ) =  
s(1 + 0.5s )(1 + 0.1s )

        

   

8‐65 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐36  (b) 

                                               

10
          G ( s ) =       
s(1 + 0.5s )(1 + 0.1s )

         (c) 

500
         G ( s ) =  
( s + 1.2)( s + 4 )( s + 10 )

                

 
 
 

8‐66 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  (d) 

10( s + 1)
           G ( s ) =  
s( s + 2 )( s + 10 )

8‐36  (e) 

0.5
          G ( s ) =  
(
s s + s +1
2
)
 

   
 

8‐67 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

        (f) 

 
−s
100e
         G ( s ) =          
(
s s + 10 s + 50
2
)
 

8‐68 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

         (g) 

 
−s
100e
          G ( s ) =   
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
 

 
 
 

8‐36  (h) 

10( s + 5)
         G ( s ) =        
(
s s + 5s + 5
2
)
 

 
 
 

(a)

8‐69 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
num_G_a= 5;
den_G_a=s*(0.5*s+1)*(0.1*s+1);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
margin(G_a)
Bode diagram:

(b)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
num_G_a= 10;
den_G_a=s*(1+0.5*s)*(1+0.1*s);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
margin(G_a)

8‐70 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(c)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
num_G_a= 500;
den_G_a=s*(s+1.2)*(s+4)*(s+10);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
margin(G_a)

8‐71 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(d)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
num_G_a= 10*(s+1);
den_G_a=s*(s+2)*(s+10);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
margin(G_a)

8‐72 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(e)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
num_G_a= 0.5;
den_G_a=s*(s^2+s+1);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
margin(G_a)

8‐73 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(f)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
num_G_a= 100*exp(-s);
den_G_a=s*(s^2+10*s+50);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
margin(G_a)

8‐74 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(g)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
num_G_a= 100*exp(-s);
den_G_a=s*(s^2+10*s+100);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
margin(G_a)

8‐75 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(h)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
num_G_a= 10*(s+5);
den_G_a=s*(s^2+5*s+5);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
margin(G_a)

8‐76 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐77 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-37)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
num_GH_a= 25*(s+1);
den_GH_a=s*(s+2)*(s^2+2*s+16);
GH_a=num_GH_a/den_GH_a
margin(GH_a)

8‐78 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-38) MATLAB code:


s = tf('s')
num_G_a= 25*(s+1);
den_G_a=s*(s+2)*(s^2+2*s+16);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
margin(G_a)

Bode diagram: PM=101 deg, GM=3.91 dB @ 4.22 rad/sec

Bode Diagram
Gm = 3.91 dB (at 4.22 rad/sec) , Pm = 101 deg (at 1.08 rad/sec)
20

0
Magnitude (dB)

-20

-40

-60

-80

-100
-45

-90
Phase (deg)

-135

-180

-225

-270
-1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

8-38 Alternative solution


MATLAB code: 

s = tf('s')

%a)
figure(1);
num_G_a = 1 ;
den_G_a =(s+1);
num_H_a = (s+2);
den_H_a = (s^2+2*s+2);

8‐79 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
H_a = num_H_a/den_H_a;
CL_a = G_a/(1 + G_a*H_a);
margin(CL_a)

sisotool
 

Bode diagram: for k=1 

Bode Diagram
Gm = Inf , Pm = Inf
0

-10
Magnitude (dB)

-20

-30

-40
0
Phase (deg)

-45

-90
-1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)
 

Using MATLAB sisotool, the transfer function gain can be iteratively changed in order to obtain different phase 
margins.  By  changing  the  gain  K  between  very  small  and  very  big  numbers,  it  was  found  that  the  closed  loop 
system are stable (positive PM) for every positive K in this system.  

K=0.034 

8‐80 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
10 -20

5 -40

-60
0

-80
-5

-100 G.M.: Inf


-10 Freq: Inf
-2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -120
0
0

-50 -45

-100 -90
0

-135
-45
P.M.: Inf
Freq: NaN
-90 -180
-2 -1 0 1 2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

K=59.9 

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
10 40

5 20

0
0

-20
-5

-40 G.M.: Inf


-10 Freq: Inf
-2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -60
40
0

20
-45
0

-20 -90
90

-135
0
P.M.: 7.67 deg
Freq: 7.89 rad/sec
-90 -180
-1 0 1 2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

8‐81 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

In order to test the negative range of K, ‐1 was multiplied to the loop transfer function through the following 
code, and sisotool was used again. 

figure(1);
num_G_a = -1 ;
den_G_a =(s+1);
num_H_a = (s+2);
den_H_a = (s^2+2*s+2);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
H_a = num_H_a/den_H_a;
CL_a = G_a/(1 + G_a*H_a);
margin(CL_a)

sisotool
at K=‐1, margin of stability is observed as PM~=0: 

K= ‐1 

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
1 10

0.5 -10

-20
0 -30

-40
-0.5
-50

-60
G.M.: -0.0609 dB
-1 Freq: 0 rad/sec
-4 -2 0 2 4 -70
Unstable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -80
40 180

20
0 135
-20
-40 90
135

90
45
45 P.M.: -11.8 deg
Freq: 0.137 rad/sec
0 0
-4 -2 0 2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

The system is stable for K>‐1 as follows: K= ‐0.6 

8‐82 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
1 0

0.5 -20

-40
0

-60
-0.5

-80 G.M.: 4.37 dB


-1 Freq: 0 rad/sec
-6 -4 -2 0 2 4
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -100
50
180

0 135

-50 90
180

45
90
P.M.: Inf
Freq: NaN
0 0
-2 -1 0 1 2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)
 

And the system is unstable for K< ‐1: K= ‐3 

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
1 20

0.5 0

-20
0

-40
-0.5

-60 G.M.: -9.59 dB


-1 Freq: 0 rad/sec
-6 -4 -2 0 2 4
Unstable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -80
20
180

0
135
-20

-40 90
180

45
90
P.M.: -129 deg
Freq: 1.84 rad/sec
0 0
-2 -1 0 1 2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)
 

*Combining the individual ranges for K, the system will be stable in the range of K> ‐1 

8‐83 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐39  See sample MATLAB code in Part e. The MATLAB codes are identical to problem 8‐36. 

(a) 

K
         G ( s ) =   
s(1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.5s )

The Bode plot is done with K = 1. 

GM = 21.58 dB  For GM = 20 dB, 

K must be reduced by −1.58 dB. 

Thus  K = 0.8337   

o o
PM =  60.42 . For PM =  45   

K should be increased by 5.6 dB. 

Or,      K = 1.91 

(b)     

K ( s + 1)
      G( s) =  The 
s(1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.2 s)(1 + 0.5s )
Bode plot is done with K = 1. 

GM = 19.98 dB. For GM = 20 dB, 

K ≅ 1.   

o o
PM =  86.9 . For PM =  45    
 
K should be increased by 8.9 dB. 

Or,      K = 2.79. 

8‐84 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐39 (c) See the top plot 

K
          G ( s ) = 3
 
( s + 3)

The Bode plot is done with K = 1. 

GM = 46.69 dB 

PM = infinity. 

For GM = 20 dB K can be 

 increased by 26.69 dB or  K = 21.6. 

For PM = 45 deg. K can be  

increased by 28.71 dB, or  

K = 27.26. 

          

(d) See the middle plot   

K
  G( s) = 4
  
( s + 3)

The Bode plot is done with K = 1.  

GM = 50.21 dB 

PM = infinity. 

For GM = 20 dB K can be 

increased by 30.21 dB or K = 32.4 

For PM = 45 deg. K can be 

increased by 38.24 dB, or 

K = 81.66   

(e) See the bottom plot   
 
The Bode plot is done with K = 1.   

8‐85 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
−s
Ke MATLAB code:
       G ( s ) =  
(
s 1 + 0.1s + 0.01s
2
) s = tf('s')
num_G_a= exp(-s);
GM=2.97 dB; PM = 26.58 deg 
den_G_a=s*(0.01*s^2+0.1*s+1);
For GM = 20 dB K must be  G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
margin(G_a) 
decreased by −17.03 dB or  

K = 0.141. 

For PM = 45 deg. K must be 

decreased by −2.92 dB or K = 0.71. 

8‐86 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐39  (f) 

K (1 + 0.5s )
          G ( s ) =         
(
s s + s +1
2
)
The Bode plot is done with K = 1. 

GM = 6.26 dB 

PM = 22.24 deg   

For GM = 20 dB K must be decreased by −13.74 dB or  

K = 0.2055. 

For PM = 45 deg K must be decreased by −3.55 dB or 

K = 0.665. 

8‐40  (a) 

10 K
     G ( s ) =        
s(1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.5s )

The gain‐phase plot is done with  

K = 1.   

GM = 1.58 dB 

PM = 3.95 deg. 
 
For GM = 10 dB, K must be decreased by −8.42 
dB or K = 0.38. 

For PM = 45 deg, K must be decreased by −14 dB, or K = 0.2. 

For  M r = 1.2 ,  K must be decreased to 0.16. 

8‐87 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Sample MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
num_G_a= 10;
den_G_a=s*(1+0.1*s)*(0.5*s+1);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a
nichols(G_a) 

  
 

(b) 

8‐88 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
5K ( s + 1)
G( s) =     
s(1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.2 s)(1 + 0.5s )

The Gain‐phase plot is done with 

K = 1. 

GM = 6 dB 

PM = 22.31 deg. 

For GM = 10 dB, K must be decreased by −4 
 
dB or K = 0.631. 

For PM = 45 deg, K must be 

decrease by −5 dB. 

For  M r = 1.2 , K must be decreased to 0.48. 

8‐40  (c) 

10 K
        G ( s ) =     
(
s 1 + 0.1s + 0.01s
2
)
The gain‐phase plot is done for  

K = 1.     

GM = 0 dB        M r = ∞ 

PM = 0 deg 

For GM = 10 dB, K must be decreased by −10 
dB or K = 0.316.   

For PM = 45 deg, K must be decreased by −5.3 
dB, or  

K = 0.543. 

For  M r = 1.2, K  must be decreased to 0.2213. 

(d) 

8‐89 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

 
−s
Ke
        G ( s ) =      
(
s 1 + 0.1s + 0.01s
2
)
The gain‐phase plot is done for 

K = 1. 

GM = 2.97 dB       M r = 3.09  

PM = 26.58 deg 

For GM = 10 dB, K must be decreased by −7.03 
dB, K = 0.445. 
 
For PM = 45 deg, K must be decreased by 
−2.92 dB, or  

K = 0.71. 

For  M r = 1.2, K = 0.61.  

8‐90 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-41
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%a)
num_GH_a= 1*(s+1)*(s+2);
den_GH_a=s^2*(s+3)*(s^2+2*s+25);
GH_a=num_GH_a/den_GH_a;
CL_a = GH_a/(1+GH_a)
figure(1);
bode(CL_a)

%b)
figure(2);
rlocus(GH_a)

%c)
num_GH_c= 53*(s+1)*(s+2);
den_GH_c=s^2*(s+3)*(s^2+2*s+25);
GH_c=num_GH_c/den_GH_c;
figure(3);
nyquist(GH_c)
xlim([-2 1])
ylim([-1.5 1.5])

%d)
num_GH_d= (s+1)*(s+2);
den_GH_d=s^2*(s+3)*(s^2+2*s+25);
GH_d=num_GH_d/den_GH_d;
CL_d = GH_d/(1+GH_d)
figure(4);
margin(CL_d)

sisotool

Part (a), Bode diagram:

8‐91 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
50

0
Magnitude (dB)
-50

-100

-150
0

-90
Phase (deg)

-180

-270
-2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

Part (b), Root locus diagram:

Root Locus
30

20

10
Imaginary Axis

-10

-20

-30
-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20
Real Axis

Part (c), Gain and frequency that instability occurs: Gain=53, Freq = 4.98 rad/sec, as seen in the data
point in the figure:

8‐92 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Nyquist Diagram
1.5

System: GH_a
0.5
Real: -1
Imag: 0.0174

Imaginary Axis
Frequency (rad/sec): 4.98
0

-0.5

-1

-1.5
-2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Real Axis

Part (d), Gain and


frequency that
instability occurs:
Gain=0.127 at PM
=20 deg:
By running sisotool
command in
MATLAB, the
transfer functions
are imported and the
gain is iteratively
changed until the
phase margin of
PM=20 deg is
achieved. The Part (e): The corresponding gain margin is GM = 22.7 dB is seen in the

corresponding Gain figure

is K= 0.127.

8‐93 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐42  (a)  Gain crossover frequency   = 2.09 rad/sec   PM = 115.85 deg 

       Phase crossover frequency = 20.31 rad/sec    GM = 21.13 dB 

           (b)  Gain crossover frequency   = 6.63 rad/sec      PM = 72.08 deg 

       Phase crossover frequency = 20.31 rad/sec    GM = 15.11 dB 

           (c)  Gain crossover frequency   = 19.1 rad/sec      PM = 4.07 deg 

       Phase crossover frequency = 20.31 rad/sec    GM = 1.13 dB 

           (d)  For GM = 40 dB, reduce gain by (40 − 21.13) dB = 18.7 dB, or gain = 0.116  ×  nominal value. 

       

           (e)  For PM = 45 deg, the magntude curve reads −10 dB. This means that the loop gain can be increased by  

      10 dB from the nominal value. Or gain = 3.16  ×  nominal value. 

           

           (f)  The system is type 1, since the slope of  G ( jω )  is −20 dB/decade as ω → 0.  

           (g)  GM = 12.7 dB.  PM = 109.85 deg. 

           (h)  The gain crossover frequency is 2.09 rad/sec. The phase margin is 115.85 deg. 

       Set 

115.85 π
o
      ωTd = 2.09Td = o
= 2.022  rad 
180

       Thus, the maximum time delay is   Td = 0.9674  sec. 

8‐94 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

8‐43  (a)  The gain is increased to four times its nominal value. The magnitude curve is raised by 12.04 dB. 

       Gain crossover frequency  = 10 rad/sec    PM = 46 deg 

       Phase crossover frequency = 20.31 rad/sec  GM = 9.09 dB 

           (b)  The GM that corresponds to the nominal gain is 21.13 dB.  To change the GM to 20 dB we need to  

       increase the gain by 1.13 dB, or 1.139 times the nominal gain. 

           (c)   The GM is 21.13 dB.  The forward‐path gain for stability is 21.13 dB, or 11.39. 

           (d)   The  PM for the nominal gain is 115.85 deg.  For PM = 60 deg, the gain crossover frequency must be 

        moved to approximately 8.5 rad/sec, at which point the gain is −10 dB. Thus, the gain must be increased 

        by 10 dB, or by a factor of 3.162. 

           (e)   With the gain at twice its nominal value, the system is stable. Since the system is type 1, the steady‐state 

       error due to a step input is 0. 

           (f)   With the gain at 20 times its nominal value, the system is unstable. Thus the steady‐state error would be 

       infinite. 

           (g)  With a pure time delay of 0.1 sec, the magnitude curve is not changed, but the the phase curve is subject 

       to a negative phase of − 0.1ω  rad.  The PM is   

      PM = 115.85 − 0.1 × gain crossover frequency = 115.85 − 0.209 = 115.64  deg 

      The new phase crossover frequency is approximately 9 rad/sec, where the original phase curve is  

      reduced by −0.9 rad or −51.5 deg.  The magnitude of the gain curve at this frequency is −10 dB.  

      Thus, the gain margin is 10 dB.  

           (h)  When the gain is set at 10 times its nominal value, the magnitude curve is raised by 20 dB. The new 

       gain crossover frequency is approximately 17 rad/sec.  The phase at this frequency is −30 deg.  

       Thus, setting 

30 π
o
      ωTd = 17Td = o
= 0.5236   Thus       Td = 0.0308   sec. 
180

  

8‐95 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-44
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%using pade cammand for PADE approximation of exponential term
num_G_a= pade((80*exp(-0.1*s)),2);
den_G_a=s*(s+4)*(s+10);
G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;
CL_a = G_a/(1+G_a)
OL_a = G_a*1;

%(a)
figure(1)
nyquist(OL_a)

%(b) and (c)


figure(2);
margin(CL_a)

Part (a), Nyquist diagram:

Nyquist Diagram
8

2
Imaginary Axis

-2

-4

-6

-8
-1 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2 0 0.2 0.4
Real Axis

Part (b) and (c), Bode diagram:


Using Margin command, the gain and phase margins are obtained as GM = 6.3 dB, PM = 42.6 deg:

8‐96 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
Gm = 6.3 dB (at 4.02 rad/sec) , Pm = 42.6 deg (at 2.9 rad/sec)
50

0
Magnitude (dB)
-50

-100

-150
360

180
Phase (deg)

-180

-360
-1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

8‐97 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐45   (a)  Bode Plot: 

  For stability:   166 (44.4 dB) < K < 7079 (77 dB)  Phase crossover frequencies:  7 rad/sec and 85 rad/sec 

8‐98 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
  Nyquist Plot: 

   

8‐99 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐45  (b)  Root Loci. 

8‐100 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐46 (a)  Nyquist Plot 

       

Bode Plot 

 
 
 

8‐101 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus 

8‐102 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-47
MATLAB code:
%a)
k=1
num_GH= k*(s+1)*(s+5);
den_GH=s*(s+0.1)*(s+8)*(s+20)*(s+50);
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
CL = GH/(1+GH)
figure(1);
bode(CL)
figure(2);
OL = GH;
nyquist(GH)
xlim([-1.5 0.5]);
ylim([-1 1]);

sisotool

Part (a), Bode diagram:

8‐103 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
0

-50
Magnitude (dB)
-100

-150

-200
0

-90
Phase (deg)

-180

-270
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

Part (a), Nyquist diagram:

Nyquist Diagram
1

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2
Imaginary Axis

-0.2

-0.4

-0.6

-0.8

-1
-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5
Real Axis

Part (a), range of K for stability: By running sisotool command in MATLAB, the transfer functions
are imported and the gain is iteratively changed until the phase margin of PM=0 deg is achieved (where
K = ) which is the margin of stability. The stable rang for K is K>8.16x104:

8‐104 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Part (b), Root-locus diagram, K and ω at the points where the root loci cross the jω-axis:
As can be seen in the figure at K=8.13x104 and ω =33.8 rad/sec, the poles cross the jω axis. Both of
these values are consistent with the results of part(a) from sisotool.

8‐105 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus
150

System: CL
100 Gain: 8.13e+004
Pole: 0.0788 + 33.8i
Damping: -0.00233
Overshoot (%): 101
50 Frequency (rad/sec): 33.8
Imaginary Axis

-50 System: CL
Gain: 7.99e+004
Pole: -0.045 - 33.5i
Damping: 0.00134
-100 Overshoot (%): 99.6
Frequency (rad/sec): 33.5

-150
-200 -150 -100 -50 0 50 100
Real Axis

8‐106 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐48  Bode Diagram 

  When K = 1, GM = 68.75 dB, PM = 90 deg.  The critical value of K for stability is 2738. 

8‐107 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐49  (a)  Forward‐path transfer function: 

Θ L ( s) K a Ki ( Bs + K )
    G( s) = = K aG p ( s ) =  
E ( s) Δo

      where 

(
Δ o = 0.12 s ( s + 0.0325 ) s + 2.5675 s + 6667
2
)
       
(
= s 0.12 s + 0.312 s + 80.05 s + 26
3 2
)
43.33( s + 500)
          G ( s ) =  
(
s s + 2.6 s + 667.12 s + 216.67
3 2
)
           (b)  Bode Diagram: 

8‐108 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
   

 
 
 

  Gain crossover frequency =  5.85 rad/sec  PM = 2.65 deg. 

  Phase crossover frequency = 11.81 rad/sec  GM = 10.51 dB 

8‐109 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐49  (c)  Closed‐loop Frequency Response: 

    M r = 17.72, ω r = 5.75 rad / sec, BW = 9.53 rad / sec  

8‐110 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-50

(a)

(b)
(c) to (e)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')

m = 0.11;
r = 0.015;
d = 0.03;
g = 9.8;
L = 1.0;
J = 9.99*10^-6

K=1
num_GH= K*m*g*d;
den_GH=L*(J/r^2+m)*s^2;
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
CL = GH/(1+GH)

%c)
figure(1);
nyquist(GH)
xlim([-1.5 0.5]);
ylim([-1 1]);

%d)
figure(2);
margin(CL)

Part (c): since the system is a double integrator (1/s2), the phase is always -180 deg, and the system is
always marginally stable for any K, leading to a complicated control problem.

8‐111 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Nyquist Diagram
1

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2
Imaginary Axis

-0.2

-0.4

-0.6

-0.8

-1
-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5
Real Axis

Part (d), Bode diagram:


As explained in section (c), since the system is always marginally stable, GM=inf and PM = 0, as can be
seen by MATLAB MARGIN command, resulting in the following figure:

8‐112 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
Gm = Inf dB (at Inf rad/sec) , Pm = 0 deg (at 0.647 rad/sec)
150
System: CL
100 Frequency (rad/sec): 0.458
Magnitude (dB): 143
Magnitude (dB)

50

0
System: CL
-50 Frequency (rad/sec): 0.712
Magnitude (dB): -3.05
-100
-180

-225
Phase (deg)

-270

-315

-360
-2 -1 0 1
10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

Part (e), Mr,= 143 dB, ωr = 0.458 rad/sec, and BW= 0.712 rad/sec as can be seen in the data points in
the above figure.
8-51 (a)  When K = 1, the gain crossover frequency is 8 rad/sec. 

            (b)  When K = 1, the phase crossover frequency is 20 rad/sec. 

            (c)  When K = 1, GM = 10 dB. 

            (d)  When K = 1, PM = 57 deg. 

            (e)  When K = 1,  M r = 1.2. 

            (f)  When K = 1, ω r = 3  rad/sec. 

            (g)  When K = 1, BW = 15 rad/sec. 

            (h)  When K = −10 dB (0.316), GM = 20 dB 

             (i)  When K = 10 dB (3.16), the system is marginally stable.  The frequency of oscillation is 20 rad/sec. 

             (j)  The system is type 1, since the gain‐phase plot of  G ( jω )  approaches infinity at −90 deg. Thus, the  

       steady‐state error due to a unit‐step input is zero. 

8‐113 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-52  When K = 5 dB, the gain‐phase plot of  G ( jω )  is raised by 5 dB.  

            (a)  The gain crossover frequency is ~10 rad/sec. 

            (b)  The phase crossover frequency is ~20 rad/sec. 

            (c)  GM = 5 dB. 

            (d)  PM = ~34.5 deg. 

          (e)  When K = 5, Mr= ~ 2 (smallest circle tangent to an M circle).  

          (f)   ω r = 15  rad/sec 

            (g)  BW = 30 rad/sec 

          (h)  When K = −30 dB, the GM is 40 dB (shift the graph of K=1, 30 dbs down). 

When K = 10 dB, the gain‐phase plot of G ( jω )  is raised by 10 dB.  

            (a)  The gain crossover frequency is 20 rad/sec. 

            (b)  The phase crossover frequency is 20 rad/sec. 

            (c)  GM = 0 dB. 

            (d)  PM = 0 deg. 

            (e)  When K = 10, Mr= ~ 1.1 (smallest circle tangent to an M circle). 

          (f)   ωr = 5  rad/sec 

            (g)  BW = ~40 rad/sec 

          (h)  When K = −30 dB, the GM is 40 dB (shift the graph of K=1, 30 dbs down). 

8-53
Since the function has exponential term, PADE command has been used to obtain the transfer function.
80e −0.1s
G ( s) H ( s) =
s ( s + 4)( s + 10)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%a)

8‐114 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

num_GH= pade(80*exp(-0.1*s),2);
den_GH=s*(s+4)*(s+10);
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
CL = GH/(1+GH)
BW = bandwidth(CL)
bode(CL)

%b)
figure(2);
nichols(GH)

Part(a), Nicholas diagram:

Nichols Chart
40

20

-20
Open-Loop Gain (dB)

-40

-60

-80

-100

-120

-140
-270 -180 -90 0 90 180 270
Open-Loop Phase (deg)

Part(b), Bode diagram:

8‐115 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
50

0
Magnitude (dB)

-50

-100

-150
360

180
Phase (deg)

-180

-360
-1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

G
8- 54) Note: GCL =
1+ G
To draw the Bode and polar plots use the closed loop transfer function, GCL, and find BW. Use G to
obtain the gain-phase plots and Gm and Pm. Use the Bode plot to graphically obtain Mr.
Sample MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%a)
num_G= 1+0.1*s;
den_G=s*(s+1)*(0.01*s+1);
G=num_G/den_G
figure(1)
nyquist(G)
figure(2)
margin(G)
GCL = G/(1+G)
BW = bandwidth(GCL)
figure(3)
bode(GCL)

8‐116 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Transfer function:
0.1 s + 1
-----------------------
0.01 s^3 + 1.01 s^2 + s

Transfer function:
0.001 s^4 + 0.111 s^3 + 1.11 s^2 + s
--------------------------------------------------------------
0.0001 s^6 + 0.0202 s^5 + 1.041 s^4 + 2.131 s^3 + 2.11 s^2 + s

BW =

1.2235

8‐117 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐118 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8-55) (a)  The phase margin with K = 1 and Td = 0  sec is approximately 57 deg.  For a PM of 40 deg, the time delay 

       produces a phase lag of −17 deg.  The gain crossover frequency is 8 rad/sec.   

       Thus, 

17 π
o
ωTd = 17 = Thus ω = 8 rad / sec  
o
      o
= 0.2967 rad / sec
180

0.2967
      Td = = 0.0371 sec 
8

            (b)  With K = 1, for marginal stability, the time delay must produce a phase lag of −57 deg.  

       Thus, at ω = 8  rad/sec, 

57 π
o
0.9948
ωTd = 57 =
o
        o
= 0.9948 rad     Td = = 0.1244  sec 
180 8

8‐119 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

8‐56  (a)  The phase margin with K = 5 dB and Td = 0  is approximately 34.5 deg. For a PM of 30 deg, the time 

       delay must produce a phase lag of −4.5 deg.  The gain crossover frequency is 10 rad/sec.  Thus, 

4.5 π
o
0.0785
ωTd = 4.5 =
o
    o
= 0.0785  rad    Thus  Td = = 0.00785  sec 
180 10

          (b)  With K = 5 dB, for marginal stability, the time delay must produce a phase lag of −34.5 deg.  

           Thus at ω = 10  rad/sec, 

34.5 π
o
0.602
ωTd = 34.5 =
o
      o
= 0.602  rad     Thus       Td = = 0.0602  sec 
180 10

8‐57)   For a GM of 5 dB, the time delay must produce a phase lag of −34.5 deg at ω = 10  rad/sec.  Thus, 

34.5 π
o
0.602
ωTd = 34.5 =
o
            o
= 0.602  rad    Thus  Td = = 0.0602  sec 
180 10

             

8‐58  (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

−2 s
Y ( s) e
      G( s) = =  
E ( s) (1 + 10 s )(1 + 25s )

        

       From the Bode diagram,  phase crossover frequency = 0.21 rad/sec  GM = 21.55 dB 

8‐120 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
        gain crossover frequency = 0 rad/sec  PM = infinite 

           (b)   

1
      G(s) =  
(1 + 10 s )(1 + 25s ) (1 + 2 s + 2 s 2
)
 

     From the Bode diagram,  phase crossover frequency = 0.26 rad/sec  GM = 25 dB 
 

        gain crossover frequency = 0 rad/sec  PM = infinite 

        (c)   

1− s
      G(s) =  
(1 + s )(1 + 10 s )(1 + 2 s )
 

       From the Bode diagram,  phase crossover frequency = 0.26 rad/sec  GM = 25.44 dB 

        gain crossover frequency = 0 rad/sec  PM = infinite 

Sample MATLAB code


s = tf('s')
%a)
num_G=exp(-2*s);
den_G=(10*s+1)*(25*s+1);
G=num_G/den_G
figure(1)
margin(G)
 

8‐121 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐58  (continued)  Bode diagrams for all three parts. 

8‐122 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐59  (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 
−s
e
      G( s) =  
(1 + 10 s )(1 + 25s )

       From the Bode diagram,  phase crossover frequency = 0.37 rad/sec  GM = 31.08 dB 

        gain crossover frequency = 0 rad/sec  PM = infinite 

         (b)   

1
      G( s) =  
(1 + 10s )(1 + 25s ) (1 + s + 0.5s 2
)
       From the Bode diagram,  phase crossover frequency = 0.367 rad/sec      GM = 30.72 dB 
        gain crossover frequency = 0 rad/sec    PM = infinite 

        (c)      

(1 − 0.5s )
      G( s) =  
(1 + 10 s )(1 + 25s )(1 + 0.5 s )

        From the Bode diagram,  phase crossover frequency = 0.3731 rad/sec       GM = 31.18 dB 

          gain crossover frequency = 0 rad/sec      PM = infinite 

8‐123 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Plots 8‐59  (a‐c) 

8‐124 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

8‐60  Sensitivity Plot: 

8‐125 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

ω max = 5.75  rad/sec


M
    SG = 17.15
max

8-61)

(a)

(b)
(c)&(d)
MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
%c)
K = 1
num_GH= K*(1.151*s+0.1774);
den_GH=(s^3+0.739*s^2+0.921*s);
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
CL = GH/(1+GH)
sisotool
%(d)
figure(1)
margin(CL)

Part (c), range of K for stability:


Sisotool Result shows that by changing K between 0 and inf., all the roots of closed loop system remain
in the left hand side plane and PM remains positive. Therefore, the system is stable for all positive K.

8‐126 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

4
Root
x 10 Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
3 200

2
180
1

160
0

-1
140

-2
120 G.M.: Inf
-3 Freq: Inf
-0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) 100
100
0

0 -45

-100 -90
0

-135
-90
P.M.: 0.00149 deg
Freq: 2.26e+004 rad/sec
-180 -180
-2 0 2 4 6 -2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

Part (d), Bode, GM & PM for K=1:

8‐127 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 8 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
Gm = Inf dB (at Inf rad/sec) , Pm = 61.3 deg (at 1.59 rad/sec)
20

Magnitude (dB) 0

-20

-40

-60

-80
0

-45
Phase (deg)

-90

-135

-180
-2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

8‐128 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Chapter 9

9‐1   Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

M ( s) K
    G( s) = = 3 2
 
1− M ( s) s + ( 20 + a ) s + ( 200 + 20a ) s + 200a − K

            For type 1 system,    200a − K = 0          Thus       K = 200a 

            Ramp‐error constant: 

K 200 a
           K v = lim sG ( s ) = = = 5  Thus     a = 10  K = 2000 
s→ 0 200 + 20a 200 + 20 a

            The forward‐path transfer function is     The controller transfer function is 

       G ( s ) =
2000
         Gc ( s ) =
G(s)
=
(
20 s + 10 s + 100
2

(
s s + 30 s + 400
2
) Gp (s) (s 2
+ 30 s + 400 )
 

             The maximum overshoot of the unit‐step response is 0 percent. 

9‐2   Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

M ( s) K
    G( s) = = 3 2
 
1− M ( s) s + ( 20 + a ) s + ( 200 + 20a ) s + 200a − K

            For type 1 system,    200a − K = 0          Thus       K = 200a 

            Ramp‐error constant: 

K 200 a
           K v = lim sG ( s ) = = = 9  Thus     a = 90  K = 18000 
s→ 0 200 + 20a 200 + 20 a

9‐1 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
            The forward‐path transfer function is     The controller transfer function is 

       G ( s ) =
18000
         Gc ( s ) =
G(s)
=
(
180 s + 10 s + 100
2

(
s s + 110 s + 2000
2
) G p ( s) ( s + 110s + 2000 )
2

             The maximum overshoot of the unit‐step response is 4.3 percent. 

             From the expression for the ramp‐error constant, we see that as a or K goes to infinity,  Kv  approaches 10.  

             Thus the maximum value of  Kv  that can be realized is 10.  The difficulties with very large values of K and 

             a are that a high‐gain amplifier is needed and unrealistic circuit parameters are needed for the controller. 

9‐3) The close loop transfer function is: 

   

  Comparing with second order system: 

   and 2  

  exp 0.254    Ö   ξ = 0.4 

  3  Ö   ωn = 1.14 

        Ö   τ = 1.09 

    Ö  K = 1.42 

9-4) The forward path transfer function of the system is:

24
G ( s) H ( s) =  
s ( s + 1)( s + 6)

1. The steady state error is less than to π/10 when the input is a ramp with a slope of 2π rad/sec

9‐2 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

2 2
lim lim  
10 24 4K
s ( s + 1)( s + 6)

As a result K 0.2

2. The phase margin is between 40 to 50 degrees

In this part of the solution, MATLAB sisotool can be very helpful. More detailed instructions

on using MATLAB sisotool is presented in the solutions for this particular problem. Similar 

guidelines could be used for similar questions of this chapter. 

SISOTOOL quick instructions: 

Once  opening  the  sisotool  by  typing  sisotool  in  MATLAB  the  command  window  (or  in  the  “m”  code),  the 

following window pops up: 

Where you can insert transfer functions for C, G, H, and F, or you can leave some of them as default value (1), by 

clicking on “System Data”. Once you substitute transfer functions, you will see a graph including the root‐locus 

diagram,  a  closed  loop  Bode  diagram,  and  an  open  loop  Bode  diagram  indicating  the  Gain  Margin  and  Phase 

Margin as well.  

** You can drag the open‐loop bode magnitude diagram up and down to see the effect of gain change on all of 

the graphs. Sisotool updates all these graph instantly. You can also drag the poles and zeros on the root locus 

diagram to observe the effect on the other diagrams. 

9‐3 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

You can also open “Analysis Plots” tab to add other graphs such as Nyquist diagram as shown in the following 

figure: 

9‐4 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

In this particular question, you need to add a zero to include the effect of  K d . You can add a zero by using the 

“Compensator Editor” tab, as shown in the following graph. The last thing you need to do for this problem, is to 

drag the location of zero and gain in the following diagram (or edit these locations by assigning C gain and Zero 

location in the “Compensator Editor” tab), so it satisfies the PM of 40 to 50 deg; while gain of C  is kept above 

0.2 ( K p ≥ 0.2 , from part (a)).  

In the following snapshot of “Compensator Editor”, C gain or  K p  is set to 1, and the zero location is set to ‐2.7, 

resulting in 44.2 [deg] phase margin, presented in the following figure. 

9‐5 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
60
2000
40
1000
20
Imag Axis

Magnitude (dB)

0
0
-1000
-20

-2000
-40 G.M.: Inf
-6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 Freq: Inf
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1)
-60
20
-90
Magnitude (dB)

-20

-40 -120
Phase (deg)

-60
0
Phase (deg)

-45 -150

-90
P.M.: 44.2 deg
-135
Freq: 2.07 rad/sec
-180 -180
-1 0 1 2 -2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)  

Final answers:  K p = 1,  K d = 0.3704 

9‐6 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Preliminary MATLAB code for 9‐4: 

%solving for k:

syms kc

omega=1.5

sol=eval(solve('0.25*kc^2=0.7079^2*((-0.25*omega^3+omega)^2+(-
0.375*omega^2+0.5*kc)^2)',kc))

%ploting bode with K=1.0370

s = tf('s')

K=1.0370;

num_G_a= 0.5*K;

den_G_a=s*(0.25*s^2+0.375*s+1);

G_a=num_G_a/den_G_a;

CL_a = G_a/(1+G_a)

BW = bandwidth(CL_a)

bode(CL_a);

sisotool;

Alternatively we can use ACSYS.

9‐7 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

K p = 1,  K d = 0.3704 

9‐8 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐9 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-5) (a)  Ramp‐error Constant: 

1000 ( K P + K D s ) 1000 K P
    K v = lim s = = 100 K P = 1000   Thus  K P = 10  
s →0 s ( s + 10) 10

s + (10 + 1000 K D ) s + 1000 K P = 0  


2
      Characteristic Equation: 

      ω n = 1000 K P = 10000 = 100  rad/sec    2ζω n = 10 + 1000 K D = 2 × 0.5 × 100 = 100  

90
      Thus    KD = = 0.09  
1000

9‐10 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐5  (b)  For   K v = 1000 and ζ = 0.707 ,  and from part (a), ω n = 100  rad/sec,  

131.4
        2ζω n = 10 + 1000 K D = 2 × 0.707 × 100 = 141.4   Thus  KD = = 0.1314  
1000

            (c)  For   K v = 1000 and ζ = 1.0 , and from part (a), ω n = 100  rad/sec, 

190
        2ζω n = 10 + 1000 K D = 2 × 1 × 100 = 200     Thus  KD = = 0.19   
1000

9-6) The ramp‐error constant: 

1000 ( K P + K D s )
    K v = lim s = 100 K P = 10, 000 Thus K P = 100  
s →0 s ( s + 10)

1000 (100 + K D s )
             The forward‐path transfer function is:  G(s) =  
s ( s + 10)

    KD              PM  (deg)        GM         Mr               BW  (rad/sec) Max overshoot  (%)

     0       1.814        ∞     13.5        493           46.6 

    0.2     36.58        ∞         1.817        525           41.1 

    0.4     62.52        ∞                 1.291        615           22 

    0.6     75.9        ∞       1.226        753           13.3 

    0.8     81.92        ∞       1.092        916             8.8 

    1.0     84.88        ∞       1.06      1090             6.2 

             The phase margin increases and the maximum overshoot decreases monotonically as  K D  increases. 

9‐11 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Sample MATLAB CODE for time frequency responses


clear all
KD=1.0;
num = [-100/KD];
den = [0 -10];
G=zpk(num,den,1000);
figure(1)
margin(G)
M=feedback(G,1)
figure(2)
step(M);
figure(3)
bode(M)
 
Zero/pole/gain: 

   1000 (s+100) 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

(s+111.3) (s+898.7) 

Phase margin is Pm=180-95=85 Deg

Gm=∞

9‐12 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

               

Use the cursor to obtain the PO and tr values. 

KD increase results in the minimum overshoot.

Bandwidth is 1090 rads/s.

9‐13 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Use ACSYS to find the same results:

9‐14 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-7)
PD controller design 

The open‐loop transfer function of a system is: 

1
G(s) H (s) =
(2 s + 1)( s + 1)(0.5s + 1)  

The solution is very similar to 9‐4. The transfer functions are inserted into sisotool, where another real zero is 

added to represent the effect of  K d . That is  C ( s ) = K p + K d s = K p (1 + K d s / K p ) , which is called the 

compensator transfer function in sisotool. The place of real zero is  Z = − K p / K d , and the gain of the 

compensator is equal to  K p , as noted in the following sisotool window: 

9‐15 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

By fixing the gain to 9, and starting to change the zero location, PM can be adjusted to above 25 [deg] as 

required by the question. The current setting has a zero at ‐3.5, which resulted in 30 [deg] phase margin and 

33.1 dB gain margin as seen in the following diagrams.  

The design requires  K p = 9  and  K d = − K p / Z = −9 / − 3.6 = 2.5  

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
15 20

10
10

5
0
0
-10
-5

-20
-10

G.M.: 33.1 dB
-15 -30
Freq: 10.8 rad/sec
-4 -3 -2 -1 0 1
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -40
50
0

0
-45
-50
-90
-100
0 -135
-90
-180
-180 P.M.: 29.8 deg
Freq: 1.77 rad/sec
-270 -225
-1 0 1 2 -2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

Preliminary MATLAB code for 9‐7: 

s = tf('s')

Kp = 1

num_GH= Kp*1;

den_GH=(2*s+1)*(s+1)*(0.5*s+1);

9‐16 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
GH=num_GH/den_GH;

CL = GH/(1+GH)

Sisotool

9-8: PD controller design: The open-loop transfer function of a system is:

60
G ( s) H ( s) =
s (0.4 s + 1)( s + 1)( s + 6)

(a) Design a PD controller to satisfy the following specifications:

(i) Kv =10

(ii) the phase margin is 45 degrees.

60
lim lim 10 10
0.4 1 1 6

As a result: 1
The rest of the procedure is similar to 9‐7: 
 

9‐17 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

The transfer functions are inserted into sisotool, where another real zero is added to represent the effect of  K d

. That is  C ( s ) = K p + K d s = K p (1 + K d s / K p ) , which is called the compensator transfer function in sisotool. 

The place of real zero is  Z = − K p / K d , and the gain of the compensator is equal to  K p , as noted in the 

sisotool window: 

K p = 1   fixed to 1, and zero location was changed in the entire real axis. However, 2 of the closed loop poles 

remained in the right hand side of S plane in the root locus diagram, indicating instability for all Kd values. 

Solution for  K v = 10  with  PD controller and PM=45 [deg] does not exist. Unstable close loop poles are 

indicated in the root locus diagram of the following figure: 

9‐18 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐8) 
Preliminary MATLAB code for 9‐8: 

s = tf('s')

Kp = 1

num_GH= Kp*60;

den_GH=s*(0.4*s+1)*(s+1)*(s+6);

GH=num_GH/den_GH;

CL = GH/(1+GH)

sisotool

9‐19 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-9) (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

4500 K ( K D + K P s )
    G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =  
s ( s + 361.2)

4500 KK P
       Ramp Error Constant:  K v = lim sG ( s ) = = 12.458 KK P  
s→ 0 361.2

        

1 0.0802
        e ss = = ≤ 0.001         Thus      KK P ≥ 80.2           Let      K P = 1 and K = 80.2  
Kv KK P

        

     Attributes of Unit‐step Response: 

            KD            tr   (sec)         ts   (sec)   Max Overshoot (%) 

            0          0.00221        0.0166                 37.1

        0.0005          0.00242        0.00812                 21.5

        0.0010            0.00245        0.00775                 12.2

        0.0015          0.0024         0.0065                   6.4

        0.0016          0.00239        0.00597                   5.6

        0.0017          0.00238        0.00287                   4.8

        0.0018          0.00236        0.0029                   4.0

        0.0020          0.00233        0.00283                   2.8

       Select   K D ≥ 0.0017  

        (b)  BW must be less than 850 rad/sec. 

9‐20 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

    

           KD       GM    PM   (deg)        Mr  BW   (rad/sec) 

      0.0005          ∞        48.45      1.276          827

      0.0010          ∞        62.04      1.105          812

      0.0015          ∞        73.5      1.033          827

      0.0016          ∞        75.46      1.025          834

      0.0017          ∞        77.33      1.018          842

      0.00175          ∞        78.22      1.015          847

      0.0018          ∞        79.07      1.012          852

       Select   K D ≅ 0.00175 .   A larger  K D  would yield a BW larger than 850 rad/sec. 

9‐21 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-10)
The forward‐path Transfer Function:  N = 20 

200 ( K P + K D s )
        G(s) =  
s ( s + 1)( s + 10)

   

  To stabilize the system, we can reduce the forward‐path gain.  Since the system is type 1, reducing the 

  gain does not affect the steady‐state liquid level to a step input.  Let   K P = 0.05  

200 ( 0.05 + K D s )
        G(s) =  
s ( s + 1)( s + 10)

   Unit‐step Response Attributes: 

            KD             ts      (sec) Max Overshoot  (%)

          0.01            5.159              12.7

          0.02            4.57                7.1

          0.03            2.35                3.2

          0.04            2.526                0.8

          0.05            2.721                0

          0.06            3.039                0

          0.10            4.317                0

   When   K D = 0.05  the rise time is 2.721 sec, and the step response has no oversho 

9‐22 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-11)

  (a)   For   e ss = 1,  

200 ( K P + K D s )
      K v = lim sG ( s ) = lim s = 20 K P = 1            Thus     K P = 0.05  
s →0 s →0 s ( s + 1)( s + 10)

        

       Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

200 ( 0.05 + K D s )
              G ( s ) =  
s ( s + 1)( s + 10)

       

       Attributes of Frequency Response: 

        KD      PM  (deg)     GM   (deg)         Mr    BW  (rad/sec) 

        0           47.4        20.83        1.24            1.32 

      0.01           56.11             ∞         1.09            1.24 

      0.02           64.25             ∞         1.02            1.18 

      0.05           84.32             ∞         1.00            1.12 

      0.09           93.80             ∞         1.00            1.42 

      0.10           93.49             ∞         1.00            1.59 

      0.11           92.71             ∞         1.00            1.80 

      0.20           81.49             ∞         1.00            4.66 

      0.30           71.42             ∞         1.00            7.79 

      0.50           58.55             ∞         1.03          12.36 

          For maximum phase margin, the value of  K D  is 0.09.  PM = 93.80 deg. GM =  ∞,  M r = 1,  

          and BW = 1.42 rad/sec. 

9‐23 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

         (b)   Sensitivity Plots: 

     

M
  The PD control reduces the peak value of the sensitivity function   SG ( jω )  

9‐24 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-12)
PD controller design: The open loop transfer function of a system is:

100
G ( s) H ( s) =
s (0.1s + 1)(0.02 s + 1)

Design the PD controller so that the phase margin is greater than 50 degrees and the BW is greater than

20 rad/sec.

The transfer functions are generated and imported in sisotool as in 9-4:

MATLAB code: 

s = tf('s')

Kp = 1

num_GH= Kp*100;

den_GH=s*(0.1*s+1)*(0.02*s+1);

GH=num_GH/den_GH;

CL = GH/(1+GH)

sisotool

Following similar steps in 9‐4, the loop transfer functions are inserted into sisotool. Another real zero is added to 

represent the effect of  K d . That is  C ( s ) = K p + K d s = K p (1 + K d s / K p ) , which is called the compensator 

transfer function in sisotool. The place of real zero is  Z = − K p / K d , and the gain of the compensator is equal 

to  K p . The zero location and  K p  gain were changed interactively in sisotool until the desired PM (59.5 [deg]) 

and BW is achieved. Following figures shows this PM at cross over frequency of 38.6 rad/sec, which insures BW 

9‐25 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

of  higher  than  38.6  rad/sec  (as  the  bandwidth  is  @  ‐3dB  rather  than  0  DB,  i.e.  bandwidth  occurs  at  higher 

frequency compared to cross over frequency). 

Final possible answer:  K p = 0.25  and  K d = − K p / Z = −0.25 / − 5 = 0.05  

9‐26 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐27 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-13)
Lead compensator design:  

1000 K
G(s) H (s) =  
s (0.2 s + 1)(0.005s + 1)

Design a compensator such that the steady state error to the unit step input is less than 0.01 and the closed loop 

damping ratio ζ>0.4. 

The transfer functions are generated and imported in sisotool as in 9‐4: 

1
e ss = < 0.01 ⇒ 1000 K p > 101 ⇒   Therefore,  K p  is selected as 150: ( K p =0.11) 
1 + 1000 K p

To achieve the required damping ratio, the poles of the closed loop system are placed with an angle of less than 

ArcCos(ζ=0.4), in the root locus diagram of sisotool. This is done by iteratively change the location of poles and 

zeros  of  a  lead  compensator  and  setting  K p =0.11.  The  pole  and  zero  (which  perform  as  a  lead  compensator 

when  the  pole  is  further  away  from  zero  to  the  left)  are  inserted  in  sisotool  as  explained  in  9‐4.  The  lead 

compensator will introduce some phase lead at lower frequencies about the zero location which improves the 

closed  loop  response  in  terms  of  damping  and  phase  margin.  Following  is  the  chosen  location  for  lead 

compensator pole and zero: 

Pole @ ‐100 rad/sec 

Zero @ ‐1.08 rad/sec 

Which resulted in smallest angles of  dominant  pole locations  (the ones closer to imaginary axis) with  the real 

axis. This small angle means higher damping of the poles as  ζ=ArcCos(pole’s angle with real axis). 

9‐28 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
50
2
0
1
-50
0
-100
-1
-150

-2
G.M.: 17.3 dB
-200
Freq: 3.64 rad/sec
-2 -1 0 1
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -250
-90
0
-135
-100
-180
-200
-225
0
-90 -270
-180
-315 P.M.: 56.7 deg
-270
Freq: 0.975 rad/sec
-360 -360
-2 0 2 4 -2 0 2 4
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

 
9‐29 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

In this particular case, closed loop complex poles can be observed in the shown root locus diagram at about ‐

0.8±1.2j. This corresponds to damping of about: 

cos(atan(1.2/0.8))=0.554 Æ  ζ 0.55 

Preliminary MATLAB code for 9‐13: 

s = tf('s')

Kp = 1

num_GH= Kp*60;

den_GH=s*(0.4*s+1)*(s+1)*(s+6);

GH=num_GH/den_GH;

CL = GH/(1+GH)

figure(1)

margin(CL)

sisotool

9‐30 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-14)
PD controller designed for a maximum overshoot and a maximum steady state error 

1
0.005 
lim

Therefore: 

1 1 4
≤ 0.005 ⇒ K p > ⇒ Kp >  
250 K p 0.005 * 250 5

Let  K p = 1 , then: 

πξ
M p = exp( − ) < 0.20 ⇒ ξ > 0.45
2
1− ξ
 

Let ζ 0.6; then: 

250 1 1250 1
 
0.2 250 1 250 1250 5 1250

Accordingly,  1250, or   35.35. therefore, 


1250 5 2   Ö  1250 2 0.6 0.35  
which gives:  0.034 
 
The design characteristics can be observed in the diagram below: 

9‐31 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
1 110

100
0.5

90
0
80

-0.5
70

G.M.: Inf
-1 60
Freq: NaN
-4 -3 -2 -1 0
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) x 104 50
0
0
P.M.: 90 deg
-10 Freq: 3.68e+004 rad/sec

-20 -45

-30
0
-90

-45

-90 -135
-2 0 2 4 6 -4 -2 0 2
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)  

9-15)
Lead compensator controller design 

The bode diagram of the system without lead compensator is shown below: 

9‐32 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
Gm = Inf dB (at Inf rad/sec) , Pm = 32.7 deg (at 17.3 rad/sec)
20

Magnitude (dB) 0

-20

-40

-60

-80
0

-45
Phase (deg)

-90

-135

-180
-1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)
 

Indicating a PM of 32.7 [deg]. To reach 45 [deg] phase margin, additional 12.3 [deg] phase lead is 

needed. At ω = 17.3 rad/s crossover frequency, if Φ in = 12.3 then 

1 sin Φ
r 0.6488 
1 sin Φ

  As ω =  17.3 , then τ = 0.0718 

  Since the gain is lowered by  1.2838 
.

  A gain compensator with gain of 0.7789 is required,  where, 

1
 
1

9‐33 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-16) If r = 0.1 Ö Φ sin 55

tan tan Ö 17.3 tan 17.3 tan 1.73 12.3

then from trial and error we found τ = 0.014088 and required gain would be 9.7185

9-17) K lim sG s G s 100K 100 Ö K 1

First plot the bode diagram of uncompensated system when K = 1

Bode diagram for Loop T.F. is included for K=1

MATLAB CODE:
s = tf('s')

Kp = 1
num_GH= Kp*100;
den_GH=s*(0.2*s+1)*(0.05*s+1);
GH=num_GH/den_GH
lag_tf=(s/2+1)/(s/0.2+1)
lead_tf=(s/4+1)/(s/50+1)
LL=lag_tf*lead_tf
OL=GH*LL
CL =OL/(1+OL);

figure(1)
margin(GH)
figure(2)
margin(OL)
figure(3)
bode(CL)
grid on;

9‐34 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
Gm = -12 dB (at 10 rad/sec) , Pm = -28.3 deg (at 18.8 rad/sec)
100

50
Magnitude (dB)

-50

-100

-150
-90

-135
Phase (deg)

-180

-225

-270
-1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

The bode diagram with K=1 shows -28 deg PM at 18.8 rad/sec.

According to the requirements the gain must be greater than or 250 for 0.2 / and
.
must be less than or 0.01 for 200 /

In order to achieve above requirements, a lead-lag compensator will be appropriate.

Using a lag compensator will allow lower gain at frequencies less then ω1 and using a lead
compensator will allow to increase phase margin

For the lag compensator, 1/10 is chosen to boost the low frequency amplitude

1 /2 1
1 /0.2 1

In order to introduce some phase lead to obtain the require PM, a lead compensator is also
designed as:

1 1
0.0112
√10 28.3√10

9‐35 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Where is overlaid with the crossover frequency (28.3 rad/sec) for applying the maximum
phase lead at this frequency. The Lead compensator T.F. will be as follows:

1 /5 1
1 /50 1

Resulting in the following Bode diagram for the compensated system, showing 44 deg PM:

To obtain a slightly higher PM, lead compensator zero was re-tuned, where the zero is pulled
closer to imaginary axis from -5 to -4:

1 /4 1
1 /50 1

This resulted in a higher PM as shown in the following bode diagram of loop transfer function:

Bode Diagram
Gm = 14.5 dB (at 30.7 rad/sec) , Pm = 45 deg (at 10.6 rad/sec)
100

50
Magnitude (dB)

-50

-100
-90

-135
Phase (deg)

-180

-225

-270
-2 -1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

Correspondingly, the Bode diagram of closed loop system can be shown as:

9‐36 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
20

Magnitude (dB) -20

-40

-60

-80

-100
0

-90
Phase (deg)

-180

-270
-1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

9-18) See Chapter 5 solutions for MATLAB codes for this problem. 

(a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

100 ⎜ K P +
⎛ KI ⎞
⎟ 100 ( K P s + K I )
        G ( s ) =
⎝ s ⎠
  For  K v = 10, K v = lim sG ( s ) = lim s = K I = 10  
s + 10 s + 100
2
s →0 s →0
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
   

       Thus    K I = 10.  

        (b)  Let the complex roots of the characteristic equation be written as    s = −σ + j15 and s = −σ − j15. 

       The quadratic portion of the characteristic equation is 
2
(
s + 2σ s + σ + 225 = 0  
2
)
 

9‐37 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

s + 10 s + (100 + 100 K P ) s + 1000 = 0  


3 2
       The characteristic equation of the system is 

       The quadratic equation must satisfy the characteristic equation. Using long division and solve for zero 

       remainder condition. 

s + (10 − 2σ )

     s + 2σ s + σ + 225 s + 10 s + (100 + 100 K P ) s + 1000  


2 2 3 2
 

s + 2σ s + σ + 225 s
3 2
( 2
)

(
(10 − 2σ ) s + 100 K P − σ − 125 s + 1000
2
) 2

                    
(10 − 2σ ) s + ( 20σ − 4σ ) s + (10 − 2σ ) ( s + 225 )
2 2 2

        (100 K P )
+ 3σ − 20σ − 125 s + 2σ − 10σ + 450σ − 1250  
2 3 2

3 2
       For zero remainder,  2σ − 10σ + 450σ − 1250 = 0         (1) 

2
       and      100 K P + 3σ − 20σ − 125 = 0         (2) 

       The real solution of Eq. (1) is  σ = 2.8555 .  From Eq. (2), 

2
125 + 20σ − 3σ
        KP = = 15765
.  
100

       The characteristic equation roots are:    s = −2.8555 + j15, − 2.8555 − j15, and s = −10 + 2σ = −4.289  

         (c)  Root Contours: 

9‐38 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

100 K P s 100 K P s
           Geq ( s ) = =      
s + 10 s + 100 s + 1000
3 2
( s + 10 ) ( s 2
+ 100 )
 

       

 Root Contours: 

9‐39 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-19)

(a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

        


100 ⎜ K P +
KI ⎞
⎟ 100 ( K P s + K I )
       G ( s ) =
⎝ s ⎠          For  K = 10, K v = lim sG ( s ) = lim s = K I = 10  
s + 10 s + 100
2 v
s →0 s →0
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
 

       Thus the forward‐path transfer function becomes 

10 (1 + 0.1K P s )
             G(s) =  
(
s 1 + 0.1s + 0.01s
2
)
 

       Attributes of the Frequency Response: 

   

          KP      PM   (deg)      GM   (dB)         Mr  BW   (rad/sec) 

        0.1             5.51          1.21        10.05          14.19 

        0.5           22.59          6.38          2.24          15.81 

        0.6           25.44          8.25          1.94          16.11 

        0.7           27.70        10.77          1.74          16.38 

        0.8           29.40        14.15          1.88          16.62 

9‐40 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

        0.9           30.56        20.10          1.97          17.33 

        1.0           31.25             ∞           2.00          18.01 

        1.5           31.19             ∞           1.81          20.43 

        1.1           31.51             ∞           2.00          18.59 

        1.2           31.40             ∞           1.97          19.08 

        When   K P = 11
. and K I = 10, K v = 10,  the phase margin is 31.51 deg., and is maximum. 

        The corresponding roots of the characteristic equation roots are: 

        −5.4, − 2.3 + j13.41, and − 2.3 − j13.41 

        Referring these roots to the root contours in Problem 10‐8(c),  the complex roots corresponds to  

        a relative damping ratio that is near optimal. 

         (b)  Sensitivity Function: 

9‐41 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  In the present case, the system with the PI controller has a higher maximum value for the sensitivity 

  function. 

9‐42 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-20)

(a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

100 ( K P s + K I )
      G(s) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
        For   K v = 100,  

100 ( K P s + K I )
           K v = lim sG ( s ) = lim s = K I = 100   Thus    K I = 100.  
s →0 s →0
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
s + 10 s + (100 + 100 K P ) s + 100 K I = 0  
3 2
           (b)  The characteristic equation is 

       Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 100 + 100 K P
2
s 10 10,000
               For stability,  100 K P − 900 > 0 Thus KP > 9 
1
s 100 K P − 900 0
0
s 10,000

              Root Contours: 
 

100 K P s 100 K P s
        Geq ( s ) = 3 2
=  
s + 10 s + 100 s + 10,000 ( s + 23.65)( s − 6.825 + j19.4)( s − 6.825 − j19.4)

9‐43 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  (c)   K I = 100  

100 ( K P s + 100 )
        G(s) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
          The following maximum overshoots of the system are computed for various values of  K P .  

     KP       15      20     22      24     25     26     30     40     100    1000

     ymax    1.794    1.779  1.7788     1.7785 1.7756 1.779 1.782 1.795  1.844    1.859

        When  KP = 25,      minimum ymax = 1.7756 

9‐44 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-21)

(a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

100 ( K P s + K I ) 100 K I
    G(s) =   For   Kv = = 10, K I = 10  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
) 100

              (b)  Characteristic Equation:  (
s3 + 10 s 2 + 100 K + 1 s + 1000 = 0  
P )
          Routh Tabulation: 

   

3
s 1 100 + 100 K P
2
s 10 1000
                For stability,    KP > 0 
1
s 100 K P 0
0
s 1000

          Root Contours:   

100 K P s
        Geq ( s ) = 3 2
 
s + 10 s + 100 s + 1000

   

   

9‐45 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(c)  The maximum overshoots of the system for different values of  K P  ranging from 0.5 to 20 are  

           computed and tabulated below. 

    KP     0.5      1.0     1.6     1.7    1.8   1.9   2.0   3.0   5.0     10             20

   ymax  1.393  1.275  1.2317  1.2416  1.2424 1.2441 1.246  1.28 1.372  1.514  1.642

           

          When  KP = 1.7,    maximum ymax = 1.2416 

K
9-22) K lim sG s G s 20 Ö 20 Ö K 5

let K = 6 and targeted PM = 45o . To include some integral action, Ki is set to 1.

First , let’s take a look at uncompensated system:

The open loop bode shows as PM of -25.2 @ 4.35 rad/sec:

9‐46 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
Gm = -12.6 dB (at 2.2 rad/sec) , Pm = -25.2 deg (at 4.35 rad/sec)
100

50
Magnitude (dB)

-50

-100

-150
-135

-180
Phase (deg)

-225

-270
-2 -1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

To achieve the PM of 45 deg, we need to add a phase lead of (45 – (-25.2)=70.2). By try and error, 2
compensators (a double lead compensator) each with phase lead of 55 deg was found suitable.
Considering the change in cross over frequency after applying the lead filters, overall, a PM of 52 deg
was obtained as seen in the bode diagram of compensated loop:
Double Lead filter design:

1 sin Φ 1 sin 55 1 1
α 10.0590, 0.0210
1 sin Φ 1 sin 55 √10.059 15√10.0590

The maximum phase lead of the compensators are placed at 15 rad/sec, which resulted in a larger PM
(=52.5 deg) compared to applying this phase lead at original cross over frequency of 4.35 rad/sec. This
was due to the shape of phase diagram affected by integral action (i.e. phase starts at -180 @ ω = 0
rad/sec.

The gain crossover frequency is ω 6.92 rad/sec. Bode diagram of compensated loop transfer
function can be observed in the following figure, showing a PM pf 52.5 deg:

9‐47 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Bode Diagram
Gm = 22.4 dB (at 44.9 rad/sec) , Pm = 52.5 deg (at 6.92 rad/sec)
100

Magnitude (dB) 50

-50

-100
-90

-135
Phase (deg)

-180

-225

-270
-2 -1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

Correspondingly, the Bode diagram of closed loop system can be shown as:
Bode Diagram
20

0
Magnitude (dB)

-20

-40

-60

-80

-100
0

-90
Phase (deg)

-180

-270
-1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

9‐48 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
Kp = 6;
Ki = 1;
num_GH= 24*(Kp+Ki/s);
den_GH=s*(s+1)*(s+6);
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
%lead design
PL=55
CRover=15
alpha=(1+sin(PL/180*pi))/(1-sin(PL/180*pi))
T=1/alpha^0.5/CRover
lead=(1+T*alpha*s)/(1+T*s)
LT=GH*lead*lead %double lead compensation
CL = LT/(1+LT);
figure(1)
Margin(GH)
figure(2)
Margin(LT)
figure(3)
Bode(CL)
grid on;

9-23)
1
e 0.05
K

40 K s K I
K lim s G s G s lim KI 20
s 2 s 20

Let’s consider 21

As gain crossover frequency is ω 1 Ö |G G jω | 1 Ö 1.25

Let’s see if the PM is in the required range. The bode of the loop transfer function shows a PM
of -57 deg at 3.31.

9‐49 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Bode Diagram
Gm = -Inf dB (at 0 rad/sec) , Pm = -57.1 deg (at 3.31 rad/sec)
100

50
Magnitude (dB)

-50

-100
-180
Phase (deg)

-225

-270
-1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

By try and error, a double lead compensator, each with phase lead of 53 deg was found suitable.
Considering the change in cross over frequency after applying the lead filters, overall, a PM of 35.4 deg
was obtained as seen in the bode diagram of compensated loop:
Double Lead filter design:

1 sin Φ 1 sin 53 1 1
α 8.9322, 0.0446
1 sin Φ 1 sin 53 √8.9322 7.5√8.9322

The maximum phase lead of the compensators are placed at 7.5 rad/sec, resulting in a larger PM (= 52.5
deg) compared to applying this phase lead at original cross over frequency of 3.31 rad/sec. This was due
to the shape of phase diagram affected by integral action (i.e. phase starts at -180 @ ω = 0 rad/sec.

Then the gain crossover frequency is ω 6.8 rad/sec. Bode diagram of compensated loop can be
observed in the following figure, showing a PM pf 35.4 deg:

9‐50 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

MATLAB code: Bode Diagram


Gm = 14.6 dB (at 21.2 rad/sec) , Pm = 35.4 deg (at 6.8 rad/sec)
s = tf('s') 100
Kp = 1.25;
Ki = 21; 50
num_GH= 40*(Kp+Ki/s);

Magnitude (dB)
den_GH=s*(s+2)*(s+20); 0
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
CL = GH/(1+GH);
-50
%lead design
PL=53
-100
CRover=7.5
alpha=(1+sin(PL/180*pi))/(1
-150
-sin(PL/180*pi)) -135
T=1/alpha^0.5/CRover
lead=(1+T*alpha*s)/(1+T*s)
LT=GH*lead*lead -180
Phase (deg)

CL = LT/(1+LT);

figure(1) -225
Margin(GH)
figure(2)
Margin(LT) -270
-1 0 1 2 3
figure(3) 10 10 10 10 10
Bode(CL) Frequency (rad/sec)
grid on;

Correspondingly, the Bode diagram of closed loop system can be shown as:
Bode Diagram
50

0
Magnitude (dB)

-50

-100

-150
0

-90
Phase (deg)

-180

-270
-1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

9‐51 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-24)

To satisfy the unity DC gain (G(0)/(1+Kp*G(0)) = 1), Kp should be equal to 1: Kp=1

In order to add some integral action, 0.2 was chosen as the integral gain.

First, the bode plot of the Loop transfer function is obtained demonstrating a PM of -23.8 deg at 3
rad/sec cross over frequency:
Bode Diagram
Gm = -9.18 dB (at 1.82 rad/sec) , Pm = -23.8 deg (at 3 rad/sec)
100

50
Magnitude (dB)

-50

-100
-135

-180
Phase (deg)

-225

-270
-2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

First, the bode plot of the Loop transfer function is obtained demonstrating a PM of -23.8 deg at 3
rad/sec cross over frequency:

By try and error, a double lead compensator, each with phase lead of 48 deg was found suitable.
Considering the change in cross over frequency after applying the lead filters, overall, a PM of 41.9 deg
was obtained as seen in the bode diagram of compensated loop:
Double Lead filter design:

1 sin Φ 1 sin 48 1 1
α 6.7865, 0.0427
1 sin Φ 1 sin 48 √6.7865 9√8.9322

9‐52 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

The maximum phase lead of the compensators are placed at 9 rad/sec, resulting in a larger PM (= 41.9
deg) compared to applying this phase lead at original cross over frequency of 3 rad/sec. This was due to
the shape of phase diagram affected by integral action (i.e. phase starts at -180 @ ω = 0 rad/sec.

Then the gain crossover frequency is ω 4.35 rad/sec. Bode diagram of compensated loop can be
observed in the following figure, showing a PM pf 35.4 deg:

Bode Diagram
Gm = 20.2 dB (at 20.6 rad/sec) , Pm = 41.9 deg (at 4.35 rad/sec)
100

50
Magnitude (dB)

-50

-100

-150
-90

-135
Phase (deg)

-180

-225

-270
-2 -1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')
Kp=1;
Ki=0.2;
num_GH= 210*(Kp+Ki/s);
den_GH=s*(5*s+7)*(s+3);
GH=num_GH/den_GH;

%lead design
PL=48
CRover=9
alpha=(1+sin(PL/180*pi))/(1-sin(PL/180*pi))
T=1/alpha^0.5/CRover
lead=(1+T*alpha*s)/(1+T*s)

LT=GH*lead*lead
CL = LT/(1+LT);

9‐53 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
figure(1)
Margin(GH)
figure(2)
Margin(LT)
figure(3)
Margin(CL)

Correspondingly, the Bode diagram of closed loop system can be shown as:

Bode Diagram
Gm = 19.3 dB (at 20.6 rad/sec) , Pm = 78.6 deg (at 5.95 rad/sec)
50

0
Magnitude (dB)

System: CL
Frequency (rad/sec): 7.44
-50
Magnitude (dB): -3.08

-100

-150
0

-90
Phase (deg)

-180

-270
-1 0 1 2 3
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

The Bandwidth can be obtained from -3dB in magnitude diagram of the Bode plot. He above data point
in the figure shows BW = 7.44 rad/sec

9‐54 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-25) 2 , therefore, 2

From bode plot of uncompensated loop, we have PM = -111 at ω = 0.363 rad/s:

Bode Diagram
Gm = -25.9 dB (at 0.0576 rad/sec) , Pm = -111 deg (at 0.363 rad/sec)
100

50
Magnitude (dB)

-50

-100
270

180
Phase (deg)

90

0
-3 -2 -1 0 1
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

K
A PI controller can be expressed as PI K sK . The effect is similar to adding a Zero at . Let’s
K
place this zero at 71/500 to cancel the Phase lag originating from the unstable zero of G at +71/500:
2353 K (71 − 500 s )
( G (s) = ).
71s ( 40 s + 13)(5000 s + 181)

The compensator can be expressed as:


K
PI K s K s 71/500 , where K can be adjusted in sisotool as the overall gain of the
K
loop, until the required PM is achieved. At K 37, PM=50 deg as seen in the following sisotool
results:

9‐55 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
10 50

0
5
-50

0 -100

-150
-5
-200
G.M.: 10.5 dB
-10 -250 Freq: 0.0343 rad/sec
-10 -5 0 5 10
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -300
200
270

0
180
-200
90
-400
360 0

0 -90
P.M.: 50.5 deg
Freq: 0.0137 rad/sec
-360 -180
-4 -2 0 2 4 -4 -2 0 2 4
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

Considering the slow dynamic of the ship, and the RHS zero, the crossover frequency is relatively low.

The root locus diagram can be seen as:

Zoom in

9‐56 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Root Locus

0.06

0.04

0.02
Imaginary Axis

-0.02

-0.04

-0.06

-0.08
-0.6 -0.5 -0.4 -0.3 -0.2 -0.1 0 0.1 0.2
Real Axis

Zoom out
Root Locus

0.6

0.4

0.2
Imaginary Axis

-0.2

-0.4

-0.6

-0.8

-8 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0
Real Axis

MATAB Code:
s = tf('s')
Kp=1;
Ki=1;

num_G= 2353*2*(71-500*s)
den_G=71*s*(40*s+13)*(5000*s+181)*(71+500*s)^2;
G=num_G/den_G;

%PI design

9‐57 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Kp=1
Ki=71/500
PI=Kp+Ki*s

figure(100)
Margin(G)

figure(101)
rlocus(G*PI)

sisotool

9-26) a) Transfer functions G and H are generated in MATLAB and imported into sisotool:

MATLAB Code:
s = tf('s')

num_G= 2*10^5;
den_G=s*(s+20)*(s^2+50*s+10000);
G=num_G/den_G;

num_c1= 0.05*s+1;
den_c1=0.01*s+1;
c1=num_c1/den_c1;

num_c2= s/0.316+1;
den_c2=s/3.16+1;
c2=num_c2/den_c2;

sisotool

(a) The gain was changed until the cross over frequency matches 31.6 rad/sec as a requirement. At
K=30.3, the desired cross over frequency of 31.6 rad/sec happens as can be seen in the following
sisotool results:

9‐58 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
300 50

200

0
100

0
-50
-100

-200
-100
G.M.: 5.26 dB
-300 Freq: 81.6 rad/sec
-300 -200 -100 0 100 200
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -150
50
-90

-50 -180

-100
0
-270
-180
P.M.: 62.5 deg
Freq: 31.6 rad/sec
-360 -360
0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 4
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

9‐59 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
. K
b) K lim sG s G s ÆK Lim s K 30.3 , then
.
K 30.3

c) Again, K lim sG s G s ÆK Lim s r. To have


K 100 , the overall gain of the PI controller should be equal to 100 (r = 100).

d & e) In this part, the PI pole is asked to be placed at -3.16 rad/sec and the crossover frequency needs to
be at 31.6 rad/sec. The zero and the gain of the PI controller needs to be designed.

r (τs + 1)
Considering the structure of the PI controller given in the question, H ( s ) = , the corresponding
(rτs + 1)
pole is set to -3.16 in sisotool. The place of the zero and the overall gain is iteratively changed in the
MATLAB sisotool to achieve the crossover frequency of 31.6 rad/sec.

With a zero at -0.06321 rad/sec and overall gain of K=270, required crossover frequency (31.6 rad/sec)
and PM of 21.9 deg is obtained as shown in the following sisotool results:
Root Locus Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1) Open-Loop Bode Editor for Open Loop 1 (OL1)
300 150

200 100

100 50

0 0

-100 -50

-200 -100
G.M.: 6.61 dB
-300 -150 Freq: 53.2 rad/sec
-300 -200 -100 0 100 200
Stable loop
Bode Editor for Closed Loop 1 (CL1) -200
100
-90

-100 -180

-200
0
-270

-180
P.M.: 21.9 deg
Freq: 31.6 rad/sec
-360 -360
-2 0 2 4 -4 -2 0 2 4
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec) Frequency (rad/sec)

9‐60 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

e) the presented sisotool figure shows the compensated bode diagram and 21.9 deg of PM.

9‐61 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-27)  

KDs + KPs + KI ⎛ KI 2 ⎞
2
KI
      Gc ( s ) = K P + K D s + = = (1 + K D 1 s ) ⎜ K P 2 + ⎟ 
s s ⎝ s ⎠

      where 
      K P = K P 2 + K D1 K I 2 K D = K D1 K P 2 KI = KI 2  

     Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

100 (1 + K D1 s )( K P 2 s + K I 2 )
      G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =    K v = lim sG ( s ) = K I 2 = 100  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
) s→ 0

     Thus   

      K I = K I 2 = 100  

             

      Consider only the PI controller, (with   K D1 = 0 ) 

      Forward‐path Transfer Function:             Characteristic Equation: 

100 ( K P 2 s + 100 )
            G ( s ) = s + 10 s + (100 + 100 K P 2 ) s + 10, 000 = 0  
3 2
       
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
      

     For stability,   K P 2 > 9 .  Select   K P 2 = 10  for fast rise time. 

1000 (1 + K D1 s )( s + 10 )
                    G(s) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)

9‐62 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
     When   K D1 = 0.2,  the rise time and 
overshoot requirements are satisfied.    
K D = K D1 K P 2 = 0.2 × 10 = 2  

      K P = K P 2 + K D1 K I 2 = 10 + 0.2 × 100 = 30  

   

100
       Gc ( s ) = 30 + 2 s +  
s

   

       

    Unit‐step Response      

9‐63 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-28)
Process Transfer Function: 

−0.2 s
Y (s) e 1
    Gp (s) = = ≅  
U (s) 1 + 0.25s (1 + 0.25s ) (1 + 0.2 s + 0.02 s 2
)
             (a)  PI Controller: 

KI
KP +
s 200 ( K P s + K I )
    G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) ≅ =  
(1 + 0.25s ) ( 1 + 0.2 s + 0.02 s
2
)
s ( s + 4 ) s + 10 s + 50
2
( )
200 K I
            For   K v = 2,     K v = lim sG ( s ) = = KI = 2   Thus       K I = 2  
s→ 0 4 × 50

200 ( 2 + K P s )
        Thus   G(s) =  
(
s ( s + 4 ) s + 10 s + 50
2
)
        The following values of the attributes of the unit‐step response are computed for the system with various 

        values for  K P . 

               Max overshoot              ts              ts 


KP 
          (%)            (sec)            (sec) 
 

        0.1             19.5       0.61          2.08

        0.2             13.8       0.617          1.966

        0.3               8.8       0.615          1.733

        0.4               4.6       0.606          0.898

        0.5               1.0       0.5905          0.878

        0.6                 0       0.568          0.851

        0.7                 0       0.541          1.464

        0.8                 0       0.5078          1.603

        1.0                 0       0.44          1.618

9‐64 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐65 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐66 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐67 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-29)

9‐68 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-30) If there is no disturbance then

0.9 2
2
Let’s consider PID controller as:

1 1 1/

If τD is sufficiently smaller than τI then the τI has minor effect in PID controller. Let’s examine
PID controller when τD is varied.

0.5 180
100 90
If 10 65 0.5
20 1

so let’s consider τD 10, then 0.1


D

As τI to be large enough with respect to τD, let τI 20 τD 200 Ö 0.005


I

Now we have to determine the value of K so that the gain at the crossover frequency remains at 1.
If K=1 then |G s G s | . 20. Therefore, 20, or K=0.05

9-31) Let

1 1
1 1

where 0.01. therefore, 10 1 100

which gives 10 . Now 10,then PM 40 . As a result, 91o phase lead is


required to achieve PM 45

The crossover frequency is 12.3 rad/sec as can be seen in the uncompensated bode diagram. The
lag compensator must positionω 5rad/sec, where its gain is 17.5 dB. Therefore the ratio of
lag compensator can be chosen for this purpose as 3 10

9‐69 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Bode Diagram
Gm = Inf dB (at Inf rad/sec) , Pm = 22.6 deg (at 12.3 rad/sec)
40

20
Magnitude (dB)

-20

-40
0

-45
Phase (deg)

-90

-135

-180
-2 -1 0 1 2
10 10 10 10 10
Frequency (rad/sec)

Now the gain, which is obtained from combination of lead and lag compensator, is

1 5 1 5
·
1 5 1 5

or

1 5 1 5
20 20
1 5 1 5

where 1 for α1 < 1. Since it is required that the final gain is increased by 17.5 dB,

let’s choose .

On the other hand, the corner frequency is 0.5 Î 2. Therefore,

1 5
20 23.5
1 5

9‐70 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

1 5
20 23.5 17.5 6
1 5

As a result, the actual phase reduction is 5.33

The required phase lead is 45 5.33 3 53.33, where


53.33

By trial and error, we can find 0.068 and 0.35. Therefore 147 where

9‐71 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-32)

9‐72 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Unit‐step Response.     

   

   
 

       The unit‐step response shows a maximum overshoot of 26%.  Although the relative damping ratio of the 

       complex roots is 0.707, the real pole of the third‐order system transfer function is at −0.667 which adds 

       to the overshoot. 

            (c) 

0.00667 (1 + K D1 s )( K P 2 s + K I 2 )
    G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =  
(
s s + 0.00667
2
)
       For   K v = 100, K I 2 = K I = 100.   Let us select   K P 2 = 50.   Then 

0.00667 (1 + K D1 s )( 50 s + 100 )
      G(s) =  
(
s s + 0.00667
2
)
        For a small overshoot,   K D1 must be relatively large.  When   K D1 = 100,  the maximum overshoot is 

        approximately 4.5%.  Thus, 

9‐73 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
K P = K P 2 + K D1 K I 2 = 50 + 100 × 100 = 10050
      K D = K D1 K P 2 = 100 × 50 = 5000  
K I = 100

3 2
        System Characteristic Equation:  s + 33.35 s + 67.04 s + 0.667 = 0  

             Roots:  −0.01,     −2.138,     −31.2 

    Unit‐step Response. 

   

9‐74 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-33)(a)   

Z ( s) 1 1 0.00667
    G p ( s) = = 2
= 2
= 2
 
F ( s) Ms + K s 150 s + 1 s + 0.00667

             The transfer function  G p ( s )  has poles on the  jω  axis. The natural undamped frequency is 

             ω n = 0.0816  rad/sec. 

            (b)  PID Controller: 

      G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =
(
0.00667 K D s + K P s + K I
2

(
s s + 0.00667
2
)
         K v = lim sG ( s ) = K I = 100 Thus K I = 100  
s→ 0

s + 0.00667 K D s + 0.00667 (1 + K P ) s + 0.00667 K I = 0  


3 2
        Characteristic Equation: 

2
        For ζ = 1 and ω n = 1 rad/sec, the second‐order term of the characteristic equation is   s + 2 s + 1.  

        Dividing the characteristic equation by the seond‐order term. 

s + ( 0.00667 K D − 2 )

       s + 2 s + 1 s + 0.00667 K D s + ( 0.00667 + 0.00667 K P ) s + 0.00667 K I  


2 3 2
 

s + 2s + s
3 2

( 0.00667 K D
− 2 ) s + ( 0.00667 K P − 0.99333 ) s + 0.00667 K I
2

             ( 0.00667 K − 2 ) s + ( 0.01334 K D − 4 ) s + 0.00667 K D − 2


2
    D
 

( 0.00667 K P
− 0.01334 K D + 3.00667 ) s + 0.00667 K I − 0.00667 K D + 2

       For zero remainder, 

      0.00667 K P − 0.01334 K D + 3.00667 = 0       (1) 

                 −0.00667 K D + 0.00667 K I + 2 = 0         (2) 

       From Eq. (2), 

      0.00667 K D = 0.00667 K I + 2 = 2.667 Thus K D = 399.85  

       From Eq. (1), 

9‐75 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
      0.00667 K P = 0.01334 K D − 3.00667 = 2.3273 Thus K P = 348.93  

       Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

        G(s) =
(
0.00667 399.85s + 348.93s + 100
2

(
s s + 0.00667
2
)
       Characteristic Equation: 

      s + 2.667 s + 2.334 s + 0.667 = ( s + 1) ( s + 0.667 ) = 0  


3 2 2
     

                                     Roots:    −1,     −1,     −0.667 

       Unit‐step Response. 

   

 
 
 

         The maximum overshoot is 20%. 

9‐76 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-34) a) As , therefore, or

b)

According to the second order system:

1.8 1.8
0.36
5

0.6
1

Let's first add a PD controller with G s 1 K D s, and find KD which satisfy the maximum
overshoot requirement.

After writing the closed-loop transfer function including the PD controller, the characteristic equation
(denominator of the closed loop T.F.) is:

Therefore:

1000 0.36 129.6

Also, 2 2 2 1000 0.6 0.36 50 382  Nsec/m

KI
Now let’s add a PI controller with G s K , and find Kp and KI by using following table.

KI
Now, for the PI part, K I should be selected so that the additional pole at does not interfere
K
with the system dynamics. This pole is usually placed at least 1 decade lower (frequency wise)
than the slowest existing poles of the system. In this case, since 0.05, let’s have
KI
0.005, resulting in K I K 0.005 129.6 0.005 0.648
K

The step response is obtained through the following MATLAB code, showing the rise time of
less than 5 sec, and almost no overshoot

9‐77 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Step Response
1

0.99

0.98

0.97

0.96
Amplitude

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.91

0.9
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Time (sec)

MATLAB code:
s = tf('s')

Kp = 129.6
Kd = 382
Ki = 0.648

num_GH= (Kp*Kd*s)*(1+Ki/s);
den_GH=(1000*s+50);
GH=num_GH/den_GH;
CL = GH/(1+GH)

figure(1)
step(CL)
xlim([-1 50])
ylim([0.9 1])

9‐78 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-35)(a)  Process Transfer Function:    Forward‐path Transfer Function

4 4 ( KP + KD s)
    G p ( s) = 2
      G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) = 2
 
s s

2 2
        Characteristic Equation:  s + 4 K D s + 4 K P = s + 1.414 s + 1 = 0   for  ζ = 0.707, ω n = 1 rad/sec 

        K P = 0.25 and K D = 0.3535    

Unit‐step Response. 

              

           

   
 

Maximum overshoot = 20.8% 

            (b)  Select a relatively large value for   K D  and a small value for  K P  so that the closed‐loop poles are real. 

        The closed‐loop zero at   s = − K P / K D  is very close to one of the closed‐loop poles, and the system 

        dynamics are governed by the other closed‐loop poles.  Let  K D = 10  and use small values of  K P . 

        The following results show that the value of  K P  is not critical as long as it is small. 

   

9‐79 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
          

              Kp    Max overshoot               tr              ts 

              (%)              (sec)             (sec) 

            0.1                 0         0.0549        0.0707 

            0.05                 0         0.0549        0.0707 

            0.2                 0         0.0549        0.0707 

          (c)  For BW ≤  40 rad/sec and  M r = 1, we can again select  K D = 10  and a small value for  K P .   

       The following frequency‐domain results substantiate the design. 

     

              Kp              PM              Mr            BW 

             (deg)                        (rad/sec) 

            0.1             89.99               1            40 

            0.05             89.99               1            40 

            0.2             89.99               1            40 

9‐80 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-36)  (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function:    Characteristic Equation: 

10, 000 ( K P + K D s ) 3 2
          G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =   s + 10 s + 10,000 K D s + 10,000 K P = 0  
s
2
( s + 10 )
         Routh Tabulation: 

3
s 1 10,000 K D
2
s 10 10,000 K P
            The system is stable for   K P > 0 and K D > 0.1K P  
1
s 10,000 K D − 1000 K P 0
0
s 10,000 K P

          (b)  Root Locus Diagram: 

10, 000 K P
               G ( s ) =  
s
2
( s + 10 )

9‐81 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Root Contours: 

    0 ≤ K D < ∞ ,     K P = 0.001, 0.002, 0.005, 0.01.  

10,000 K D s
        Geq ( s ) = 3 2
        
s + 10 s + 10,000 K P

   

 
 
 

        (c)  The root contours show that for small values of  K P  the design is insensitive to the variation of K P .  This 


      means that if we choose  K P  to be between 0.001 and 0.005, the value of  K D  can be chosen to be 0.005  
      for a relative damping ratio of 0.707.  Let   K P = 0.001 and K D = 0.005.    Gc ( s ) = 0.001 + 0.005 s. 
      The forward‐path transfer function becomes 
 

9‐82 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

10 (1 + 5 s )
          G(s) =  
s
2
( s + 10 )

      Since the zero of  G ( s )  is at s = −0.2, which is very close to s = 0, G(s) can be approximated as: 

50
        G(s) ≅  
s ( s + 10 )

        For the second‐order system,  ζ = 0.707.  Using Eq. (7‐104), the rise time is obtained as 

2
1 − 0.4167ζ + 2.917ζ
        tr = = 0.306  sec 
ωn

    Unit‐step Response: 

         (d)  Frequency‐domain Characteristics: 

10 (1 + 5 s )
        G(s) =  
s
2
( s + 10 )

              PM               GM             Mr             BW

             (deg)               (dB)           (rad/sec) 

               63                  ∞             1.041            7.156 

9‐83 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-37) This problem is extensively discussed in Chapters 5 and 6. Use the transfer function (5-123) for
the open-loop system, and a series PID compensator in a unity feedback system.

Gc 

Reduce to:

Gc         G

Θin                 _                               Va                                             Θ 

Where:

Θ(s) Kt
G (s) = =  
Va ( s ) s ( La Js + ( La B + Ra J ) s + Ra B + K t K b )
2

KI KDs + K ps + KI
2

Gc ( s ) = K p + K D s + =  
s s

With
the rotor inertia (J) = 0.01 kg.m2/s2
damping ratio of the mechanical system (B) = 0.1 Nms
back-emf constant (Kb) = 0.01 Nm/Amp
torque constant (Kt) = 0.01 Nm/Amp
armature resistance (Ra) = 1 Ω
armature inductance (La) = 0.5 H

Starting systematically, set KI=KD=0. Assume a small electric time constant (or small inductance) and
simplify to Equation (5-126):

KK m K s
Θm ( s ) Ra
= (5-125)
Θin ( s ) ⎧ ⎛ KK ⎞ KK K ⎫
(τ e s + 1) ⎪⎨J m s 2 + ⎜ B + b m ⎟ s + m s ⎪⎬
⎪⎩ ⎝ Ra ⎠ Ra ⎪⎭

9‐84 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Where Ks is the sensor gain, and, as before, τe = (La/Ra) may be neglected for small La. 

KK t K s
Θm ( s ) Ra J
=
Θin ( s ) ⎛ R B + Kt Kb ⎞ KK t K s
s2 + ⎜ a ⎟ s+
⎝ Ra J ⎠ Ra J
KK t K s
Θm ( s ) Ra J
=
Θin ( s ) ⎛ R B + Kt Kb ⎞ KK t K s
s2 + ⎜ a ⎟ s+ (5-126)
⎝ Ra J ⎠ Ra J
K p 0.1
Θm ( s ) 0.01
=
Θin ( s ) ⎛ 0.1 + (0.01)(0.01) ⎞ K p 0.1
s2 + ⎜ ⎟ s+
⎝ 0.01 ⎠ 0.01
Θm ( s ) 10 K p
=
Θin ( s ) s 2 + 12 s + 10 K p

Where Ks=0.

3 .2
Using ts ≅ ; for a less than 2 sec settling time ζωn ≤ 1.6  
ζωn

For a PO of 4.3, ζ=0.707, resulting in ωn=2.26.

Then a standard 2nd order prototype system that will have the desired response, with zero steady state
error, takes the following form

Θm ( s ) 5.12
= 2
Θin ( s ) s + 3.2 s + 5.12

For obvious reasons

Θm ( s ) 10 K p 5.12
= 2 ≠ 2
Θin ( s ) s + 12 s + 10 K p s + 3.2 s + 5.12

Let’s add a PD controller

Gc ( s ) = K p + K D s

9‐85 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Θm ( s ) 10 ( K D s + K p ) 5.12
= 2 ≠ 2
Θin ( s ) s + (12 + 10 K D ) s + 10 K p s + 3.2 s + 5.12
(12 + 10 K D ) = 5.12
10 K p = 5.12
K D = −0.688
K p = 0.512

Although the two systems are not the same because one has a zero, we chose the controller gain values
by matching the two characteristic equations – as an initial approximation. The resulting zero in the right
hand plane is troubling.

Lets find the response of the system through ACSYS:

Looking at the TF poles, it seems prudent to design the controller by placing its zero farther to LHS of
the s-plane. Set z=-Kp/KD=-20 and vary KD to find the root locus or the response.

9‐86 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Done!

9-38) The same as 9-37

9‐87 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-39)

⎡ 0 1 0 0⎤ ⎡ s −1 0 0⎤
⎢ 25.92 0 0 0⎥ ⎢ −25.92 s 0 0⎥
A =⎢ ⎥ sI − A = ⎢ ⎥ 
∗ ∗
      
⎢ 0 0 0 1⎥ ⎢ 0 0 s −1⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ −2.36 0 0 0⎦ ⎣ 2.36 0 0 s⎦

s 0 0 −25.92 0 0
           Δ = sI − A = s 0 s −1 +

0 s −1 = s
2
(s 2
− 25.92   )
0 0 s 2.36 0 s

⎡ s3 s
2
0 ⎤ 0
⎢ 2 3 ⎥
1 ⎢ 25.92 s s 0 0
( sI − A ) ⎥ 
∗ −1
    =
Δ ⎢ −2.36 s −2.36 s − 25.92 s s − 25.92 ⎥
3 2

⎢ ⎥
⎣ −2.36 s −2.36 s s − 25.92 s ⎦
2 3
0

⎡ 0 ⎤ ⎡ −0.0732 s 2 ⎤
⎢ −0.0732 ⎥ 1 ⎢ −0.0732 s 3 ⎥
    ( s I − A )
∗ −1
B = ( s I − A ) ⎢ 0 ⎥ = Δ ⎢⎢
∗ −1
⎥ 
⎢ ⎥ 0.0976 s − 2.357 ⎥
2

⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ 0.0976 ⎦ ⎣ 0.0976 s − 2.357 s ⎦
3

   

  Y ( s ) = D ( sI − A
0.0976 s − 24.15 ( 2

) B = [0 (
0 ] sI − A )
∗ −1 ∗ −1
     0 1 B=
s
2
(s 2
− 25.92 )
Characteristic Equation:  s + 0.0976 s + ( 0.0976 K P − 25.92 ) s − 2.357 K D s − 2.357 K P = 0  
4 3 2
 

3 1
  The system cannot be stabilized by the PD controller, since the  s  and the  s  terms involve  K D  which 

  require opposite signs for  K D . 

9‐88 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-40)

Let us first attempt to compensate the system with a PI controller. 

KI 100 ( K P s + K I )
    Gc ( s ) = K P +   Then           G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =  
s (
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
             Since the system with the PI controller is now a type 1 system, the steady‐state error of the system due to a 

             step input will be zero as long as the values of  K P and K I  are chosen so that the system is stable. 

             Let us choose the ramp‐error constant  K v = 100 .  Then,  K I = 100.  The following frequency‐domain 

             performance characteristics are obtained with  K I = 100  and various value of  K P  ranging from 10 to 100. 

   

           KP            PM          GM          Mr         BW 

           (deg)           (dB)       (rad/sec) 

           10           1.60             ∞        29.70         50.13 

           20           6.76             ∞          7.62         69.90 

           30           7.15             ∞          7.41         85.40 

           40           6.90             ∞          8.28         98.50 

           50           6.56             ∞          8.45       106.56 

         100           5.18             ∞         11.04       160.00 

             The maximum phase margin that can be achieved with the PI controller is only 7.15 deg when  K P = 30.  

       

 Thus, the overshoot requirement cannot be satisfied with the PI controller alone. 

       Next, we try a PID controller. 

9‐89 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

KI (1 + K s )( K s + KI 2 ) (1 + K s )( K s + 100 )
                      Gc ( s ) = K P + K D s + = D1 P2
= D1 P2
 
s s s

       Based on the PI‐controller design, let us select  K P 2 = 30.  Then the forward‐path transfer function 

       becomes 

100 ( 30 s + 100 )(1 + K D1 s )


        G(s) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)
       The following attributes of the frequency‐domain performance of the system with the PID controller 

       are obtained for various values of  K D1 ranging from 0.05 to 0.4. 

   

          KD1            PM          GM          Mr         BW 

           (deg)           (dB)       (rad/sec) 

         0.05           85.0             ∞          1.04        164.3 

         0.10           89.4             ∞          1.00        303.8 

         0.20           90.2             ∞          1.00        598.6 

         0.30           90.2             ∞          1.00        897.0 

         0.40           90.2             ∞          1.00      1201.0 

         We see that for values of  K D1 greater than 0.2, the phase margin no longer increases, but the 

         bandwidth increases with the increase in  K D1.  Thus we choose   

         

             K D1 = 0.2, K I = K I 2 = 100, K D = K D1 K P 2 = 0.2 × 30 = 6 ,     

           K P = K P 2 + K D1 K I 2 = 30 + 0.2 × 100 = 50  

100
        The transfer function of the PID controller is  Gc ( s ) = 50 + 6 s +  
s

        The unit‐step response is show below.  The maximum overshoot is zero, and the rise time is 0.0172 sec. 

9‐90 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐91 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-41)

3.6 9 1 1

3.6 9

Let’s consider the characteristic equation like:

3.6 9 2

for 2% settling time.

Therefore we can choose 0.5 and 4 where 2 3. Now, we can choose pole p
far enough from pole dominant of second order. Let p = 10, then the characteristic equation
would be:

36 9 14 56 160

where 160 , 0.29, and 0.065

160 0.065 0.29 1

Verify using MATLAB

9‐92 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-42)

(a)   

4 4 (1 + aTs ) 4 aTs
    Gp (s) = G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =     Geq ( s ) =  
s (1 + Ts )
3 2
Ts + s + 4
2 2
s

        Root Contours:  (T is fixed and a varies) 
 

 
 
 

       Select a small value for T and a large value for a.  Let T = 0.02 and a = 100.   

1+ 2s 400 ( s + 0.5 )
      Gc ( s ) =           G(s) =  
1 + 0.02 s s
2
( s + 50 )
3 2
      The characteristic equation  is      s + 50 s + 400 s + 200 = 0  

      The roots are:         −0.5355,    −9.3,    −40.17 

      The system transfer function is 

Y (s) 400 ( s + 0.5 )


          =  
R(s) ( s + 0.5355 )( s + 9.3 )( s + 40.17 )

9‐93 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

      Since the zero at −0.5 is very close to the pole at −0.5355, the system can be approximated by a second‐ 

      order system, 

Y (s) 373.48
          =  
R(s) ( s + 9.3 )( s + 40.17 )
      The unit‐step response is shown below.  The attributes of the response are: 

      Maximum overshoot = 5%         t s = 0.6225 sec         t r = 0.2173  sec       

       Unit‐step Response. 

         The following attributes of the frequency‐domain performance are obtained for the system with the  

         phase‐lead controller. 

      PM = 77.4 deg      GM = infinite    Mr = 1.05      BW = 9.976 rad/sec 

            (b)  The Bode plot of the uncompensated forward‐path transfer function is shown below. The diagram  

          shows that the uncompensated system is marginally stable.  The phase of G ( jω )  is −180 deg at all 

9‐94 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
          frequencies.  For the phase‐lead controller we need to place ω m  at the new gain crossover frequency 

          to realize the desired phase margin which has a theoretical maximum of 90 deg. 

          For a desired phase margin of 80 deg, 

o
1 + sin 80
          a= o
= 130  
1 − sin 80

          The gain of the controller is   20 log10 a = 42  dB.  The new gain crossover frequency is at 

42
          G ( jω ) = − = −21 dB 
2

4 2
                       Or    G ( jω ) = 2
= 0.0877 Thus ω = 45.61 ω = 6.75  rad/sec 
ω

1
      = aω m = 130 × 6.75 = 77 Thus T = 0.013  
T

1
      = 0.592 Thus aT = 169
.  
aT

1 + aTs 1 + 1.702 s 4 (1 + 1.702 s )


      Gc ( s ) = = G (s) =    
1 + Ts 1 + 0.0131s s (1 + 0.0131s )
2

        Bode Plot. 

9‐95 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

   

9‐96 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-43) (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 


1000a ⎜ s +
1 ⎞
1000 (1 + aTs )

      G ( s ) = Gc ( s )GP ( s ) = =
⎝aT ⎠
 
s ( s + 10 )(1 + Ts ) ⎛ 1⎞
s ( s + 10 ) ⎜ s + ⎟
⎝ T⎠

        Set  1/aT = 10 so that the pole of G ( s )  at s = −10 is cancelled.  The characteristic equation of the system  

        becomes   

2 1
          s + s + 1000 a = 0  
T

1
         ω n = 1000 a 2ζω n = = 2 1000 a        Thus    a = 40     and    T = 0.0025 
T

        Controller Transfer Function:      Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

   

1 + 0.01s 40, 000


    Gc ( s ) =                   G ( s ) =  
1 + 0.0025 s s ( s + 400 )

       The attributes of the unit‐step response of the compensated system are: 

      Maximum overshoot = 0     t r = 0.0168 sec t s = 0.02367 sec  

  (b)  Frequency‐domain Design 

   

           The Bode plot of the uncompensated forward‐path transfer function is made below.   

1000
    G(s) =   The attributes of the system are  PM = 17.96 deg,  GM = infinite. 
s ( s + 10 )

            Mr = 3.117, and BW = 48.53 rad/sec. 

9‐97 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
   

           To realize a phase margin of 75 deg, we need more than 57 deg of additional phase.  Let us add an 

           additional 10 deg for safety.  Thus, the value of φ m  for the phase‐lead controller is chosen to be  

           67 deg.  The value of a is calculated from 

o
1 + sin 67
          a= o
= 24.16  
1 − sin 67

           The gain of the controller is   20 log10 a = 20 log10 24.16 = 27.66  dB.  The new gain crossover frequency 

           is at 

' 27.66
          G ( jω m ) = − = −13.83  dB 
2

             

'
            From the Bode plot ω m  is found to be 70 rad/sec.  Thus, 

1
    = aT = 24.16 × 70 = 344 or T = 0.0029 aT = 0.0702  
T

   

1 + aTs 1 + 0.0702 s
            Thus    Gc ( s ) = =            
1 + Ts 1 + 0.0029 s

       The compensated system has the following frequency‐domain attributes: 

            PM = 75.19 deg  GM = infinite  Mr = 1.024  BW = 91.85 rad/sec 

        The attributes of the unit‐step response are: 

            Rise time  tr = 0.02278 sec  Settling time  ts = 0.02828 sec      Maximum overshoot = 3.3% 

9‐98 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐99 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-44) Also see Chapter 6 for solution to this problem.

Mathematical Model:

Draw free body diagrams (Assume both xc and xw are positive and are measured from
equilibrium). Refer to Chapter 4 problems for derivation details.

kc ( xc − xw ) cc ( x&c − x&w )

mw mc  
 

k w ( xw − y ) cw ( x&w − y& ) kc ( xc − xw ) cc ( x&c − x&w )

⎡ mw xw ⎤ ⎡cw + cc
0 ⎤ ⎡ && −cc ⎤ ⎡ x&w ⎤ ⎡ kw + kc −kc ⎤ ⎡ xw ⎤ ⎡cw 0 ⎤ ⎡ y& ⎤ ⎡ kw 0⎤ ⎡ y ⎤
⎢0 ⎥ ⎢ + + = +
⎣ xc ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ cc
mc ⎦ ⎣ && cc ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ x&c ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ kc kc ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ xc ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 0 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 0 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 0 ⎥⎦

To Solve we need to simplify, since the problem is very difficult.

Assume the wheel is very stiff; hence k w = ∞ , which implies xw=y. Then

xc + cc x&c + kc xc = cc y& + kc y
mc &&
or
xc + 2ζωn x&c + ωn2 xc = 2ζωn y& + ωn2 y
&&

Placing an actuator between the two masses (ignore actuator dynamics for simplicity), and use a
PD control: the control force is (mc is added to make the final equation look simpler):

F = mc K D ( x&c − x&w ) + mc K P ( xc − xw )
where
xw = y, x&w = y&

The transfer function of the system is:

9‐100 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Xc ( 2ζωn + K D ) s + (ωn2 + K P )
= 2
Y s + ( 2ζωn + K D ) s + ( 2ζωn + K D )

The rest is a standard PD controller design.

9‐101 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-45) (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function: (N = 10) 

200 (1 + aTs )
      G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =  
s ( s + 1)( s + 10 )(1 + Ts )

         Starting with a = 1000, we vary T first to stabilize the system. The following time‐domain attributes 

         are obtained by varying the value of T. 

         

            T  Max Overshoot           tr           ts

            (%) 

      0.0001           59.4       0.370        5.205

      0.0002           41.5      0.293       2.911

      0.0003           29.9      0.315       1.83

      0.0004           22.7      0.282       1.178

      0.0005           18.5      0.254       1.013

      0.0006           16.3      0.230       0.844

      0.0007           15.4      0.210       0.699

      0.0008           15.4      0.192       0.620

      0.0009           15.5      0.182       0.533

      0.0010           16.7      0.163       0.525

        The maximum overshoot is at a minimum when T = 0.0007 or T = 0.0008.  The maximum overshoot 

        is 15.4%. 

9‐102 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
         Unit‐step Response.  (T = 0.0008 sec  a = 1000) 
 
 
 

  
 
 
(b)  Frequency‐domain Design. 
         Similar to the design in part (a), we set a = 1000, and vary the value of T between 0.0001 and 0.001. 
         The attributes of the frequency‐domain characteristics are given below. 
                       PM          GM           Mr          BW 
T          (deg)           (dB)        (rad/sec) 
       0.0001         17.95          60.00       3.194        4.849 

       0.0002         31.99          63.53       1.854        5.285 

       0.0003         42.77          58.62       1.448        5.941 

       0.0004         49.78          54.53       1.272        6.821 

       0.0005         53.39          51.16       1.183        7.817 

       0.0006         54.69          48.32       1.138        8.869 

       0.0007         54.62          45.87       1.121        9.913 

       0.0008         53.83          43.72       1.125      10.92 

       0.0009         52.68          41.81       1.140      11.88 

       0.0010         51.38          40.09       1.162      12.79 

 The phase margin is at a maximum of 54.69 deg when T = 0.0006.  The performance worsens if the value of a is less than 
1000. 

9‐103 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐46  (a)  Bode Plot. 

        The attributes of the frequency response are: 

         PM = 4.07 deg  GM = 1.34 dB      Mr = 23.24   BW = 4.4 rad/sec 

 (b)  Single‐stage Phase‐lead Controller. 

6 (1 + aTs )
      G(s) =    
s (1 + 0.2 s )(1 + 0.5 s )(1 + Ts )

       We first set a = 1000, and vary T. The following attributes of the frequency‐domain characteristics 

         are obtained. 

       

          T          PM           Mr

          (deg) 

      0.0050        17.77         3.21

      0.0010        43.70         1.34

      0.0007        47.53         1.24

      0.0006        48.27         1.22

      0.0005        48.06         1.23

      0.0004        46.01         1.29

      0.0002        32.08         1.81

      0.0001        19.57         2.97

        The phase margin is maximum at 48.27 deg when T = 0.0006.  

9‐104 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
        Next, we set  T = 0.0006 and reduce a from 1000.  We can show that the phase margin is not very  

        sensitive to the variation of a when a is near 1000.  The optimal value of a is around 980, and the  

        corresponding phase margin is 48.34 deg.   

        With a = 980 and T = 0.0006, the attributes of the unit‐step response are: 

    Maximum overshoot = 18.8%   tr = 0.262 sec    ts = 0.851 sec 

           (c)  Two‐stage Phase‐lead Controller.  (a = 980,  T = 0.0006) 

G(s) =
(
6 (1 + 0.588s ) 1 + bT s
2 )
( )
             
s (1 + 0.2 s )(1 + 0.5s )(1 + 0.0006 s ) 1 + T s
2

        Again, let b = 1000, and vary  T2 .  The following results are obtained in the frequency domain. 

                        PM          Mr


T2 
         (deg) 
 

       0.0010          93.81         1.00

       0.0009          94.89         1.00

       0.0008          96.02         1.00

       0.0007          97.21         1.00

       0.0006          98.43         1.00

       0.0005          99.61         1.00

       0.0004        100.40         1.00

       0.0003          99.34         1.00

       0.0002          91.98         1.00

       0.0001          73.86         1.00

          Reducing the value of b from 1000 reduces the phase margin.  Thus, the maximum phase margin of 

          100.4 deg is obtained with b = 1000 and T2 = 0.0004.  The transfer function of the two‐stage phase‐ 

          lead controller is 

9‐105 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

(1 + 0.588s )(1 + 0.4 s )


        Gc ( s ) =  
(1 + 0.0006 s )(1 + 0.0004 s )
 

              (c)  Unit‐step Responses. 

   

9‐106 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-47) Also see derivations in 4-9.

x(t) 

            F 

     M   

θ 

Here is an alternative representation including friction (damping) μ. In this case the angle θ is
measured differently.

Let’s find the dynamic model of the system:

1)
2)

Let . If Φ is small enough then 1 and , therefore

which gives:
Φ s
F s

Ignoring friction 0.
Φ s
F s
where

Ignoring actuator dynamics (DC motor equations), we can incorporate feedback control using a
series PD compensator and unity feedback. Hence,

9‐107 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

KP+KDs   
R                   _                                   F                                              Φ 

F ( s) = K p ( R ( s ) − Φ ) − K D s ( R ( s ) − Φ )

The system transfer function is:

Φ A( K p + KDs)
= 2
R (s + K D s + A ( K p − B )

Control is achieved by ensuring stability (Kp>B)

Use Routh Hurwitz to establish stability first. Use Acsys to do that as


demonstrated in this chapter problems. Also Chapter 2 has many examples.

Use MATLAB to simulate response:


clear all
Kp=10;
Kd=5;
A=10;
B=8;
num = [A*Kd A*Kp];
den =[1 Kd A*(Kp-B)];
G=tf(num,den)
step(G)

Transfer function:
50 s + 100
--------------
s^2 + 5 s + 20

9‐108 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Adjust parameters to achieve desired response. Use THE PROCEDURE in Example 5-11-1.

You may look at the root locus of the forward path transfer function to get a better perspective.

Φ A ( K p + K D s ) AK D ( z + s )
= =
E s 2 − AB s 2 − AB
fix z and vary K D .

clear all
z=100;
Kd=0.01;
A=10;
B=8;
num = [A*Kd A*Kd*z];
den =[1 0 -(A*B)];
G=tf(num,den)
rlocus(G)

Transfer function:
0.1 s + 10
----------
s^2 – 80

9‐109 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

For z=10, a large KD=0.805 results in: 

clear all
Kd=0.805;
Kp=10*Kd;
A=10;
B=8;
num = [A*Kd A*Kp];
den =[1 Kd A*(Kp-B)];
G=tf(num,den)
pole(G)
zero(G)
step(G)

Transfer function:
8.05 s + 80.5
-------------------
s^2 + 0.805 s + 0.5

ans =

9‐110 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
-0.4025 + 0.5814i
-0.4025 - 0.5814i

ans =

-10

Looking at dominant poles we expect to see an oscillatory response with overshoot


close to desired values.

For a better design, and to meet rise time criterion, use Example 5-
11-1 and Chapter 9 PD design examples.

9‐111 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-48)  (a)  The loop transfer function of the system is 

−6
10 K p K a K e 1 + R2 Cs 68.76 1 + R2 × 10 s
    G(s) H (s) = =  
Ns (1 + 0.05 s ) R1Cs s (1 + 0.05 s ) 2s

   

3 2 −4
         The characteristic equation is      s + 20 s + 6.876 × 10 R2 s + 687.6 = 0  

          For root locus plot with  R2  as the variable parameter, we have 

     

−4 −4
6.876 × 10 R2 s 6.876 × 10 R2 s
    Geq ( s ) = =  
s + 20 s + 687.6
3 2
( s + 21.5 )( s − 0.745 + j 5.61)( s − 0.745 − j 5.61)

    Root Locus Plot. 

       

9‐112 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
5
      When  R2 = 2.65 × 10 , the roots are at −6.02 ± j 7.08 , and the relative damping ratio is 0.65 which is 

       maximum.  The unit‐step response is plotted at the end together with those of parts (b) and (c). 

        (b)  Phase‐lead Controller. 

68.76 (1 + aTs )
      G(s) H (s) =  
s (1 + 0.05 s )(1 + Ts )

      

   Characteristic Equation:  Ts + (1 + 20T ) s + ( 20 + 1375.2 aT ) s + 1375.2 = 0  


3 2
 

     With  T = 0.01, the characteristic equation becomes 

3 2
          s + 120 s + ( 2000 + 1375.2a ) s + 137520 = 0  

     The last equation is conditioned for a root contour plot with a as the variable parameter.  

     Thus 

1375.2as
      Geq ( s ) = 3 2
 
s + 120 s + 2000 s + 137,520

       

      From the root contour plot on the next page we see that when a = 3.4 the characteristic equation roots 

      are at −39.2, − 40.4 + j 43.3, and − 40.4 − j 43.3, and the relative damping ratio is maximum and is 

      0.682. 

     

    Root Contour Plot  (a varies). 

9‐113 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  Unit‐step Responses. 

9‐114 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  (c)  Frequency‐domain Design of Phase‐lead Controller. 

         For a phase margin of 60 deg,  a = 4.373 and T = 0.00923.  The transfer function of the controller is 

1 + aTs 1 + 0.04036 s
        Gc ( s ) = =  
1 + Ts 1 + 0.00923 s

9‐49  (a)  Time‐domain Design of Phase‐lag Controller. 

         Process Transfer Function: 

200
        Gp (s) =  
s ( s + 1)( s + 10 )

   

         For the uncompensated system, the two complex characteristic equation roots are at  s = −0.475 + j 0.471  

         and −0.475 − j 0.471 which correspond to a relative damping ratio of 0.707, when the forward path gain 

         is 4.5 (as against 200).  Thus, the value of a of the phase‐lag controller is chosen to be 

4.5
      a= = 0.0225   Select T = 1000          which is a large number. 
200

         Then 

1 + aTs 1 + 22.5 s 4.5 ( s + 0.0889) )


      Gc ( s ) = =   G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =  
1 + Ts 1 + 1000 s s ( s + 1)( s + 10 )( s + 0.001)

                

         Unit‐step Response. 

     

9‐115 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

 
  Maximum overshoot = 13.6  tr = 3.238 sec  ts = 18.86 sec 

    Bode Plot  (with phase‐lag controller, a = 0.0225, T = 1000) 

9‐116 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  PM = 59 deg.  GM = 27.34 dB    Mr = 1.1       BW = 0.6414 rad/sec 

  (b)  Frequency‐domain Design of Phase‐lag Controller. 

          For PM = 60 deg,   we choose  a = 0.02178 and T = 1130.55.  The transfer function of the phase‐lag 

          controller is 

1 + 24.62 s
      Gc ( s ) =   GM = 27.66 dB       Mr = 1.093       BW = 0.619 rad/sec 
1 + 1130.55s

   

9‐117 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
          Unit‐step Response.  Max overshoot = 12.6%,   tr = 3.297 sec    ts = 18.18 sec 

 
 
 

9‐50  (a)  Time‐domain Design of Phase‐lead Controller 

        Forward‐path Transfer Function. 

K (1 + aTs ) K
    G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =   K v = lim sG ( s ) = = 10         Thus    K = 250 
s ( s + 5 ) (1 + Ts )
2
s→ 0 25

        With K = 250, the system without compensation is marginally stable.  For a > 1, select a small value for 

        T and a large value for a.  Let a = 1000.  The following results are obtained for various values of T  

        ranging from 0.0001 to 0.001.  When T = 0.0004, the maximum overshoot is near minimum at 23%. 

     

          T  Max Overshoot           tr           ts

             (%)          (sec)          (sec) 

      0.0010            33.5       0.0905       0.808

      0.0005            23.8       0.1295       0.6869

      0.0004            23.0       0.1471       0.7711

9‐118 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

      0.0003            24.4       0.1689       0.8765

      0.0002            30.6       0.1981       1.096

      0.0001            47.8       0.2326       2.399

         As it turns out a = 1000 is near optimal. A higher or lower value for a will give larger overshoot. 

         Unit‐step Response. 

  (b)  Frequency‐domain Design of Phase‐lead Controller 

250 (1 + aTs )
      G(s) =  
s
2
( s + 5 ) (1 + Ts )
2

        Setting  a = 1000, and varying T, the following attributes are obtained. 

9‐119 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

       

           T           PM           Mr         BW

          (deg)       (rad/sec) 

       0.00050         41.15        1.418        16.05

       0.00040         42.85        1.369        14.15

       0.00035         43.30        1.355        13.16

       0.00030         43.10        1.361        12.12

       0.00020         38.60        1.513        10.04

        When a = 1000, the best value of T for a maximum phase margin is 0.00035, and PM = 43.3 deg. 

        As it turns out varying the value of a from 1000 does not improve the phase margin.  Thus the 

         transfer function of the controller is 

1 + aTs 1 + 0.35 s 250 (1 + 0.35 s )


    Gc ( s ) = =   and  G(s) =  
s ( s + 5 ) (1 + 0.00035s )
2
1 + Ts 1 + 0.00035 s

(c)  Time‐domain Design of Phase‐lag Controller 

          Without compensation, the relative damping is critical when K = 18.5.  Then, the value of a is 

          chosen to be 

18.5
              a = = 0.074         
250

          We can use this value of a as a reference, and conduct the design around this point.  The value of 

           T is preferrably to be large.  However, if T is too large, rise and settling times will suffer.  

          The following performance attributes of the unit‐step response are obtained for various values of 

          a and T. 

   

9‐120 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

         a          T  Max Overshoot          tr          ts

            (%) 

      0.105        500             2.6        1.272        1.82

      0.100        500             2.9        1.348        1.82

      0.095        500             2.6        1.422        1.82

      0.090        500             2.5        1.522        2.02

      0.090        600             2.1        1.532        2.02

      0.090        700             1.9        1.538        2.02

      0.090        800             1.7        1.543        2.02

      0.090      1000             1.4        1.550        2.22

      0.090      2000             0.9        1.560        2.22

      0.090      3000             0.7        1.566        2.22

            As seen from the results, when a = 0.09 and for T ≥  2000, the maximum overshoot is less 

            than 1% and the settling time is less than 2.5 sec.  We choose T = 2000 and a = 0.09. 

            The corresponding frequency‐domain characteristics are: 

            PM = 69.84 deg       GM = 20.9 dB            Mr = 1.004             BW = 1.363 rad/sec 

             (d)  Frequency‐domain Design of Phase‐lag Controller 

9‐121 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

250 (1 + aTs )
                G ( s ) = a <1 
s ( s + 5 ) (1 + Ts )
2

         The Bode plot of the uncompensated system is shown below.  Let us add a safety factor by  

         requiring that the desired phase margin is 75 degrees.  We see that a phase margin of 75 degrees 

         can be realized if the gain crossover is moved to 0.64 rad/sec. The magnitude of G ( jω )  at this  

         frequency is 23.7 dB.  Thus the phase‐lag controller must provide an attenuation of −23.7 dB at 

         the new gain crossover frequency.  Setting 

      20 log10 a = −23.7  dB  we have      a = 0.065 

           

         We can set the value of 1/aT to be at least one decade below 0.64 rad/sec, or 0.064 rad/sec. Thus, 

         we get T = 236.  Let us choose T = 300.  The transfer function of the phase‐lag controller becomes 

     

1 + aTs 1 + 19.5s
        Gc ( s ) = =  
1 + Ts 1 + 300 s

9‐122 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

     

9‐123 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

The attributes of the frequency response of the compensated system are: 

    PM = 71 deg  GM = 23.6 dB    Mr = 1.065  BW = 0.937 rad/sec 

    The attributes of the unit‐step response are: 

    Maximum overshoot = 6% tr = 2.437 sec       ts = 11.11 sec 

      Comparing with the phase‐lag controller designed in part (a) which has a = 0.09 and T = 2000, 

    the time response attributes are: 

    Maximum overshoot = 0.9%  tr = 1.56 sec       ts = 2.22 sec 

    The main difference is in the large value of T  used in part (c) which resulted in less overshoot, 

    rise and settling times. 

9‐124 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9-51)

9-52)  Forward‐path Transfer Function (No compensation) 

6.087 × 10
7

    G(s) = Gp (s) =  
(
s s + 423.42 s + 2.6667 × 10 s + 4.2342 × 10
3 2 6 8
)
              

                      The uncompensated system has a maximum overshoot of 14.6%.  The unit‐step response is shown  

         below. 

              (a)  Phase‐lead Controller 

1 + aTs
             Gc ( s ) =     (a > 1) 
1 + Ts

         By selecting a small value for T, the value of a becomes the critical design parameter in this case. 

         If a is too small, the overshoot will be excessive. If the value of a is too large, the oscillation in 

         the step response will be objectionable.  By trial and error, the best value of a is selected to be 6,  

         and T = 0.001.  The following performance attributes are obtained for the unit‐step response. 

    Maximum overshoot = 0% tr = 0.01262 sec    ts = 0.1818 sec 

         However, the step response still has oscillations due to the compliance in the motor shaft. The unit‐ 

         step response of the phase‐lead compensated system is shown below, together with that of the 

         uncompensated system. 

           (b)  Phase‐lead and Second‐order Controller 

9‐125 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

         The poles of the process  G p ( s )  are at −161.3,  −131+ j1614.7 and −131 − j1614.7.  The second‐ 

2
         order term is    s + 262 s + 2,624, 417.1.  Let the second‐order controller transfer function be 

2
s + 262 s + 2,624,417.1
        Gc1 ( s ) = 2 2
 
s + 2ζ pω n s + ω n

   

         The value of ω n  is set to  2,624, 417.1 = 1620  rad/sec, so that the steady‐state error is not affected. 

          

  Let the two poles of Gc1 ( s )  be at  s = −1620 and − 1620.  Then,  ζ p = 405 . 

2
s + 262 s + 2,624,417.1
                Gc1 ( s ) = 2
      
s + 3240 s + 2,624,417.1

6.087 × 10
10
(1 + 0.006 s )
    G ( s ) = Gc ( s )Gc1 ( s )G p ( s ) =  
( )
s ( s + 161.3 ) s + 3240 s + 2, 624, 417.1 (1 + 0.001s )
2

           

           The unit‐step response is shown below, and the attributes are:  

    Maximum overshoot = 0.2          tr = 0.01012 sec        ts = 0.01414 sec 

           The step response does not have any ripples. 

           Unit‐step Responses 

9‐126 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐53  (a)  System Equations. 

dω m
         ea = Ra ia + Kbω m Tm = Ki ia       Tm = J m + Bmω m + K L (θ m − θ L ) + BL (ω m − ω L )  
dt

dω L
         K L (θ m − θ L ) + BL (ω m − ω L ) = J L  
dt

    State Equations in Vector‐matrix Form: 

9‐127 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

⎡ dθ L ⎤
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎡ 0 1 0 0 ⎤
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ K BL KL BL ⎥ ⎡θ ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ dω L ⎥ ⎢ − L − ⎥⎢ L ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎢ J L JL JL JL ⎥ ⎢ω L ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
    ⎢ dθ ⎥ = ⎢ 0 ⎥ + ⎢ 0 ⎥ ea  
⎥ ⎢⎢ m ⎥⎥ ⎢ K ⎥
0 0 1 θ
⎢ m⎥ ⎢
B + Bl K i K b ⎥ ⎣ω m ⎦ ⎢
a ⎥
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎢ K L BL KL
⎢ dω m ⎥ ⎢ J − − m − ⎥ ⎢
⎣ a m ⎥⎦
R J
⎢ ⎥ ⎣ m Jm Jm Jm J m Ra ⎦
⎣ dt ⎦

  State Diagram: 

 
   

  Transfer Functions: 

 
Ωm (s)
=
( )
K i s + BL s + K L / Ra
2

 
J m J L s + ( K e J L + BL J L + BL J m ) s + ( J m K L + J L K L + K e BL ) s + K L K e
2 2
Ea ( s )

Ω L (s) K i ( BL s + K L ) / Ra
  =  
J m J L s + ( K e J L + B L J L + B L J m ) s + ( J m K L + J L K L + K e BL ) s + K L K e
3 2
Ea ( s )

9‐128 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

 
Ωm (s)
=
(
133.33 s + 10 s + 3000
2
) =
(
133.33 s + 10 s + 3000
2
)  
Ea ( s ) s + 318.15 s + 60694.13s + 58240
3 2
( s + 0.9644 )( s + 158.59 + j187.71)( s + 158.59 − j187.71)

Ω L (s) 1333.33 ( s + 300 )


  =  
Ea ( s ) ( s + 0.9644 )( s + 158.59 + j187.71)( s + 158.59 − j187.71)

   

  (b)  Design of PI Controller. 

⎛ KI ⎞
Ω L (s)
1333.33 K P ⎜ s + ⎟ ( s + 300 )
           G ( s ) = =
⎝ KP ⎠
 
E (s) s ( s + 0.9644 ) ( s + 317.186 s + 60388.23
2
)
 

1333.33 × 300 K I
           K v = lim sG ( s ) = = 6.87 K I = 100     Thus     K I = 14.56  
s→ 0 0.9644 × 60388.23

           With   K I = 14.56 ,  we study the effects of varying  K P .  The following results are obtained. 

          KP             tr           ts Max Overshoot

          (sec)           (sec)             (%) 

          20      0.00932     0.02778          4.2

          18      0.01041     0.01263          0.7

          17      0.01113     0.01515           0

          16      0.01184     0.01515           0

          15      0.01303     0.01768           0

          10      0.02756     0.04040          0.6

           With  K I = 14.56 and K P  ranging from 15 to 17, the design specifications are satisfied.  

9‐129 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
       

     Unit‐step Response: 

   

          

       

(c)  Frequency‐domain Design of PI Controller  (KI = 14.56) 

1333.33 ( K P s + 14.56 )( s + 300 )


      G(s) =  
(
s s + 318.15s + 60694.13s + 58240
3 2
)
 

   

9‐130 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
      The following results are obtained by setting  K I = 14.56  and varying the value of  K P . 

   

    KP      PM      GM       Mr       BW Max Overshoot      tr       ts 

     (deg)      (dB)    (rad/sec)            (%)      (sec)     (sec) 

   20     65.93        ∞     1.000     266.1          4.2 0.00932  0.02778

   18     69.76        ∞     1.000      243          0.7 0.01041  0.01263

   17     71.54        ∞     1.000     229            0 0.01113  0.01515

   16      73.26        ∞     1.000     211.6            0 0.01184  0.01515

   15     74.89        ∞     1.000     190.3            0 0.01313  0.01768

   10     81.11        ∞     1.005       84.92          0.6 0.0294  0.0404

     8     82.66        ∞     1.012       63.33          1.3 0.04848  0.03492

     7     83.14        ∞     1.017       54.19          1.9 0.03952  0.05253

     6     83.29        ∞     1.025       45.81          2.7 0.04697  0.0606

     5     82.88        ∞     1.038       38.12          4.1 0.05457  0.0606

       From these results we see that the phase margin is at a maximum of 83.29 degrees when  K P = 6 .  

       However, the maximum overshoot of the unit‐step response is 2.7%, and  M r  is slightly greater than 

       one.  In part (b), the optimal value of  K P  from the standpoint of minimum value of the maximum  

       overshoot is between 15 and 17.  Thus, the phase margin criterion is not a good indicator in the present 

       case.  

   

9‐131 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐54  (a)  Forward‐path Transfer Function 

         G p ( s ) =
K Θm (s)
=
(
100 K s + 10 s + 100
2

=
) ( 10, 000 s + 10 s + 100
2
)  
Tm ( s ) (
s s + 20 s
3 2
+ 2100 s + 10, 000 ) s ( s + 4.937 ) ( s
2
+ 15.06 s + 2025.6 )
 

        The unit‐step response is plotted as shown below. The attributes of the response are: 

    Maximum overshoot = 57%  tr = 0.01345 sec         ts = 0.4949 sec 

           (b)  Design of the Second‐order Notch Controller 

         The complex zeros of the notch controller are to cancel the complex poles of the process transfer 

          function.  Thus 

          Gc ( s ) =
2
s + 15.06 s + 2025.6
     and        G ( s ) = G ( s )G ( s ) =
(
10, 000 s + 10 s + 100
2
)  
2
s ( s + 4.937 ) ( s )
c p
s + 90ζ p s + 2025.6 + 90ζ p s + 2025.6
2

         The following results are obtained for the unit‐step response when various values of ζ p  are used. 

         The maximum overshoot is at a minimum of 4.1% when ζ p = 1.222 .  The unit‐step response is 

         plotted below, along with that of the uncompensated system.    

           ζ p           2ζω n Max Overshoot

             (%) 

        2.444          200           7.3

        2.333          210           6.9

        2.222          200           6.5

9‐132 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

        1.667          150           4.9

        1.333          120           4.3

        1.222          110           4.1

        1.111          100           5.8

        1.000            90           9.8

    Unit‐step Response 

     

       

  (c)  Frequency‐domain Design of the Notch Controller 

       The forward‐path transfer function of the uncompensated system is 

9‐133 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

      G ( s) =
(
10000 s + 10 s + 100
2
)  
s ( s + 4.937 ) ( s + 15.06 s + 2025.6 )
2

      

        The Bode plot of G ( jω )  is constructed in the following.  We see that the peak value of  G ( jω )  is  

        approximately 22 dB.  Thus, the notch controller should provide an attentuation of −22 dB or 0.0794 

        at the resonant frequency of 45 rad/sec.  Using Eq. (10‐155), we have 

ζz 0.167
      Gc ( j 45) = = = 0.0794             Thus  ζ p = 2.1024  
ζp ζp

         

        Notch Controller Transfer Function              Forward‐path Transfer Function 

       Gc ( s ) =
2
s + 15.06 s + 2025.6
                G ( s ) =
(
10, 000 s + 10 s + 100
2
)  
s ( s + 4.937 ) ( s )
2
s + 189.216 s + 2025.6 + 189.22 s + 2025.6
2

  Bode Plots 

9‐134 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  Attributes of the frequency response:  PM = 80.37 deg    GM = infinite     M r = 1097
.     BW = 66.4 rad/sec 

  Attributes of the frequency response of the system designed in part (b): 

          PM = 59.64 deg  GM = infinite       M r = 1048


.    BW = 126.5 rad/sec 

                

   

9‐135 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐55  (a)  Process Transfer Function 

   

500 ( s + 10 )
      Gp ( s) =  
(
s s + 10 s + 1000
2
)
 

         The Bode plot is constructed below.  The frequency‐domain attributes of the uncompensated  

                      system are: 

      PM = 30 deg  GM = infinite  M r = 186


.    and    BW = 3.95 rad/sec 

           

        The unit‐step response is oscillatory. 

             (b)  Design of the Notch Controller 

         For the uncompensated process, the complex poles have the following constants: 

     

    ω n = 1000 = 316
. rad / sec 2ζω n = 10 Thus ζ = 0.158  

          

         The transfer function of the notch controller is 

2 2
s + 2ζ zω n s + ω n
        Gc ( s ) = 2 2
            
s + 2ζ p s + ω n

   

         For the zeros of  Gc ( s )  to cancel the complex poles of  G p ( s ) , ζ z = ζ = 0.158 .   

         From the Bode plot, we see that to bring down the peak resonance of  G ( jω n )  in order 

         to smooth out the magnitude curve, the notch controller should provide approximately  

9‐136 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

          −26 dB of attenuation.  Thus, using Eq. (10‐155), 

−26
ζz 0.158
      = 10 20
= 0.05 Thus ζp = = 31525
.    
ζp 0.05

          

           The transfer function of the notch controller is 

2
s + 10 s + 1000 500 ( s + 10 )
                          Gc ( s ) =     G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =  
2
s + 199.08 s + 1000 (
s s + 199.08s + 1000
2
)
 

           The attributes of the compensated system are: 

    PM = 72.38 deg      GM = infinite       M r = 1  BW = 5.44 rad/sec 

    Maximum overshoot = 3.4%  t r = 0.3868  sec         t s = 0.4848  sec 

       

       

              

      Bode Plots 

9‐137 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  Step Responses 

9‐138 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  (c)  Time‐domain design of the Notch Controller 

         With  ζ z = 0.158 and ω n = 316


. ,  the forward‐path transfer function of the compensated system is 

500 ( s + 10 )
      G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =  
(
s s + 63.2ζ p s + 1000
2
)
 

         The following attributes of the unit‐step response are obtained by varying the value of ζ p . 

     

        ζ p        2ζω n   Max Overshoot        tr       ts

             (%)       (sec)       (sec) 

    1.582       100             0   0.4292  0.5859 

    1.741       110             0   0.4172  0.5657 

    1.899       120             0   0.4074  0.5455 

    2.057       130             0   0.3998  0.5253 

    2.215       140            0.2   0.3941  0.5152 

    2.500       158.25            0.9   0.3879  0.4840 

    3.318       209.7            4.1   0.3884  0.4848 

           When ζ p = 2.5  the maximum overshoot is 0.9%, the rise time is 0.3879 sec and the setting 

           time is 0.4840 sec.  These performance attributes are within the required specifications. 

   

9‐139 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐56   Let the transfer function of the controller be     

      Gc ( s ) =
(
20, 000 s + 10 s + 50
2

( s + 1000 ) 2

                

  Then, the forward‐path transfer function becomes 

      G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =
(
20, 000 K s + 10 s + 50
2
)  
(
s s + 10 s + 100
2
) ( s + 1000 ) 2

6
10 K
  For  Gcf ( s ) = 1, K v = lim sG ( s ) = 8
= 50 Thus the nominal K = 5000  
s→ 0 10

  For ± 20% variation in K,   K min = 4000 and K max = 6000.   To cancel the complex closed‐loop poles, 

  we let 

50 ( s + 1)
      Gcf ( s ) =   where the (s + 1) term is added to reduce the rise time. 
s + 10 s + 50
2

   

  Closed‐loop Transfer Function: 

10 K ( s + 1)
6
Y (s)
      =  
R(s) (
s s + 10 s + 100
2
)( s + 1000 ) + 20, 000 K ( s
2 2
+ 10 s + 50 )
   

    Characteristic Equation: 

 
5 4 3 7 2 8 9
    K = 4000:  s + 2010 s + 1,020,100 s + 9.02 × 10 s + 9 × 10 + 4 × 10 = 0  

       Roots:   −97.7, − 648.9, − 1252.7, − 5.35 + j 4.6635, − 5.35 − j 4.6635  

       Max overshoot  ≅  6.7%    Rise time < 0.04 sec 

9‐140 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

5 4 3 8 2 9 9
    K = 5000:  s + 2010 s + 1,020100 s + 11
. × 10 s + 11
. × 10 s + 5 × 10 = 0  

       Roots:  −132.46, 587.44, − 1279.6, − 5.272 + j 4.7353, − 5.272 − j 4.7353  

      Max overshoot  ≅  4%    Rise time < 0.04 sec 

   

5 4 3 8 2 9 9
    K = 6000  s + 2010 s + 1,020,100 s + 13
. × 10 s + 13
. × 10 s + 6 × 10 = 0  

       Roots:  −176.77, − 519.37, − 1303.4, − 5.223 + j 4.7818, − 5.223 − j 4.7818  

      Max overshoot  ≅  2.5%    Rise time < 0.04 sec 

    Thus all the required specifications stay within the required tolerances when the value of K varies by 

    plus and minus 20%. 

    Unit‐step Responses 

     

   

9‐141 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐57   Let the transfer function of the controller be 

        Gc ( s ) =
(
200 s + 10 s + 50
2

( s + 100 ) 2

  The forward‐path transfer function becomes 

      G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =
(
200, 000 K s + 10 s + 50
2

s ( s + a )( s + 100 )
2

    

 For a = 10, 

7
10 K
      K v = lim sG ( s ) = 5
= 100 K = 100 Thus K = 1 
s→ 0 10

    Characteristic Equations: (K = 1) 

4 3 5 2 6 7
    a = 10:    s + 210 s + 2.12 × 10 s + 2.1 × 10 s + 10 = 0  

     Roots:   −4.978 + j 4.78, − 4.978 − j 4.78, − 100 + j 447.16 − 100 − j 447.16  

 
4 3 5 2 6 7
    a = 8:    s + 208 s + 2.116 × 10 s + 2.08 × 10 s + 10 = 0  

     Roots:  −4.939 + j 4.828, − 4.939 − j 4.828, − 99.06 + j 446.97, − 99.06 − j 446.97  

4 3 5 6 7
    a = 12:    s + 212 s + 2.124 × 10 + 2.12 × 10 s + 10 = 0  

     Roots:  −5.017 + j 4.73, − 5.017 − j 4.73, − 100.98 + j 447.36, − 100.98 − j 447.36  

9‐142 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

    Unit‐step Responses:    All three responses for a = 8,  a = 10, and 12 are similar. 

9‐58  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

Y ( s) K K
    G (s) = = K v = lim sG ( s ) = =1 
E (s) s ( s + 1)( s + 10 ) + KK t s s →0 10 + KK t

Characteristic Equation:        s + 11s + (10 + KK t ) s + K = s + 11s + Ks + K = 0  


3 2 3 2
 

   

K ( s + 1)
For root loci,           Geq ( s ) =  
s
2
( s + 11)

9‐143 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  Root Locus Plot  (K varies) 

  The root loci show that a relative damping ratio of 0.707 can be realized by two values of K.  K = 22  

  and 59.3.  As stipulated by the problem, we select K = 59.3. 

9‐144 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐59   Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

10 K 10 K K
  G(s) = K v = lim sG ( s ) = = = 1  Thus    Kt = K − 1  
s ( s + 1)( s + 10 ) + 10 K t s s→ 0 10 + 10 Kt 1 + Kt

Characteristic Equation:         s ( s + 1)( s + 10 ) + 10 K t + 10 K = s + 11s + 10 Ks + 10 K = 0  


3 2
 

  When  K = 5.93  and   Kt = K − 1 = 4.93 ,  the characteristic equation becomes 

3 2
    s + 11s + 10.046 s + 4.6 = 0    

   

  The roots are:     −10.046, − 0.47723 + j 0.47976, − 0.47723 − j 0.47976  

9‐60  Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

K (1 + aTs ) 1
  G(s) =     K v = lim sG ( s ) = = 100 Thus Kt = 0.01 
(
s ( (1 + Ts ) s + 10 s + KK t
2
) s→ 0 Kt

  Let  T = 0.01  and  a = 100.  The characteristic equation of the system is written: 

     
2
(
s + 110 s + 1000 s + K 0.001s + 101s + 100 = 0  
4 3 2
)
 

  To construct the root contours as K varies, we form the following equivalent forward‐path transfer 

  function: 

      Geq ( s ) =
(
0.001K s + 101, 000 s + 100, 000
2
) = 0.001K ( s + 1)( s + 50499 )  
s
2
( s + 10 )( s + 100 ) s
2
( s + 10 )( s + 100 )

9‐145 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

       From the root contour diagram we see that two sets of solutions exist for a damping ratio of 0.707. 

       These are: 

            K = 20:   Complex roots:   −1158


. + j1155
. , − 1158
. − j1155
.  

            K = 44.6:        Complex roots:   −4.0957 + j 4.0957, − 4.0957 − j 4.0957  

        

       The unit‐step responses of the system for K = 20 and 44.6 are shown below. 

       Unit‐step Responses: 

9‐146 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

   

9‐61   Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

K s KK1 K i N
    G(s) =  
s ⎡⎣ J t La s + ( Ra J t + La Bt + K1 K 2 J t ) s + Ra Bt + K1 K 2 Bt + K b K i + KK1 K i K t ⎤⎦
2

1.5 × 10 K
7

      G ( s) =      
(
s s + 3408.33s + 1, 204, 000 + 1.5 × 10 KK t
2 8
)
      

15 K
  Ramp Error Constant:   K v = lim sG ( s ) = = 100     
s→ 0 1.204 + 150 KKt

   

  Thus      1.204 + 150 KKt = 0.15 K  

  The forward‐path transfer function becomes 

9‐147 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

1.5 × 10 K
7

        G(s) =  
(
s s + 3408.33s + 150, 000 K
2
)
3 7
    Characteristic Equation:        s + 3408.33 s + 150,000 Ks + 15
. × 10 K = 0  

    When  K = 38.667  the roots of the characteristic equation are at 

    −0.1065, − 1651
. + j165
. , − 1651
. − j165
.   (ζ ≅ 0.707  for the complex roots) 

    The forward‐path transfer function becomes 

5.8 × 10
8

        G(s) =    
(
s s + 3408.33s + 5.8 × 10
2 6
)
 

    Unit‐step Response 

9‐148 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

   

       Unit‐step response attributes:     Maximum overshoot = 0     Rise time = 0.0208 sec    Settling time = 0.0283 sec 

9‐62  (a)  Disturburnce‐to‐Output Transfer Function 

Y (s) 2 (1 + 0.1s )
    ==     Gc ( s ) = 1 
TL ( s ) r =0
s (1 + 0.01s )(1 + 0.1s ) + 20 K

          For   TL ( s ) = 1 / s  

1
      lim y ( t ) = lim sY ( s ) = ≤ 0.01 Thus K ≥ 10  
t →∞ s→ 0 10 K

  (b)  Performance of Uncompensated System.     K = 10,   Gc ( s ) = 1 

9‐149 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

200
               G(s) =  
s (1 + 0.01s )(1 + 0.1s )

         The Bode diagram of  G ( jω )  is shown below.  The system is unstable.  The attributes of the  

         frequency response are:     PM = −9.65 deg     GM = −5.19 dB. 

            (c)  Single‐stage Phase‐lead Controller Design 

          To realize a phase margin of 30 degrees,  a = 14 and  T = 0.00348. 

1 + aTs 1 + 0.0487 s
        Gc ( s ) = =  
1 + Ts 1 + 0.00348 s

          The Bode diagram of the phase‐lead compensated system is shown below.  The performance 

          attributes are:   PM = 30 deg  GM = 10.66 dB     M r = 1.95      BW = 131.6 rad/sec. 

           (d)  Two‐stage Phase‐lead Controller Design 

200 (1 + 0.0487 s )
          Starting with the forward‐path transfer function  G ( s ) =  
s (1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.01s )(1 + 0.00348 s )

          The problem becomes that of designing a single‐stage phase‐lead controller.  For a phase margin 

          or 55 degrees,  a = 7.385  and  T = 0.00263.  The transfer function of the second‐stage controller is 

         

1 + aTs 1 + 0.01845 s
        Gc1 ( s ) = =    
1 + Ts 1 + 0.00263 s

9‐150 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

200 (1 + 0.0487 s )(1 + 0.01845 s )


          Thus  G(s) =  
s (1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.01s )(1 + 0.00348 s )(1 + 0.00263s )

          The Bode diagram is shown on the following page.  The following frequency‐response attributes 

          are obtained: 

    PM = 55 deg  GM = 12.94 dB       M r = 111


.   BW = 256.57 rad/sec          

          

Bode Plot  [parts (b), (c), and (d)] 

9‐151 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

   

9‐152 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

  9‐63  (a)  Two‐stage Phase‐lead Controller Design. 

         The uncompensated system is unstable.  PM = −43.25 deg  and  GM = −18.66 dB. 

         With a single‐stage phase‐lead controller, the maximum phase margin that can be realized affectively 

          is 12 degrees.  Setting the desired PM at 11 deg, we have the parameters of the single‐stage phase‐ 

          lead controller as  a = 128.2  and  T1 = 0.00472 .  The transfer function of the single‐stage controller 

1 + aT1 s 1 + 0.6057 s
          is               Gc1 ( s ) = =  
1 + T1 s 1 + 0.00472 s

          Starting with the single‐stage‐controller compensated system, the second stage of the phase‐lead 

          controller is designed to realize a phase margin of 60 degrees.  The parameters of the second‐stage 

          controller are:  b = 16.1  and  T2 = 0.0066 .  Thus, 

1 + bT2 s 1 + 0.106 s
                  Gc 2 ( s ) = =  
1 + T2 s 1 + 0.0066 s

1 + 0.6057 s 1 + 0.106 s
      Gc ( s ) = Gc1 ( s )Gc 2 ( s ) =  
1 + 0.00472 s 1 + 0.0066 s

          Forward‐path Transfer Function: 

1, 236, 598.6 ( s + 1.651)( s + 9.39 )


      G ( s ) = Gc1 ( s )Gc 2 ( s )G p ( s ) =  
s ( s + 2)( s + 5 )( s + 211.86 )( s + 151.5 )

          Attributes of the frequency response of the compensated system are: 

              GM = 19.1 dB  PM = 60 deg  M r = 1.08   BW = 65.11 rad/sec 

          The unit‐step response is plotted below.  The time‐response attributes are: 

               Maximum overshoot = 10.2%  t s = 0.1212  sec         t r = 0.037  sec 

9‐153 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

           (b)  Single‐stage Phase‐lag Controller Design. 

          With a single‐stage phase‐lag controller, for a phase margin of 60 degrees,  a = 0.0108 and T = 1483.8. 

          The controller transfer function is 

1 + 16.08 s
          Gc ( s ) =  
1 + 1483.8 s

          The forward‐path transfer function is 

G ( s ) = Gc ( s )G p ( s ) =
β γ  
6.5 s + 0.0662

s + 2γ
βs + 5γβs + 0.000674γ
       

          From the Bode plot, the following frequency‐response attributes are obtained: 

    PM = 60 deg  GM = 20.27 dB     M r = 1.09   BW = 1.07 rad/sec 

   

          The unit‐step response has a long rise time and settling time.  The attributes are: 

    Maximum overshoot = 12.5%  t s = 12.6 sec t r = 2.126  sec 

          (c)  Lead‐lag Controller Design. 

       For the lead‐lag controller, we first design the phase‐lag portion for a 40‐degree phase margin.  

       The result is  a = 0.0238  and  T1 = 350 .  The transfer function of the controller is 

1 + 8.333 s
          Gc1 ( s ) =  
1 + 350 s

       The phase‐lead portion is designed to yield a total phase margin of 60 degrees. The result is  

       b = 4.8  and   T2 = 0.2245. The transfer function of the phase‐lead controller is 

1 + 1076
. s
          Gc 2 ( s ) =  
1 + 0.2245s

9‐154 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
        The forward‐path transfer function of the lead‐lag compensated system is 

68.63 ( s + 0.12 )( s + 0.929 )


        G(s) =  
s ( s + 2 )( s + 5 )( s + 0.00286 )( s + 4.454 )

        Frequency‐response attributes:  PM = 60 deg     GM = 13.07 dB      M r = 1.05       BW = 3.83 rad/sec 

        Unit‐step response attributes:     Maximum overshoot = 5.9%       t s = 1512
. sec t r = 0.7882 sec  

  Unit‐step Responses. 

         

9‐64  (a)  The uncompensated system has the following frequency‐domain attributes: 

    PM = 3.87 deg  GM = 1 dB  M r = 7.73         BW = 4.35 rad/sec 

          The Bode plot of  G p ( jω )  shows that the phase curve drops off sharply, so that the phase‐lead 

          controller would not be very effective. Consider a single‐stage phase‐lag controller. The phase 

9‐155 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
          margin of 60 degrees is realized if the gain crossover is moved from 2.8 rad/sec to 0.8 rad/sec. 

          The attenuation of the phase‐lag controller at high frequencies is approximately −15 dB.   

          Choosing an attenuation of −17.5 dB,  we calculate the value of a from 

        20 log10 a = −17.5  dB                   Thus  a = 0.1334 

           The upper corner frequency of the phase‐lag controller is chosen to be at 1/aT = 0.064 rad/sec. 

           Thus,   1/T = 0.00854  or  T = 117.13.  The transfer function of the phase‐lag controller is 

1 + 15.63 s
          Gc ( s ) =  
1 + 117.13

           The forward‐path transfer function is 

5 (1 + 15.63s )(1 − 0.05 s )


      G ( s ) = Gc ( s ) G p ( s ) =  
s (1 + 0.1s )(1 + 0.5 s )(1 + 117.13s )(1 + 0.05 s )

           From the Bode plot of  G ( jω ) , the following frequency‐domain attributes are obtained: 

    PM = 60 deg  GM = 18.2 dB  M r = 1.08      BW = 1.13 rad/sec 

   

           The unit‐step response attributes are:   

    maximum overshoot = 10.7%      t s = 10.1 sec t r = 2.186 sec    

          

 Bode Plots 

9‐156 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐157 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
   

9‐64  (b)  Using the exact expression of the time delay, the same design holds.  The time and frequency domain 

         attributes are not much affected. 

9‐65  (a)  Uncompensated System. 

10
         Forward‐path Transfer Function:  G(s) =  
(1 + s )(1 + 10 s )(1 + 2 s )(1 + 5s )
         The Bode plot of  G ( jω )  is shown below.           

         The performance attributes are:       PM = −10.64 deg      GM = −2.26 dB      

         The uncompensated system is unstable. 

            (b)  PI Controller Design. 

10 ( K p s + K I )
         Forward‐path Transfer Function:  G (s) =  
s (1 + s )(1 + 10 s )(1 + 2 s )(1 + 5 s )

         Ramp‐error Constant:  K v = lim sG ( s ) = 10 K I = 0.1 Thus K I = 0.01 


s→ 0

0.1 (1 + 100 K P s )
        G ( s) =  
s (1 + s )(1 + 10 s )(1 + 2 s )(1 + 5 s )

         The following frequency‐domain attributes are obtained for various values of  K P . 

           KP            PM         GM          Mr         BW 

           (deg)          (dB)        (rad/sec) 

         0.01           24.5          5.92         2.54         0.13 

         0.02           28.24          7.43         2.15         0.13 

         0.05           38.84        11.76         1.52         0.14 

9‐158 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

         0.10           50.63        12.80         1.17         0.17 

         0.12           52.87        12.23         1.13         0.18 

         0.15           53.28        11.22         1.14         0.21 

         0.16           52.83        10.88         1.16         0.22 

         0.17           51.75        10.38         1.18         0.23 

         0.20           49.08          9.58         1.29         0.25 

          The phase margin is maximum at 53.28 degrees when  K P = 0.15. 

          The forward‐path transfer function of the compensated system is 

0.1 (1 + 15 s )
        G ( s) =  
s (1 + s )(1 + 10 s )(1 + 5 s )(1 + 2 s )

          The attributes of the frequency response are: 

    PM = 53.28 deg      GM = 11.22 dB  M r = 114


.   BW = 0.21 rad/sec 

          The attributes of the unit‐step response are: 

    Maximum overshoot = 14.1%  t r = 10.68 sec t s = 48 sec  

           

Bode Plots 

9‐159 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

   

9‐160 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐65  (c)  Time‐domain Design of PI Controller. 

         By setting   K I = 0.01 and varying  K P  we found that the value of  K P  that minimizes the maximum 

         overshoot of the unit‐step response is also 0.15.  Thus, the unit‐step response obtained in part (b) 

         is still applicable for this case. 

9‐66  Closed‐loop System Transfer Function. 

Y (s) 1
      =  
s + ( 4 + k3 ) s + ( 3 + k 2 + k3 ) s + k1
3 2
R(s)

             For zero steady‐state error to a step input,  k1 = 1.  For the complex roots to be located at −1 +j and −1 − j,  

2
             we divide the characteristic polynomial by  s + 2 s + 2  and solve for zero remainder. 

s + ( 2 + k2 )

s + 2 s + 2 s + ( 4 + k3 ) s + ( 3 + k 2 + k3 ) s + 1
2 3 2

   
s + + 2s
3 2
2s

(2 + k ) s
3
2
+ (1 + k 2 + k 3 ) s + 1

(2 + k ) s
3
2
+ ( 4 + 2 k3 ) s + 4 + 2 k3
                  
( -3+k 2
− k3 ) s − 3 − 2k3

             For zero remainder,   − 3 − 2 k3 = 0 Thus k3 = −15


.  

        −3 + k 2 − k3 = 0 Thus k 2 = 15
.  

             The third root is at −0.5.  Not all the roots can be arbitrarily assigned, due to the requirement on the  

             steady‐state error. 

   

9‐161 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 9 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

9‐67  (a)  Open‐loop Transfer Function. 

X 1 (s) k3
      G ( s) = =  
s ⎡⎣ s + ( 4 + k 2 ) s + 3 + k1 + k 2 ⎤⎦
2
E (s)

             Since the system is type 1, the steady‐state error due to a step input is zero for all values of  k1 , k 2 , and k3  

             that correspond to a stable system. The characteristic equation of the closed‐loop system is 

s + ( 4 + k 2 ) s + ( 3 + k1 + k 2 ) s + k 3 = 0  
3 2
       

             For the roots to be at  −1 + j,  −1 − j,  and  −10, the equation should be: 

3 2
                 s + 12 s + 22 s + 20 = 0  

             Equating like coefficients of the last two equations, we have 

        4 + k 2 = 12            Thus k2 = 8  

                                                      3 + k1 + k 2 = 22            Thus k1 = 11 

                             k3 = 20           Thus        k3 = 20 

            (b)  Open‐loop Transfer Function. 

Y (s) Gc ( s ) 20 20 ( s + 1)( s + 3 )
    = =        Thus          Gc ( s ) =  
E ( s) ( s + 1)( s + 3 ) (
s s + 12 s + 22
2
) (
s s + 12 s + 22
2
)
 

9‐162 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Chapter 10_________________________________________________________________________
dy
10-1)    (a)  State variables:  x1 = y, x 2 =  
dt

      State equations:        Output equation: 

⎡ dx1 ⎤
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎡ 0 1 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤
       ⎢ ⎥=⎢ ⎥ ⎢ x ⎥ + ⎢5 ⎥ r       y = [1 0] ⎢ ⎥ = x1  
⎢ 2⎥
dx ⎣ − 1 − 4 ⎦⎣ 2⎦ ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ x2 ⎦
⎢⎣ dt ⎥⎦

2
dy d y
          (b)  State variables:  x1 = y, x 2 = , x3 = 2
 
dt dt

      State equations:        Output equation: 

⎡ dx1 ⎤
⎢ dt ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎡0 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤
     ⎢ ⎢
⎥= 0 1 ⎥ ⎢ x2 ⎥ + ⎢ 0 ⎥ r   y = [1 0 0 ] ⎢ x2 ⎥ = x1  
dx 2
  0  
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ dx ⎥ ⎣ ⎢ −1 −2.5 − 1.5 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ x3 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 0.5⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ x3 ⎥⎦
⎢ 3⎥
⎣⎢ dt ⎦⎥
2
dx1 dy d y

t
          (c)  State variables:  x1 = y (τ ) dτ , x2 = , x3 = , x4 = 2
 
0
dt dt dt

     State equations:        Output equation: 

⎡ x&1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 0 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤
⎢ x& ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 1 0 ⎥ ⎢ x ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥ ⎢x ⎥
    ⎢ ⎥ = ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ 2 ⎥ + ⎢ ⎥ r    y = [1 0 0 0 ] ⎢ ⎥ = x1  
2 2
 
⎢ x&3 ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 0 1 ⎥ ⎢ x3 ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥ ⎢ x3 ⎥
⎢& ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ x4 ⎦ ⎣ −1 −1 −3 −5⎦ ⎣ x4 ⎦ ⎣1 ⎦ ⎣ x4 ⎦
2 3
dy d y d y
          (d)  State variables:  x1 = y, x 2 = , x3 = 2
, x4 = 3
 
dt dt dt

     State equations:        Output equation: 

⎡ x&1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 0 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤
⎡0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤
⎢ x& ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 1 0 ⎥ ⎢ x ⎥ ⎢0 ⎥ ⎢x ⎥
    ⎢ ⎥ = ⎢ ⎥⎢ 2⎥+ ⎢ ⎥r   y = [1 0 0 0 ] ⎢ ⎥ = x1  
2 2
   
⎢ x&3 ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 0 1 ⎥ ⎢ x3 ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥ ⎢ x3 ⎥
⎢& ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ x4 ⎦ ⎣ −1 −2.5 0 −1.5 ⎦ ⎣ x4 ⎦ ⎣ 1 ⎦ ⎣ x4 ⎦

10‐1 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

10-2) a)

Ö 3 2 3

Ö 3
Let
3 3
Then Ö  
2 3 2 3

If and , then

3
2 3
or
3 1 1
2 0 3

1 0

b)

Ö 6 11 6 6

Ö 6
Let X s , therefore 11
and Let , then 6 6 . As a result:
6
11
6 6
or
6
11
6 6
If , , then
6 1 0 0
11 0 1 0 u
6 0 0 6

10‐2 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

1 0 0

c)

Ö 7 12 2

Ö 7
Let , then 12 2 . As a result:
7
12 2
Let and , then
7 1 1
12 0 2
1 0

d)

Ö 4 39 108 11

Ö 4

Let X s , then
39
Now, let , therefore
sX s 39Y s X s U s
11 35 250
sX s 108Y s U s
s s
Let X s U s , then 11
Let X s , or 35
Let , then 250 . If , then:
4
39
108
11
35 36
250
10‐3 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
or
4 1 0 0 0 0 0
39 0 1 0 0 0 1
108 0 0 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 1 0 11
0 0 0 0 0 1 35
0 0 0 0 0 0 250

10-3) (a) Alternatively use equations (10-225), (10-232) and (10-233)

3
3 2

The state variables are defined as 

x1 ( t ) = y ( t )
dy ( t )
x2 ( t ) =   
dt

Then the state equations are represented by the vector‐matrix equation 

dx ( t )
= Ax ( t ) + Bu ( t )    
dt

where x(t) is the 2 × 1 state vector, u(t) the scalar input, and 

⎡0 1⎤ ⎡ 3⎤
A=⎢ ⎥ B=⎢ ⎥
⎣ −2 −3⎦ ⎣1⎦   (Also see section 2‐3‐3 or 10‐6) 
C = [1 0] D=0

G ( s ) = C ( sI − A ) B + D  
−1

10‐4 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
MATLAB

>> clear all

>> syms s

>> A=[0,1;-2,-3]

A=

0 1

-2 -3

>> B=[0;1]

B=

>> C=[3,1]

C=

3 1

>> s*eye(2)-A

ans =

[ s, -1]

[ 2, s+3]

>> inv(ans)

ans =

[ (s+3)/(s^2+3*s+2), 1/(s^2+3*s+2)]

[ -2/(s^2+3*s+2), s/(s^2+3*s+2)]

>> C*ans*B

ans =

3/(s^2+3*s+2)+s/(s^2+3*s+2)
10‐5 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Use ACSYS as demonstrate in section 10-19-2

1) Activate MATLAB
2) Go to the folder containing ACSYS
3) Type in Acsys
4) Click the “Transfer Function Symbolic” pushbutton
5) Enter the transfer function
6) Use the “State Space” option as shown below:

You get the next window. Enter the A,B,C, and D values.

10‐6 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

-------------------------------------------------------------

State Space Analysis

-------------------------------------------------------------

Inputs:

A=| 0 1| B=|0|

|-2 -3| |1|

C=|3 1| D=|0|

State Space Representation:

Dx = | 0 1|x + |0|u

|-2 -3| |1|

10‐7 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
y = |3 1|x + |0|u

Determinant of (s*I-A):

s +3s+2

Characteristic Equation of the Transfer Function:

s +3s+2

The eigen values of A and poles of the Transfer Function are:

-1

-2

Inverse of (s*I-A) is:

[ s+3 1 ]

[ ------------ ------------]

[ 2 2 ]

[s +3s+2 s + 3 s + 2]

[ ]

[ 2 s ]

[- ------------ ------------]

[ 2 2 ]

[ s +3s+2 s + 3 s + 2]

State transition matrix (phi) of A:

[ 2 exp(-t) - exp(-2 t) exp(-t) - exp(-2 t) ]

[ ]

[-2 exp(-t) + 2 exp(-2 t) -exp(-t) + 2 exp(-2 t)]

Transfer function between u(t)and y(t) is:


10‐8 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
s+3

------------

s +3s+2

No Initial Conditions Specified

States (X) in Laplace Domain:

[ 1 ]

[---------------]

[(s + 2) (s + 1)]

[ ]

[ s ]

[---------------]

[(s + 2) (s + 1)]

Inverse Laplace x(t):

[ exp(-t) - exp(-2 t) ]

[ ]

[-exp(-t) + 2 exp(-2 t)]

Output Y(s):

s+3

---------------

(s + 2) (s + 1)

Inverse Laplace y(t):

2 exp(-t) - exp(-2 t)

10‐9 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Use the same procedure for parts b, c and d.

10-4) a) x Î 2 ,Î 2

Î Î
.
Î 0.5 Î 0.5

Î Î

As a result:
2 0 0 1 1
0.5 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0
1 0 1 0 0

1 1 1 0

b) Î 2 Î 2

Î 4 3 Î 4 3 2 3

Î 6 Î

As a result:
2 0 0 1
2 3 0 1
1 1 6 0

1 0 1

c) Î 5 Î 5

Î 2 Î 2

Î 4 Î 4
10‐10 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Î 2 Î 2

As a result:
5 0 0 0 1
1 2 1 0 1 u
0 1 4 0 0
0 0 2 0 0

0 1 0 1

10-5) We shall first show that 
2
I A 1 A
Φ ( s ) = ( sI − A ) =
−1
      + 2
+ 2
+L 
s s 2! s

  We multiply both sides of the equation by  ( sI − A ) , and we get I = I.  Taking the inverse Laplace transform  

  on both sides of the equation gives the desired relationship for φ ( t ) . 

10-6)

(a) USE MATLAB 
Amat=[0 1;-2 -1]
[mA,nA]=size(Amat);
rankA=rank(Amat);
disp(' Characteristic Polynomial: ')
chareq=poly(Amat);
[mchareq,nchareq]=size(chareq);
syms s;
poly2sym(chareq,s)
[evecss,eigss]=eig(Amat);
disp(' Eigenvalues of A = Diagonal Canonical Form of A is:');
Abar=eigss,
disp('Eigen Vectors are ')
T=evecss
% state transition matrix
ilaplace(inv([s 0;0 s]-Amat))

Results in MATLAB COMMAND LINE


Amat = 

     0     1 
10‐11 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
    ‐2    ‐1 

 Characteristic Polynomial:  

ans = 

s^2+s+2 

 Eigenvalues of A = Diagonal Canonical Form of A is: 

Abar = 

  ‐0.5000 + 1.3229i        0           

      0            ‐0.5000 ‐ 1.3229i 

Eigen Vectors are   

T = 

  ‐0.2041 ‐ 0.5401i  ‐0.2041 + 0.5401i 

   0.8165             0.8165 

phi=ilaplace(inv([s 0;0 s]‐Amat)) 

phi = 

 [ 1/7*exp(‐1/2*t)*(7*cos(1/2*7^(1/2)*t)+7^(1/2)*sin(1/2*7^(1/2)*t)),       2/7*7^(1/2)*exp(‐
1/2*t)*sin(1/2*7^(1/2)*t)] 

[‐4/7*7^(1/2)*exp(‐1/2*t)*sin(1/2*7^(1/2)*t),                          1/7*exp(‐1/2*t)*(7*cos(1/2*7^(1/2)*t)‐
7^(1/2)*sin(1/2*7^(1/2)*t))] 

% use vpa to convert to digital format. Use digit(#) to adjust level of precision if necessary. 

vpa(phi) 

 ans = 

 [ .1428571*exp( .5000000*t)*(7.*cos(1.322876*t)+2.645751*sin(1.322876*t)),                                

.7559289*exp(‐.5000000*t)*sin(1.322876*t)] 

[ ‐1.511858*exp(‐.5000000*t)*sin(1.322876*t),  
10‐12 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
.1428571*exp(‐.5000000*t)*(7.*cos(1.322876*t)‐2.645751*sin(1.322876*t))] 

ANALYTICAL SOLUTION: 

2
Characteristic equation:     Δ( s ) = sI − A = s + s + 2 = 0  

    Eigenvalues:     s = −0.5 + j1323


. , − 0.5 − j1323
.  

    State transition matrix: 

⎡ cos1.323t + 0.378 sin 1.323t 0.756 sin 1.323t ⎤ −0.5 t


φ (t ) = ⎢
−1.069 sin (1.323t − 69.3 ) ⎥⎦
      e  
−1.512 sin 1.323t
o

Alternatively

USE ACSYS as illustrated in section 10-19-1


1) Activate MATLAB
2) Go to the folder containing ACSYS
3) Type in Acsys
4) Click the “State Space” pushbutton
5) Enter the A,B,C, and D values. Note C must be entered here and must have the same number of
columns as A. We us [1,1] arbitrarily as it will not affect the eigenvalues.
6) Use the “Calculate/Display” menu and find the eigenvalues.

10‐13 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

From MATLAB Command Window: 

The A matrix is: 

Amat = 

     0     1 

    ‐2    ‐1 

10‐14 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 Characteristic Polynomial:  

ans = 

s^2+s+2 

 Eigenvalues of A = Diagonal Canonical Form of A is:  

Abar = 

  ‐0.5000 + 1.3229i        0           

        0            ‐0.5000 ‐ 1.3229i 

 Eigen Vectors are   

T = 

  ‐0.2041 ‐ 0.5401i  ‐0.2041 + 0.5401i 

   0.8165             0.8165           

THE REST ARE SAME AS PART A. 
2
         (b)  Characteristic equation:     Δ( s ) = sI − A = s + 5s + 4 = 0             Eigenvalues:     s = −4, − 1 

     State transition matrix: 

⎡ 1.333e − t − 0.333e −4 t −t
0.333e − 0.333e ⎤−4 t

      φ (t ) = ⎢ −t −4 t −t ⎥ −4 t
⎣ −1.333e − 1.333e −0.333e + 1.333e ⎦

         (c)  Characteristic equation:     Δ ( s ) = ( s + 3 ) = 0   Eigenvalues:      s = −3, − 3 


2

    State transition matrix: 

⎡ e −3t 0 ⎤
        φ (t ) = ⎢ −3 t ⎥ 
⎣0 e ⎦

Eigenvalues:     s = −3, 3  
2
         (d)  Characteristic equation:     Δ( s ) = s − 9 = 0  

     State transition matrix: 

⎡ e3t 0 ⎤
        φ (t ) = ⎢ −3 t ⎥ 
⎣0 e ⎦

10‐15 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Eigenvalues:     s = j 2, − j 2  
2
          (e)  Characteristic equation:     Δ( s ) = s + 4 = 0  

     State transition matrix: 

⎡ cos 2t sin 2t ⎤
        φ (t ) = ⎢ ⎥ 
⎣ − sin 2t cos 2t ⎦

Eigenvalues:     s = −1, − 2, − 2  
3 2
         (f)  Characteristic equation:     Δ( s ) = s + 5 s + 8 s + 4 = 0  

     State transition matrix: 

⎡e − t 0 0 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
φ (t ) = 0
−2 t −2 t
       
⎢ e te
⎥ 
⎢⎣ 0 0 e ⎥⎦
−2 t

         (g)  Characteristic equation:     Δ( s ) = s + 15 s + 75 s + 125 = 0         Eigenvalues:    s = −5, − 5, − 5  


3 2

⎡ e −5 t te
−5 t
0 ⎤
⎢ ⎥
φ (t ) = 0
−5 t −5 t
       
⎢ e te
⎥ 
⎢⎣ 0 0 e ⎥⎦
−5 t

State transition equation:   x(t ) = φ (t ) x(t ) + ∫ φ (t − τ )Br (τ ) dτ


t
φ (t )  for each part is given in Problem 5‐3. 
0

10-7)In MATLAB USE ilaplace to find L−1 ⎡⎣( sI − A ) BR ( s ) ⎤⎦ see previous problem for codes.
−1

           (a)   

⎧ 1 ⎡ s + 1 1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 ⎤ ⎡1⎤ 1 ⎫
∫ φ (t − τ )Br (τ )dτ = L ⎡⎣( sI − A ) BR ( s ) ⎤⎦ = L ⎨
t −1
−1 −1

⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎬
0
⎩ Δ ( s ) ⎣ −2 s ⎦ ⎣1 0 ⎦ ⎣1⎦ s ⎭
⎡ s+2 ⎤
         ⎢ s ( s2 + s + 2) ⎥  
⎥=⎡
1 + 0.378 sin 1.323t − cos1.323t ⎤
=L ⎢
−1
t≥0
⎢ s−2 ⎥ ⎢⎣ −1 + 1.134 sin 1.323t + cos1.323t ⎥⎦
⎢ s s2 + s + 2 ⎥
⎣ ( )⎦

10‐16 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
        (b)      
⎧ 1 ⎡ s + 5 1 ⎤ ⎡1⎤ ⎡1⎤ 1 ⎫
∫ φ (t − τ )Br (τ )dτ = L ⎡⎣( sI − A ) BR ( s ) ⎤⎦ = L ⎨
t −1
−1 −1

⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎬
0
⎩ Δ ( s ) ⎣ −4 s ⎦ ⎣1⎦ ⎣1⎦ s ⎭
⎡ s+6 ⎤ ⎡ 1.5 − 1.67 + 0.167 ⎤  
⎢ s ( s + 1)( s + 2) ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎡ 1.5 − 1.67e − t + 0.167e −4 t ⎤
=L ⎢
−1
⎥ = L−1 ⎢ s s + 1 s + 4 ⎥ = ⎢ ⎥ t≥0
⎢ s−4 ⎥ ⎢ −1 + 1.67 − 0.667 ⎥ ⎣ −1 + 1.67e − 0.667e − 4t ⎦
−t

⎢⎣ s ( s + 1)( s + 4) ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ s s + 1 s + 4 ⎥⎦

        (c) 

⎧⎡ 1 0
⎤ ⎫
⎪⎢
−1 ⎪ s + 3
⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤ 1 ⎪⎪
∫0 φ (t − τ )Br (τ )dτ = L ⎡⎣( sI − A ) BR( s) ⎤⎦ = L ⎨ ⎢
t −1
−1
⎥ ⎬
⎪⎢ 0 1 ⎥ ⎢⎣ 1 ⎥⎦ s ⎪
       ⎪⎩⎣⎢ s + 3 ⎦⎥ ⎭⎪  
⎡ 0 ⎤
=L ⎢
−1 ⎥=⎡ 0 ⎤
t≥0

1 ⎢ −3 t ⎥
⎥ 0.333 (1 − e ) ⎦
⎢⎣ s ( s + 3 ) ⎥⎦ ⎣

        (d) 

⎧⎡ 1 0
⎤ ⎫
⎪⎢
−1 ⎪ s − 3
⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤ 1 ⎪⎪
∫0 ⎡ ( ) ⎤
t −1
φ τ τ τ L L
−1
− = ⎣ − ⎦ = ⎨⎢ ⎥ ⎬
1 ⎥ ⎢⎣ 1 ⎥⎦ s ⎪
( t ) B r ( ) d s I A B R ( s )
⎪⎢ 0
    ⎪⎢
⎩⎣ s + 3 ⎦⎥ ⎭⎪  
⎡ 0 ⎤
=L ⎢
−1 ⎥=⎡ 0 ⎤
t≥0
⎥ ⎣ 0.333 (1 − e −3t ) ⎥⎦

1

⎣⎢ s ( s + 3 ) ⎦⎥

         (e)   

⎧⎡ 1 2
⎤ ⎫
⎪⎢ 2
−1 ⎪ s + 4
⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤ 1 ⎪⎪
∫0 ⎡ ( ) ⎤
t −1
φ τ τ τ
−1
− = L ⎣ − ⎦ = L ⎨⎢ ⎥ ⎬
s ⎥ ⎢⎣ 1 ⎥⎦ s ⎪
( t ) B r ( ) d s I A B R ( s )
⎪ ⎢ −2
⎪⎢ s 2 + 4
⎩⎣ s + 4 ⎦⎥
2
⎪⎭
     
⎡ 2 ⎤
⎢ s ⎥ ⎡ 2 ⎤
=L ⎢ ⎥=⎢
−1
t ≥0

⎢ 1 ⎥ ⎣ 0.5 sin 2t ⎦
⎢⎣ ( s 2 + 4 ) ⎥⎦

         (f) 

10‐17 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
⎧⎡ 1 ⎤ ⎫
⎪⎢ 0 0 ⎥ ⎪
⎪⎢ s + 1 ⎥ ⎡0 ⎤ ⎪
−1 ⎪ ⎢ 1 1 ⎥ ⎢1 ⎥ 1 ⎪
∫0 φ (t − τ )Br (τ )dτ = L ⎡⎣( sI − A ) BR( s ) ⎤⎦ = L ⎨ ⎢ 0
t −1
−1
    2 ⎥ ⎬  
⎪⎢ s+2 ( s + 2) ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ s ⎪
⎪⎢ ⎣⎢ 0 ⎦⎥ ⎪
1 ⎥
⎪ 0 ⎪
⎩⎣⎢ ⎥
0
s+2 ⎦ ⎭

⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ ⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤
      =L ⎢
−1 1 ⎢ −2 t ⎥
⎥ = 0.5 (1 − e ) t ≥ 0 
⎢ s ( s + 2) ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎣⎢ 0 ⎦⎥
⎣ 0 ⎦

         (g) 

⎧⎡ 1 1
0
⎤ ⎫
⎪⎢ s + 5 ( s + 5) 2 ⎥ ⎪
⎪⎢ ⎥ ⎡0⎤ ⎪
−1 ⎪⎢ 1 1 ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ 1⎪
       ∫0 φ (t − τ )Br (τ ) dτ = L ⎡⎣( sI − A ) BR ( s ) ⎤⎦ = L ⎨ ⎢ 0
t −1
−1
  2 ⎥
0 ⎬  
⎪⎢ s+5 ( s + 5) ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ s ⎪
⎢⎣1 ⎥⎦
⎪⎢ 1 ⎥ ⎪
⎪⎢ 0 0 ⎥ ⎪
⎩⎣ s+5 ⎦ ⎭

     

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0
⎥ ⎢
0
⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤
−1
⎢ 1 ⎥ −1 ⎢ 0.04 0.04 0.2 ⎥ ⎢ −5 t −5 t ⎥
=L ⎢ =L
    2 ⎥ ⎢ s − s + 5 − ( s + 5 )2 ⎥ = ⎢ 0.04 − 0.04e − 0.2te ⎥ u s (t )  
⎢ s ( s + 5) ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢⎣ 0.2 − 0.2e
−5 t
⎥⎦
⎢ 1 ⎥ ⎢ 0.2 0.2 ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢⎣ − ⎥⎦
⎢⎣ s ( s + 5 ) ⎥⎦ s s+5

10-8) State transition equation:   x(t ) = φ (t ) x(t ) + ∫0 φ (t − τ )Br (τ ) dτ φ (t )  for each part is given in Problem 5‐3. 


t

           (a)   

10‐18 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
⎧ 1 ⎡ s + 1 1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 ⎤ ⎡1⎤ 1 ⎫
∫ φ (t − τ )Br (τ )dτ = L ⎡⎣( sI − A ) BR ( s ) ⎤⎦ = L ⎨
t −1
−1 −1

⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎬
0
⎩ Δ ( s ) ⎣ −2 s ⎦ ⎣1 0 ⎦ ⎣1⎦ s ⎭
⎡ s+2 ⎤
         ⎢ s ( s + s + 2) ⎥
2  
⎥=⎡
1 + 0.378 sin 1.323t − cos1.323t ⎤
=L ⎢
−1
t≥0
⎢ s−2 ⎥ ⎣ −1 + 1.134 sin1.323t + cos1.323t ⎥⎦

⎢ s s2 + s + 2 ⎥
⎣ ( )⎦
        (b)      
⎧ 1 ⎡ s + 5 1 ⎤ ⎡1⎤ ⎡1⎤ 1 ⎫
∫ φ (t − τ )Br (τ ) dτ = L ⎡⎣( sI − A ) BR ( s ) ⎤⎦ = L ⎨
t −1
−1 −1

⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎬
0
⎩ Δ ( s ) ⎣ −4 s ⎦ ⎣1⎦ ⎣1⎦ s ⎭
⎡ s+6 ⎤ ⎡ 1.5 − 1.67 + 0.167 ⎤  
⎢ s ( s + 1)( s + 2) ⎥ ⎢ s s + 1 s + 4 ⎥ ⎡ 1.5 − 1.67e − t + 0.167e −4 t ⎤
=L ⎢ ⎥=L ⎢
−1 −1
⎥=⎢ ⎥ t≥0
⎢ s−4 ⎥ ⎢ −1 + 1.67 − 0.667 ⎥ ⎣ −1 + 1.67e − 0.667e − 4t ⎦
−t

⎢⎣ s ( s + 1)( s + 4) ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ s s + 1 s + 4 ⎦⎥

        (c) 

⎧⎡ 1 0
⎤ ⎫
⎪⎢
−1 ⎪ s + 3
⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤ 1 ⎪⎪
∫0 ⎡ ( ) ⎤
t −1
φ τ τ τ L L
−1
− = ⎣ − ⎦ = ⎨⎢ ⎥ ⎬
1 ⎥ ⎢⎣ 1 ⎥⎦ s ⎪
( t ) B r ( ) d s I A B R ( s )
⎪⎢ 0
       ⎪⎢
⎩⎣ s + 3 ⎦⎥ ⎭⎪  
⎡ 0 ⎤
=L ⎢
−1 ⎥=⎡ 0 ⎤
t≥0

1 ⎢ −3 t ⎥
⎥ ⎣ 0.333 (1 − e ) ⎦
⎣⎢ s ( s + 3 ) ⎦⎥

        (d) 

⎧⎡ 1 0
⎤ ⎫
⎪⎢
−1 ⎪ s − 3
⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤ 1 ⎪⎪
∫0 φ (t − τ )Br (τ )dτ = L ⎣⎡( sI − A ) BR( s ) ⎦⎤ = L ⎨ ⎢
t −1
−1
⎥ ⎬
⎪⎢ 0 1 ⎥ ⎢⎣ 1 ⎥⎦ s ⎪
    ⎪⎢
⎩⎣ s + 3 ⎦⎥ ⎭⎪  
⎡ 0 ⎤
=L ⎢
−1 ⎥=⎡ 0 ⎤
t≥0

1 ⎢ −3 t ⎥
⎥ 0.333 (1 − e ) ⎦
⎢⎣ s ( s + 3 ) ⎥⎦ ⎣

         (e)   

10‐19 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
⎧⎡ 1 2
⎤ ⎫
⎪⎢ 2
−1 ⎪ s + 4
⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤ 1 ⎪⎪
∫0 ⎡ ( ) ⎤
t −1
φ τ τ τ
−1
− = L ⎣ − ⎦ = L ⎨⎢ ⎥ ⎬
s ⎥ ⎢⎣ 1 ⎥⎦ s ⎪
( t ) B r ( ) d s I A B R ( s )
⎪ ⎢ −2
⎪⎢ s 2 + 4
⎩⎣ s + 4 ⎦⎥
2
⎪⎭
     
⎡ 2 ⎤
⎢ s ⎥ ⎡ 2 ⎤
=L ⎢ ⎥=⎢
−1
t ≥0

⎢ 1 ⎥ ⎣ 0.5 sin 2t ⎦
⎢⎣ ( s + 4 ) ⎥⎦
2

         (f) 

⎧⎡ 1 ⎤ ⎫
⎪⎢ 0 0 ⎥ ⎪
⎪⎢ s + 1 ⎥ ⎡0 ⎤ ⎪
−1 ⎪ ⎢ 1 1 ⎥ ⎢1 ⎥ 1 ⎪
∫0 φ (t − τ )Br (τ )dτ = L ⎡⎣( sI − A ) BR( s ) ⎤⎦ = L ⎨ ⎢ 0
t −1
−1
    2 ⎥ ⎬  
⎪⎢ s+2 ( s + 2) ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ s ⎪
⎢⎣ 0 ⎥⎦
⎪⎢ 1 ⎥ ⎪
⎪ 0 ⎪
⎩⎣⎢ ⎥
0
s+2 ⎦ ⎭

⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ ⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤
      =L
−1
⎢ 1
⎥ ⎢ −2 t ⎥
= 0.5 (1 − e ) t ≥ 0 
⎢ s ( s + 2) ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎣⎢ 0 ⎥⎦
⎣ 0 ⎦

         (g) 

⎧⎡ 1 1
0
⎤ ⎫
⎪⎢ s + 5 ( s + 5) 2 ⎥ ⎪
⎪⎢ ⎥ ⎡0⎤ ⎪
−1 ⎪⎢ 1 1 ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ 1⎪
       ∫0 φ (t − τ )Br (τ ) dτ = L ⎡⎣( sI − A ) BR ( s ) ⎤⎦ = L ⎨ ⎢ 0
t −1
−1
  2 ⎥
0 ⎬  
⎪⎢ s+5 ( s + 5) ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ s ⎪
⎪⎢ ⎣⎢1 ⎦⎥ ⎪
1 ⎥
⎪⎢ 0 0 ⎥ ⎪
⎩⎣ s+5 ⎦ ⎭

     

⎡ ⎤ ⎡ ⎤
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 ⎥ ⎢
0
⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤
−1
⎢ 1 ⎥ −1 ⎢ 0.04 0.04 0.2 ⎥ ⎢ −5 t −5 t ⎥
=L ⎢ =L
   
( + ) 2 ⎥ ⎢ s − s + 5 − ( s + 5 )2 ⎥ = ⎢ 0.04 − 0.04e − 0.2te ⎥ u s (t )  
⎢ s s 5 ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎣⎢ ⎦⎥
−5 t
0.2 − 0.2e
⎢ 1 ⎥ ⎢ 0.2 0.2 ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢⎣ − ⎥⎦
⎣⎢ s ( s + 5 ) ⎦⎥ s s+5
10‐20 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
10-9) (a)  Not a state transition matrix, since φ ( 0) ≠ I  (identity matrix). 

          (b)  Not a state transition matrix, since  φ ( 0) ≠ I  (identity matrix). 

          (c)  φ ( t )  is a state transition matrix, since  φ ( 0 ) = I and  

−1
⎡ 1 ⎤
0 ⎡ 1 0⎤
      [φ (t ) ] = ⎢ − t
−1

−t ⎥
=⎢ ⎥ = φ ( −t )  
⎣1 − e e ⎦ ⎣1 − e ⎦
t t
e

         (d)  φ ( t )  is a state transition matrix, since φ ( 0) = I , and 

⎡e2t −te
2t
t e / 2⎤
2 2t

      [φ (t ) ]−1 = ⎢⎢ 0 e
2t
−te
2t ⎥
⎥ = φ ( −t )  
⎢⎣ 0 0 e
2t
⎥⎦

1 3 1
10-10) a) Î and
2 3 2
Therefore:
2
2 2 2

If 0 0, then 0.5 0.5

b)

0.5
. 1 1
. .
0.5 0.5 0.5
. .
2 0.5 5 0.5

If x 0 0, then
.
0 1 0.5 0.5 – 0.5 0.5
2 2 .
0.5
.
5
.
0.5 0.5 1
and
x .
y t 1 0 x x e sin 0.5t

10-11) (a)  (1)  Eigenvalues of A: 2.325, − 0.3376 + j 0.5623, − 0.3376 − j 0.5623 


10‐21 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
    (2)  Transfer function relation: 

⎡ s 2 + 3s + 2 1 ⎤ ⎡0⎤
−1
⎡ s −1 0 ⎤ ⎡0 ⎤ s+3 ⎡1⎤
  X( s ) = ( sI − A ) BU ( s ) =
−1 1 ⎢
0 s −1 ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥ U ( s ) = 1 ⎢ −1 ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
s ( s + 3) s 0 U (s) =
1 ⎢ ⎥
s U (s)  
Δ( s) ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ Δ(s) ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ Δ(s) ⎢ 2 ⎥
⎣⎢ 1 2 s + 3⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 1 ⎦⎥ ⎢⎣ − s −2 s − 1 s ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ 1 ⎦⎥
2
⎣⎢ s ⎦⎥

3 2
      Δ( s ) = s + 3 s + 2 s + 1 

    (3)  Output transfer function: 

⎡1⎤
Y ( s) 1 ⎢ ⎥ 1
= C( s ) ( sI − A ) B = [1 0]
−1
      0 s = 3  
Δ ( s ) ⎢ 2 ⎥ s + 3s + 2 s + 1
2
U (s)
⎣⎢ s ⎦⎥

USE ACSYS as illustrated in section 10-19-1


7) Activate MATLAB
8) Go to the folder containing ACSYS
9) Type in Acsys
10) Click the “State Space” pushbutton
11) Enter the A,B,C, and D values. Note C must be entered here and must have the same number of
columns as A. We us [1,1] arbitrarily as it will not affect the eigenvalues.
12) Use the “Calculate/Display” menu and find the eigenvalues and other State space calculations.

10‐22 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

The A matrix is: 

Amat = 

     0     1     0 

     0     0     1 

    ‐1    ‐2    ‐3 

10‐23 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 Characteristic Polynomial:  

ans = 

s^3+3*s^2+2*s+1 

 Eigenvalues of A = Diagonal Canonical Form of A is:  

Abar = 

  ‐2.3247                  0                  0           

        0            ‐0.3376 + 0.5623i        0           

        0                  0            ‐0.3376 ‐ 0.5623i 

 Eigen Vectors are   

T = 

   0.1676             0.7868             0.7868           

  ‐0.3896            ‐0.2657 + 0.4424i  ‐0.2657 ‐ 0.4424i 

   0.9056            ‐0.1591 ‐ 0.2988i  ‐0.1591 + 0.2988i 

 State‐Space Model is: 

  

a =  

       x1  x2  x3 

   x1   0   1   0 

   x2   0   0   1 

   x3  ‐1  ‐2  ‐3 

  

b =  

         u1 

   x1   0 

   x2   0 

   x3   1 

  
10‐24 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
c =  

       x1  x2  x3 

   y1   1   0   0 

  

d =  

       u1 

   y1   0 

  

Continuous‐time model. 

 Characteristic Polynomial:  

 ans = 

 s^3+3*s^2+2*s+1 

  

  Equivalent Transfer Function Model is:  

 Transfer function: 

1.776e‐015 s^2 + 6.661e‐016 s + 1 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

      s^3 + 3 s^2 + 2 s + 1 

  

 Pole, Zero Form:  

  

Zero/pole/gain: 

1.7764e‐015 (s^2  + 0.375s + 5.629e014) 

‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

  (s+2.325) (s^2  + 0.6753s + 0.4302) 

The numerator is basically equal to 1 
10‐25 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

Use the same procedure for other parts. 

         (b)  (1)  Eigenvalues of A:     −1, − 1. 

     (2)  Transfer function relation: 

⎡ 1 ⎤
1 ⎡s + 1 1 ⎤ ⎡0 ⎤ ⎢ ( s + 1)2 ⎥
              X ( s ) = ( sI − A ) BU ( s ) =
−1
= ⎢ ⎥ U (s) Δ( s) = s + 2s + 1  
2

Δ ( s ) ⎢⎣ 0 s + 1⎥⎦ ⎢⎣1 ⎥⎦
U ( s )
⎢ 1 ⎥
⎢ ( s + 1) ⎥
⎣ ⎦

     (3)  Output transfer function: 

⎡ 1 ⎤
Y ( s) ⎢ ( s + 1)2 ⎥ 1 1 s+2
= C( s ) ( sI − A ) B = [1 1] ⎢ ⎥=
−1
               + =  
⎢ 1 ⎥ ( s + 1) s + 1 ( s + 1)
2 2
U (s)
⎢⎣ s + 1 ⎥⎦

         (c)  (1)  Eigenvalues of A:     0, − 1, − 1.  

    (2)  Transfer function relation: 
⎡ s 2 + 2s = 1 s+2 1 ⎤ ⎡0 ⎤ ⎡1⎤
⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ 1 ⎢ ⎥
( )
1
X ( s ) = ( s I − A ) BU ( s ) = s ( s + 2) ) s 0 U ( s ) =
−1
  Δ(s ) = s s + 2s + 1  
2
0 s U (s)
Δ( s) ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ Δ( s) ⎢ 2 ⎥
⎢⎣ 0 −s s ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢1 ⎦⎥
2
⎣⎢ s ⎦⎥

    (3)  Output transfer function: 

⎡1⎤
s +1
= C( s ) ( sI − A ) B = [1 1 0 ] ⎢ s ⎥ =
Y (s) −1 1
      =  
U (s) ⎢ 2 ⎥ s ( s + 1) s ( s + 1)
2

⎣⎢ s ⎦⎥

 
2
dy dx1 dx 2 d y dx 2 dx3
10-12) We write  = + = x 2 + x3 = + = − x1 − 2 x 2 − 2 x3 + u  
dt dt dt dt dt dt

10‐26 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
⎡ dx1 ⎤
⎢ dt ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎡ 0 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
d x ⎢ dy ⎥ ⎢
      = = 0 1 1 ⎥ ⎢ x2 ⎥ + ⎢ 0 ⎥ u (1)  
dt ⎢ dt ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ 2 ⎥ ⎢⎣ −1 −2 −2 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ x3 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣1 ⎥⎦
⎢d y ⎥
⎣⎢ dt 2 ⎦⎥

⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡1 0 0 ⎤ ⎡ 1 0 0⎤
            x = ⎢ y ⎥ = ⎢ 1 1 0 ⎥ x x = ⎢ −1 1 0 ⎥ x (2)  
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ y& ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 0 1 1 ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ 1 −1 1 ⎥⎦

  Substitute Eq. (2) into Eq. (1), we have 

⎡ −1 1 0 ⎤ ⎡0 ⎤
= A 1 x + B 1u = 0 0 1 x = ⎢ 0 ⎥ u  
⎢ ⎥
dx
               
dt ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ −1 0 −2 ⎦⎥ ⎢⎣1 ⎦⎥

10-13) For MATLAB Codes see 10‐15 

(a) 
s −2 0
3 2 3 2
     sI − A = −1 s − 2 0 = s − 3 s + 2 = s + a2 s + a1 s + a0 a0 = 2, a1 = 0, a2 = −3  

1 0 s −1

⎡ a1 a2 1⎤ ⎡ 0 −3 1 ⎤ ⎡0 2 4 ⎤
     M = ⎢ a2 1 0 = ⎢ −3 1 0 ⎥    
⎥ S = ⎡⎣ B AB A B ⎤⎦ = ⎢ 1 2 6 ⎥
2
 
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ 1 0 0 ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 1 0 0 ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢1 1 −1⎦⎥

⎡ −2 2 0 ⎤
          P = SM = ⎢ 0 −1 1 ⎥  
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ −4 −2 1 ⎥⎦

        

10‐27 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

        (b) 
s −2 0
3 2 3 2
         sI − A = −1 s − 1 0 = s − 3s + 2 = s + a2 s + a1 s + a0 a0 = 2, a1 = 0, a2 = −3  

1 −1 s −1

⎡ a1 a2 1⎤ ⎡ 0 −3 1 ⎤ ⎡1 2 6 ⎤
           M = ⎢ a2 1 0 = ⎢ −3 1 0 ⎥
⎥ S = ⎡⎣ B AB A B ⎤⎦ = ⎢1 3 8 ⎥  
2

⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ 1 0 0 ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 1 0 0 ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ 0 0 1 ⎥⎦

⎡ 0 −1 1 ⎤
          P = SM = ⎢ −1 0 1 ⎥  
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ 1 0 0 ⎥⎦

        (c) 
s+2 −1 0
3 2 3 2
         sI − A = 0 s+2 0 = s + 7 s + 16 s + 12 = s + a2 s + a1 s + a0 a0 = 12, a1 = 16, a2 = 7  

1 2 s+3

⎡ a1 a2 1⎤ ⎡16 7 1 ⎤ ⎡1 −1 0 ⎤
    M = ⎢ a2 0 = ⎢ 7 1 0⎥
⎥ S = ⎡⎣ B AB A B ⎤⎦ = ⎢1 −2 4 ⎥  
2
1
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 1 0 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 1 0 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣1 −6 23⎥⎦

⎡ 9 6 1⎤
          P = SM = ⎢ 6 5 1⎥  
⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ −3 1 1⎥⎦

        (d) 
s +1 −1 0
3 2 3 2
         sI − A = 0 s =1 −1 = s + 3 s + 3s + 1 = s + a2 s + a1 s + a0 a0 = 1, a1 = 3, a2 = 3  

0 0 s +1

10‐28 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
⎡ a1 a2 1⎤ ⎡3 3 1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 −1⎤
              M = ⎢ a2 1 0 ⎥ = ⎢3 1 0 ⎥ S = ⎡⎣ B AB A B ⎤⎦ = ⎢ 1 0 −1⎥  
2

⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ 1 0 0 ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢1 0 0 ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢1 −1 1 ⎥⎦

⎡2 1 0⎤
          P = SM = ⎢ 2 3 1 ⎥  
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ 1 2 1 ⎥⎦

        (e) 
s −1 −1
2 2
          sI − A = = s + 2 s − 1 = s + a1 s + a0 a0 = −1, a1 = 2  
2 s+3

⎡ a1 1⎤ ⎡2 1⎤ ⎡0 1⎤
      M=⎢ =⎢ S = [B AB ] = ⎢  
⎣1 0 ⎦ ⎣ 1 0 ⎥⎦

⎣1 −3⎥⎦

⎡1 0⎤
          P = SM = ⎢  
⎣ −1 1 ⎥⎦

10-14) For MATLAB codes see 10‐15 

(a)  From Problem 10‐13(a),  

⎡ 0 −3 1 ⎤
        M = ⎢ −3 1 0 ⎥  
⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 1 0 0 ⎥⎦

    Then, 

⎡ C ⎤ ⎡ 1 0 1⎤ ⎡ 0.5 1 3 ⎤
   V = ⎢ CA ⎥ = ⎢ −1 2 1⎥ Q = ( MV ) = ⎢ 0.5 1.5 4 ⎥  
−1
     
⎢ 2⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣CA ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 1 2 1⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ −0.5 −1 −2 ⎥⎦

         (b)  From Problem 10‐13(b), 

⎡16 7 1 ⎤
        M = ⎢ 7 1 0⎥  
⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 1 0 0 ⎥⎦

10‐29 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
⎡ C ⎤ ⎡ 1 0 1⎤ ⎡ 0.2308 0.3077 1.0769 ⎤
V = ⎢ CA ⎥ = ⎢ −1 3 1⎥ Q = ( MV ) = ⎢ 0.1538 1.3846 ⎥  
−1
    0.5385
⎢ 2⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢CA ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 2 5 1⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ −0.2308 −0.3077 −0.0769 ⎦⎥

         (c)  From Problem 10‐13(c), 

⎡ C ⎤ ⎡ 1 0 0⎤
      V = ⎢ CA ⎥ = ⎢ −2 1 0 ⎥    
⎢ 2⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢CA ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 4 −4 0 ⎥⎦

    Since V is singular, the OCF transformation cannot be conducted. 

            (d)  From Problem 10‐13(d), 

⎡3 3 1 ⎤
        M = ⎢3 1 0 ⎥  
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢1 0 0 ⎥⎦

   Then, 

       

⎡ C ⎤ ⎡1 0 1⎤ ⎡ −1 1 0 ⎤
V = ⎢ CA ⎥ = ⎢ −1 1 −1⎥ Q = ( MV ) = ⎢ 0 1 −2 ⎥  
−1
     
⎢ 2⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢CA ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 1 −2 2 ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ 1 −1 1 ⎥⎦

            (e)  From Problem 10‐13(e), 

⎡2 1⎤ ⎡ C ⎤ ⎡1 0⎤ ⎡0 1⎤
Q = ( MV ) = ⎢
−1
    M=⎢ ⎥    Then,         V = ⎢ 2⎥
=⎢  
⎣1 0⎦ ⎣CA ⎦ ⎣1 1 ⎥⎦ ⎣1 −3⎥⎦

10-15) (a)  Eigenvalues of A:  1,  2.7321,  −0.7321 

⎡ 0 0.5591 0.8255 ⎤
      T = [ p1 p2 p 3 ] = ⎢ 0 0.7637 −0.3022 ⎥  
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢1 −0.3228 0.4766 ⎦⎥

10‐30 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
      where  p1 , p 2 , and p 3  are the eigenvectors. 

           (b)  Eigenvalues of A:  1, 2.7321,  −0.7321 

⎡ 0 0.5861 0.7546 ⎤
    T = [ p1 p2 p 3 ] = ⎢ 0 0.8007 −0.2762 ⎥  
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢1 0.1239 0.5952 ⎦⎥

         where  p1 , p 2 , and p 3  are the eigenvalues. 

           (c)  Eigenvalues of A:  ‐3, ‐2, ‐2.  A nonsingular DF transformation matrix T cannot be found. 

           (d)  Eigenvalues of A:  −1, −1, −1 

       The matrix A is already in Jordan canonical form. Thus, the DF transformation matrix T is the identity  

       matrix I. 

            (e)  Eigenvalues of A:  0.4142,  −2.4142 

⎡ 0.8629 −0.2811⎤
             T = [p 2 p2 ] = ⎢  
⎣ −0.5054 0.9597 ⎥⎦

USE ACSYS as illustrated in section 10-19-1


1) Activate MATLAB
2) Go to the folder containing ACSYS
3) Type in Acsys
4) Click the “State Space” pushbutton
5) Enter the A,B,C, and D values. Note C must be entered here and must have the same number of
columns as A. We us [1,1] arbitrarily as it will not affect the eigenvalues.
6) Use the “Calculate/Display” menu and find the eigenvalues.
7) Next use the “Calculate/Display” menu and conduct State space calculations.
8) Next use the “Calculate/Display” menu and conduct Controlability calculations.

NOTE: the above order of calculations MUST BE followed in the order stated, otherwise you will get an
error.

10‐31 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
SOLVE PART (a)

The A matrix is:

10‐32 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Amat =

0 2 0

1 2 0

-1 0 1

Characteristic Polynomial:

ans =

s^3-3*s^2+2

Eigenvalues of A = Diagonal Canonical Form of A is:

Abar =

1.0000 0 0

0 2.7321 0

0 0 -0.7321

10‐33 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Eigen Vectors are

T=

0 0.5591 0.8255

0 0.7637 -0.3022

1.0000 -0.3228 0.4766

State-Space Model is:

a=

x1 x2 x3

x1 0 2 0

x2 1 2 0

x3 -1 0 1

b=

u1

x1 0

x2 1

x3 1

c=

x1 x2 x3

y1 0 1 1
10‐34 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

d=

u1

y1 0

Continuous-time model.

Characteristic Polynomial:

ans =

s^3-3*s^2+2

Equivalent Transfer Function Model is:

Transfer function:

2 s^2 - 3 s - 4

------------------------------

s^3 - 3 s^2 + 8.882e-016 s + 2

Pole, Zero Form:

Zero/pole/gain:

2 (s-2.351) (s+0.8508)

--------------------------
10‐35 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
(s-2.732) (s-1) (s+0.7321)

The Controllability Matrix [B AB A^2B ...] is =

Smat =

0 2 4

1 2 6

1 1 -1

The system is therefore Controllable, rank of S Matrix is =

rankS =

Mmat =

0 -3 1

-3 1 0

1 0 0

The Controllability Canonical Form (CCF) Transformation matrix is:

10‐36 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Ptran =

-2 2 0

0 -1 1

-4 -2 1

The transformed matrices using CCF are:

Abar =

0 1.0000 0.0000

0 -0.0000 1.0000

-2.0000 0.0000 3.0000

Bbar =

Cbar =

-4 -3 2

Dbar =

0
10‐37 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

10-16) a)

Consider:

—2 2
Therefore:
0 1 0 0
0 0 1 0 0
0
0 0 0 1
1
0 0 2 0

1 0 1 0

U U
As , therefore sY s Y s

U U
Let X s Y s . If y x , then sY s sX s X , or x x . As a
result:

Now consider X , and , then

Therefore:
0 1 0 0 0
2 0 1 0 1 u
0 0 0 1 0
0 0 0 0 1

b)

Consider:

2
10‐38 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
4 4

Therefore:
0 1 0
4 4 1
1 2

As , therefore 4 2 . As a result:

4 2
21
4 4

10-17)  For MATLAB codes see 10‐15 

(a) 

⎡1 −2 ⎤
    S = [B AB ] = ⎢ S is singular.  
⎣0 0 ⎥⎦

         (b) 

⎡ 1 −1 1 ⎤
    S = ⎡⎣ B AB A B ⎤⎦ = ⎢ 2 −2 2 ⎥ S is singular.  
2

⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 3 −3 3 ⎥⎦

         (c)   

⎡ 2 2 + 2 2⎤
    S = [B AB ] = ⎢ ⎥ S is singular.  
⎢⎣ 2 2+ 2 ⎥⎦

         (d) 

⎡ 1 −2 4 ⎤
    S = ⎡⎣ B AB A B ⎤⎦ = ⎢ 0 0 0⎥ S is singular.  
2

⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢1 −4 14 ⎦⎥

10-18) a, d and e are controllable

b, c, and f are not controllable

10‐39 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
USE ACSYS as illustrated in section 10-19-1
9) Activate MATLAB
10) Go to the folder containing ACSYS
11) Type in Acsys
12) Click the “State Space” pushbutton
13) Enter the A,B,C, and D values. Note C must be entered here and must have the same number of
columns as A. We us [1,1] arbitrarily as it will not affect the eigenvalues.
14) Use the “Calculate/Display” menu and find the eigenvalues.
15) Next use the “Calculate/Display” menu and conduct State space calculations.
16) Next use the “Calculate/Display” menu and conduct Controlability calculations.

NOTE: the above order of calculations MUST BE followed in the order stated, otherwise you will get an
error.

10‐40 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
For part b, the system is not Controllable because [B AB] is singular (rank is less than 2):

The A matrix is:

Amat =

-1 0

0 -2

Characteristic Polynomial:

ans =

s^2+3*s+2

Eigenvalues of A = Diagonal Canonical Form of A is:

Abar =

-2 0

0 -1

Eigen Vectors are

T=

0 1

1 0

Characteristic Polynomial:

ans =

s^2+3*s+2

Equivalent Transfer Function Model is:

Transfer function:

-----

s+1

Pole, Zero Form:


10‐41 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Zero/pole/gain:

-----

(s+1)

The Controllability Matrix [B AB A^2B ...] is =

Smat =

2 -2

0 0 ÍRank is 1, and this is a singular matrix

The system is therefore Not Controllable, rank of S Matrix is =

rankS =

Mmat =

3 1

1 0

The Controllability Canonical Form (CCF) Transformation matrix is:

Ptran =

4 2

0 0

10-19) a, d, and e are observable

b, c, and f are not observable

Using ACSYS (also see the previous problem for more details):

10‐42 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

For part b, the system is not observable. Note: you must choose a B matrix arbitrarily.

The A matrix is:

Amat =

-1 0

0 -2

Characteristic Polynomial:

ans =

s^2+3*s+2

Eigenvalues of A = Diagonal Canonical Form of A is:

10‐43 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Abar =

-2 0

0 -1

Eigen Vectors are

T=

0 1

1 0

Characteristic Polynomial:

ans =

s^2+3*s+2

Equivalent Transfer Function Model is:

Transfer function:

Pole, Zero Form:

Zero/pole/gain:

The Observability Matrix (transpose:[C CA CA^2 ...]) is =

Vmat =

0 1

0 -2

The System is therefore Not Observable, rank of V Matrix is =

rankV =

1
10‐44 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Mmat =

3 1

1 0

10-20) (a)  Rewrite the differential equations as: 

d θm B d θm K b dθ m
2 2
K Ki dia Ra Ka Ks
        2
=− 2
− θm + ia =− − ia + (θ r
−θm )  
dt J dt J J dt La dt La La

dθ m
      State variables:  x1 = θ m , x 2 = , x3 = ia  
dt

      State equations:            Output equation: 

⎡ dx1 ⎤ ⎡ ⎤
⎡ ⎤
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥
1
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎡ x1 ⎤
⎢ −K Ki ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
     ⎢ 2 ⎥ =
dx B
  − x2 + ⎢ 0 ⎥ θ r     y= 1 0 0 x = x1  
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎢ J J ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢
⎥ ⎢x ⎥ K K ⎥
J
⎢ dx ⎥ ⎢ K K Ra ⎥ ⎣ 3 ⎦ ⎢ a s ⎥
⎢ 3 ⎥ ⎢− a s
Kb
− − ⎣⎢ La ⎦⎥
⎣⎢ dt ⎦⎥ ⎢⎣ La La La ⎥⎦

           (b)  Forward‐path transfer function: 

−1
⎡ ⎤
⎢s ⎡ ⎤
−1 0 ⎥ ⎢0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
Θm (s) ⎢K B Ki ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ Ki K a
        G ( s ) = = [1 0 0 ] s+ − ⎢ 0 ⎥=  
⎢J J ⎥
E (s)

J
⎥ ⎢ K ⎥ Δ o (s)
⎢0 ⎢ a⎥
s+ a⎥
Kb R
⎢⎣ La La ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ La ⎦⎥

Δ o ( s ) = JLa s + ( BLa + Ra J ) s + ( KLa + K i K b + Ra B ) s + KRa = 0  


3 2
   

      Closed‐loop transfer function: 

         

10‐45 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
−1
⎡ ⎤
⎢ s ⎡ ⎤
−1 0 ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
Θm (s) ⎢ K B Ki ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ K sG(s)
    M (s) = = [1 0 0 ] s+ − ⎢ 0 ⎥=  
Θr (s) ⎢ J J ⎥

J
⎥ ⎢ K K ⎥ 1 + K s (s)
⎢ Ka Ks ⎢ a s⎥
s+ a⎥
Kb R
⎢⎣ La ⎥⎦
⎣⎢ La La La ⎦⎥

Ki K a K s
      =  
JLa s + ( BLa + Ra J ) s + ( KLa + K i K b + Ra B ) s + K i K a K s + KRa
3 2

10-21) (a) 

⎡0 1⎤ ⎡ −1 0⎤ ⎡0 −1⎤ ⎡1 0⎤
         A=⎢ A =⎢ A =⎢ A =⎢  
2 3 4

⎣ −1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎣0 −1⎥⎦ ⎣1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎣0 1 ⎥⎦

    (1)  Infinite series expansion: 

⎡ t2 t4 t
3
t
5

⎢ 1 − + − L t − + − L⎥
1 2 2 2! 4! 3! 5! ⎡ cos t sin t ⎤
    φ (t ) = I + At + A t + L = ⎢ ⎥=⎢ ⎥ 
⎢ ⎥ ⎣ − sin t cos t ⎦
3 5 2 4
2! t t t t
⎢⎣ −t + 3! − 5! + L 1 − 2! + 4! L ⎥⎦

    (2)  Inverse Laplace transform: 
−1
⎡ s −1⎤ 1 ⎡ s 1⎤ ⎡ cos t sin t ⎤
Φ ( s ) = ( sI − A ) = ⎢
−1
    ⎥ = 2 φ (t ) = ⎢  
⎣1 s ⎦ s + 1 ⎢⎣ −1 s ⎥⎦ ⎣ − sin t cos t ⎥⎦

        (b) 

⎡ −1 0⎤ ⎡1 0⎤ ⎡ −1 0⎤ ⎡ −1 0 ⎤
    A=⎢ A =⎢ A =⎢ A =⎢ ⎥ 
2 3 4

⎣0 −2 ⎥⎦ ⎣0 4 ⎥⎦ ⎣0 −8 ⎥⎦ ⎣ 0 16 ⎦

    (1)  Infinite series expansion: 

⎡ t
2
t
3
t
4

⎢ 1 − t + − + +L 0 ⎥ ⎡e− t
1 2 2 2! 3! 4! 0 ⎤
    φ (t ) = I + At + A t + L = ⎢ ⎥=⎢ −2 t ⎥ 
⎢ ⎥ ⎣0 e ⎦
2 3
2! 4t 8t
1 − 2t + − +L
⎣⎢ ⎦⎥
0
2! 3!

10‐46 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
    (2)  Inverse Laplace transform: 

⎡ 1 0

⎡s + 1 0 ⎤ ⎢ s +1 −1
⎥ ⎡e−t 0 ⎤
Φ ( s ) = ( sI − A ) = ⎢
−1
    ⎥ =⎢ ⎥ φ (t ) = ⎢ ⎥ 
⎣ 0 s + 2⎦
−2 t
⎢ 0 1 ⎥ ⎣0 e ⎦
⎢⎣ s + 2 ⎥⎦

         (c) 

⎡0 1⎤ ⎡1 0⎤ ⎡0 1⎤ ⎡1 0⎤
    A=⎢ A =⎢ A =⎢ A =⎢  
2 3 4

⎣1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎣0 1 ⎥⎦ ⎣1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎣0 1 ⎥⎦

    (1)  Infinite series expansion: 

⎡ t2 t4 t
3
t
5

⎢ 1 + + + L t + + L ⎥
1 2 2 2! 4! 3! 5! ⎡ e − t + et −e + e ⎤
−t t

    φ (t ) = I + At + A t + L = ⎢ ⎥ = ⎢ −t −t ⎥ 
⎢ ⎥ ⎣ −e + e e +e ⎦
3 5 2 4 t t
2! t t t t
t + + L 1+ + + L
⎢⎣ 3! 5! 2! 4! ⎥⎦

    (2)  Inverse Laplace transform:     

⎡ 0.5 − 0.5 −0.5


+

0.5
⎡s −1⎤
−1
1 ⎢ s +1 s −1
⎡s 1⎤ s + 1 s − 1⎥
Φ ( s ) = ( sI − A ) =
−1
    ⎢ −1 = = ⎢ ⎥ 
⎣ s ⎥⎦ s − 1 ⎢⎣1 s ⎥⎦ ⎢ −0.5 0.5
2
0.5 0.5 ⎥
+ +
⎢⎣ s + 1 s − 1 s + 1 s − 1 ⎥⎦

⎡ e − t + et −e + e ⎤
−t t

        φ (t ) = 0.5 ⎢ − t −t ⎥ 
⎣ −e + e e +e ⎦
t t

10-22) (a)    e = K s (θ r − θ y ) ea = e − e s e s = R s ia eu = Kea  

eu − eb dθ y d θy
2

    ia = eb = K b Tm = K i ia = ( J m + J L )  
Ra + Rs
2
dt dt

dθ y
      Solve for  ia  in terms of θ y and ,  we have 
dt

dθ y
KK s (θ r − θ y ) − K b
        ia = dt  
Rs + Rs + KRs
10‐47 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
      Differential equation: 

d θy ⎛ dθ y ⎞
2
K i ia Ki
         = = ⎜ − Kb − KK sθ y + KK sθ y ⎟  
dt
2
Jm + JL ( J m + J L )( Ra + Rs + KRs ) ⎝ dt ⎠
dθ y
      State variables:  x1 = θ y , x 2 =  
dt

      State equations: 

⎡ dx1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎢ ⎥θ  
       ⎢ ⎥= − KK s K i − Kb Ki + − KK s K i
⎢ dx2 ⎥ ⎢⎢ ( J + J )( R + R + KR ) ⎥ ⎣⎢ x2 ⎦⎥ ⎢ ⎥ r
( J m + J L )( Ra + Rs + KRs ) ⎦⎥ ⎢⎣ ( J m + J L )( Ra + Rs + KRs ) ⎦⎥
⎣⎢ ⎦⎥ ⎣ m L
dt
a s s

⎡ 0 1 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
    =⎢ + θr  
⎣ −322.58 −80.65 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ x2 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣322.58 ⎥⎦

      We can let  v ( t ) = 322.58θ r ,  then the state equations are in the form of CCF. 

         (b)   

−1
⎡ s −1 ⎤ 1 ⎡ s + 80.65 1 ⎤
    ( sI − A ) = ⎢ −1

⎥ = 2  
⎣322.58 s + 80.65 ⎦ s + 80.65 s + 322.58 ⎢⎣ −322.58 s ⎥⎦

⎡ −0.06 − 1.059 −0.014


+
⎤ 0.014
⎢ s + 76.42 s + 4.22 s + 76.42 s + 4.22 ⎥
         = ⎢ ⎥ 
⎢ 4.468 − 4.468 1.0622

0.0587 ⎥
⎢⎣ s + 76.42 s + 4.22 s + 76.42 s + 4.22 ⎥⎦

      For a unit‐step function input,  u s ( t ) = 1 / s.  

⎡ 322.2 ⎤ ⎡ 1 0.0584 1.058 ⎤


⎢ ⎥ + −
+ + ⎢ ⎥
⎥ = ⎢ s s + 76.42 s + 4.22 ⎥  
1 s ( s 76.42)( s 4.22)
    ( sI − A )−1 B = ⎢
s ⎢ 322.2 ⎥ ⎢ −4.479 + 4.479 ⎥
⎢⎣ s ( s + 76.42)( s + 4.22) ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ s + 76.42 s + 4.22 ⎥⎦

⎡ −0.06e −76.42 t − 1.059e −4.22 t −0.014e


−76.42 t
+ 0.01e
−4.22 t

        x (t ) = ⎢ −76.42 t −4.22 t −76.42 t −4.22 t ⎥ x(0)  
⎣ 4.468e − 4.468e 1.0622e − 0.0587 e ⎦

⎡1 + 0.0584e −76.42 t − 1.058e −4.22 t ⎤


       =⎢ −76.42 t −4.22 t ⎥ t ≥ 0 
⎣ −4.479e + 4.479e ⎦

10‐48 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
2
         (c)  Characteristic equation:  Δ( s ) = s + 80.65 s + 322.58 = 0  

(d) From the state equations we see that whenever there is  Ra there is (1 + K ) Rs .  Thus, the purpose of  Rs  is 


    to increase the effective value of  Ra by (1 + K ) Rs .  This improves the time constant of the system. 

10-23)  (a)  State equations: 

⎡ dx1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎢ ⎥θ  
        ⎢ ⎥= − KK s K i − Kb Ki +
⎥ ⎢⎣ x2 ⎥⎦ ⎢
KK s K i
⎢ dx2 ⎥ ⎢⎢ J ( R + R + KR ) J ( R + Rs + KRs ) ⎥⎦
⎥ r
⎢⎣ J ( R + Rs + KRs ) ⎥⎦
⎣⎢ ⎦⎥ ⎣
dt
s s

⎡ 0 1 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
                  = ⎢ + θr  
⎣ −818.18 −90.91⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ x2 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣818.18 ⎥⎦

      Let  v = 818.18θ r .  The equations are in the form of CCF with v as the input. 

−1
⎡ s −1 ⎤ 1 ⎡ s + 90.91 1⎤
   ( sI − A ) = ⎢
−1
           (b)      ⎥ =
( s + 10.128 )( s + 80.782 ) ⎢⎣ −818.18 s ⎥⎦
 
⎣818.18 s + 90.91⎦

⎡ 1.143e −10.128 t − 0.142e −80.78 t 0.01415e


−10.128 t
− 0.0141e
−80.78 t
⎤ ⎡ x1 (0) ⎤
        x (t ) = ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ x (0) ⎥  
⎦⎣ 2 ⎦
−10.128 t −80.78 t −10.128 t −80.78 t
⎣ −11.58e + 0.1433e −0.1433e + 1.143e

⎡ 11.58e −10.128 t
− 11.58e ⎤
−80.78 t

             + ⎢ −10.128 t −80.78 t ⎥


t ≥ 0 
⎣1 − 1.1434e + 0.1433e ⎦
2
         (c)  Characteristic equation:  Δ( s ) = s + 90.91s + 818.18 = 0  

    Eigenvalues:  −10.128,    −80.782 

         (d)  Same remark as in part (d) of Problem 5‐14. 

10-24) If and P diagonalizing A, let consider , therefore or

The solution for is 0 , therefore

0 1

on the other hand

10‐49 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
0 2

From
m equation (1
1) and (2):

1
10-25) Consider and . If , then or

The solution
s for x is 0 , theerefore:

0 (1))

On thhe other hand


d:

0 2

From
m equation (1
1) and (2):

1
10‐26  (a)  Fo
orward‐path trransfer functio
on:    C
Closed‐loop tr
ransfer functio
on: 

Y (s) 5 ( K1 + K 2 s ) Y (s) G (s) 5 ( K1 + K 2 s )


       G ( s ) = =   M (s) = = =  
s [ s ( s + 4)( s + 5)) + 10 ] 1 + G(s) s + 9 s + 20 s + (10 + 5 K 2 ) s + 5 K1
4 3 2
E (s) R(s)

            (b)  Statte diagram by direct decomp
position: 

   

       State equations:        Outpu
ut equation: 

⎡ x&1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 0 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤
⎡0 ⎤
⎢ x& ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 1 0 ⎥ ⎢ x ⎥ ⎢0 ⎥
  ⎢ 2⎥ = ⎢ ⎥⎢ 2⎥+ ⎢ ⎥r  y = 5 K1 5K2 0 x 
⎢ x&3 ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 0 1 ⎥ ⎢ x3 ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥
⎢ & ⎥ ⎢− K − (10
⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
1 + 5 K 2 ) −220 −9 ⎦ ⎣ x4 ⎦ ⎣ 1 ⎦
⎣ x4 ⎦ ⎣ 5

10‐50 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
1
           (c)  Final value:       r ( t ) = u s ( t ), R( s ) = .  
s

5 ( K1 + K 2 s )
                 lim y (t ) = lim sY ( s ) = lim =1 
s + 9 s + 20 s + (10 + 5 K 2 ) s + 5 K1
4 3 2
t →∞ s→0 s →0

10‐27  In CCF form, 

⎡ 0 1 0 0 L 0 ⎤ ⎡0⎤
⎢ 0 0 1 0 L 0 ⎥ ⎢0⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
    A=⎢ M M M M O M ⎥ B = ⎢M ⎥  
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
L
⎢ 0 0 0 0 1
⎥ ⎢0⎥
⎢⎣ − a0 − a1 − a2 − a3 L − an −1 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣1 ⎥⎦

⎡s −1 0 0 L 0 ⎤
⎢0 s −1 0 L 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
      sI − A = ⎢ M M M M O ⎥  M
⎢ ⎥
−1
⎢0 0 0 0 0

⎢⎣ a0 a1 a2 a3 L s + an ⎥⎦

 
n n −1 n− 2
      sI − A = s + an−1 s + an− 2 s + L + a1 s + a0  

      Since B has only one nonzero element which is in the last row, only the last column of  adj ( sI − A )  is  

      going to contribute to  adj ( sI − A ) B .  The last column of  adj ( sI − A )  is obtained from the cofactors of  

'
    the  last row of  ( sI − A ) .  Thus, the last column of  adj ( sI − A ) B  is  1
2 n −1
s s L s . 

 
2
dy d y
10‐28  (a)  State variables:  x1 = y, x 2 = , x3 = 2
 
dt dt

       State equations:  x& ( t ) = Ax ( t ) + Br ( t )  

10‐51 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

⎡0 1 0⎤ ⎡0 ⎤
        A=⎢0 0 1⎥ B = ⎢0 ⎥  
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ −1 −3 −3⎥⎦ ⎣⎢1 ⎦⎥

           (b)  State transition matrix: 

⎡ s 2 + 3s + 3 s + 3 1 ⎤
−1
⎡ s −1 0 ⎤
1 ⎢ ⎥
Φ ( s ) = ( sI − A ) = ⎢ 0 s −1 ⎥ =
−1
−1 s + 3s s  
2
   
⎢ ⎥ Δ(s) ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣1 3 s + 3⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ − s −3s − 1 s ⎥⎦
2

⎡ 1 1 1 1 2 1 ⎤
⎢ + + + ⎥
⎢ s + 1 ( s + 1) ( s + 1) ( s + 1) ( s + 1) ( s + 1) ⎥
2 3 2 3 3

⎢ −1 1 1 2 s ⎥
               = ⎢ + − ⎥ 
⎢ ( s + 1)3 s +1 ( s + 1) 2
( s + 1) 3
( s + 1)3 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
−s −3
2

⎢ +
2 s

⎣⎢ ( s + 1)3 ( s + 1) 2
( s + 1) 3
( s + 1)3 ⎦⎥

Δ ( s ) = s + 3s + 3s + 1 = ( s + 1)  
3 2 3
       

⎡(1 + t + t 2 / 2 ) e − t (t + t ) e 2 −t 2
t e /2
−t


      φ (t ) =
2 −t

⎢ −t e / 2 (1 + t − t ) e 2 −t
( t − t / 2 ) e ⎥⎥  
2 −t

⎢⎣ ( −t + t 2 / 2 ) e − t 2
t e
−t
(1 − 2t + t 2 / 2 ) e − t ⎥⎦
           (c) Use ACSYS or MATLAB and follow the procedure shown in solution to 10‐3.        

10‐52 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

 
 

 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
       State Space Analysis 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
Inputs: 
A=| 0  1  0|     B=|0|      
  | 0  0  1|       |0|      
  |‐1 ‐3 ‐3|       |1|      
  
C=|1  0  0|     D=|0|      
  
State Space Representation: 
     | 0  1  0|    |0|  
Dx = | 0  0  1|x + |0|u 
     |‐1 ‐3 ‐3|    |1|  
  
 y = |1  0  0|x + |0|u 
  
Determinant of (s*I‐A):  
  
                               3      2 
                              s  + 3 s  + 3 s + 1 
Characteristic Equation of the Transfer Function: 
  
                               3      2 

10‐53 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
                              s  + 3 s  + 3 s + 1 
The eigen values of A and poles of the Transfer Function are:  
                                       ‐1 
                                       ‐1 
                                       ‐1 
Inverse of (s*I‐A) is:  
  
                      [ 2                               ] 
                      [s  + 3 s + 3      s + 3       1  ] 
                      [‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐      ‐‐‐‐‐      ‐‐‐‐] 
                      [     %1            %1         %1 ] 
                      [                                 ] 
                      [      1         s (s + 3)     s  ] 
                      [   ‐ ‐‐‐‐       ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐    ‐‐‐‐] 
                      [      %1           %1         %1 ] 
                      [                                 ] 
                      [                               2 ] 
                      [      s           3 s + 1     s  ] 
                      [   ‐ ‐‐‐‐       ‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐    ‐‐‐‐] 
                      [      %1            %1        %1 ] 
 
                                    3      2 
                             %1 := s  + 3 s  + 3 s + 1 
 State transition matrix (phi) of A:  
  
        [                        2          2                 2        ] 
        [1/2 exp(‐t) (2 + 2 t + t ) , (t + t ) exp(‐t) , 1/2 t  exp(‐t)] 
 
        [       2                       2                                   2 
        [‐ 1/2 t  exp(‐t) , ‐(‐t ‐ 1 + t ) exp(‐t) , ‐ 1/2 exp(‐t) (‐2 t + t ) 
 
        ] 
        ] 
 
        [                     2                     2 
        [1/2 exp(‐t) (‐2 t + t ) , exp(‐t) (‐3 t + t ) , 
 
                                2 ] 
        1/2 exp(‐t) (2 ‐ 4 t + t )] 
 Transfer function between u(t)and y(t) is:  
  
                                       1 
                              ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
                               3      2 
                              s  + 3 s  + 3 s + 1 
No Initial Conditions Specified 
 States (X) in Laplace Domain:  

10‐54 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
  
                                  [   1    ] 
                                  [‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐] 
                                  [       3] 
                                  [(s + 1) ] 
                                  [        ] 
                                  [   s    ] 
                                  [‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐] 
                                  [       3] 
                                  [(s + 1) ] 
                                  [        ] 
                                  [    2   ] 
                                  [   s    ] 
                                  [‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐] 
                                  [       3] 
                                  [(s + 1) ] 
 Inverse Laplace x(t):  
  
                         [           2              ] 
                         [      1/2 t  exp(‐t)      ] 
                         [                          ] 
                         [                       2  ] 
                         [‐ 1/2 exp(‐t) (‐2 t + t ) ] 
                         [                          ] 
                         [                        2 ] 
                         [1/2 exp(‐t) (2 ‐ 4 t + t )] 
 Output Y(s):  
  
                                      1 
                                   ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
                                          3 
                                   (s + 1) 
 Inverse Laplace y(t):  
  
                                     2 
                                1/2 t  exp(‐t) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
       State Space Analysis 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
Inputs: 
A=| 0  1  0|     B=|0|      
  | 0  0  1|       |0|      
  |‐1 ‐3 ‐3|       |1|      
  
C=|1  0  0|     D=|0|      
  
State Space Representation: 

10‐55 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
     | 0  1  0|    |0|  
Dx = | 0  0  1|x + |0|u 
     |‐1 ‐3 ‐3|    |1|  
  
 y = |1  0  0|x + |0|u 
  
Determinant of (s*I‐A):  
  
                               3      2 
                              s  + 3 s  + 3 s + 1 
Characteristic Equation of the Transfer Function: 
  
                               3      2 
                              s  + 3 s  + 3 s + 1 
The eigen values of A and poles of the Transfer Function are:  
                                       ‐1 
                                       ‐1 
                                       ‐1 
Inverse of (s*I‐A) is:  
  
                      [ 2                               ] 
                      [s  + 3 s + 3      s + 3       1  ] 
                      [‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐      ‐‐‐‐‐      ‐‐‐‐] 
                      [     %1            %1         %1 ] 
                      [                                 ] 
                      [      1         s (s + 3)     s  ] 
                      [   ‐ ‐‐‐‐       ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐    ‐‐‐‐] 
                      [      %1           %1         %1 ] 
                      [                                 ] 
                      [                               2 ] 
                      [      s           3 s + 1     s  ] 
                      [   ‐ ‐‐‐‐       ‐ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐    ‐‐‐‐] 
                      [      %1            %1        %1 ] 
 
                                    3      2 
                             %1 := s  + 3 s  + 3 s + 1 
 State transition matrix (phi) of A:  
  
        [                        2          2                 2        ] 
        [1/2 exp(‐t) (2 + 2 t + t ) , (t + t ) exp(‐t) , 1/2 t  exp(‐t)] 
 
        [       2                       2                                   2 
        [‐ 1/2 t  exp(‐t) , ‐(‐t ‐ 1 + t ) exp(‐t) , ‐ 1/2 exp(‐t) (‐2 t + t ) 
 
        ] 
        ] 
 

10‐56 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
        [                     2                     2 
        [1/2 exp(‐t) (‐2 t + t ) , exp(‐t) (‐3 t + t ) , 
 
                                2 ] 
        1/2 exp(‐t) (2 ‐ 4 t + t )] 
 Transfer function between u(t)and y(t) is:  
  
                                       1 
                              ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
                               3      2 
                              s  + 3 s  + 3 s + 1 
Initial Conditions: 
                                 x(0)= 1 
                                       0 
                                       0 
 States (X) in Laplace Domain:  
  
                                [ 2          ] 
                                [s  + 3 s + 4] 
                                [‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐] 
                                [         3  ] 
                                [  (s + 1)   ] 
                                [            ] 
                                [   s ‐ 1    ] 
                                [  ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐  ] 
                                [         3  ] 
                                [  (s + 1)   ] 
                                [            ] 
                                [ s (s ‐ 1)  ] 
                                [ ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐  ] 
                                [        3   ] 
                                [ (s + 1)    ] 
 Inverse Laplace x(t):  
  
                           [           2           ] 
                           [ (t + 1 + t ) exp(‐t)  ] 
                           [                       ] 
                           [          2            ] 
                           [  ‐(‐t + t ) exp(‐t)   ] 
                           [                       ] 
                           [             2         ] 
                           [(‐3 t + 1 + t ) exp(‐t)] 
 Output Y(s) (with initial conditions):  
  
                                  2 
                                 s  + 3 s + 4 
                                 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 

10‐57 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
                                          3 
                                   (s + 1) 
 Inverse Laplace y(t):  
  
                                       2 
                             (t + 1 + t ) exp(‐t) 
    
3 2
        (d)  Characteristic equation:  Δ( s ) = s + 3 s + 3 s + 1 = 0  

      Eigenvalues:      −1,  −1,  −1 

dy
10‐29  (a)  State variables:     x1 = y, x 2 =  
dt

       State equations: 

⎡ dx1 (t ) ⎤
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎡ 0 1 ⎤ ⎡ x1 (t ) ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
             ⎢ ⎥=⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ + ⎢ ⎥ r (t )  
⎢ dx2 (t ) ⎥ ⎣ −1 −2 ⎦ ⎣ x2 (t ) ⎦ ⎣1 ⎦
⎢⎣ dt ⎥⎦

      State transition matrix: 

⎡ s+2 1 ⎤
⎢ ( s + 1)2
−1
( s + 1) ⎥ ⎡ (1 + t )e − t ⎤
⎡ s −1 ⎤
2 −t
te
    Φ ( s ) = ( sI − A ) = ⎢
−1
⎢ ⎥ φ (t ) = ⎢
  ⎥ = ⎢ −1 ⎥ ⎥ 
⎣ + ⎦
−t −t
1 s 2 s ⎣ −te (1 − t ) e ⎦
⎢ s +1 2 2 ⎥
⎣( ) ( s + 1) ⎦

Δ ( s ) = ( s + 1) = 0  
2
      Characteristic equation: 

dy
           (b)  State variables:     x1 = y, x 2 = y +  
dt

       State equations: 
2
dx1 dy dx 2 d y dy dy
        = = x 2 − y = x 2 − x1 = 2
+ = −y − + r = − x2 + r  
dt dt dt dt dt dt

⎡ dx1 ⎤
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎡ −1 2 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
      ⎢ ⎥=⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥+⎢ ⎥r 
⎢ dx2 ⎥ ⎣ 0 −1⎦ ⎣ x2 ⎦ ⎣1 ⎦
⎣⎢ dt ⎦⎥

      State transition matrix: 

10‐58 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
⎡ 1 −2 ⎤
⎡ s + 1 −2 ⎤ ⎢ s + 1 ( s + 1) ⎥
−1 2
⎡e − t ⎤
−te
−t

        Φ(s) = ⎢ ⎥ =⎢ ⎥ φ (t ) = ⎢ ⎥ 
⎣ 0 s + 1⎦ ⎢ 1 ⎥
−t
⎣0 e ⎦
⎢⎣ 0 s +1 ⎦

           (c)  Characteristic equation:  Δ ( s ) = ( s + 1) = 0      which is the same as in part (a). 
2

10‐30  (a)  State transition matrix: 

⎡s − σ ω ⎤ 1 ⎡s − σ −ω ⎤
       sI − A = ⎢
s − σ ⎥⎦
( sI − A ) −1
=
Δ ( s ) ⎢⎣ ω s − σ ⎥⎦
2
(
Δ ( s ) = s − 2σ + σ + ω
2 2

⎣ −ω

⎡ cos ω t − sin ω t ⎤
φ (t ) = L ⎡⎣( sI − A ) ⎤⎦ = ⎢
−1 −1 σt
      ⎥ e  
⎣ sin ω t cos ω t ⎦

           (b)  Eigenvalues of A:  σ + jω , σ − jω  

10‐31  (a) 
−3
Y1 ( s ) s 1
      = −1 −2 −3
= 3 2
 
U1 ( s ) 1+ s + 2s + 3s s + s + 2s + 3

−3
Y2 ( s ) s 1 Y1 ( s )
      = −1 −2 −3
= 3 2
=  
U 2 ( s) 1+ s + 2s + 3s s + s + 2s + 3 U1 ( s )

           (b)  State equations [Fig. 5‐21(a)]:       x& = A1x + B1u1   Output equation:  y1 = C1x  

⎡0 1 0⎤ ⎡0 ⎤
    A1 = ⎢ 0 0 1⎥ B1 = ⎢ 0 ⎥ C1 = [1 0 0]  
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ −3 −2 −1⎥⎦ ⎢⎣1 ⎥⎦

          State equations [Fig. 5‐21(b)]:       x& = A 2 x + B 2 u2   Output equation:  y2 = C2x  

⎡ 0 0 −3 ⎤ ⎡1 ⎤
    A 2 = ⎢ 1 0 −2 ⎥ B 2 = ⎢0 ⎥ C2 = [ 0 0 1]  
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 0 1 −1⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 0 ⎥⎦
'
          Thus,   A 2 = A1  

10‐59 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
1
10‐32  (a)  State diagram: 

   

(b) State diagram: 

1
10‐33  (a)   
−3
Y ( s) 10 s X ( s)
    G( s) = = −1 −2 −3
Y ( s ) = 100 X ( s )    
U ( s) 1 + 8.5 s + 20.5s + 15s X ( s)

−1 −2 −3
    X ( s ) = U ( s ) − 8.5 s X ( s ) − 20.5 s X ( s ) − 15 s X ( s )

   

      State diagraam: 

   

10‐60 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
                    Statte equation:     x& ( t ) = Ax ( t ) + Bu ( t )  

⎡ 0 1 0 ⎤ ⎡0⎤
    ⎢
A= 0 0 1 ⎥ B = ⎢0⎥    A and B are in 
A CCF 
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ −15 −20.5 −8.55 ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢1 ⎦⎥

           (b) 
−3 −4
Y ( s) 10 s + 20 s X ( s)
          G ( s ) = = −1 −2
   
U ( s) 1 + 4.5 s + 3.5 s X ( s)

−3 −4 −1 −2
    Y ( s ) = 10 s X ( s ) + 20 s X ( s ) X ( s ) = −4.5 s X ( s ) − 3.5 s X ( s ) + U ( s )  

        Staate diagram: 

   

        Staate equations:  x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Bu ( t )

⎡0 1 0 ⎤ 0 ⎡0⎤
⎢0 0 1 0 ⎥ ⎢0⎥
    A=⎢ ⎥ B=⎢ ⎥ A and B are in
n CCF 
⎢0 0 0 1 ⎥ ⎢0⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣0 0 −3.5 −4.55 ⎦ ⎣1 ⎦

           (c)   
−2 −3
Y ( s) 5( s + 1) 5s + 5s X ( s)
       G( s) = = = −1 −2
 
U ( s) s( s + 2 )( s + 10) 1 + 12 s + 20 s X ( s)

 
−2 −3 −1 −
−2
    Y ( s) = 5s X ( s ) + 5s X ( s ) X ( s ) = U ( s ) − 12 s X ( s ) − 20 s X ( s )  

10‐61 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 

       

        Staate equations:      x& ( t ) = Ax ( t ) + Bu ( t )  

⎡0 1 0 ⎤ ⎡0 ⎤
    ⎢
A= 0 0 1 ⎥ B = ⎢0 ⎥      A and B are in CCF 
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 0 −20 −12 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣1 ⎥⎦

           (d)   

−4
Y (s) 1 s X (s)
    G (s) = = =  
U (s) (
s ( s + 5) s + 2s + 2
2
) −1
1 + 7 s + 12 s + 10 s
−2 −3
X (s)

−4 −1 −2 −3
    Y ( s) = s X ( s) X ( s ) = U ( s ) − 7 s X ( s ) − 12 s X ( s ) − 10 s  

        

State diagraam: 

         State equations:  x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Bu ( t )

10‐62 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
⎡0 1 0 0⎤ ⎡0 ⎤
⎢0 0 1 0⎥ ⎢0 ⎥
    A=⎢ ⎥ B=⎢ ⎥       A and B arre in CCF 
⎢0 0 0 1⎥ ⎢0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ 0 −10 −12 −7 ⎦ ⎣1 ⎦

1
10‐34  (a) 
Y ( s) 10 5.71 6.67 0.952
    G( s) = = 3 2
= − +  
U ( s) s + 8.5 s + 20.5s + 15 s + 15 s+2 s+5

        

     

       State equations:   x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Bu ( t )

⎡ −1.5 0 0 ⎤ ⎡ 5.71 ⎤
      A=⎢ 0 −2 0 ⎥ B = ⎢ −6.67 ⎥  
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 −5 ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ 0.952 ⎦⎥

  w the input and the output branches are allo
    The matrix B is not unique. It depends on how ocated. 

           (b) 

Y ( s) 10( s + 2) −4.55 0.49 4 5.71


    G( s) = = 2
= + + + 2
 
U ( s) s ( s = 1)(( s + 3.5) s s + 3.5 s +1 s

      Statte diagram: 

10‐63 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 

       

       State equation:  x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Bu ( t )

⎡0 1 0 ⎤ 0 ⎡0⎤
⎢0 0 0 0 ⎥ ⎢1 ⎥
      A=⎢ ⎥ B=⎢ ⎥ 
⎢0 0 −1 0 ⎥ ⎢1 ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣0 0 0 −3.5 ⎦ ⎣1 ⎦

           (b)  

Y ( s) 5( s + 1) 2.5 0.313 0.563


    G( s) = = = + −  
U ( s) s( s + 2)( s + 10) s s+2 s + 10

       

          Sttate equationss:  x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Bu ( t )

⎡0 0 0 ⎤ ⎡1⎤
    A = ⎢ 0 −2 0 ⎥ B = ⎢1⎥  
⎢ ⎥ ⎢⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 −10 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣1⎦⎥

           (d) 

Y (s) 1 0.1 0.0118 0.0882 s + 0.235


    G ( s) = = = − −  
U ( s) (
s ( s + 5) s + 2s + 2
2
) s s+5 s + 2s + 2
2

10‐64 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 

   

          Sttate equationss:  x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Bu ( t )

⎡0 0 0 0 ⎤ ⎡1 ⎤
⎢ 0 −5 0 0 ⎥ ⎢1 ⎥
    A=⎢ ⎥ B=⎢ ⎥ 
⎢0 0 0 1 ⎥ ⎢0⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ 0 0 −2 − 2 ⎦ ⎣1 ⎦

1
10‐35  (a) 
Y ( s) 1
10
    G( s) = =  
U ( s) ( s + 15)(
. s + 2 )( s + 5)

      Statte diagram: 

   

        Staate equations:  x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Bu ( t )

⎡ −5 1 0 ⎤ ⎡0⎤
    ⎢
A = 0 −2 1 ⎥ B=⎢0⎥ 
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 −1.5 ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢10 ⎦⎥

           (b)   

10‐65 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 

G(s) =
Y (s)
=
10( s + 2) ⎛ 100 ⎞ ⎛ s + 2 ⎞ ⎛ 1 ⎞  
=⎜2 ⎟⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
   
s ( s + 1)( s + 3.5) ⎝ s ⎠ ⎝ s + 1 ⎠ ⎝ s + 3.5 ⎠
2
U (s)

       Staate diagram: 

   

         State equations:  x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Bu ( t )

⎡0 1 0 ⎤ 0 ⎡0⎤
⎢0 0 1 1 ⎥ ⎢0⎥
    A=⎢ ⎥ B=⎢ ⎥ 
⎢0 0 −1 1 ⎥ ⎢0⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣0 0 0 −3.5 ⎦ ⎣10 ⎦

           (c)   

G ( s) =
Y (s)
=
59 s + 1) ⎛ 5 ⎞⎛ s +1 ⎞⎛ 1 ⎞  
=⎜
    ⎟⎜ ⎟⎜ ⎟
U (s) s ( s + 2)( s + 10) ⎝ s ⎠ ⎝ s + 2 ⎠ ⎝ s + 10 ⎠

       Staate diagram: 

        Staate equations:  x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Bu ( t )

⎡0 1 0⎤ ⎡0 ⎤
      A = ⎢ 0 −10 −1⎥ B = ⎢0 ⎥  
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 −2 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 5 ⎥⎦

          (d)   

10‐66 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
Y (s) 1
    G(s) = =
U (s) (
s ( s + 5) s + 2s + 2
2
)
S
State diagram: 

 
        Staate equations:  x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Bu ( t )

⎡0 1 0 0 ⎤ ⎡0⎤
⎢0 0 1 0 ⎥ ⎢0⎥
    A=⎢ ⎥ B=⎢ ⎥ 
⎢ 0 −2 −2 1 ⎥ ⎢0⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ 0 0 0 −5 ⎦ ⎣1 ⎦

1
10‐36  (a) 
−3
Y ( s) 10 100 s X ( s)
    G( s) = = = −1 −2
 
E ( s) s( s + 4 )( s + 5) 1+ 9s + 20 s X ( s)

           

 (b)  
( Dynamic equations: 

⎡ x&1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
    ⎢ x& ⎥ = ⎢ 0 0 1 ⎥ ⎢ x2 ⎥ + ⎢ 0 ⎥ r y = [10
1 0 0] x
⎢ 2⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ x&3 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ −10
1 −20 −9 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ x3 ⎦⎥ ⎢⎣1 ⎦⎥

10‐67 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
           (c)  State transition equation: 

⎡ X 1 (s) ⎤ ⎡ s −1 (1 + 9 s −1 + 20 s −2 ) s −2 (1 + 9 s −1 ) s −3 ⎤ ⎡ x1 (0) ⎤ ⎡ s −3 ⎤
    ⎢ X (s)⎥ = 1 ⎢ −10 s
−3 −1 −2 ⎥
s (1 + 9 s ) s ⎢ x2 (0) ⎥ +
−1 1 ⎢ −2 ⎥ 1
s  
⎢ 2
⎥ Δ(s) ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ Δ ( s ) ⎢ −1 ⎥ s
⎣⎢ X 3 ( s ) ⎦⎥ ⎢⎣ −10 s
−2
−20 s
−2
s ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ x3 (0) ⎦⎥
−1
⎢⎣ s ⎥⎦

⎡1⎤
⎡s 2
+ 9 s + 20 s+9 1 ⎤ ⎡ x1 (0) ⎤ ⎢s⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
s ⎢ x2 (0) ⎥ +
1 1
= −10 s ( s + 9)
⎥ Δc (s) ⎢ ⎥
      1  
Δ c (s) ⎢ ⎥⎢
⎢⎣ −10 s −10 ( 2 s + 1) s ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ x3 (0) ⎦⎥
2
⎢s⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣ ⎦
−1 −2 −3 3 2
      Δ( s) = 1+ 9s + 20 s + 10 s Δ c ( s ) = s + 9 s + 20 s + 10  

⎧ ⎡1.612 0.946 0.114 ⎤ ⎡ −0.706 −1.117 −0.169 ⎤ ⎡ 0.0935 0.171 0.055 ⎤ ⎫


⎪ −5.895 t ⎪
  x (t ) = ⎨ ⎢ −1.14 −0.669 −0.081⎥ e ⎢ 4.056 ⎥ e ⎢ ⎥
⎬ x(0)  
−0.708 t −2.397 t
+ 1.692 2.678 + −0.551 −1.009 −0.325 e
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎪ ⎢ 0.807 0.474 0.057 ⎥ ⎪
⎩⎣ ⎦ ⎣⎢ −4.056 −6.420 −0.972 ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 3.249 5.947 1.915 ⎦⎥ ⎭

⎡0.1 − 0.161e −0.708 t + 0.0706e −2.397 t − 0.00935e −5.895 t ⎤


⎢ ⎥
           +⎢ 0.114e
−0.708 t
− 0.169e
−2.397 t
+ 0.055e
−5.895 t

⎥ t ≥ 0 
⎢⎣ −0.087e −0.708 t + 0.406e −2.397 t − 0.325e −5.895 t ⎥⎦

           (d)  Output: 

 
(
y (t ) = 10 x1 (t ) = 10 1.612e
−0.708 t
− 0.706e
−2.397 t
+ 0.0935e
−5.897 t
) x (0) + 10 ( 0.946e − 1.117e + 0.1711e ) x (0)
1
−0.708 t −2.397 t −5.895 t
2
 
(
+ 10 1.141e
−0.708 t
− 0.169e
−2.397 t
+ 0.0550e
−5.895 t
) x (0) + 1 − 1.61e−0.708t + 0.706e−2.397t − 0.0935e−5.895t
3
t≥0

10‐37(a)  Closed‐loop transfer function:       
Y ( s) 10
        = 3 2
 
R( s ) s + 9 s + 20 s + 10

            (b)  State diagram: 

10‐68 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 

   

   (c)  State equation
S s:      (d)  Statee transition eqquations:   

              [
[Same answers
s as Problem 5
5‐26(d)] 

⎡ x&1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
  ⎢ ⎥
      x& 2 = 0 ⎢ 0 1 ⎥ ⎢ x2 ⎥ + ⎢ 0 ⎥ r   (e)  Outpput:  [Same ansswer as Probleem 5‐26(e)]  
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ x&3 ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ −10 −20 −9 ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ x3 ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢1 ⎦⎥

1
10‐38 (a) Statte diagram: 

           (b)  Statte equations: 

⎡ x&1 ⎤ ⎡ −2 20 −1 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 −1⎤
⎢ x& ⎥ ⎢ 0 −10 1 0 ⎥ ⎢ x2 ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 ⎥⎡u ⎤
   ⎢ ⎥ = ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥+⎢ ⎥
2

⎢ x&3 ⎥ ⎢ −0.1 0 −20 1 ⎥ ⎢ x3 ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 ⎥ ⎢⎣TD ⎥⎦


            

⎢& ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ x4 ⎦ ⎣ 0 0 0 −5 ⎦ ⎣ x4 ⎦ ⎣30 0 ⎦

           (c)  Tran
nsfer function rrelations:   

      From
m the system b
block diagram, 

1 ⎛ −1 ⎞
−0.2 s
0.3 30e U (s) 90U ( s )
                     Y ( s ) = ⎜ TD ( s ) + TD ( s ) + + ⎟ 
Δ( s) ⎝ s + 2 ( s + 2)( s + 20) ( s + 2)( s + 5)( s + 20) ( s + 5)( s + 20) ⎠

−0. 2 s −0. 2 s
0.1e ( s + 2)( s + 20) + 0.1e
           Δ(
Δ s) = 1+ =  
( s + 2 )( s + 20) ( s + 2)( s + 20)

10‐69 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
−0. 2 s
− ( s + 19.7 ) 30e + 90( s + 2 )U ( s )
       Y ( s ) = −0. 2 s
TD ( s ) +  
−0. 2 s
( s + 2)( s + 20) + 0.1e ( s + 5) ( s + 2)( s + 20) + 0.1e

−0. 2 s
− ( s + 200) 330e U ( s)
        Ω( s ) = −0. 2 s
TD ( s ) +  
−0. 2 s
( s + 2 )( s + 20) + 0.1e ( s + 5) ( s + 2 )( s + 20) + 0.1e

−11
1
10‐39  (a)  Th
here should no
ot be any incom
ming branches to a state variaable node otheer than the  s  branch. Thus, we  

  ould create a new node as shown in the folllowing state diiagram. 
     sho

 
−1
         (b)  State Notice that therre is a loop witth gain −1 after all the  s  brranches are deleted, so  Δ  = 2
e equations:  N 2. 

dx1 17 1 dx 2 15 1 1
        = x1 + x2 = x1 − x 2 + r                        Output equ
uation:    y = 6..5 x1 + 0.5 x 2  
dt 2 2 dt 2 2 2

1
10‐40  (a)  Trransfer functio
on:      (b)  Charracteristic equation: 

Ks + 5 s + 1
( s + 1) ( s )
2
Y (s)
= + 111s + 2 = 0  
2
             
R(s) ( s + 1) ( s 2
+ 11s + 2 )
       Roo
ots of characte
eristic equation:  −1,  −0.185,  −‐10..82.  These aree not functions of K. 

           (c)  Whe
en K = 1:        
2
Y ( s) s + 5s + 1
        = 3 2
 
R( s ) s + 12 s + 133s + 2

           

         State diaggram: 

10‐70 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 

   

         (d)  Wheen K = 4: 

4 s + 5s + 1 ( s + 1)(4 s + 1) 4s + 1
2
Y (s)
                 = = =    
R( s) ( s + 1) ( s 2
+ 11s + 2 ) ( s + 1) ( s 2
+ 11s + 2 ) s + 11s + 2
2

                State diagram: 

   

            (e)   

Ks + 5 s + 1
( s + 1) ( s )
2
Y (s)
= + 111s + 2 = 0
2
             
R(s) ( s + 1) ( s 2
+ 11s + 2 )  

M
MATLAB 

ssolve(s^2+11*ss+2) 
 aans =  ‐11/2+1
1/2*113^(1/2) 
 ‐‐11/2‐1/2*1133^(1/2) 
 >>> vpa(ans) 
 aans = 
   ‐.20 
 ‐‐10.8 
Y (s) Ks 2 + 5s + 1
  =  
R ( s ) ( s + 1)(
1 s + 0.2)( s + 10.82)
K = 4, 2.1914, 0.4536

P
Pole zero can
ncelation occcurs for the given values of K. 

   
10‐71 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
1
10‐41  (a) 

Y (s) 1 100
    Gp (s) = = =  
U (s) (1 + 0.5s ) (1 + 0.2 s + 0.02 s 2
) s + 12
1 s + 70 s + 1000
3 2

     Statte diagram by ddirect decompposition: 

   

       State equations:       

⎡ x&1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
        ⎢ x& ⎥ = ⎢ 0 0 1 ⎥ ⎢ x2 ⎥ + ⎢ 0 ⎥ u  
⎢ 2⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ x&3 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ −100 −70 −12 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ x3 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣1 ⎥⎦

         (b)  Charracteristic equuation of closedd‐loop system
m:    R
Roots of chara
acteristic equation: 

−5.88, − 3.06 + j 4.965, − 3.06 − j 4.965


3 2
        s + 12 s + 70 s + 200 = 0      

1
10‐42  (a) 

Y ( s) 1 − 0.066 s −20( s − 15)


1
    Gp (s) = ≅ =  
U ( s) (1 + 0.5s ) (1 + 0.133s + 0.0067s 2
) s + 22 s + 190 s + 300
3 2

      Statte diagram by direct decompposition: 

10‐72 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 

       State equations:   

⎡ x&1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
              ⎢ x& 2 ⎥ = ⎢ 0 0 1 ⎥ ⎢ x2 ⎥ + ⎢ 0 ⎥     
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ x&3 ⎦⎥ ⎢⎣ −300 −190
1 −22 ⎥⎦ ⎣⎢ x3 ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ 1 ⎦⎥

      Chaaracteristic equuation of closeed‐loop system
m:    R
Roots of chara
acteristic equation: 

−12,  −5 + j5,  −5 −j5 
3 2
         s + 22 s + 170 s + 600 = 0      

     

1
10‐43  (a)  State variables:  x1 = ω m and x 2 = ω D

       State equations: 

dω m Kb Ki + Kb Ra KD KK
Ki dω D KD KD
    =− + ωD + e = ωm − ω D 
dt JRa J JRa dt JR JR

           (b)  Statte diagram: 

           (c)  Open‐loop transfe
er function: 

Ωm (s) Ki ( J R s + K D )
KK
          =  
JJ R Ra s + ( K b J R K i + K D Ra J R + K D JRa ) s + K D K b K i
2
E (s)

      Clossed‐loop transfer function: 
10‐73 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

Ωm (s) K s KK i ( J R s + K D )
    =  
Ωr (s) JJ R Ra s + ( K b J R K i + K D Ra J R + K D JRa + K s KK i J R ) s + K D K b K i + K s KK i K D
2

           (d)  Characteristic equation of closed‐loop system: 

      Δ ( s ) = JJ R Ra s + ( K D J R K i + K D Ra J R + K D JRa + K s KK i J R ) s + K D K b K i + K s KK i K D = 0  
2
 

2
          Δ( s ) = s + 1037 s + 20131.2 = 0  

       Characteristic equation roots:  −19.8,  −1017.2 

10‐44  (a)  State equations:  x& ( t ) = Ax ( t ) + Br ( t )  

⎡ −b d ⎤ ⎡ −2 1⎤ ⎡0⎤ ⎡0 1⎤
    A=⎢ = B=⎢ ⎥ S = [B AB ] = ⎢  
⎣c − a ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ 2 −1⎥⎦ ⎣1 ⎦ ⎣1 −1⎥⎦

      Since S is nonsingular, the system is controllable. 

           (b)   

⎡0 d ⎤
    S = [B AB ] = ⎢     The system is controllable for  d ≠ 0.  
⎣1 − a ⎥⎦

10‐45  (a) 

⎡1 −1 1⎤
    S = ⎡⎣ B AB A B ⎤⎦ = ⎢1 −1 1⎥    
2
S is singular. The system is uncontrollable. 
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢1 −1 1⎥⎦

           (b) 

⎡1 −1 1 ⎤
S = ⎡⎣ B AB A B ⎤⎦ = ⎢1 −2 4 ⎥    
2
    S is nonsingular. The system is controllable. 
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢1 −3 9 ⎥⎦

10‐46  (a)  State equations:    x& ( t ) = Ax ( t ) + Bu ( t )  
10‐74 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

⎡ −2 3⎤ ⎡1⎤ ⎡1 1⎤
        A = ⎢ B=⎢ ⎥ S = [B AB ] = ⎢ ⎥       S is singular. The system is uncontrollable. 
⎣1 0 ⎥⎦ ⎣1⎦ ⎣1 1⎦

       Output equation:  y= 1 0 x = Cx   C= 1 0  

⎡1 −2 ⎤
      V = ⎡⎣C A C ⎦⎤ = ⎢
' ' '
      V is nonsingular. The system is observable. 
⎣0 3 ⎥⎦

           (b)  Transfer function: 

Y ( s) s+3 1
        = 2
=  
U ( s) s + 2s − 3 s −1

       Since there is pole‐zero cancellation in the input‐output transfer function, the system is either  

       uncontrollable or unobservable or both. In this case, the state variables are already defined, and the  

       system is uncontrollable as found out in part (a). 

10‐47  (a)  α = 1, 2, or 4 .  These values of α will cause pole‐zero cancellation in the transfer function. 

           (b)  The transfer function is expanded by partial fraction expansion, 

Y ( s) α −1 α−2 α−4
        = − +  
R( s ) 3( s + 1) 2( s + 2 ) 6( s + 4 )

       By parallel decomposition, the state equations are:   x& ( t ) = Ax ( t ) + Br ( t ) ,  output equation:   y ( t ) = Cx( t ).  

⎡ −1 0 0 ⎤ ⎡α − 1⎤
           A = ⎢ 0 −2 0 ⎥ B = ⎢α − 2 ⎥ D=
⎡1 −
1 1⎤
 
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ ⎢⎣ 3 2 6 ⎥⎦
⎢⎣ 0 0 −4 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣α − 4 ⎥⎦

       The system is uncontrollable for α = 1,  or α = 2, or α = 4. 

            (c)  Define the state variables so that  

10‐75 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
⎡1⎤
⎢3⎥
⎡ −1 0 0 ⎤ ⎢ ⎥
−1
      A = ⎢ 0 −2 0 ⎥ B=⎢ ⎥ D = [α − 1 α − 2 α − 4]  
⎢ ⎥ ⎢2⎥
⎢⎣ 0 0 −4 ⎥⎦ ⎢ −1 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 6 ⎥⎦

           TThe system is u or α = 1, or α == 2, or α = 4. 
unobservable fo

1
10‐48   

⎡1 b ⎤
    S = [B A ]= ⎢ S = ab − 1 − b ≠ 0  
2

ab − 1⎥⎦
AB
⎣b

     The boundary of the region of coontrollability iss described by  ab − 1 − b 2 = 0.

      Regions of contro
ollability: 

     

1
10‐49   

⎡ b1 b1 + b2 ⎤
    S = [B A ]= ⎢ S = 0 when b1b2 − b1b2 − b2 = 0, or b2 = 0  
2
AB ⎥
⎣b2 b2 ⎦

      Thee system is com ollable when  b2 ≠ 0. 


mpletely contro

⎡ d1 d2 ⎤
V = ⎡⎣C A C ⎤⎦ = ⎢ V = 0 when d1 ≠ 0.
' ' '
     
⎣d2 d1 + d 2 ⎥⎦

  mpletely observvable when  d 2 ≠ 0. 
     Thee system is com

10‐76 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 

1
10‐50  (a)  State equations: 

dh 1 K I nN Ko dθ m dω m Ki Kb Ki K a
       = (q i
− qo ) = θm − h = ωm =− ωm +
2
ei        J = J m + n J L  
dt A A A dt d
dt JRa JRa

dθ m
      Statte variable:    x1 = h, x 2 = θ m , x3 = = ωm 
dt

      Statte equations:  x& = Ax + Bei  

⎡ −Ko K I nN ⎤ ⎡ ⎤
⎢ 0 ⎥ ⎡ −1 0.016 0 ⎤ ⎢ 0 ⎥ ⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ A A
⎥ ⎢ ⎢ ⎥
    A=⎢ 0 0 1 ⎥= 0 0 1 ⎥ B=⎢ 0 ⎥=⎢ 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎢ K i K b ⎥ ⎢⎣ 0 0 −11..767 ⎥⎦ ⎢ K K ⎥ ⎢8333.33⎥
⎣ ⎦
⎢ 0 0 − ⎥ ⎢ i a

⎢⎣ JRa ⎦⎥ ⎣⎢ JRa ⎦⎥

          Sttate diagram: 

           (b)  Characteristic equ
uation of A: 

Ko − K I nN
n
s+ 0
A A
sI − A = −1

= s⎜s +
Ko⎞ ⎛ s + Ki Kb ⎞
         0 s ⎟⎜ ⎟ = s ( s + 1)( s + 11.767)
1  
⎝ A ⎠⎝ JRa ⎠
Ki Kb
0 0 s+
JRa

      Eige
envalues of A:    0, −1, −11.767. 

           (c)  Conttrollability: 

10‐77 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
⎡ 0 0 133.33 ⎤
S = ⎡⎣ B AB A B ⎤⎦ = ⎢ 0 8333.33 −98058 ⎥ S ≠ 0.   The system is controllable. 
2
   
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢8333.33 −98058 1153848 ⎥⎦

           (d)  Observability: 

       (1)   C = 1 0 0 : 

⎡1 −1 1 ⎤
V = ⎡⎣C ( A ) C ⎤⎦ = ⎢ 0 0.016 −0.016 ⎥      V is nonsingular. The system is observable. 
' ' ' ' 2 '
    AC
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ 0 0 0.016 ⎦⎥

       

    (2)   C = 0 1 0 : 

⎡0 0 0 ⎤
    V = ⎡⎣C ( A ) C ⎤⎦ = ⎢ 1 0 0 ⎥      V is singular. The system is unobservable. 
' ' ' ' 2 '
AC
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢ 0 1 −11.767 ⎦⎥

      (3)   C = 0 0 1 : 

⎡0 0 0 ⎤
    V = ⎡⎣C ( A ) C ⎤⎦ = ⎢ 0 0 ⎥    V is singular. The system is unobservable. 
' ' ' ' 2 '
AC 0
⎢ ⎥
⎣⎢1 −11.767 138.46 ⎥⎦
∗ 4 2
10‐51  (a)  Characteristic equation:  Δ( s ) = sI − A = s − 25.92 s = 0  

       Roots of characteristic equation:   −5.0912,    5.0912,  0,  0 

           (b)  Controllability: 

⎡ 0 −0.0732 0 −1.8973⎤
⎢ −0.0732 0 −1.8973 0 ⎥
    S = ⎡⎣ B

AB
∗ ∗ ∗2
A B

A B ⎤⎦ =
∗3 ∗
⎢ ⎥ 
⎢ 0 0.0976 0 0.1728 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣ 0.0976 0 0.1728 0 ⎦

∗ ∗
    S is nonsingular. Thus,  A , B  is controllable. 

           (c)  Observability: 

 
10‐78 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

      (1)  C = 1 0 0 0  

⎡1 0 25.92 0 ⎤
⎢0 1 0 25.92 ⎥
V = ⎡⎣C ( A ) C ⎤⎦ = ⎢ ⎥ 
∗' ∗' ∗' ∗' 2 ∗' ∗' 3 ∗'
    A C (A ) C
⎢0 0 0 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣0 0 0 0 ⎦

    S is singular. The system is unobservable. 


      (2)    C = 0 1 0 0  

⎡ 0 25.92 0 671.85 ⎤
⎢1 0 25.92 0 ⎥
V = ⎡⎣C ( A ) C ⎤⎦ = ⎢ ⎥ 
∗' ∗' ∗' ∗' ∗' ∗' 3 ∗'
    A C (A ) C
2

⎢0 0 0 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣0 0 0 0 ⎦

    S is singular.  The system is unobservable. 

  (3)    C∗ = 0 0 1 0  

⎡0 0 −2.36 0 ⎤
⎢0 0 0 −2.36 ⎥
V = ⎡⎣C ( A ) C ⎤⎦ = ⎢ ⎥ 
∗' ∗' ∗' ∗' ∗' ∗' 3 ∗'
    A C (A ) C
2

⎢1 0 0 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣0 1 0 0 ⎦

    S is nonsingular. The system is observable. 


     (4)    C = 0 0 0 1 

⎡ 0 −2.36 0 −61.17 ⎤
⎢0 0 −2.36 0 ⎥
    V = ⎡⎣C
∗'
A C
∗' ∗' ∗'
(A ) C
2 ∗'
( A ) C ⎤⎦ =
∗' 3 ∗'
⎢ ⎥ 
⎢0 0 0 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣1 0 0 0 ⎦

    S is singular. The system is unobservable. 

10‐79 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
 

 
1
10‐52  The controllability matrix is 

⎡ 0 −1 0 −16 0 3 ⎤
−384
⎢ −1 0 −16 0 −384 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢0 0 0 166 0 512 ⎥
    S=⎢ ⎥  R
Rank of S is 6. The system is ccontrollable. 
0 0 16 0 512 0
⎢ ⎥
⎢0 1 0 0 0 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 1 0 0 0 0 0 ⎥⎦

1
10‐53  (a)  Trransfer functio
on: 

Θv ( s) KI H
                  =  
R(s) Jvs
2
(J G
s + KPs + KI + KN
2
)
       Statte diagram by direct decomp
position: 

      Statte equations:  x& ( t ) = Ax
A ( t ) + Br ( t )

⎡0 1 0 0 ⎤
⎢0 ⎡0 ⎤
0 1 0 ⎥ ⎢0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
    A = ⎢0 0 0 1 ⎥ B=⎢ ⎥ 
⎢ ⎥ ⎢0 ⎥
− ( KI + KN ) −KP ⎢ ⎥
⎢0 0 ⎥ ⎣1 ⎦
⎢⎣ JG J G ⎥⎦

           (b)  Characteristic equ
uation:  J v s
2
(J G
s + KP s + KI + KN = 0  
2
)
 

10‐80 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition 
A  Chaptter 10 Solutio
ons  Golnarraghi, Kuo 
 
1
10‐54  (a)  State equations:  x& (t ) = Ax
A (t ) + Bu1 (t )

⎡ −3 1⎤ ⎡0 ⎤ ⎡0 1 ⎤
    A=⎢ B= S = [B B] = ⎢ 1 −2 ⎥  
−2 ⎥⎦ ⎢1 ⎥ AB
⎣0 ⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

     S is nonsinggular.  A, B  is controllablee. 

    Output equ
uation:  y 2 = Cx C = −1 1  

⎡ −1 3 ⎤
V = ⎡⎣C A C ⎦⎤ =
' ' '
      ⎢ 1 −3 ⎥   V is singu
ular. The system
m is unobservaable. 
⎣ ⎦

h feedback,  u2 = − kc2 ,  the sttate equation is:  x& (t ) = Ax(t ) + Bu1 (t ) . 


           (b)  With

⎡ −3 − 2 k 1 ⎤ ⎡0 1 ⎤
⎡0 ⎤
      A = ⎢ 1+ g 1+ k ⎥ B=⎢ ⎥ S= ⎢ 1+ k ⎥  
⎢ ⎥ ⎣1 ⎦ ⎢ ⎥
⎢⎣ 0 −2 ⎥⎦ ⎣ 1 −2 ⎦

      S is nonsingular fo
or all finite valu
ues of k. The syystem is contro
ollable. 

      Statte diagram: 

   

      Outtput equation:  y2 = Cxx C=
⎡ −1 1 ⎤
 
⎢⎣ 1 + k 1 + k ⎥⎦

⎡ −1 3 + 2k ⎤
⎢1 + K (1 + k ) ⎥
2

V = ⎡⎣ D' A D ⎤⎦ = ⎢ ⎥   
' '
       
⎢ 1 3 + 2k ⎥

⎢⎣ 1 + k (1 + k ) ⎥⎦
2

    V is singular for any k. Thee system with feedback is un
nobservable. 

10‐81 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

10‐55  (a) 

⎡1 2⎤
    S = [B AB ] = ⎢   S is nonsingular. System is controllable. 
⎣2 −7 ⎥⎦

⎡1 −1 ⎤
V = ⎡⎣C A C ⎦⎤ = ⎢
' ' '
        V is nonsingular. System is observable. 
⎣1 −2 ⎥⎦

           (b)   u = − k1 k 2 x  

⎡0 1⎤ ⎡ k1 k2 ⎤ ⎡ − k1 1 − k2 ⎤
      A c = A − BK = ⎢ ⎥−⎢ =  
⎣ −1 −3 ⎦ ⎣ 2k1 2k 2 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ −1 − 2 k1 −3 − 2k 2 ⎥⎦

⎡1 − k1 − 2 k 2 + 2 ⎤
      S = [B AcB] = ⎢ S = −11 − 2 k 2 ≠ 0  
⎣2 −7 − 2 k1 − 4 k 2 ⎥⎦

11
    For controllabillity,  k 2 ≠ −  
2

⎡ −1 −1 − 3k1 ⎤
V = ⎡⎣C A c C ⎤⎦ = ⎢
' ' '
           
⎣1 −2 − 3k 2 ⎥⎦

For observability,  V = −1 + 3k1 − 3k 2 ≠ 0  

 10‐56 

Same as 10‐21 (a) 

10‐57 

⎡ 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
1
  =⎢ + θr
⎣ −322.58 −80.65 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ x2 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣322.58 ⎥⎦
 

10‐82 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
⎡ 0 1 ⎤
A=⎢ ⎥
⎣ −322.58 −80.65⎦
⎡ x& ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
From 10‐22 ⎢ 1 ⎥ = ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥+⎢ ⎥ θr B=⎢ ⎥
⎣ x&2 ⎦ ⎣ −322.58 −80.65⎦ ⎣ x2 ⎦ ⎣322.58⎦     ⎣322.58⎦  
C = [1 0]
D=0

Use the state space tool of ACSYS 

10‐83 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

 The A matrix is: 
Amat = 
         0    1.0000 
 ‐322.5800  ‐80.6500 
 
 Characteristic Polynomial:  
ans = 
s^2+1613/20*s+16129/50 
 
 Eigenvalues of A = Diagonal Canonical Form of A is:  
Abar = 
   ‐4.2206         0 
         0  ‐76.4294 
 Eigen Vectors are   
T = 
    0.2305   ‐0.0131 
   ‐0.9731    0.9999 

10‐84 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 State‐Space Model is: 
 
a =  
           x1      x2 
   x1       0       1 
   x2  ‐322.6  ‐80.65 
 
b =  
          u1 
   x1      0 
   x2  322.6 
 
c =  
       x1  x2 
   y1   1   0 
  
d =  
       u1 
   y1   0 
  
Continuous‐time model. 
 Characteristic Polynomial:  
 
ans = 
s^2+1613/20*s+16129/50 
  
 Equivalent Transfer Function Model is:  
Transfer function: 
        322.6 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
s^2 + 80.65 s + 322.6 
 Pole, Zero Form:  
Zero/pole/gain: 
      322.58 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
(s+76.43) (s+4.221) 
10‐85 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

   

10‐58 
 Closed‐loop System Transfer Function. 

Y (s) 1
      =  
s + ( 4 + k3 ) s + ( 3 + k 2 + k3 ) s + k1
3 2
R(s)

             For zero steady‐state error to a step input,  k1 = 1.  For the complex roots to be located at −1 +j and −1 − j,  

2
             we divide the characteristic polynomial by  s + 2 s + 2  and solve for zero remainder. 

s + ( 2 + k2 )

s + 2 s + 2 s + ( 4 + k3 ) s + ( 3 + k 2 + k3 ) s + 1
2 3 2

   
s + + 2s
3 2
2s

(2 + k ) s
3
2
+ (1 + k 2 + k 3 ) s + 1

10‐86 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
(2 + k ) s
3
2
+ ( 4 + 2 k3 ) s + 4 + 2 k3
                  
( -3+k 2
− k3 ) s − 3 − 2k3

             For zero remainder,   − 3 − 2 k3 = 0 Thus k3 = −15


.  

         −3 + k 2 − k3 = 0 Thus k 2 = 15
.  

             The third root is at −0.5.  Not all the roots can be arbitrarily assigned, due to the requirement on the  

             steady‐state error. 

10‐59  (a)  Open‐loop Transfer Function. 

X 1 (s) k3
      G ( s) = =  
s ⎡⎣ s + ( 4 + k 2 ) s + 3 + k1 + k 2 ⎤⎦
2
E (s)

             Since the system is type 1, the steady‐state error due to a step input is zero for all values of  k1 , k 2 , and k3  

             that correspond to a stable system. The characteristic equation of the closed‐loop system is 

s + ( 4 + k 2 ) s + ( 3 + k1 + k 2 ) s + k3 = 0  
3 2
       

             For the roots to be at  −1 + j,  −1 − j,  and  −10, the equation should be: 

3 2
                 s + 12 s + 22 s + 20 = 0  

             Equating like coefficients of the last two equations, we have 

        4 + k 2 = 12            Thus k2 = 8  

                                                      3 + k1 + k 2 = 22            Thus k1 = 11 

                             k3 = 20           Thus        k3 = 20 

            (b)  Open‐loop Transfer Function. 

10‐87 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Y (s) Gc ( s ) 20 20 ( s + 1)( s + 3 )
    = =        Thus          Gc ( s ) =  
E ( s) ( s + 1)( s + 3 ) (
s s + 12 s + 22
2
) (
s s + 12 s + 22
2
)
 

10‐60  (a) 

⎡ 0 1 0 0⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ 25.92 0 0 0⎥ ⎢ −0.0732 ⎥
   A = ⎢ ⎥ B =⎢ ⎥ 
∗ ∗
   
⎢ 0 0 0 1⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ −2.36 0 0 0⎦ ⎣ 0.0976 ⎦

   

      The feedback gains,  from  k1 to k 4 :  

    −2.4071E+03  −4.3631E+02  −8.4852E+01  −1.0182E+02 

      The  A ∗ − B ∗ K  matrix of the closed‐loop system 

    0.0000E+00  1.0000E+00  0.0000E+00  0.0000E+00 

              −1.5028E+02       −3.1938E+01       −6.2112E+00       −7.4534E+00 

    0.0000E+00  0.0000E+00  0.0000E+00  1.0000E+00 

    2/3258E+02  4.2584E+01  8.2816E+00  9.9379E+00 

      The B vector 

    0.0000E+00 

              −7.3200E−02 

    0.0000E+00 

10‐88 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
    9.7600E−02 

    Time Responses: 

10‐60  (b)      The feedback gains, from  k1 to k2 :  

    −9.9238E+03  −1.6872E+03  −1.3576E+03  −8.1458E+02 

      The   A ∗ − B ∗ K  matrix of the closed‐loop system 

    0.0000E+00  1.0000E+00  0.0000E+00  0.0000E+00 

              −7.0051E+02        −1.2350E+02        −9.9379E+01       −5.9627E+01 

    0.0000E+00  0.0000E+00  0.0000E+00  1.0000E+00 

    9.6621E+02  1.6467E+02  1.3251E+02  7.9503E+01 


10‐89 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 

      The B vector 

    0.0000E+00 

              −7.3200E−02 

    0.0000E+00 

    9.7600E−02 

    Time Responses: 

10‐61   The solutions using MATLAB 

                

10‐90 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
  (a)    The feedback gains, from  k1 to k2 :  

    −6.4840E+01  −5.6067E+00  2.0341E+01  2.2708E+00 

      The   A ∗ − B ∗ K  matrix of the closed‐loop system 

    0.0000E+00  1.0000E+00  0.0000E+00  0.0000E+00 

              −3.0950E+02        −3.6774E+01  1.1463E+02  1.4874E+01 

    0.0000E+00  0.0000E+00  0.0000E+00  1.0000E+00 

              −4.6190E+02        −3.6724E+01  1.7043E+02  1.477eE+01 

      The B vector 

    0.0000E+00 

              −6.5500E+00 

    0.0000E+00 

              −6.5500E+00 

'
  (b)  Time Responses:    Δx(0) = 01
. 0 0 0  

10‐91 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

 
'
  . 0 0 0 ,  the initial position of  Δx1 or Δy1 is preturbed downward 
        With the initial states   Δx(0) = 01

          from its stable equilibrium position. The steel ball is initially pulled toward the magnet, so   Δx3 = Δy 2  is 

          negative at first. Finally, the feedback control pulls both bodies back to the equilibrium position. 

'
  . 0 ,  the initial position of  Δx3 or Δy 2  is preturbed  
        With the initial states   Δx(0) = 0 0 01

          downward from its stable equilibrium.  For t > 0, the ball is going to be attracted up by the magnet  

          toward the equilibrium position.  The magnet will initially be attracted toward the fixed iron plate, and 

          then settles to the stable equilibrium position.  Since the steel ball has a small mass, it will move more 

10‐92 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
          actively. 

10‐62  (a)  Block Diagram of System. 

        u = − k1 x1 + k 2 ∫ ( − x1 + w1 ) dt  

        State Equations of Closed‐loop System: 

  

⎡ dx1 ⎤
⎢ dt ⎥ ⎡ −2 − k1 1 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡0 1 ⎤ ⎡ w1 ⎤
      ⎢ ⎥=⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ +⎢  
⎢ dx2 ⎥ ⎣ − k 2 0 ⎦ ⎣ x2 ⎦ ⎣ k 2 0 ⎥⎦ ⎢⎣ w2 ⎥⎦
⎢⎣ dt ⎥⎦

   

         Characteristic Equation: 

   

10‐93 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
s + 2 + k1 −1
sI − A = = s + ( 2 + k1 ) s + k 2 = 0  
2
     
k2 s

   

          For  s = −10, −10,   sI − A = s 2 + 20 s + 200 = 0 Thus k1 = 18 and k 2 = 200    

200W1 ( s ) s −2 + s −1W2 ( s ) 200W1 ( s) + sW2 ( s)


             X ( s) = X 1 ( s) = −1 −1 −2
=    
1 + 2s + 18 s + 200 s s 2 + 20 s + 200

1 W2
      W1 ( s ) = W2 ( s) = W2 = constant  
s s

200 + W2 s
              X ( s ) = lim x (t ) = lim sX ( s ) = 1  
(
s s + 20 s + 200
2
) t →∞ s →0

10‐62  (b)  With PI Controller: 

          Block Diagram of System: 

(K s + K I ) W1 ( s ) + sW2 ( s ) ( 2 s + 200 ) W ( s ) + sW ( s )
          Set   K P = 2 and K I = 200 .  X (s) = P
= 1 2
 
s + 20 s + 200 s + 20 s + 200
2 2

 
10‐94 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
          Time Responses: 

10‐95 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
10-63)

10 10
1 2 3 6 11 6

Consider:

10 6 11 6

Therefore:

0 1 0 0
0 0 1 0
6 11 6 10

1 0 0

As a result:
0 1 0 0
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
6 11 6 10

Using MATLAB, we’ll find:


15.4 4.5 0.8

10-64)

Inverted Pendulum on a cart

The equations of motion from Problem 4-21 are obtained (by ignoring all the pendulum inertia term):

x − mlθ&& cos θ + mlθ& 2 sin θ = f


( M + m) &&
 
x cos θ + lθ&&) = 0
ml (− g sin θ − &&

These equations are nonlinear, but they can be linearized. Hence

θ ≈0
cos θ ≈ 1
sin θ ≈ θ

x + mlθ&& = f
( M + m) &&
 
x + lθ&&) = 0
ml (− gθ − &&
10‐96 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Or 

⎡( M + m) ml ⎤ ⎡ &&
x⎤ ⎡ f ⎤
⎢ − ml =
ml ⎦ ⎣θ ⎦ ⎢⎣ mlgθ ⎥⎦
2 ⎥ ⎢ &&⎥
 

Pre‐multiply by inverse of the coefficient matrix 

inv([(M+m),m*l;‐m*l,m*l^2]) 

ans = 

[           1/(M+2*m),        ‐1/l/(M+2*m)] 

[         1/l/(M+2*m), (M+m)/m/l^2/(M+2*m)] 

For values of M=2, m=0.5, l=1, g=9.8 

ans = 

    0.3333   ‐0.3333 

    0.3333    1.6667 

Hence 

x ⎤ ⎡1/ 3 −1/ 3⎤ ⎡ f ⎤
⎡ &&
⎢θ&&⎥ = ⎢1/ 3 5 / 3 ⎥ ⎢ 49 /10θ ⎥  
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦⎣ ⎦

x ⎤ ⎡1/3*f-49/30θ ⎤
⎡ &&
⎢θ&&⎥ = ⎢ 1/3*f+49/6θ ⎥  
⎣ ⎦ ⎣ ⎦

The state space model is: 

⎡ x&4 ⎤ ⎡1/3*f-49/30x1 ⎤
⎢ x& ⎥ = ⎢ 1/3*f+49/6x ⎥  
⎣ 2⎦ ⎣ 1⎦

Or:

10‐97 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
⎡ x&2 ⎤ ⎡ 1/3*f+49/6x1 ⎤
⎢ x& ⎥ = ⎢1/3*f-49/30x ⎥
⎣ 4⎦ ⎣ 1⎦

⎡ x&1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 1 0 0 ⎤ ⎡ x1 ⎤ ⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢ x& ⎥ ⎢ 49/6 0 0 0 ⎥⎥ ⎢⎢ x2 ⎥⎥ ⎢⎢1/ 3⎥⎥
⎢ 2⎥ = ⎢ + f
⎢ x&3 ⎥ ⎢ 0 0 0 1 ⎥ ⎢ x3 ⎥ ⎢ 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥⎢ ⎥ ⎢ ⎥
⎣ x&4 ⎦ ⎣-49/30 0 0 0 ⎦ ⎣ x4 ⎦ ⎣1/ 3⎦

⎡ 0 1 0 0⎤
⎢ 49/6 0 0 0 ⎥⎥
A=⎢
⎢ 0 0 0 1⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣-49/30 0 0 0⎦
⎡ 0 ⎤
⎢1/ 3⎥
B=⎢ ⎥
⎢ 0 ⎥
⎢ ⎥
⎣1/ 3⎦
C = [1 0 1 0]
D=0

10‐98 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Use ACSYS State tool and follow the design process stated in Example 10-17-1:

10‐99 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
The A matrix is: 
 
Amat = 
 
         0    1.0000         0         0 
    8.1667         0         0         0 
         0         0         0    1.0000 
   ‐1.6333         0         0         0 
 
 Characteristic Polynomial:  
  
ans = 
  
s^4‐49/6*s^2 
  
  
 Eigenvalues of A = Diagonal Canonical Form of A is:  
 
Abar = 
 
         0         0         0         0 
         0         0         0         0 
         0         0    2.8577         0 
         0         0         0   ‐2.8577 
 
 Eigen Vectors are   
 
T = 
 
         0         0    0.3239   ‐0.3239 
         0         0    0.9256    0.9256 
    1.0000   ‐1.0000   ‐0.0648    0.0648 
         0    0.0000   ‐0.1851   ‐0.1851 
 
 State‐Space Model is: 
  
a =  
           x1      x2      x3      x4 
   x1       0       1       0       0 
   x2   8.167       0       0       0 
   x3       0       0       0       1 
   x4  ‐1.633       0       0       0 
  
b =  
           u1 
   x1       0 
   x2  0.3333 

10‐100 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
   x3       0 
   x4  0.3333 
  
c =  
       x1  x2  x3  x4 
   y1   1   0   1   0 
  
d =  
       u1 
   y1   0 
  
Continuous‐time model. 
 Characteristic Polynomial:  
  
ans = 
  
s^4‐49/6*s^2 
  
  
 Equivalent Transfer Function Model is:  
  
Transfer function: 
4.441e‐016 s^3 + 0.6667 s^2 ‐ 2.22e‐016 s ‐ 3.267 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
                 s^4 ‐ 8.167 s^2 
  
 Pole, Zero Form:  
  
Zero/pole/gain: 
4.4409e‐016 (s+1.501e015) (s+2.214) (s‐2.214) 
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ 
           s^2 (s‐2.858) (s+2.858) 
  
 The Controllability Matrix [B AB A^2B ...] is =  
 
Smat = 
 
         0    0.3333         0    2.7222 
    0.3333         0    2.7222         0 
         0    0.3333         0   ‐0.5444 
    0.3333         0   ‐0.5444         0 
 
 The system is therefore Not Controllable, rank of S Matrix is =  
 
rankS = 
 
     4 

10‐101 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
 
 
Mmat = 
 
         0   ‐8.1667         0    1.0000 
   ‐8.1667         0    1.0000         0 
         0    1.0000         0         0 
    1.0000         0         0         0 
 
The Controllability Canonical Form (CCF) Transformation matrix is:  
 
Ptran = 
 
         0         0    0.3333         0 
         0         0         0    0.3333 
   ‐3.2667         0    0.3333         0 
         0   ‐3.2667         0    0.3333 
 
The transformed matrices using CCF are:  
 
Abar = 
 
         0    1.0000         0         0 
         0         0    1.0000         0 
         0         0         0    1.0000 
         0         0    8.1667         0 
 
 
Bbar = 
 
     0 
     0 
     0 
     1 
 
 
Cbar = 
 
   ‐3.2667         0    0.6667         0 
 
 
Dbar = 
 
     0

10‐102 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Note incorporating –K in Abar:

Abar K= 
 
         0    1.0000         0                  0 
         0         0    1.0000                  0 
         0         0         0              1.0000 
         ‐k1    ‐k2    8.1667‐k3       ‐k4 
 
System Characteristic equation is: 
‐k4*s^4+(8.1667‐k3 )*s^3‐k2*s‐k1=0 

From desired poles we have:

>> collect((s-210)*(s-210)*(s+20)*(s-12))

ans =

-10584000+s^4-412*s^3+40500*s^2+453600*s

Hence: k1=10584000, k2=40500, k3=412+8.1667and k4=1

10-65) If 3 and 0.707, then 1.414. The 2nd order desired characteristic equation of the
system is:

2 2 0 1

On the other hand:

0 1
6 5

where the characteristic equation would be:

5 6 0 (2)

Comparing equation (1) and (2) gives:

5 2
6 2

10‐103 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
which means 4 and 3

10-66) Using ACSYS we can convert the system into transfer function form.

USE ACSYS as illustrated in section 10-19-1


1) Activate MATLAB
2) Go to the folder containing ACSYS
3) Type in Acsys
4) Click the “State Space” pushbutton
5) Enter the A,B,C, and D values. Note C must be entered here and must have the same number of
columns as A. We us [1,1] arbitrarily as it will not affect the eigenvalues.
6) Use the “Calculate/Display” menu and find the eigenvalues.
7) Next use the “Calculate/Display” menu and conduct State space calculations.
8) Next verify Controlability and find the A matrix
9) Follow the design procedures in section 10-17 (pole placement)

10‐104 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

10‐105 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
The A matrix is:

Amat =

-1 -2 -2

0 -1 1

1 0 -1

Characteristic Polynomial:

ans =

s^3+3*s^2+5*s+5

Eigenvalues of A = Diagonal Canonical Form of A is:

Abar =

-0.6145 + 1.5639i 0 0

0 -0.6145 - 1.5639i 0

0 0 -1.7709

Eigen Vectors are

T=

-0.8074 -0.8074 -0.4259

0.2756 + 0.1446i 0.2756 - 0.1446i -0.7166

-0.1200 + 0.4867i -0.1200 - 0.4867i 0.5524

State-Space Model is:

a=

x1 x2 x3

x1 -1 -2 -2

x2 0 -1 1

x3 1 0 -1

10‐106 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
b=

u1

x1 2

x2 0

x3 1

c=

x1 x2 x3

y1 1 1 1

d=

u1

y1 0

Continuous-time model.

Characteristic Polynomial:

ans =

s^3+3*s^2+5*s+5

Equivalent Transfer Function Model is:

Transfer function:

3 s^2 + 7 s + 4

---------------------

s^3 + 3 s^2 + 5 s + 5

Pole, Zero Form:

Zero/pole/gain:

3 (s+1.333) (s+1)

---------------------------------

(s+1.771) (s^2 + 1.229s + 2.823)


10‐107 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
The Controllability Matrix [B AB A^2B ...] is =

Smat =

2 -4 0

0 1 0

1 1 -5

The system is therefore Controllable, rank of S Matrix is =

rankS =

Mmat =

5 3 1

3 1 0

1 0 0

The Controllability Canonical Form (CCF) Transformation matrix is:

Ptran =

-2 2 2

3 1 0

3 4 1

The transformed matrices using CCF are:

Abar =

0 1.0000 0

0 0 1.0000

-5.0000 -5.0000 -3.0000

10‐108 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
Bbar =

Cbar =

4 7 3

Dbar =

Using Equation (10-324) we get:

sI − ( A − BK ) = s 3 + (3 + k3 ) s 2 + (5 + k2 ) s + (5 + k1 ) = 0

Using a 2nd order prototype system, for 5, then 1. For overshoot of 4.33%, 0.707.
nd
Then the desired 2 order system will have a characteristic equation:

s 2 + 2ζωn s + ωn 2 = s 2 + 2 s + 2 = 0

The above system poles are: s1,2 = −1 ± j

One approach is to pick K=[k1 k2 k3] values so that two poles of the system are close to the desired
second order poles and the third pole reduces the effect of the two system zeros that are at z=-1.333 and
z=-1. Let’s set the third pole at s=-1.333. Hence

(s+1.333)*(s^2+2*s+2)= s^3+3.33*s^2+4.67*s+2.67

and K=[-2.37 -0.37 0.33].

Y 3( s + 1)
= 2
R s + 2s + 2

Use ACSYS control tool to find the time response. First convert the transfer function to a unity feedback
system to make compatible to the format used in the Control toolbox.

3( s + 1)
G=
s2 − s −1

10‐109 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

Overshoot is about 2%. You can adjust K values to obtain alternative results by repeating this process.

10-67) a) According to the circuit:

If , , then

10‐110 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 

or
2 1

Therefore:
2 1

1 1
0
0

b) Uncontrollability condition is:

According to the state-space of the system, C is calculated as:

2 1

As 0, because , then the system is controllable

c) Unobservability condition is:

According to the state-space of the system, C is calculated as:

Since det H 0, because R 0 or L ∞, then the system is observable.

10‐111 
 
Automatic Control Systems, 9th Edition   Chapter 10 Solutions   Golnaraghi, Kuo 
 
d) The same as part (a)

1 1
0
1
0

1 1
1

For controllability, we define G as:

1 1

If ,and then 0, which means the system is not controllable.

For observability, we define H as:

1
1
1

If , then 0, which means the system is not observable.

10‐112 
 

You might also like